|
ABAI Annual Business Meeting |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Cortez Hill A-C |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Michael J. Dougher (President, Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Panelists: MARIA E. MALOTT (Chief Executive Officer, Association for Behavior), MICHAEL PERONE (Accreditation Board Coordinator), DEREK D. REED (Science Board Coordinator), RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Publication Board Coordinator), FEDERICO SANABRIA (Program Board Coordinator), MARK D. SHRIVER (Practice Board Coordinator), WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (Membership Board Coordinator) |
Abstract: The purpose of the annual meeting of members is for ABAI leadership to provide an update on the ongoing activities of and major developments in the association. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
MARIA E. MALOTT (Chief Executive Officer, Association for Behavior) |
MICHAEL PERONE (Accreditation Board Coordinator) |
DEREK D. REED (Science Board Coordinator) |
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Publication Board Coordinator) |
FEDERICO SANABRIA (Program Board Coordinator) |
MARK D. SHRIVER (Practice Board Coordinator) |
WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (Membership Board Coordinator) |
|
|
|
|
Yoga: Revive and Refresh--Sponsored by the HSF SIG |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Del Mar |
Chair: Karolina Gburczyk (HSF SIG) |
Revive and refresh from the busy conference with this yoga session open to all. No experience necessary to participate. A certified instructor will take you through this 1 hour long mixed level yoga class. Bring a mat or towel and wear comfortable clothes (no shoes). |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Pharmacology of Prescription Drugs: Their Effects on Learning and Remembering |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B |
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Mark Galizio, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University) |
MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Dr. Mark Galizio earned his Ph.D. from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and currently serves as professor of psychology at the University of North Carolina Wilmington, having previously served as department chair (2004–2011). Dr. Galizio’s highly productive research career includes more than 80 published articles and chapters, a textbook now in its seventh edition, an edited book, more than $1 million in grants, service as associate editor and editorial board member of multiple prominent behavior analytic journals, and extensive leadership service to the field (e.g., president of APA Division 25, NIH Study Section on Biobehavioral Regulation, Learning, and Ethology). His contributions have included empirical, conceptual, and methodological advances across an impressive range of specialties within the experimental analysis of behavior, including rule-governed behavior, aversive control, complex stimulus control, behavioral pharmacology, and learning and remembering. His work exemplifies the best of the benefits of translational research, taking a thoroughly behavior analytic approach to issues of broader interest in the behavioral, social, and biological sciences, for which he has been recognized as a Fellow in four different divisions of APA. Dr. Galizio’s teaching and mentorship are also noteworthy, and have resulted in numerous awards and recognitions. |
Abstract: This talk will provide a brief overview of procedures used in the behavioral pharmacology of learning and remembering with a focus on prescription drugs used to treat clients with intellectual disabilities. The talk will also provide a more detailed analysis of research using novel procedures that vary the number of stimuli to remember as well as the retention interval. We will briefly review findings from the animal laboratory on drugs that impair learning and memory as well as the search for “cognitive enhancers.” Factors that have made it difficult to translate findings from the animal behavioral pharmacology laboratory to improvements in human learning and remembering will be discussed and we will consider the implications of these difficulties for the treatment of clients with intellectual disabilities. |
Target Audience: Researchers and practitioners interested in the behavioral pharmacology of learning and remembering. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify and describe procedures used to study drug effects on learning and remembering in non-human subjects; (2) evaluate the strengths and limitations of these procedures with respect to internal validity and translational significance; (3) describe potential issues raised by the basic research literature that are relevant to pharmacotherapy. |
|
|
|
|
The Assessment of Reinforcers for Shelter Dog Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D |
Area: AAB/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno) |
Discussant: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: Approximately 6.5 million animals reside in animal shelters at any given time (ASPCA, 2017). Approximately 25% of animals surrendered to shelters are surrendered due to behavior problems (Salman et al., 1998). Certain behaviors during interaction with potential adopters, may hinder the chances of adoption (Protopopova & Wynne, 2014). However, there have been few behavior analytic studies conducted to address dog behavior in the shelter environment. One area that has been evaluated is the functional analysis of problem behavior in owned dogs (Dorey, Tobias, Udell, & Wynne, 2012; Hall, Protopopova, & Wynne, 2015). While successful, these studies do not account for variables that may influence the behavior of dogs in animal shelters, which may vary greatly from the home environment. This symposium addresses these variables in two areas. First, Grisom and Payne conducted descriptive analyses of dog problem behavior in the animal shelter and determined several variables that have not been previously considered in the functional assessment literature. Second, Salazar, et al. conducted an assessment of human attention as a reinforcer for shelter dog behavior and used response-stimulus pairing procedures to condition attention as a reinforcer. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Attention, Conditioning, Functional Assessment, Shelter Dogs |
|
Descriptive Analysis of Contingencies Maintaining Problem Behavior in Shelter Dogs |
JANISA GRISOM (California State University, Fresno), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Shelter dogs with problem behavior may have trouble getting adopted or may be euthanized. However, there are few studies that have used behavioral assessment and treatments for problem behavior of shelter dogs. Some studies have used functional analyses to determine function of behavior with nonhuman animals, including dogs. However, it is unclear whether the functions tested in those functional analyses approximate the natural contingencies in the environment that the animals live. This study conducted a descriptive analysis to identify environmental variables that occur with problem behavior of shelter dogs. Eight dogs housed at a local animal shelter participated in the study. The observations were analyzed and used to determine the temporal proximity of stimuli to problem behavior. Results demonstrated that descriptive analyses are useful in identifying stimuli occurring in the natural environment that are not otherwise used in typical functional analysis conditions. |
|
The Assessment and Conditioning of Attention as a Reinforcer for Shelter Dog Behavior |
ALYSSA SALAZAR (California State University, Fresno), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno), Sarah Orique (California State University, Fresno), Martha Cisneros (California State University, Fresno), Maria Salmeron (California State University, Fresno), Cintya Fulgencio (California State University, Fresno), Sandra Alex Ruby (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: According to the American Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals (ASPCA, 2017), there are nearly 3.3 million dogs that enter animal shelters every year. Protopopova & Wynne (2014) suggest that dogs who were overlooked for adoption ignored the initiation of play by potential adopters at a rate twice as much as dogs who engaged in play. Ignoring potential adopters also comes to be a behavioral issue when shelter overcrowding leads to high euthanization rates. Dogs in animal shelters for whom attention is not a reinforcer may less likely to be adopted if they do not interact with potential adopters. The purpose of the current study was to assess the efficacy of attention as a reinforcer for shelter dog behavior. Results suggested that human attention was not a powerful reinforcer for shelter dog behavior. We next used a response-stimulus pairing technique to pair food and attention and then conducted a test of the efficacy of attention as a reinforcer following this test. In addition, we used an open-field test to determine if, following conditioning, the amount of time a dog would spend interacting with a simulated potential adopter would increase. |
|
|
|
|
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Applied Behavior Analysis: Investigations of Experiential Avoidance in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D |
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Elizabeth Meshes (The Chicago School for Professional Psychology, Los Angeles; CARD) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Meshes, M.S. |
Abstract: Ample research has demonstrated the effectiveness of behavior analytic procedures for producing substantial improvements in relatively socially meaningful behaviors, for example, severe behaviors, social behavior, and the elementary verbal operants. Relatively little behavioral research has addressed complex human verbal behavior. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is a contemporary behavior analytic approach to psychotherapy that is based on an analysis of relations between complex human verbal behavior and other socially relevant overt behaviors. Although ACT has primarily been applied by clinical psychologists, its basis is entirely behavior analytic and great potential exists for combining ACT with applied behavior analysis. This symposium brings together three presentations on ACT from a behavior analytic perspective. The first presentation, by Elizabeth Meshes, is a conceptual presentation that ties together the ACT literature and the behavior analytic literature on self-control versus impulsivity (aka delay discounting). The second presentation, by Jessica Hinman, describes a study that used an ACT approach to training self-perspective taking an evaluates collateral effects on physiological measures. The third presentation, by Sebastian Garcia-Zambrano, describes a study that employed a defusion approach to training flexible self-directed verbal behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ACT, Defusion, Delay Discounting, Perspective Taking |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts working with individuals with autism with well developed verbal repertoires |
|
Synthesizing Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Delay Discounting: Implications for Applied Behavior Analysis |
(Theory) |
ELIZABETH MESHES (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles; CARD), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) was originally developed as a behavioral approach to psychotherapy for treating disorders traditionally treated by clinical psychology, including substance abuse, depression, and anxiety. However, the functional analyses that form the foundation of ACT are equally applicable to anyone who has verbal behavior and rule-governed behavior that interacts with socially meaningful overt behavior. Most problems of behavior faced by typically developing adolescents and adults involve making difficult choices between smaller short term reinforcers (e.g., avoiding work) versus larger longer-term reinforcers (e.g., successful career). Delay discounting research has shown clearly that unfavorable delays and proportions of reinforcement determine that individuals will make less favorable behavioral choices. At the core of the ACT model is the attempt to transform the function of verbal behavior such that choosing the harder choice in the short term in order to access the larger reinforcer later is more probable. This presentation will present the radical behavioral conceptual analysis behind this process and discuss applicability across work with individuals with autism, parents of children with autism, and behavioral supervision of staff. Potential for using this analysis for extending applied behavior analysis into other important areas of applied work will also be discussed. |
|
Acceptance and Commitment Training's Effect on Negative Thoughts: Changing the Verbal Self Statements and Physiological Responses of Adolescents and Young Adults With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
JESSICA M. HINMAN (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to evaluate the efficacy of using Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) with adolescents and young adults with autism to change the function of verbal statements made about the self while talking about a negative thought. Throughout the study, participants will wear an Empatica wristband measuring physiological responses. Participants will determine a negative thought they have about themselves and discuss why they believe the thought is true. Participants will then receive a version of ACT and be asked to talk about the same negative thought. Verbal statements about the self and physiological measures before and after ACT will be compared. Preliminary anecdotal results for three typically developing adults suggest that ACT was effective in increasing self-as-context statements and decreasing self-as-content and reason giving statements. Additionally, the physiological data show stabilization while discussing the negative thought after receiving ACT, suggesting that ACT can change the function of verbal statements and affect physiological responses. While little research has been done on using ACT with adolescents and young adults with autism, the preliminary and expected results of this study suggest a clinical utility of ACT to improve the way individuals with autism interact with their thoughts. |
|
Effects of Defusion and Deictic Frames Interactions on the Development of Self-As-Context in Individuals With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
SEBASTIAN GARCIA-ZAMBRANO (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The aim of this study is to evaluate the effects of a defusion exercise in combination with perspective- taking interactions as a brief protocol based on the Relational Frame Theory. The protocol is designed to train deictic frames (I-YOU, HERE-THERE, AND NOW-THEN) in conjunction with an exercise of defusion focused on the regulation of verbal statements about the self. A pre-post design with control group is implemented to evaluate the effects of the protocol on the probability of occurrence of self-as-context and self-as-content statements. Adolescents with autism are selected and assigned to each group based on the frequency of self-as-content statements. After the assignment of the participants to each group, each participant is interviewed individually through a structured interview aimed at identifying deictic frames and negative statements. Then, participants in the treatment group receive the protocol of defusion and deictic frames individually, and participants in the control group receive a Behavioral Skills Training session on an individual basis. Finally, participants are interviewed individually through an interview based on the identification of deictic relationships and negative statements about the self. A preliminary result showed an increase of the probability of occurrence of the self-as-context statements after the implementation of the protocol. |
|
|
|
|
Training Strategies to Enhance the Implementation of Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) Relational Training System |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kyle E Rowsey (University of Southern Mississippi) |
CE Instructor: Autumn N. McKeel, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) Relational Training System is a four part assessment and curricula that includes programs related to direct training, training for generalization, and training via stimulus equivalence and relational frame theory. PEAK Relational Training System assessments and curricula are designed to be easily accessible by anyone, but programs with more advanced or less commonly applied verbal behavior concepts may be problematic for non-expert personnel. The current set of studies evaluate the effects of training strategies used with staff to teach them how to utilize PEAK relational training system validly. Results will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): PEAK, BST |
Target Audience: Practitioners and therapists who conduct discrete trials with children with autism. |
Learning Objectives: 1.) Audience will learn how to conduct PEAK D using BST 2.) Audience will learn how to conduct PEAK E and PEAK T using BST 3.) Audience will learn how how to use PEAK, in general |
|
Targeting Staff Treatment Integrity of the PEAK Relational Training System Using Behavioral Skills Training |
Adam Hahs (Arizona State University), JAMES JARYNOWSKI (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: The present study sought to evaluate the extent to which behavioral skills training (BST) program impacted treatment integrity for six direct care staff (3 male, 3 female; aged 20-25) implementing the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) with six individuals with autism (5 male, 1 female; aged 9-12). Students and their respective target programs were selected based on PEAK-DT PA and PEAK-DT Assessment results. BST improved overall procedural integrity for all staff involved and, more importantly, all six learners with autism improved their total percentage scores specific to the targeted programs. Generalization probes were conducted at 2-months post-BST, and all staff performance maintained well above baseline levels with novel programs. The importance of appropriate training and treatment integrity specific to the implementation of PEAK is discussed. |
|
Improving Selection of Training Stimuli in Advanced PEAK-DT Programs With Multiple Exemplars |
SETH W. WHITING (Central Michigan University), Marcel Kirberg (Central Michigan University), Molly M. Conway (Central Michigan University), Daniel Abraham Moreno (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: PEAK Relational Training System assessments and curricula are designed to be easily accessible by anyone, but programs with more advanced or less commonly applied verbal behavior concepts may be problematic for non-expert personnel. On advanced PEAK-DT programs, behavior technicians, parents, or other service implementers may choose inappropriate stimuli for training, or fail to insert stimuli at all. Three participants (2 female, 1 male; aged 21-23) working in an autism clinic demonstrated 100% accuracy in selecting appropriate stimuli to train on PEAK programs such as tacting animals and colors. However, accuracy of stimuli selected on more advanced programs (e.g., programs for metaphorical emotions, autoclitics, metonymical tacts) averaged 37% across participants in baseline conditions. In multiple baselines across two advanced PEAK programs, each participant received lists of additional multiple exemplars of appropriate stimuli to target in training. Provision of additional exemplars resulted in 93-100% accuracy across all targeted programs. Generalization probes verified participants could successfully generate additional appropriate novel stimuli for training. Results suggest that PEAK users may wish to keep records of stimuli used for programs to increase future accuracy and ease of implementation in more challenging programs. |
|
The Effects of Paraprofessional Implementation of PEAK Relational Training System: Equivalence and Transformation Modules in an Autism Classroom |
AUTUMN N. MCKEEL (Aurora University), Kari Smith (Aurora University) |
Abstract: The current studies evaluated the effectiveness of three paraprofessionals' implementation of equivalence based multiple exemplar training following behavioral skills training (BST). The paraprofessionals were trained using programs from Promoting the Emergence of Advance Knowledge Relational Training System-Equivalence (PEAK-E) and Transformation (PEAK-T) Modules. Both consist of evidence based assessment and curriculum that uses behavior analytic language and discrete trial process to promote language skills and the use of stimulus equivalence. Each was used as a tool to teach paraprofessionals how to apply equivalence training following BST. Two multiple baseline designs were used to implement a behavioral skills training package across three paraprofessionals in an autism classroom. Task analyses were used to teach symmetrical relations among weather, seasons, and months using a program in PEAK-E (data included). Results showed that paraprofessionals unfamiliar with behavior analytic language used PEAK-E to conduct multiple exemplar training following BST. |
|
|
|
|
Analyses of Equivalence-Based Instruction Using Three Different Training Structures |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H |
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting; Simmons College) |
CE Instructor: Christina M. King, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Equivalence-based instruction has utilized a one to many, many to one, and linear series training structure, with varying degrees of effectiveness. These three studies demonstrate the efficacy of equivalence-based instruction using three different training structures. In Experiment One, a participant diagnosed with autism will be taught to sort a variety of physically dissimilar items, followed by visual-visual match-to-sample training. It is expected that posttests will demonstrate the formation of generalized equivalence classes and generalization of money skills to the natural setting. Experiment Two will assess for the emergence of selection and topography-based verbal and non-verbal behavior in two children diagnosed with autism. Visual-visual conditional discrimination training and tact training will be conducted through an equivalence-based format. It is hypothesized that nine additional relations will be demonstrated following the training of three relations for each stimulus class. Experiment Three demonstrated that learners emitted substantially more errors and formed fewer equivalence classes with a trial-and-error protocol compared to an errorless learning protocol. It is anticipated that these results will be replicated when the reinforcement density is kept constant across both training conditions. These three experiments will expand upon the existing equivalence research through the use of different training structures. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): errorless learning, stimulus equivalence, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: This presentation is appropriate for behavior analysts of an intermediate and advanced skill level. |
|
Emergent Coin Relations and Stimulus Generalization Following Conditional Discrimination Training |
(Applied Research) |
MEGAN BREAULT (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College), Christina M. King (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting; Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Equivalence based instruction has been demonstrated to be an efficient strategy for teaching a variety of individuals functional money skills; however, the generalization of the emerged relations in the natural environment has yet to be assessed. Several equivalence-based studies, conducted in laboratory settings, have utilized a variety of pictures of the stimulus class members during conditional discrimination training to form generalized equivalence classes. The purpose of the current study is to demonstrate the emergence of a minimal generalized equivalence class in an applied setting. In the current study a 14 year-old boy, diagnosed with autism, will be taught to sort a variety of physically different items (C) that can be purchased at a school store based on price. Followed by training the participant to match coins (B) to their corresponding written values (A) and items that can be purchased in a school store (C) to their corresponding assigned coin values (B). After acquisition of trained relations, all tests for a minimal generalized equivalence class and generalization probes of purchasing a variety of items in a school store will be conducted. These data will be discussed in terms of maximizing student learning and programming for stimulus generalization during conditional discrimination training. |
|
Categorization and the Emergence of Selection and Topography-Based Verbal and Non-Verbal Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
CHRISTINA M. KING (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting; Simmons College), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College), Lauren Donovan (RCS Learning Center), Jessica Byrne (RCS Learning Center), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Teaching children with autism to select members of a class by category name (e.g. selecting drum in the presence of the spoken word instrument), tact the class of a stimulus (e.g. saying furniture when shown a chair or bed), and match members within a class to one another (e.g. fork to knife; guitar to piano) are three skills that are often addressed in language acquisition programming. The applied literature, however, lacks evidence of participants demonstrating this type of class formation, as well as efficient teaching procedures to produce. The purpose of this study is to assess the efficiency and efficacy of training one arbitrary visual-visual conditional discrimination (D-B) and two tacts (B-Name and C-Name) and then testing for the emergence of nine additional untrained relations: tacting by class name (D-Name), selecting members of the class in the presence of the auditory stimulus (A-B, A-C, & A-D) and arbitrarily matching class members to one another (C-B, B-D, C-D, D-C). The participants included two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. It is expected that the results of this study will demonstrate the emergence of these nine untrained relations across three stimulus classes, with only three directly trained relations. |
|
Comparison of an Errorless Learning to a Trial-and-Error Protocol on Equivalence Class Formation |
(Applied Research) |
Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College), COLLEEN YORLETS (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting; Simmons College), Christina M. King (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College) |
Abstract: Errors emitted during instruction pose a number of potential risks, particularly for learners with developmental disabilities. While it is preferable to utilize errorless protocols to minimize the occurrence of errors, practitioners often rely on traditional trial and error protocols. Experiment One compared the effects of errorless versus trial-and-error protocols to form equivalence classes via conditional discrimination training. Participants 1 and 2 emitted errors, on average, during 73% of trials in the trial and error training condition. They emitted errors for an average of 5% of trials within the errorless learning condition. Participant 1 formed 4 of 9 equivalence classes in the errorless condition and 3 of 9 classes in the trial and error condition. Participant 2 formed 9 of 9 equivalence classes in the errorless condition and 2 of 9 classes in the trial and error condition. Participant 3 completed only the errorless learning condition and formed 9 of 9 equivalence classes. The effects of density of reinforcement on equivalence class formation will be further evaluated within Experiment Two. Errorless and trial-and-error protocols will be compared for Participants 1 and 2, while holding the density of reinforcement constant across both protocols. This change in protocol from Experiment One will allow for evaluation of the effects of errors on skill acquisition while eliminating reinforcement density as a variable between errorless and trial and error protocols. |
|
|
|
|
Improve Learning Outcomes of Children With Autism in China |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Youjia Hua (The University of Virginia) |
Discussant: David L. Lee (Penn State) |
CE Instructor: Youjia Hua, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorders (ASD) are lifelong neurodevelopmental disabilities (Allen & Rapin, 1990). The number of referrals for evaluation of children with ASD has dramatically increased since it was first recognized as a disability in China 1982. The Mental Health Institute of Beijing University reported that more children being referred for suspected ASD than any other mental health issues, and the numbers rose 210% from 1980 to 1999. Researchers estimate that over one million children in China have autism using the prevalence rate of 6 in 1,000 from the United States (Wang, 2008). A 2001 Chinese government survey reported that intensive behavioral intervention was the most requested service by parents of children with ASD (Yang, 2003). However, there is a severe shortage of professionals who can deliver early intensive behavioral interventions (EIBI) to children with ASD in China. Approximately 90% of the children with autism never received any type of intervention. The symposium will include two experimental studies that investigated the interventions designed to improve teacher's use of EIBI to improve learning outcomes of children with autism in China. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Autism, International |
Target Audience: Researchers and practitioners who are interested in early behavioral interventions for children with autism and education in China. |
Learning Objectives: The audience will learn (a) effective interventions that will improve and maintain procedural integrity using distance learning technologies and (b) how to correct errors in early behavioral intervention for children with autism. |
|
Improve Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention Procedural Integrity Using Distance Learning Technologies for Teachers in China |
(Applied Research) |
JING ZHU (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Procedural integrity has a direct impact on Early Intensive Behavioral Interventions (EIBI) outcomes for children with autism. Research evidence suggests that providing feedback can improve procedural integrity. The purpose of the study is to investigate the effects of delivering feedback using distance learning technologies on EIBI procedural integrity for teachers in China. Three teachers from a school serving children with autism in China participated in the study. During the baseline, we recorded and measured teachers' procedural integrity while implementing discrete trial training (DTT) and incidental teaching (IT). During the intervention, the teachers received feedback regarding their procedural integrity on either DTT or IT using distance learning technologies. In the context of an alternating treatment design, we directly compared the percentage of steps implemented correctly between the two conditions. The study showed that there was a functional relation between the intervention and teacher's improved procedural integrity. The effects were replicated when the teachers received feedback on the other procedure. The results of the study suggest that delivering feedback using distance learning technologies can be an effective intervention to improve procedural integrity for practitioners. |
|
Comparing Error-Correction Procedures in Early Behavioral Intervention for Children With Autism in China |
(Applied Research) |
CHENGAN YUAN (The University of Iowa), Youjia Hua (University of Virginia) |
Abstract: It is critical to find effective error-correction procedures used in early behavioral intervention (EBI) for children with autism because they tend to make persistent errors. However, studies have not provided empirical support as to whether instructors should deliver reinforcers during error correction. The purpose of this study is to compare the effects of the error correction with and without reinforcement on (a) the acquisition of a match-to-sample skill and (b) intervention preference of children with autism in China. We will recruit four children with autism from China to participate in the study. When error occurs, the instructor will first prompt the student to make a correct response. The instructor will either deliver a reinforcer or not use any reinforcers following student correct response under the respective conditions. We will use a repeated acquisition design to compare which error-correction procedure will result in faster skill acquisition. We will also assess student preference of the procedures. The results will contribute to the knowledge of effective error correction used in EBI for children with autism. In addition, we will discuss the potential mechanism responsible for error correction in the context of stimulus control and punishment. We will complete data collection in January 2018. |
|
|
|
|
Organizational Behavior Management and Beyond: Case Studies in Organizational Behavior Management |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Daniel B. Sundberg (Kendrick Realty, Inc) |
CE Instructor: Daniel B. Sundberg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) and Behavioral Systems Analysis has had huge successes in changing variables to increase productivity and profitability over time. Contract fulfillment, as defined as contracted versus billed hours, is a concrete measurement related to profitability across any company providing intensive Applied Behavior Analysis therapy. In this symposium, presenters will be discussing the history of Organizational Behavior Management and Behavioral Systems Analysis, how one agency utilized these systems to increase contract fulfillment and the potential other benefits Organizational Behavior Management can have with an agency. This presentation will give a practical real-world look at how one organization has begun to improve an issue that plagues most ABA service providers. This will also serve as an example of how Organizational Behavior Management can be applied at a large scale to solve business-wide issues from a behavior analytic systems perspective. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBA practitioners, clinicians, administrators |
Learning Objectives: Expand knowledge, including application of Organizational Behavior Management principles Increase contract fulfillment across insurance contracts within an ABA agency Increase systems analysis across different organizations, including ABA agencies, real estate and more |
|
Behavior Analysis in Real Estate? A Case Study in Organizational Behavior Management |
(Theory) |
DANIEL B. SUNDBERG (ABA Technologies), Lisa M Sickman (Kendrick Realty, Inc.) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysis as a science has the potential to produce significant changes in all areas that involve human behavior. Recently, the field has had a tremendous impact in the treatment of autism and other developmental disabilities, and has gained much public recognition and acceptance. However, many behavior analysts often lament the apparently narrowing focus of the field into just one subject area, and frequently ask - why haven't we done more? Outside of clinical behavior analysis, there are a number of individuals working to apply the science of behavior to a great variety of settings and populations. The present talk will present a case study of how behavior analysis has been used to influence performance in a very "non-traditional" setting - A real estate company. |
|
Increasing Contract Fulfillment Using Organizational Behavior Management and Behavioral Systems Analysis |
(Service Delivery) |
MARI R. UEDA-TAO (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Brenda J. Terzich Garland (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Daniel B. Sundberg (ABA Technologies) |
Abstract: The rapid change in the world of autism treatment has sparked rapid growth, and big challenges for companies providing ABA treatment services. One major challenge many such organizations encounter relates to providing all treatment hours deemed clinically necessary by ABA professionals. Under-providing hours can slow clinical progress, as clients receive fewer service hours than are deemed clinically necessary. It also presents a significant business challenge, as it leaves hundreds of thousands, if not millions of dollars unbilled by service providers. Many of the factors that contribute to low contract fulfillment rates are behavioral in nature, and may be improved by taking a behavior analytic approach. This presentation will present a case-study of an organization that employed OBM and Behavioral Systems Analysis to analyze and improve contract fulfillment rates. Intervention strategies included process redesigns, and implementation of task clarification and multi-level feedback systems. Preliminary data indicate the organization increased hours billed by 5% - 10% at one site, and have the potential to see increases as much as 10% - 15% organization-wide. |
|
A Behavior Analytic Understanding of the Change Management Protocol Awareness, Desire, Knowledge, Ability, and Reinforcement |
(Theory) |
AIMEE PACK (ACES) |
Abstract: Change Management is a common approach to change in many organizations. The ADKAR model to change management is one of the popular change management systems being used by businesses today. Upon further inspection of the ADKAR change management model, there are many behavior analytic principles that may be extrapolated for effective organizational behavior management. If behavioral analysts are able to utilize this widely adopted practice by bridging the well-known organizational development components and verbiage of ADKAR with the underlying science and nomenclature of behavior analytics, then behavior analysts will be able to continue to make strides in supporting the ongoing needs of any organization within and outside of the ABA industry. This talk is designed to teach clinicians in the behavior analytic industry how to utilize their extensive training in behavior analysis to not only apply their knowledge to organizational behavior management, but also to generalize that knowledge across organizational systems. |
|
|
|
|
Clinical and Educational Applications and Analyses of Behavioral Skills Training for Increasing Staff Effectiveness |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E |
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Donald M. Stenhoff, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Training staff is a critical component for the success of organizational interventions. Behavior analysts are often required to train staff for the organizations for whom they work or during consultations to meet the organizations goals to improve staff performance. Behavioral skills training (BST) is an effective method to training staff. BST usually includes interrelated components including instruction, modeling of the targeted skills, rehearsal, and praise or corrective feedback. In this symposium, three applications of BST will be described across three presentations. In the first presentation, the presenter will describe a study in which school staff were trained to help students initiate play with peers and engage in outdoor activities during recess. In the second presentation, the presenter will describe a study in which BST was used to train therapy staff to conduct visual analyses and make decisions based on their analyses. In the third presentation, the presenter will describe a study in which a component analysis was conducted on the components of BST within the context of training staff to implement discrete trial training procedures. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): skills training, staff training |
Target Audience: The target audience includes behavior analysts, both practitioners and researchers, who train staff or are involved in research of behavioral skills training. The contexts are applicable to those who work in organizational behavior management, and clinical and educational settings. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to describe recent research-based applications of behavioral skills training. 2. Attendees will be able to describe the critical components of behavioral skills training based on component analyses. 3. Attendees will be able to describe effective methods for increasing student social interactions and playground interactions. 4. Attendees will be able to describe effective methods for increasing visual analysis and decision skills that will increase staff independence. |
|
Improving Staff Involvement During Recess Through Behavioral Skills Training |
Elizabeth Singer (Arizona State University), Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University), SHRAVYA SRINIVAS SANAGALA (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: School recess provides the opportunity for teachers to work on students’ social and play skills. This opportunity is especially important for teachers of students with developmental disabilities. In the current study, educational staff of two classrooms at a private special education school were taught to provide models and prompts to students during recess to increase social initiations and interactions with peers and playground equipment. Through Behavioral Skills Training (BST; i.e., instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback), staff were trained to help students initiate play with peers as well as engage in outdoor activities during recess. Results from baseline indicate that teachers provide low levels of opportunities to practice these social skills during recess. This study demonstrates that educational staff might be easily trained using a BST model. Additionally, students can benefit from increased opportunities to practice social skills during recess. |
|
Promoting Data-Based Decision-Making Skills With Behavioral Staff Using Behavioral Skills Training |
ELIZABETH SINGER (Arizona State University), Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Data-based decision-making is an often neglected, yet extremely important behavior-analytic strategy. Behavior-analytic staff are often responsible for collecting and graphing data, but rarely analyze the data being graphed. In the current study, four employees at a behavioral organization were trained on simple visual analysis terms: level, trend, variability. Using the components of Behavioral Skills Training (BST) instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback staff were trained to interpret and make decisions based on the level, trend, and variability of the data. Implications include both autonomy on the part of behavioral staff and increases in independent work time for supervisors. As data are analyzed frequently, programs can be modified and adapted as necessary to promote the speed at which clients acquire the skills being taught. |
|
A Component Analysis of Behavioral Skills Training on Staff Implementation of Discrete-Trial Teaching |
CHRISTINE HERRERA (Arizona State University), Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the components of behavioral skills training (BST)—instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback—to determine the critical component of BST. There are only a few research studies that evaluate the components of BST in single study research (Feldman, Case, Rincover, Towns, & Betel, 1989; Krumhus & Malott, 1980) and one in group research (Hudson, 1982). To the experimenter’s knowledge, there are no component analyses of BST on staff implementation of behavior intervention teaching methods, such as DTT. This research study will help fill in the gap in research as well as provide effective training to staff on DTT procedures. The types of participants in this study were clinicians with little to some prior training or experience with DTT that work directly with individuals with disabilities. Baseline sessions included provision of the instructions portion of BST, which was an 11-step DTT procedure. The experimental condition consisted of quasi-randomized trials between the modeling, rehearsal, and feedback components of BST. Current data show that feedback was the most effective at increasing scores on the DTT procedure, followed closely by modeling. While rehearsal was effective, it was so at a lesser degree than feedback and modeling. |
|
|
|
|
Setting Standards: Guidelines for Treatment Effects and Publishing |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A |
Area: PCH |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Chair: Matthew Tincani (Temple University) |
|
Publishing ABA Research That Does Not Demonstrate Experimental Control: Rationale, Considerations, and Tentative Guidelines |
Domain: Applied Research |
Matthew Tincani (Temple University), JASON TRAVERS (University of Kansas) |
|
Abstract: The file drawer effect is a broadly recognized problem in the social and behavioral sciences. It occurs when studies that fail to demonstrate positive effects are disproportionately unpublished. Historically, applied behavior analysts have viewed experimental control as a necessary feature of high quality research. Consequently, the large majority of published ABA studies demonstrate strong experimental control. However, it is possible that otherwise high quality studies, including failures to replicate, remain unpublished due to the file drawer effect, resulting in a research literature that is biased towards positive findings. Applied behavior analysts who rely on this literature may attempt to apply "evidenced-based" interventions that are actually contraindicated for specific individuals, skills, and clinical situations, fail to produce desired therapeutic outcomes, and contribute to consumer rejection of ABA interventions. In this paper presentation, we discuss how experimental control evolved as the standard for high-quality ABA research; why, in the era of evidence-based practice, rigorous studies that fail to fully demonstrate experimental control are important to include in the body of published ABA intervention research; the role of non-replication studies in discovering intervention boundaries; and considerations for researchers who wish to conduct and appraise ABA studies that fail to yield full experimental control. |
|
Standard Setting in Determining the Effectiveness of Treatment |
Domain: Theory |
Ray Brogan (Kaplan University), NELLY DIXON (Kaplan University) |
|
Abstract: Standard setting is the essential step in identifying the achievement of desired change in behavior or academic performance. The issues surrounding standard setting are similar whether in the academic or behavioral field. The process of setting a standard is essentially judgmental; there is no equation that can produce an unquestionable result. To reduce the effects of bias and subjectivity, the process has to be based on evidence from previously reported interventions and comparable observations. The standard has to be justified through addressing the questions: 1) why the specified point demarcating success was chosen; 2) what traditional method was used; 3) how any innovation could be an improvement on traditional methods; 4) where the determination of the standard is similar to or different from similar approaches. Ultimately, standard setting represents a prediction that needs to be tested. Therefore, continued monitoring is recommended. Using ?lessons learned? from archival studies in the classroom and college entrance, this study will identify essential points that can be analyzed in studies of behavior change. New ways to determine change in behavior associated with maintained levels of performance will be addressed. Recommendations will encourage professionals from academic and behavioral fields to learn standard-setting approaches from the other. |
|
|
|
|
|
Crossing the Borders With Behavior Analysis: Barriers Encountered by Our Workforce When Interacting With Different Cultures |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Paula Ribeiro Braga Kenyon, Ph.D. |
Chair: Shawn E Kenyon (Palm Springs Unified School District; Northeastern University) |
PAULA RIBEIRO BRAGA KENYON (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
ZACHARY C. BIRD (Perkins School for the Blind) |
MARCELO FROTA LOBATO BENVENUTI (USP) |
Abstract: Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) are supervising therapists who deliver behavior analytic treatment in a variety of settings and across many different cultures. The Behavior Analyst certification is international and as such, BCBAs working abroad and within the United States often encounter cultural practices that do not align with our Professional and Ethical Code. The panelists will present examples of barriers encountered while providing services to different cultures, specifically in Brazil, the United Arab Emirates, the Mexican community in California, and the Deafblind community. Some of the issues that will be discussed include the use of technology and confidentiality, professional relationships, gift acceptance, and participation in caregiver training. The panelists will also discuss the impact of some cultural practices on the implementation of the guidelines from the Professional and Ethical Code for Behavior Analysts. Finally, the panelists will discuss training of therapists and supervisors, and the need to consider formal training on multi-cultural practices and the need to understand its impact on the implementation of our Professional and Ethical Code |
Target Audience: BCBAs working in the applied field providing services to children with ASD and related disorders |
Learning Objectives: Participants will learn to identify cultural practices that may be in conflict with the Professional and Ethical Code for Behavior Analysts Participants will learn how the Professional and Ethical Code for Behavior Analysts relates to specific practices Participants will be able to list training opportunities to increase awareness of cultural diversity in service delivery |
|
|
|
|
Ethicists Deconstruct Unethical Conduct |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE |
Area: PRA/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D. |
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
THOMAS L. ZANE (University of Kansas) |
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College) |
Abstract: This panel is a continuation of previous panel discussions at ABAI on Behavior Analysts Behaving Badly. This year we will present ethics cases and deconstruct them in front of the audience so they can see how we approach unethical conduct. An ethicist is a professional who is sought after for ethical advice and counsel; For this panel we have brought together three such behavior analysis ethicists who are regularly consulted to provide guidance on complex cases of unethical conduct. Toward the end of the session we will open the floor to questions from the audience and again each ethicist will respond so that the range of tactics and strategies will be apparent. |
Target Audience: The target audience is BCBAs who are practicing in schools, homes and the community as well as clinics and agencies. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to determine the basic principle underlying the ethics case, e.g. client right to treatment, conflict of interest, confidentiality. 2. Participants will be able to deconstruct the case into its basic elements and identify them. 3. Participants will be able to arrive at an ethical solution based on the underlying principle, basic elements, and specific items of the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Codes. |
|
|
|
|
Don Baer Lecture: Simple Is Better: Helping Ordinary People Apply Behavior Science |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9 |
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Carl V. Binder, Ph.D. |
Chair: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
CARL V. BINDER (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC) |
Dr. Carl Binder is CEO of The Performance Thinking Network, LLC, where he develops performance consultants, leaders and managers in organizations worldwide. Starting in 1970 as a student with B.F. Skinner at Harvard, he worked for ten years in B.H. Barrett's Behavior Prosthesis Lab, conducting laboratory and classroom research and training teachers. An early contributor to Precision Teaching, he was mentored by Ogden Lindsley and Eric Haughton. In 1982, he founded his first consulting firm, Precision Teaching and Management Systems, Inc., and became active in the International Society for Performance Improvement (ISPI) where his mentors included Tom Gilbert, Joe Harless, Robert Horn and Donald Tosti. He founded Product Knowledge Systems, Inc., a Boston consulting firm specializing in sales enablement for Global 1000 companies. Carl is currently known for Six Boxes Performance Thinking, a plain English viral approach to organizational performance improvement. APA Division 25 honored Carl with the Fred S. Keller Award (2004), ISPI recognized his contributions to performance improvement with Honorary Lifetime Membership (2009) and the Thomas F. Gilbert Award (2012), and the OBM Network gave him its Lifetime Achievement Award (2015). Contact Carl at carlbinder@sixboxes.com and learn more about his work at www.sixboxes.com and www.fluency.org. |
Abstract: As with scientists and technicians in many fields, we applied behavior scientists use precise language and we value our language highly. In addition, we often value detail and complexity because they illustrate the depth of our analysis of behavior and of the variables that influence it. But when we attempt to engage clients, parents, colleagues in other disciplines, and others not schooled in our science, our language and the complexity of our analyses and models often become barriers. We must not be simplistic in our communication with others, but we need to learn how to be simple. We can accelerate our impact by using language, models, and concepts that make sense to ordinary people and are relatively intuitive for them. We want people to "get it," and simplicity can help. Carl Binder has spent the 47 years since he first studied with B.F. Skinner learning from masters in the field of behavior science and performance engineering, and attempting to pass on what he learns to others. He has consulted with, trained and coached educators, parents, clients, business people, training and process professionals, and others not schooled in behavior science. In this lecture he will trace a path from Skinner's elegant measurement technology through his own work in precision teaching, behavioral fluency, sales and marketing enablement, organizational performance consulting, leadership and management, and talent development with examples of how simplicity and plain language have enabled "viral" diffusion of models and methods in organizations and communities. Key takeaways will include the forewarning that things get complicated before they get simple, and that we need to develop intermediate vocabularies that link our science with the vocabularies and experience of ordinary people who can benefit from what we can provide. |
Target Audience: Anyone who communicates about our science or application to people outside our field. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how jargon and complexity in our models and language interfere with our effectiveness; (2) cite examples of models and language that communicate simply without being simplistic; (3) explain how and why the term fluency was adopted by Binder and his colleagues who were early Precision Teachers; (4) describe the two models of Binders Six Boxes Performance Thinking approach to performance improvement. |
|
|
|
|
At the Intersection of the Company and the Code |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Mary Rosswurm (LittleStar ABA Therapy) |
DANIEL UNUMB (National Autism Law Center) |
MICHELE TRIVEDI (The ARC of Indiana) |
MARY ROSSWURM (LittleStar ABA Therapy) |
Abstract: Many BCBAs find themselves working in behavioral organizations that are not run or owned by other BCBAs. This is in part due to parents of children with autism starting their own organization so their child could get ABA treatment, legacy organizations dedicated to serving individuals with disabilities getting into ABA as a new offering and investment minded people and companies seeing the boom in autism treatment as a good business venture. Whatever the origin of the organization, circumstances can sometimes put the non-BCBA business owner/executive director at odds with the clinical BCBAs. These situations arise because each job requires different focuses and has a different set of objectives. However, the field needs these non-BCBA leaders to be aware of and adhere to the BABC's Professional and Ethical Compliance Code, but this can be problematic. This panel will address the conflicts often faced by BCBAs and their non-BCBA supervisors that run the organizations. Discussion will focus on how to handle these issues so that both parties can have their voice be heard and together develop a plan that meets both of their objectives. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): business operations, conflict, ethics, non-BCBAs |
|
|
|
|
Functional Communication Training |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Katie Lichtblau (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
CE Instructor: Jeffrey H. Tiger, M.A. |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) is an effective treatment for reducing problem behavior and increasing communication responses. This symposium explores various aspects of FCT in the treatment of problem behavior (i.e., reinforcement schedule thinning, client preference, multiple schedules), while highlighting advantages and limitations. Presentations will focus on a) client preferences of schedule thinning procedures, b) the clinical utility of treatment chaining, c) variables contributing to discriminated responding within multiple schedules, and d) prevalence of resurgence during reinforcement schedule thinning. The discussant will provide a synthesis of research findings and discuss implications for clinical practice and future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, functional communication, multiple schedules, resurgence |
Target Audience: Practitioners treating severe behavior disorders |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how to assess client preference of different schedule thinning arrangements (e.g., chained vs. multiple schedules) ; (2) state the prevalence and magnitude of resurgence during reinforcement schedule thinning; and (3) describe the advantages and limitations of using differential reinforcement of compliance versus functional communication training to treat escape-maintained problem behavior. |
|
An Evaluation of the Variables Controlling Responding Within Multiple Schedule Arrangements |
ELIANA MARIA PIZARRO (University of Florida) |
Abstract: One limitation of functional communication training (FCT) is that although problem behavior has decreased, the functional communication response (FCR) might be emitted at exceedingly high rates (Betz et al., 2013). One potential solution to this problem is establishing stimulus control of the FCR through a multiple schedule. However, several studies have demonstrated difficulty with establishing discriminated responding across multiple schedule components (Saini, Miller, & Fisher, 2016). It is unclear if the production of discriminated responding within a multiple schedule is due to the programmed stimuli, or if some other variable is responsible for the development of stimulus control. The current study seeks to evaluate the controlling variables within a multiple schedule arrangement. More specifically, if programmed stimuli, contingencies, or therapist behavior is responsible for the development of stimulus control with 3 participants with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). A pre-assessment was used to determine the verbal repertoire of all participants and results provide preliminary evidence that some level of prerequisite skill might be necessary to establish discriminated responding in the context of a multiple schedule. |
|
The Clinical Utility of Treatment Chaining: Differential Reinforcement of Compliance and Functional Communication Training |
WILLIAM SULLIVAN (Upstate Medical University), Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of compliance (DRC) and functional communication training (FCT) are two effective procedures for reducing escape-maintained challenging behavior. However, there are limitations with both procedures (i.e., a lack of functional communication [DRC] or compliance [FCT]). The current study, based on Lalli, Casey, and Kates (1995), evaluated the effects of chaining DRC to FCT in three children that engaged in multiply maintained challenging behavior (i.e., escape-to-tangible). The present study consisted of four phases: (1) a concurrent treatment preference assessment, (2) a multielement comparison of DRC vs. FCT, (3) a treatment chaining analysis in which compliance produced access to FCT under a multiple schedule arrangement, and (4) demand fading. Each child preferred FCT, and FCT produced greater reductions in challenging behavior over DRC. However, during FCT none of the children complied with task demands. Thus, we chained the procedures and observed increases in compliance while reductions in challenging behavior maintained. Finally, we conducted demand fading in which the requirement for compliance systematically increased before the FCT component of the multiple schedule was presented. Overall, reductions in challenging behavior and elevated levels of compliance maintained throughout fading. The clinical utility of chaining DRC to FCT will be discussed. |
|
Prevalence of Resurgence of Destructive Behavior When Thinning Reinforcement Schedules During Functional Communication Training |
ADAM M. BRIGGS (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ryan Kimball (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Functional communication training is a well-established treatment for socially reinforced problem behavior that typically includes differential reinforcement of the functional communication response (FCR) in combination with extinction of problem behavior. However, when the schedule of reinforcement for the FCR is thinned, problem behavior may resurge. Currently, data are unavailable on the prevalence and characteristics of resurgence during reinforcement schedule thinning. In this study, we examined previously published data (i.e., Greer, Fisher, Saini, Owen, & Jones, 2016) and evaluated the prevalence of resurgence during reinforcement schedule thinning on a per-case and per-schedule-step basis. We identified resurgence in 19 of the 25 (76%) applications of reinforcement schedule thinning. In addition, we determined the magnitude of resurgence in relation to the functions of destructive behavior. In some cases, the magnitude of resurgence exceeded the mean levels of destructive behavior observed in baseline. We discuss these results relative to prior translational and applied research on resurgence. |
|
Systematic Changes in Preference for Schedule-Thinning Arrangements as a Function of Relative Reinforcement Density |
JESSICA AKERS (Baylor University), Adam M. Briggs (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Billie Retzlaff (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: We treated destructive behavior maintained by both social-positive (i.e., access to tangibles) and social-negative (i.e., escape from demands) reinforcement in an individual diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder using functional communication training (FCT). We then thinned the schedule of reinforcement for the tangible function using a multiple schedule (mult FCT) and later thinned the availability of escape using a chained schedule (chain FCT). Both treatments proved effective at maintaining functional communicative responses while decreasing destructive behavior to near-zero levels. In addition, treatment effects maintained when we rapidly thinned mult FCT to the terminal schedule. Throughout chain-FCT schedule thinning, we assessed client preference for each schedule-thinning arrangement (mult FCT or chain FCT) using a concurrent-chains procedure. Client preference reliably shifted from chain FCT to mult FCT as the response requirement increased and the proportion of session spent in reinforcement began to favor mult FCT. We discuss the clinical implications of these findings. |
|
|
|
|
Everyone Grows Up: What is the Role of Behavior Analysts in the Transition to Adulthood? |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE |
Area: DEV/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Benjamin Thomas Heimann (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Discussant: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles; Center for Applied Behavior Analysis
) |
CE Instructor: Michele D. Wallace, M.S. |
Abstract: The purpose of this symposium is to evaluate the state of service delivery for adults with developmental disabilities and other diagnoses and highlight the current and potential role of behavior analysts in the support of these individuals. First, the use of Functional Analyses to support adults in behavioral journals over the past twenty years will be reviewed. The current state of policy and available resources in the state of California will then be discussed. Based on the identified social importance of evidence based practice to support adults in life transitions; the results of a national survey of behavior analysists' preparedness related to severe problem behavior will be presented. Finally, data from three adults receiving behavioral support during or after the transition to adult services will further illustrate the role behavior analysts can play during this tumultuous time. The discussant for the symposium, who brings decades of expertise in treating severe problem behavior, will then provide valuable insights to those assembled. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Adult Services, Case Studies, Life Stages, Status Review |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts |
|
Have We Forgotten About the Aging Population of Individuals With Behavior Problems? Review of the Last 20 Years |
(Applied Research) |
MICHAEL C. PETERS (Pepperdine University; Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Alexis Munoz (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis; California Sate University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles; Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Previous literature has demonstrated that interventions based on Functional Behavior Assessments produce the most effective treatment in the elimination of problem behavior for individuals diagnosed with developmental and intellectual disabilities. In addition, the literature is full of examples of the use of functional analyses and effective interventions aimed at eliminating problem behavior in children. However, where does the literature stand with respect to functional analyses and interventions with adult populations? When children grow up, what happens as they transition to a new environment (e.g., from school to a sheltered workshop) or when they get bigger in stature? Moreover, what about the assessment and treatment of individuals who develop problem behavior in adulthood, what is best evidence-based practice? This review evaluated the literature on functional analyses and interventions for adults with developmental and intellectual disabilities, autism, and other medical diagnoses (e.g., Alzheimer) to evaluate for evidence-based practices. We included articles that have been published over the last 20 years that utilized a functional analysis and intervention model to effectively treat problem behavior from behavioral journals. We coded whether the participants were under or over 21 years of age. If they were over 21, we coded for several factors: diagnosis, assessment and treatment setting , type of assessment, type of intervention, what kind of problem behavior was addressed, as well as whether maintenance, generalization, or social validity data were reported. This presentation will summarize the state of the current literature with respect to evidence-based practice for adults with problem behavior. |
|
Changes Are Happening for Adult-Based Behavioral Services: Are We Ready? |
(Service Delivery) |
Stephanie A. Etie (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), RACHEL TAYLOR (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: In 1977, the Lanterman Developmental Disabilities Act, passed in the state of California to enforce human rights of individuals with developmental disabilities. More than forty years later, we are still feeling the effects of this mandate. In the state of California, behavior analysts are being called to provide increased services to adults with developmental disabilities. This increased demand for adult-focused behavior analytic services is simultaneously happening while several new initiatives are currently underway at the state policy level. The current presentation will discuss the policies behavior analysts are currently encountering regarding the transition from center based day-programs to community-based programs, self-determination, and person-centered planning. In particular, what does the "Final Rule" policy mean for our consumers, the transition away from the traditional "group home" settings, and how does this impact the movement toward self-determination and person-centered planning? Are behavior analysts in general prepared to support these changes and provide the level of services this population of adults may require? |
|
When the Going Gets Tough: Are BCBAs Receiving the Necessary Supports for Treating In-Home Severe Problem Behavior? |
(Service Delivery) |
RICHARD COLOMBO (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Rachel Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Recently, Reed and Henley (2015) surveyed 382 individuals with respect to various types of staff and supervisory training offered to BACB certificants. Their results suggest several areas that require increased attention; in particular, half of the respondents indicated that they did not receive initial pre-service training and nearly one third of respondents indicated that they do not receive on-going training in their work setting. The outcomes of Reed and Henley's investigation provide several valuable avenues for future research and practice. It is important to note, however, that only 18.9% of respondents reported that they work in the home setting (the remainder worked in center- or school-based programs). Moreover, the topography and severity of challenging behaviors may differ across home and other settings for a given individual. As such, the purpose of the current investigation was to extend Reed and Henley by 1) surveying BACB respondents who practice in the home setting and 2) gathering more data on the nature of training and supervision received by the respondents (with attention given to severely challenging behaviors). The present study surveyed 139 BACB certificants with regard to initial and ongoing supervision for home-based services. Of that group, 125 respondents were included in a section on training and support for severe problem behavior in the home-setting. Potential benefits associated with establishing a more robust definition of on-going training and performance management will be discussed. Implications for the concept of "Continuing Education" will also be presented. |
|
Growing Pains Beyond 21: Aging Out of Behavioral Services |
(Service Delivery) |
HIEN THI MAO (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Benjamin Thomas Heimann (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Transitioning into adulthood is a time of change and uncertainty. According to Friedman, Warfield, and Parish (2013), this is a particularly vulnerable time, as the entitlements of the children's service system end and young adults with ASD and their families encounter fragmented and underfunded systems of care which suggests that the current models of school-based transition planning are not meeting the needs of youths with ASD. Hendricks and Wehman (2006) indicate some individuals with ASD are able to successfully transition; however, most are faced with significant obstacles in multiple areas as they attempt to negotiate their way into college, work, community participation, and independent living. This transition often involves securing appropriate behavioral services and access to community resources, including educational, vocational, and tailored day programming, as well as identifying options for residential and long-term care. The purpose of this presentation will be to review the clinical outcomes for three adults with developmental disabilities who engage in severe problem behavior, and examine how behavioral support services may influence the course of their transitions. Functional analyses conducted in relevant community settings suggested that target problem behaviors were maintained by social reinforcement in the form of access to preferred items and/or escape. Treatment data, collected in each individual's relevant environment including the progression of services, will be presented. Identified barriers to continued progress and social validity outcome measures also will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Economics and Consumer Behavior Analysis for Everyone: Understanding Distracted Driving, Fuel Purchasing, and Medication Adherence |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Rancho Santa Fe 1-3 |
Area: EAB/CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jonathan E. Friedel (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health) |
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Behavioral economics and consumer behavior analysis are two related areas in which behavior analytic principles are used to explain a wide variety behaviors. These areas are important to the dissemination and wide acceptance of behavioral science because they focus on understanding behavior that the average person engages in. If we are constantly expanding the areas that behavior analysis touches on then it is easier to refute the misconception that "behavior analysis is just for problem behaviors." This symposium will focus on the application of behavioral economics and consumer behavior analysis to explain common, everyday sorts of behaviors. The talks that compose this symposium will focus on the relation between delay discounting and distracted driving, the factors that affect distracted driving in people who drive at work, the factors that affect purchasing fuel, and the factors that affect medication adherence. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, consumer behavior |
|
Texting While Driving as Impulsive Choice: A Behavioral Economic Approach |
(Basic Research) |
YUSUKE HAYASHI (Penn State Hazleton), Jonathan E. Friedel (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Anne M. Foreman (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Oliver Wirth (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to examine an impulsive decision-making process underlying texting while driving from a behavioral economic perspective. A sample of 109 college students completed a survey to assess how frequently they send or read text messages while driving. Based on this information, participants were grouped by those who frequently text while driving and those who infrequently text while driving. In a novel discounting task that involved a hypothetical scenario in which participants receive a text message while driving, participants rated the likelihood of replying to a text message immediately versus waiting to reply until arriving at a destination. The scenario presented several delays to a destination and probabilities of a motor vehicle crash. Results show that (a) the likelihood of waiting to reply to a text message decreased as a function of both the delay until the destination and the probability of a motor vehicle crash, and (b) drivers who self-reported a higher frequency of texting while driving showed greater rates of both delay and probability discounting. These results support the conclusion that texting while driving is fundamentally an impulsive choice and suggest the utility of a behavioral economic approach in understanding such a choice. |
|
A Discrete Choice Experiment of Factors That Influence Texting While Driving |
(Basic Research) |
ANNE M. FOREMAN (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Jonathan E. Friedel (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Oliver Wirth (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention), Yusuke Hayashi (Penn State Hazleton) |
Abstract: Texting while driving is a behavior of increasing interest in occupational safety and health. Individuals who 1) drive as part of their job (n = 161) and 2) do not (n = 151) were recruited from Mechanical Turk to complete a study on decision making related to texting while driving. Respondents completed a discrete choice experiment as well as several questionnaires, including the Barratt Impulsiveness Scale and an 8-item delay discounting questionnaire. In the discrete choice experiment, respondents were presented with sets of choice trials each consisting of two driving scenarios and asked under which scenario they would be more likely to read a text message while driving. Results revealed that relationship to the sender, the type of road condition, and the perceived importance of the message significantly affected decisions to text while driving. Additional findings from comparisons between those who do and do not drive for work and those who do and do not text and drive will be discussed (e.g., respondents who text while driving had significantly higher scores on the Impulsiveness Scale compared to those who do not [Z = -5.31, p < .05]). Advantages and drawbacks to the discrete choice experiment approach in decision making research will be outlined. |
|
Left-Digit Pricing Effects on Fuel Demand: Implications for Empirical Public Policy |
(Basic Research) |
Brett Gelino (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas), ALLYSON RAE SALZER (University of Kansas), Steven R. Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.) |
Abstract: The "left-digit effect" is the phenomenon wherein a commodity's leftmost digit subjectively alters consumer motivation more than its absolute pricing. For example, a product priced as $4.99 is considered more appealing than the same product priced at $5.00, while no subjective differences in preference would be observed in products priced as $5.01 and $5.02, despite the same absolute difference in cost (i.e., one cent). Marketing and psychology researchers attribute this effect to differences in perceived price distances, with the left-digit change producing an irrational perception of a more pronounced distance. A recent call to action by behavioral economists has included the left-digit effect as a notable area of inquiry using operant demand analysis, given the utility of purchase tasks and demand modelling to evaluate changes in local elasticity at left-digit pricing manipulations. Indeed, operant behavioral economists have identified left-digit effects in cigarette purchase task research, but large-scale directed research on using an everyday product and general population remains scant. We describe a large crowd-sourced investigation of the left-digit effect using a socially important commodity: fuel. Results suggest adequate data quality in terms of systematic demand patterns, as well as pronounced left-digit effects on local elasticity. Such data contribute to the growing literature on the utility of purchase tasks to inform public policy, while also providing a novel contribution to the left-digit effect. |
|
Modeling Medication Choice in Multiple Sclerosis Patients |
(Basic Research) |
DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (The University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas), Jared M. Bruce (University of Missouri-Kansas City) |
Abstract: Multiple sclerosis is an autoimmune disease wherein the myelin sheaths which insulate neurons are progressively degraded, causing a wide range of symptoms. Multiple sclerosis is terminal, yet disease modifying therapies (DMTs) that show the disease progression and improve quality of life are readily available. Unfortunately, patients often either fail to initiate or fail to continue taking DMTs. Qualitative research suggests that this poor adherence is due, in part, to concerns with DMT side effects (costs) and with DMT efficacy (benefits). The present study parametrically manipulated the likelihood of side effects (cost) and efficacy (benefits) to explore patients DMT choices. Behavioral economic models of the interactive effects of DMT costs and benefits are constructed to quantify these choice patterns. |
|
|
|
|
Naming and Stimulus Class Formation in Children and Adults |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom C |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Danielle LaFrance (H.O.P.E. Consulting, LLC; Endicott College - Institute for Behavioral Studies) |
Discussant: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Danielle LaFrance, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium presents four basic and translational studies on naming and the effects of naming on stimulus class formation, seeking shed light on the relationship between speaker and listener behavior, and on the involvement of verbal behavior in human equivalence class formation. The first study focused on the acquisition of bidirectional speaker and listener relations, and found a greater degree of transfer from speaker to listener than from listener to speaker relations in typically developing children and one child diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The second study examined the effects of common and intraverbal naming on equivalence class formation in kindergarten-age children who failed to demonstrate equivalence prior to learning to name the stimuli. The third study similarly investigated the effects of intraverbal naming on the acquisition of baseline matching-to-sample relations and equivalence class formation in adults. Finally, the fourth study examined the effects of training sequence on the formation of stimulus classes established via intraverbal naming in adults. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): naming, stimulus equivalence, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts; scientists; graduate students |
|
Transfer From Listener to Speaker Versus Transfer From Speaker to Listener |
HANNE AUGLAND (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Tonje Eidshaug (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Most Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention-manuals state that listener behavior should be mastered before training a tact repertoire. This is due partly to how typically developed children's repertoire normally develops. To date, however, only a few studies have examined this question and the results have been somewhat mixed. Participants were one child with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) aged 5 years and 11 months and 4 typical children between the age of 2 and 3 years. Using an alternating treatment design three stimuli were trained as listener behavior alternated with three stimuli trained as impure tacts. After mastering one of the conditions, transfer to the other condition were tested under extinction. The child with ASD mastered impure tacts quicker than listener behavior, as did two of the four typically developing children. All five children showed higher degree of transfer from impure tacts to listener behavior as compared to transfer from listener behavior to impure tacts. Results suggest that transfer from impure tacts to listener behavior occurs more often that transfer from listener behavior to impure tacts. Moreover, impure tacts can be acquired without first having learned to respond to the stimuli tacted as a listener. |
|
The Role of Naming in Equivalence Class Formation |
GURO DUNVOLL (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Among others, Murray Sidman has discussed the role of naming in equivalence class formation in his book Equivalence Relations and Behavior. A Research Story. There are still disagreements about how important naming is in equivalence class formation. We asked the following research questions: Do kindergarten children form equivalence classes without any training in naming the stimuli on beforehand? Do preliminary training with homogeneous/common or heterogeneous/intraverbal naming lead to different outcome tests for equivalence class formation? In the present experiment three children aged around four years old were trained to establish six conditional discriminations in a matching to sample (MTS) format and tested for forming three 3-member classes. If failing to establish the first relation within 600 trials, they were trained in intraverbal and common naming before conducting the MTS procedure again. One child established the first relation within 600 trials and responded in accordance with stimulus equivalence (see Table 1). The two other children conducted the MTS with naming, both conditions in reversed order. The results showed that the child starting with heterogeneous naming did not respond in accordance with stimulus equivalence in this condition, but did so in the homogeneous condition. The other child starting with homogeneous naming responded in accordance with stimulus equivalence in both conditions. |
|
The Role of Irrelevant, Class-Consistent, and Class-Inconsistent Intraverbals on the Establishment of Equivalence Classes |
Amanda Chastain (California State University, Sacramento), SVEA LOVE (California State University, Sacramento), Shannon Luoma (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that equivalence classes may be formed, or at least facilitated by intraverbal relations among stimuli. Therefore, the purpose of Experiment 1 was to assess whether participants’ performance on MTS tasks were differentially affected by learning how to verbally relate the stimuli. In Experiment 1, eight participants were trained on a class-consistent intraverbal phrase (i.e., B1’A1’, C1’A1’) relating three classes of stimuli. Next, participants were exposed to baseline MTS training (e.g., B1A1, C1A1), and tests for emergent relations. All participants were trained on irrelevant intraverbal phrases for a second set, and the rate of acquisition to mastery criterion for baseline MTS relations between sets was assessed and compared. Results indicated that participants required fewer trials to criterion, and made fewer errors when baseline MTS training followed class-consistent intraverbal training. This suggests that training on the intraverbal phrase that corresponded with the correct answers on the baseline MTS tasks facilitated responding. However, results did not demonstrate a difference in responding to tests for emergent relations. It is possible that participants made up their own rules during baseline MTS training when they were not directly taught to verbally relate the stimuli. Therefore, the purpose of Experiment 2 was to compare rates of acquisition of baseline MTS relations, as well as emergence of equivalence classes after class-consistent versus class inconsistent (e.g., B2’A1’, C3’A1’) intraverbal training with eight additional participants. Results replicated the findings of Experiment 1, as participants required fewer trials to criterion, and made fewer errors when baseline MTS training followed class-consistent intraverbal training. Additionally, half of the participants did not demonstrate pass tests for emergent relations, suggesting that the class-inconsistent rule interfered with responding to the MTS tasks. |
|
Effects of Training Sequence on Stimulus Class Formation via Intraverbal Naming |
REAGAN ELAINE COX (Texas Christian University), James R. Mellor (Texas Christian University), Courtney McKeon (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: Humans group visual objects together after learning verbal relations between object names. In a typical study, children or adults learn to vocally tact a set of visual stimuli, and then learn vocal intraverbal relations between names of stimuli in an experimenter-defined class. Subsequent matching-to-sample performance is consistent with the emergence of visual stimulus classes in accordance with the trained intraverbals, but it is unclear if this effect depends on mediating behavioral events. Our study followed up on evidence that during intraverbal training, some people may engage in visualization (conditioned or operant seeing) of the stimuli. To examine whether an opportunity to do so affected performance, 32 adults were randomly assigned to a standard group that received tact training before intraverbal training and a reverse group that received intraverbal before tact training. Although the same proportion of participants in both group retained the trained tacts and interverbals throughout testing, a larger proportion of participants in the standard (50%) than in the reverse group (13%) responded with above 80% accuracy on the matching-to-sample test. Experiment 2 will attempt to improve baseline retention in order to minimize variability attributable to poor retention. |
|
|
|
|
Using Laboratory Models to Evaluate Topics of Applied Importance: Incentives, Feedback, Prevention, and Choice |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI |
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Amy J. Henley (Western New England University) |
Discussant: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Amy J. Henley, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Laboratory investigations are a beneficial means of evaluating socially relevant problems that are difficult to study experimentally in real-world contexts because of practical or ethical constraints. Such methods also provide a controlled environment for identifying functional relations and behavioral mechanisms responsible for the behavior of interest. This symposium includes four unique approaches to studying a range of research areas using laboratory-based methods that have implications for applied behavior analysis. The first presentation examines parametric manipulations of reinforcer dimensions of incentives on performance in a simulated online workplace. The second presentation will share findings from a laboratory investigation of varied levels of feedback accuracy and frequency on acquisition of a novel task with undergraduate participants. The third presentation used a computerized analog arrangement to examine the conditions under which differential reinforcement prevented the development of problem behavior. The final presentation evaluated the effects of conditioning histories on preference for reinforcer choice in five preschool-aged children. The symposium will conclude with comments and considerations for applied behavior analysis from a discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): human operant, laboratory models, translational |
Target Audience: Researchers wishing to use laboratory models to understand the controlling variables for socially relevant applied problems or practitioners hoping to gain a better understanding of laboratory-based research. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how reinforcer probability and delay influence incentive efficacy for promoting work-related behavior; (2) articulate the effects of varied levels of feedback accuracy on acquisition; (3) describe how differential reinforcement can be used to prevent problem behavior; and (4) describe how various conditioning histories contribute to preference for reinforcer choice. |
|
Parametric Analysis of Reinforcer Probability and Delay on Incentive Efficacy: A Behavioral Economic Demand Curve Analysis |
AMY J. HENLEY (Western New England University), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Recent research has effectively translated behavioral economic demand curve analyses for use with work-related behavior and workplace incentives. The present experiments integrated a hypothetical and experiential demand preparation into a computerized task for use with Amazon Mechanical Turk Workers to evaluate the effects of parametric manipulations of reinforcer dimensions on performance using a behavioral economic demand framework. The work task was arranged using a progressive ratio schedule and required participants to slide a visual analog scale to match a target number. Participants earned incentives in exchange for the completion of each ratio requirement. The first experiment examined the effects of three parametric values of reinforcer probability (90%, 50%, and 10%) on performance assessed with a progressive ratio schedule. Responding was generally comparable for all three probability conditions. Experiment 2 evaluated the effects of three delays to incentive receipt (1, 14, and 28 days). Responding was higher in the condition in which incentives were delayed by 1 as compared to 28 days. For both experiments, participant responses on the hypothetical assessment were in general agreement with observed responding in the experiential assessment. Results of the current studies may inform the development of novel methods for measuring reinforcer efficacy in organizations. |
|
Examining of the Effects of Feedback Accuracy and Frequency on Task Acquisition |
DENYS BRAND (The University of Kansas), Matthew Novak (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Samara Tortolero (University of Kansas), Alison Fowler (University of Kansas), Jinny Yu (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Performance feedback is a commonly employed method for changing behavior across a variety of organizational settings. Despite it widespread use, basic and translational research is lacking with respect to the necessary and sufficient characteristics of feedback needed to produce optimal workplace performance. Previous research has shown that feedback accuracy and frequency, when evaluated separately, affect worker performance. Regarding feedback accuracy, studies have found that high levels of accuracy results in greater worker performance. Moreover, feedback provided more often is associated with greater levels of performance. However, not much is known about the extent to which feedback accuracy and frequency, in conjunction, control behavior. Thus, the purpose of this basic study is to assess the combined effects of feedback accuracy and frequency on skill acquisition in undergraduate students when presented with an arbitrary match-to-sample task. The results showed that the accuracy of the feedback was more important in determining the number of correct responses made by participants relative to the frequency with which the feedback was provided. The presentation will discuss the implications of the results for organizational settings. |
|
Further Evaluation of the Prevention of Problem Behavior Using a Laboratory Model |
Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), ELIZABETH HERNANDEZ (California State University, Northridge
), Anne C. Macaskill (Victoria University of Wellington), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Severe problem behavior among individuals with intellectual disabilities is prevalent, harmful, and costly to treat. It is important for behavior analysts to evaluate how their successful approach to assessment and treatment can be applied to the prevention of severe problem behavior. However, it is difficult to study prevention in applied settings without foregoing experimental control. Laboratory models may provide a convenient, efficient, and safe way to answer basic questions about the prevention of problem behavior. Fahmie, Macaskill, Kazemi, and Elmer (in press) conducted a preliminary evaluation of a laboratory model that compared the preventive efficacy of noncontingent reinforcement and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior. Results showed that both interventions similarly prevented the development of an analogue to problem behavior in undergraduates. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend this laboratory model and to address some of its previous limitations. Specifically, we sought to determine whether and under which conditions differential reinforcement produces prevention effects. Preliminary data suggest that following training, increasing the probability of reinforcement for alternative behavior results in significantly better prevention effects. Our results have implications for the prevention of problem behavior as well as for basic research of human behavior. |
|
Conditioning Preferences for Choice-Making Opportunities Through Histories of Differential Reinforcer Quality and Magnitude |
MELISSA DRIFKE (May Institute), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Margaret Rachel Gifford (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Studies have shown that children of both typical and atypical cognitive development tend to prefer contexts in which their behavior results in a choice of reinforcers rather than a single reinforcer delivered without a choice-making opportunity, even when the reinforcer received is identical across conditions. The origin of this preference has been attributed speculatively to behavioral histories in which choice making tends to be associated with differentially beneficial outcomes, but few studies have evaluated this claim and those that have yielded mixed results. The current study evaluated providing five preschool-aged children histories in which choice-making and no-choice-making contexts were differentially associated with higher-quality and larger-magnitude reinforcers and assessed changes in preference for choice and no-choice contexts in which outcomes were equated. These conditioning histories resulted in consistent and replicable shifts in child preference, indicating that choice preference is malleable through environmental experience. Thus, choice preferences may develop across children through shared learning histories. |
|
|
|
|
See-Do; Hear-Do; We-Do; I-Do: The Acquisition of Untaught Responses in Social and Non-Social Contexts |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C |
Area: PRA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mary A. Johnson (The Touchstone Center; St. Lillian Academy) |
Discussant: Angie Moran (The Touchstone Center) |
CE Instructor: Grant Gautreaux, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The identification of the source of reinforcement for untaught responses has been an elusive journey for applied researchers in the field of behavior analysis. While multiple explanations for the indirect acquisition of new skills abound, the impact of the social environmental context has been less agreed upon. People depend on the indirect learning for a variety of things in their lives. Individuals watch others when they are not certain of how they should act or react in a multitude of scenarios. These environmental conditions may be social, cultural or academic. For humans success in employment, schooling and with relationships may hinge on how we critically observe our environments. We report the results of four experiments related to the acquisition of untaught responses through observational learning, social listener reinforcement and emulation each of which can be analyzed vis-a-vis a social or non-social context. The implications for educational and clinical settings are also discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Emulation, Observational learning, Social Reinforcement |
Target Audience: masters and doctoral level BCBAs |
|
Observational Learning: Acquisition and Utility |
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University), Derek Jacob Shanman (Nicholls State University), Carmen Vara-Napier (St. Lillian Academy), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: People depend on observational learning for a variety of things in their lives. Individuals watch others when they are not certain of how they should act or react to a multitude of scenarios. These environmental conditions may be social, cultural or academic. For humans success in employment, schooling and with relationships may hinge on observation. What people observe in addition to behaviors of others are the contingencies that are part of their interaction with the environmental stimuli. They are subsequently affected by how those interlocking events provide consequences for others. Recent evidence suggests distinctions between the effects of observation on the emission of previously acquired repertoires, the acquisition of new repertoires and the acquisition of observational learning as a new repertoire. Prior research has not clearly identified whether the changes in behavior from observation constituted learning because in many cases tests were not done for the presence or absence of the repertoires prior to observation. We describe new investigations reporting procedures leading to the acquisition of observational learning, and the acquisition of operants and higher order operants by observation. We also provide information on how to use observational learning for making educational and clinical decisions. |
|
A Comparative Analysis of Imitation and Emulation Tasks and the Identification of Co-Requisites for Emulation |
TRICIA CLEMENT (The Touchstone Center), Paula G. White (The Touchstone Center), Natalie Leow-Dyke (Jigsaw CABAS School), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to exam the relationship between the emulation and pre-requisite cusps or capabilities. A multiple baseline design across matched triads was utilized. The study was conducted with 23 individuals diagnosed with autism. The participants ranged in ages from 3 to 13 years old (5 females and 18 males) and all of whom received over 20 hours of ABA services weekly. The participants ranged from pre-speaker/pre-listener to reader/writer levels of verbal behavior. All participants were initially probed to determine whether imitation and or emulation were present prior to the study. Imitation will be induced for all participants with baseline data of less than 80% accuracy on either imitation or emulation probes. This study will provide data on the following: correlations between emulation and cusps or capabilities, if changes in curricula are needed when imitation or emulation is in repertoire, or if consequent stimulus control is necessary for emulation. |
|
Establishing Emulation and Improving Outcomes |
Katherine M. Matthews (The Faison Center), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center), CHRISTOPHER MORGAN (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Emulation refers to a behavior by which an individual emits one or more responses that produce an environmental change that mimics the condition of a visual model. In this study, researchers used a multiple baseline across participants design to test whether generalized emulation could be occasioned through direct training and whether the presence of generalized emulation as a behavioral repertoire would result in lower trials-to-criterion for individuals with Autism participating in a life skills oriented school program. Results are discussed as they relate to the importance of establishing emulation and improving outcomes in daily living and job skills. Further, the results discussed offer information to inform whether the presence of emulation in repertoire can impact how vocational training programs are implemented as well as indicate the level of training required to help individuals reach a greater state of independence. |
|
The Identification and Establishment of Reinforcement for Collaboration in Elementary Students |
LAURA DARCY (Nicholls State University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: In Experiment 1, I conducted a functional analysis of student rate of learning with and without a peer-yoked contingency for 12 students in Kindergarten through 2nd grade in order to determine if they had conditioned reinforcement for collaboration. Using an ABAB reversal design, I compared rate of learning as measured by learn units to criterion under two conditions: (A) rotated learn units between 2 peers with a peer-yoked contingency game board (collaborative reinforcement), and (B) rotated learn units between 2 peers without a peer-yoked contingency game board (individual reinforcement). Seven of twelve participants learned faster in the collaborative reinforcement condition, suggesting that they each had reinforcement for collaboration with a peer. Additionally, participants who demonstrated reinforcement for collaboration emitted higher levels of vocal verbal operants when yoked with a peer than the participants who did not. In Experiment 2, the participants who did not demonstrate reinforcement for collaboration were placed into a collaborative intervention, in order to determine if this potential developmental cusp could be established. In a delayed multiple probe design across dyads, four participants engaged in peer tutoring with a confederate peer, and a yoked contingency game board was utilized to reinforce their effective collaboration. Following this intervention, all four participants demonstrated a faster rate of learning when yoked with a peer, as well as increased levels of vocal verbal operants with their peers. These findings suggest a shift in reinforcement from social contract to social contact. The educational significance and implications of this potential developmental cusp are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysts in the Making |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C |
Area: TBA |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Ana Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil) |
|
Poser Applied: User-Friendly CGI for Generating Ethical Visual Exemplars in Teaching Applied Behaviour Analysis |
Domain: Theory |
MICHAEL KEENAN (Ulster University), Lee Cadieux (Arts and Humanities Research Institute; Ulster University) |
|
Abstract: In the present day, where access to video technology for teaching purposes may seem all but ubiquitous, video is not necessarily the best tool for all learning activities, in all situations. In the teaching of Applied Behaviour Analysis, live-action video examples are not always available and neither is it always ethically sound to use real-life videoed case studies for all teaching situations. Live-action video sequences may be cast, scripted and recorded, but the process is often prohibitively expensive and it is difficult for the therapist to maintain control over the production to ensure the result is fit for purpose. Poser, an application from software developer Smith Micro, offers users an application for the development of dynamic 3D CGI content that may serve as an enhanced economical alternative over its live-action video counterpart. Canny use of the software, when coupled with a knowledge of classical animation technique, can afford users the ability to generate animated scenes of specific behaviours, of a near photographic realism, whilst maintaining complete ethical control over the content developed; something that is often difficult to achieve with live-action video. |
|
Linking the Dimensions of ABA to Commonly Used Criterion-Referenced Assessments |
Domain: Theory |
KRISTEN LENAE PADILLA-MAINOR (Baylor University), Abby Hodges (Baylor University) |
|
Abstract: In the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA), practitioners abide by certain behavior analytic principles to guide assessment practices, research, and interventions. Behavior analysts strive to utilize research, data, observable and measurable behaviors, experimental control, and scientific inquiry to promote socially significant behaviors and ultimately provide the best treatment for individuals with developmental disabilities. In clinical practice, these principles guide intervention development and progress monitoring. However, these principles should also be applied when selecting and using assessments to identify an individual’s current behavioral repertoire. Behavior analysts utilize assessments in a variety of ways in practice such as reviewing test scores in assessment reports (e.g. diagnostic reports), selecting instruments to assess skills, administering tests, and interpreting test results. This paper connects the dimensions of ABA to commonly used criterion-referenced assessments used to determine present levels of functioning in children, outlines the significance of selecting instruments that align with those dimensions, and provides guidelines to follow when determining which type of formal assessment to use for evaluating individuals with developmental disabilities. |
|
A Proposed Model to Teach Basic Behavior Analytic Concepts and Principles to Different Bachelor's Degrees |
Domain: Theory |
ANA CAROLINA SELLA (Universidade Federal de Alagoas), Jackeline Santos (Universidade Federal de Alagoas), Daniela Mendonça Ribeiro (Universidade Federal de Alagoas) |
|
Abstract: Teaching higher order thinking (HOT) skills is a concern in all higher education settings. Teaching behavior analytic concept and principles within a HOT framework has been an object of research for many years; however, there is still little research on what to teach and how to teach when one needs solid learning of basic behavior analytic concept and principles, including their applications and evaluation, and when this needs to be done within 6-12 hours of instructional time and must serve students from different bachelor's degrees. Every year we teach about 30 classes, from 13 different bachelor's degrees that vary from Physics and Mathematics to Theater and the Social Sciences (this amounts to approximately 750 students a year). The purpose of this paper is to discuss, within a behavior analytic instructional design perspective, a model we developed that includes a concept and principle hierarchy and its derived concept and principle analyses. We also present and discuss the possible design solutions, based on Markle (1990) and Merrill, Tennysson and Posey (1992), that this model is allowing us to develop as tools to better teach our target behavior analytic concepts and principles. |
|
Identifying and Responding to Psychological Distress in Behavior Analysts in Training: Strategies for Professors and Supervisees |
Domain: Service Delivery |
EMILY M. LUND (St. Cloud State University), Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University) |
|
Abstract: In the process of teaching and providing supervision to aspiring and future behavior analysts, professors and supervisors may be in a key position to notice and respond to student and supervisee psychological distress, including both non-verbal indications of distress and direct verbal disclosures of psychological distress. Such distress may interfere with student and supervisee academic and clinical performance, providing behavior analysts with an ethical obligation to provide timely, effective, and appropriate feedback that addresses the issue and its impact on their performance. Additionally, behavior analysts may have other moral, professional, institutional, and social obligations to ensure the well-being and safety of their students and supervisees via appropriately identifying and responding to signs and disclosures of psychological distress. This presentation will address common signs of psychological distress in students and supervisees as well as practical, evidence-based strategies for effectively referring students and supervisees for professional support as needed. Finally, strategies for addressing supervisee psychological distress within the context of behavioral analytic supervision will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
|
Theoretical Approaches to Complex Verbal Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B |
Area: VBC |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Chair: Robert Dlouhy (Western Michigan University) |
|
English Clauses as Relational Autoclitics of Order |
Domain: Theory |
ROBERT DLOUHY (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: The relational autoclitic of order, introduced by Skinner in Chapter 13 of Verbal Behavior (1957), has received little attention from behavior analysts. This may be due to Skinner’s brief and rather opaque treatment of it, and his introduction of the autoclitic frame later in the chapter. The lack of attention has caused our field to miss an opportunity to explain syntactic regularity and complexity in behavior analytic terms. An interpretation of English clause types as relational autoclitics of order shows, first of all, that a behavior analytic definition of what linguists call a clause is possible. Furthermore, it shows that apparent “syntactic structure” emerges without the need to posit rules. In addition, it shows that appropriate listener responses to the verbal stimuli in a clause are evoked by the positions’ autoclitic effect on those verbal stimuli. This analysis supports treatment of autoclitic frames as partially specified relational autoclitics of order. |
|
Producing and Responding to Ambiguous Verbal Stimuli: From Cold Reading to Tarot Cards |
Domain: Theory |
THOM RATKOS (Berry College) |
|
Abstract: A competent verbal speaker is constantly bombarded with stimuli that have the potential to evoke hundreds if not thousands of discrete verbal responses, yet we can only form one sound at a time, and often we remain silent. Similarly, any sufficiently complex or abstract verbal stimulus could evoke innumerable verbal and nonverbal responses in a listener. Anything a speaker "wants to say" could conceivably be said dozens of different ways, yet only one is emitted. This talk will explore the subtle ways in which all our verbal behavior is determined and multiply controlled. Additionally, we will examine specific practices where ambiguous stimuli, both verbal and nonverbal, are used to generate interesting verbal responses. Astrology, palm reading, tarot cards, cold reading, and crystal balls, all work in similar ways to produce verbal stimuli that customers value and will pay for. Projective psychological tests operate in much the same way, combining ambiguous stimuli with the patient's present stimulus conditions and learning history. Audience members should already be familiar with Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior. |
|
Private Events, Self-Knowledge and Rule-Governed Behavior: Skinner's Legacy and Interacting With the Own Behavior |
Domain: Applied Research |
CARMEN LUCIANO SORIANO (University Almería, Spain) |
|
Abstract: The formation of private events, self-knowledge, and rule-governed behavior have been radical points in Skinner`s legacy. This presentation is focused in such radical points and the development of relational responding to make explicit the basic learning processes responsible of effective interaction with the own behavior. The radical conceptualization on self-knowledge and the recent contextual approach on language conjoint to advance in the analysis of such complex behaviors and, consequently, in the procedures to influence in the learning process of rule-governed behavior or interacting with the own behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Medicine SIG of ABAI Presents: Beginning a Line of Research in Behavioral Medicine |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB |
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Gretchen A. Dittrich, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jessica R. Mias (Simmons College) |
GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons College) |
SANDY JIN (California State University, Northridge) |
KYLAN S. TURNER (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Behavioral medicine is a field of study that integrates behavioral and biomedical sciences to improve behaviors associated with disease and health states. Behavioral medicine targets may focus on disease prevention, treatment to improve health and disease states and/or comorbidities, programming to facilitate maintenance of health behavior change, and treatments targeting adherence to medical regimes. As experts in functional analysis and behavior change, behavior analysts are well-equipped to work in the field of behavioral medicine. However, behavior analysts often do not receive specific training during coursework or continuing education focused on behavioral medicine interventions and research, and thus may be unaware of how to begin a line of research in the field. The purpose of the current panel discussion is to provide recommendations on beginning research in behavioral medicine. Panelists will provide an overview of how they entered into the field, recommendations for supervision and mentorship, and how to maintain a line of research in behavioral medicine long term. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, BCaBAs, Health Psychologists, Health Professionals |
Learning Objectives: 1. identify research opportunities in behavioral medicine 2. identify supervisors or mentors currently conducting research in behavioral medicine to provide support and supervision for behavior analysts beginning a new line of research 3. identify methods to maintain a practice and/or line of research in behavioral medicine long-term |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Health, Behavioral Medicine, Health Psychology |
|
|
|
|
Problem Behavior and Fragile X Syndrome: Does Diagnosis Matter? |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Scott S. Hall (Stanford University) |
CE Instructor: Scott S. Hall, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Gene-environment interactions are being increasingly recognized as important in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. A notable example of this phenomenon is fragile X syndrome (FXS), a well-known single-gene cause of intellectual disability. In this symposium, we will examine how the diagnosis of FXS might be important to consider in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. The first speaker (Tobias Britton) will describe the topographies of problem behavior commonly shown by individuals with FXS, and report on the results from a descriptive assessment of problem behavior conducted on 47 boys with FXS. The second speaker (Katerina Monlux) will describe how condition-specific in-home functional analyses can be conducted for children with FXS using a parent-coaching model. Finally, the third speaker (Arlette Bujanda-Rodriguez) will describe how function-based treatments can be administered via telehealth to decrease problem behaviors in FXS. In all three presentations, the speakers will discuss how phenotypic features common to individuals with FXS (e.g., social anxiety, aversion to transitions) need to be considered in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior in this population. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): fragileX syndrome, function-based treatment, problem behavior, telehealth |
Target Audience: Practitioners, scientists, and educators. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify key gene environment interactions associated with problem behaviors in children with fragile x syndrome (FXS); (2) consider why diagnosis is important in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior; (3) identify how condition specific functional analyses can be conducted in home using a parent coaching model, with subsequent treatment delivered via telehealth to reduce problem behaviors in FXS. |
|
Descriptive Assessment of Problem Behaviors Exhibited by Boys With Fragile X Syndrome |
TOBIAS BRITTON (Stanford University), Kat Monlux (Stanford University), Scott S. Hall (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Fragile X syndrome (FXS) is a rare genetic disorder that could inform potential interactions between genes and environment. In this study, we examined the topographies and potential sources of reinforcement for aggression and self-injurious behaviors reported by caregivers of boys with FXS. Data were collected on 47 boys with FXS aged 8 to 18 years using The Functional Analysis Screening Tool (FAST), a commonly used descriptive assessment to identify potential functions of problem behavior (Iwata, DeLeon, & Roscoe, 2013). Results showed that the most common form of aggressive behavior was hitting others (58.3% of cases) and the most common form of self-injurious behavior was self-biting (56.3% of cases). For both aggression and self-injury, multiple sources of social reinforcement were more likely to be identified than single sources of social reinforcement. Automatic sensory reinforcement or pain attenuation were rarely endorsed for either behavior. Taken together, these data suggest that multiple sources of social reinforcement maintain aggression and self-injury in FXS |
|
In-Home Functional Analyses With Boys Diagnosed With Fragile X Syndrome |
KAT MONLUX (Stanford University), Scott S. Hall (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Fragile X syndrome (FXS) is a rare genetic single-gene disorder associated with an increased risk for problem behaviors such as self-injurious or aggressive behaviors. Surprisingly few studies, however, have directly examined the functions of problem behaviors in this syndrome. In this study, 15 boys with FXS, aged 3 to 10 years, who were reported to exhibit problem behavior on at least a daily basis, were identified via a national screening survey. For each case, a BCBA travelled to the child’s home and coached the parents to implement the FA conditions, including escape from social interaction and transition escape, over a two-day period. The results showed that that problem behavior was maintained by social functions in the majority of cases, including escape from transitions, escape from demands and access to tangible items. Factors such as environmental control, building rapport with the families and the feasibility of conducting in-home FAs with children with FXS are discussed. |
|
Telehealth Function-Based Treatment of Problem Behaviors for Boys With Fragile X Syndrome |
ARLETTE BUJANDA (Stanford University), Joy Pollard (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Many individuals with fragile X syndrome (FXS), a rare genetic disorder associated with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), commonly show severe problem behaviors such as self-injury and aggression that can be extremely distressing to families and can severely impact the child's quality of life. In this study, we evaluated whether targeted function-based behavioral treatments for problem behaviors conducted via telehealth, could reduce problem behaviors in this disorder. Following a functional analysis, 8 caregivers of boys with FXS initially received daily coaching via telemhealth to implement function-based treatments. The frequency of telehealth sessions was subsequently faded over a 12-week period, depending on progress. Results showed that significant reductions in problem behavior occurred over the 12 week period in almost all cases. These data suggest that telehealth behavioral treatment is an effective model for reducing problem behavior in children with FXS. |
|
|
|
|
Approaches to Integrating Research and Practice in Applied Settings |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Louis P. Hagopian, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The New England Center for Children, Alpine Learning Group, and The Neurobehavioral Programs at Kennedy Krieger Institute are unique clinical operations that provide applied behavior analytic-based services designed to meet the complex needs of individuals with autism and related developmental disabilities. Leaders from these three programs will discuss how their clinical practices are continuously evolving with advances in research, and how the delivery of clinical services informs their own research. Each presenter will provide examples of the products of engaging in a systematic process of integrating research and clinical service delivery. Presenters will show how the same data-based analytic approach used to address socially relevant problems at the level of the individual that is a hallmark of applied behavior analysis, can be executed at the program level to evaluate and improve clinical outcomes and generate research that contributes to scientific knowledge. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: graduate students, BCBAs, psychologists, researchers, practitioners |
|
Applied Research at Alpine Learning Group: Maintaining Productivity in a Non-University Setting |
(Applied Research) |
BRIDGET A. TAYLOR (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: For nearly thirty years, the staff of Alpine Learning Group have engaged in a program of applied research resulting in steady growth of publications in peer reviewed journals. Our research initiatives have focused on developing and evaluating innovative interventions, as well as novel dependent measures, that directly reflect and impact the needs of our learners. Developing and implementing a program of applied research in non-university settings poses unique challenges, such as allocation of staff resources, developing internal review systems, and ensuring our research directives reflect consumer goals and objectives. Despite challenges, applied settings offer a range of novel opportunities, such as access to a consistent and varied participant pool (e.g., children, adults, parents, siblings), multiple settings (e.g., home, school and community), and the opportunity to observe and evaluate the direct impact of research initiatives on the daily lives of our learners. This presentation will review several of Alpine’s innovative research directives and practical strategies for non-university settings seeking to establish applied research programs. |
|
Integrating Research and Practice at the New England Center for Children |
(Applied Research) |
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The New England Center for Children (NECC) strives to be a premier leader in the treatment of autism. Identifying and implementing best practice procedures is enhanced by using research to inform practice and practice to inform research. Research conducted at NECC covers a wide range of topics, including reinforcement, stereotypic behavior, discrimination learning, stimulus equivalence, choice and preference, social skills, symbol-based communication, treatment integrity, early intervention, and life skills instruction. NECC has developed a professional development model that has produced over 1,300 BCBAs and special education teachers. Most teachers at NECC receive graduate training at either Western New England University or Simmons College and contribute to the systematic evaluation of teaching and clinical programming through research. This presentation by Bill Ahearn will include a discussion of how research is carried out in NECC’s private school setting and residential services. Two examples of lines of research that have identified best practices (i.e., teaching behavior chains and treating stereotypical behavior) will be presented with a focus on the process of implementing research protocols. |
|
Integrating Research and Clinical Service at The Kennedy Krieger Institute's Neurobehavioral Programs |
(Service Delivery) |
LOUIS P. HAGOPIAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The integration of clinical practice and research was foundational to the establishment of Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and The Kennedy Krieger Institute - parent institutions of the Neurobehavioral Programs, which serve individuals with developmental disabilities who present with severe behavioral dysfunction. These programs provide a continuum of outpatient and inpatient services. Over the past three decades, faculty and staff have published over 300 articles in peer reviewed journals, and received research funding in excess of $11M. This has been achieved in part through systematic data collection, organization, and analysis of clinical outcomes. Datasets are accumulated and findings are used to improve clinical care and inform research. Examples are provided to illustrate how this approach has led to the development and refinement of clinical procedures, permitted larger scale evaluations of clinical procedures to examine their effectiveness and their limitations, and has resulted in new knowledge about problem behavior. Integration of clinical and research activities within a clinical program is critical to ensuring excellence in care, and can inspire clinically relevant research that contributes to knowledge and practice. |
|
|
|
|
Extinction: The Devil is in the Details |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Contingencies of reinforcement and punishment, like apparatuses, “sometimes break down” (Skinner, 1956/1961, p. 109). Such breakdowns may occur through experimenter error or degradation, transformation, relaxation, or removal of the contingencies. Although much of the experimental analysis of behavior has been concerned with how intact contingencies maintain behavior, effects of the aforementioned changes also are of interest. These changes have been studied in various ways, but one of the most widely studied, and perhaps best understood, is extinction. Comparatively little research, however, has investigated the influence of parameters of extinction procedures on the overall course of behavior change and terminal patterns of behavior. Thus, the three talks in this symposium will address effects of different procedural variations on responding during extinction. These will include comparisons of how conventional and unconventional extinction influence changes in response rate, how response variability changes as a function of the discriminability of extinction, and how aspects of the extinction procedure influence the presence of the extinction burst. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Extinction, Extinction burst, Response variability, Unconventional Extinction |
|
An Analysis of the Extinction-Induced Response Burst |
BRIAN R. KATZ (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Although the extinction burst often is cited as one of the most frequently reported generative effects of extinction, few controlled investigations into the nature of the effect have been conducted. Thus, the purpose of the present study was to determine whether the extinction burst could reliably be produced. To that end, seven pigeons were exposed to a procedure involving repeated cycles of 5-session blocks of baseline and 8-session blocks of extinction. This sequence of sessions was then repeated at least five times. Depending on the condition, baseline sessions consisted of either a fixed-ratio (FR) or variable-ratio (VR) schedule, and transitions to extinction were conducted either between or within sessions. Preliminary analyses suggest that the extinction burst is a transitory phenomenon. Analyses of whole-session response rates during extinction have failed to demonstrate an extinction burst. Conversely, restricting analysis to solely the first minute or thirty seconds of an extinction session has revealed a burst, although this finding has not been consistent. Furthermore, burst-like increases in responding were more frequently observed following within-session transitions to extinction. These data suggest that aspects of the extinction procedure influence whether or not a burst-like increase in responding is observed at the onset of extinction. |
|
Repetition and Variability of Operant Behavior in Extinction After Continuous Reinforcement |
IVER H. IVERSEN (University of North Florida) |
Abstract: Understanding response variability in extinction is relevant for implementation of effective shaping techniques. Rats were pressing a very soft lever that could be moved down 2 cm. Lever movement was recorded in detail. Food pellet delivery was accompanied by a "beep" sound. After acquisition of lever pressing on continuous reinforcement (CRF), two conditions of extinction compared the effect of no sound from the feeder with the effect of retaining the beep sound. For the first 20 responses in extinction, the condition with no beep decreased inter response times (IRT) compared to CRF (extinction burst) whereas extinction with beep retained IRTs from CRF. In extinction, beep sounds were initially followed by entry to the food tray, which did not occur without the beep. Response topography with beep was more similar to topography under CRF. Without the beep, response topography varied more in extinction. In both types of extinction, response duration increased in extinction (slightly more for the no-beep condition). Data will be presented for six rats. The experiment shows the importance of trivial procedural details for response changes in early extinction. |
|
Higher Response Rates Are More Resistant to Change When the Response-Reinforcer Dependency Is Removed |
JAMES E. COOK (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: When reinforcement rates are equated, behavior that is maintained at lower response rates is more resistant to change when disrupted by adding additional reinforcers or conventional extinction (i.e., terminating reinforcer deliveries), but whether response rates affect resistance to change when only the response-reinforcer relation is removed (i.e., time schedules, unconventional extinction) is unclear. The responding of 20 rats was maintained on identical variable-interval 30-s schedules for 10 sessions. The 7 rats with the highest and lowest average response rates over the 6 most recent sessions in baseline were respectively placed into the High-Response-Rate (HRR) and Low-Response-Rate (LRR) groups. The schedule was then changed to a variable-time (VT) 30-s schedule for 10 sessions. HRR rats showed greater resistance to change under the VT schedule than the LRR rats. A direct correlation was shown for all rats between baseline response rates and resistance to change under VT schedules in contrast to previous experiments showing an inverse relation between baseline response rates and resistance to change. These data demonstrate that response rates should be considered when evaluating resistance to change when responding is disrupted and that response rates may have different effects depending on the nature of the disrupter. |
|
|
|
|
Designing Purpose-Driven Organizations With 21st Century Technologies: How We Can Live More Connected Lives |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E |
Area: OBM/VBC; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Todd A. Ward, Ph.D. |
Chair: Angela Joyce Cathey (ENSO Group, LLC; bSci21 Media, LLC) |
JESSICA M. GRAHAM (Bosch) |
TODD A. WARD (bSci21 Media, LLC; ENSO Group, LLC) |
GARETH I. HOLMAN (OpenTeam, LLC) |
Abstract: Skinner's famous article, titled 'What's Wrong with the Western World?', warned of the dangers of distancing employees from the naturalistic outcomes of their performance. Additionally, many modern work environments increasingly crossover into home life and impact our lives more so than ever before. Given the latter developments, we discuss ways to take a more mindful and purposeful approach to organizational design that leverages 21st century technology to better connect people and organizations to the impact of their behavior on larger society. In doing so, we draw on our own consulting experiences and use of supportive contextualized assessment and intervention (e.g., Ecological Momentary Assessment, Natural Language Processing, Ecological Momentary Intervention) to alter the functions of deleterious rules impeding the performance of employees, leaders, and the organization itself. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate Behavior Analysts, Graduate Students, Professionals |
Learning Objectives: Optional for BACB |
Keyword(s): ACT, Culture, FAP, Technology |
|
|
|
|
An Overview of Social Comparison Feedback: Conceptual Foundations and Recent Results |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F |
Area: OBM |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Yngvi F. Einarsson (Western Michigan University) |
|
Social Comparison Feedback: Conceptual and Component Analyses |
Domain: Applied Research |
YNGVI F. EINARSSON (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: “Social comparison feedback” has been broadly defined as a display of an individual’s or group’s performance in comparison to the performance of other individuals or groups. This paper will specifically examine one type of social comparison feedback, the graphic display of an individual’s performance along with the individual performance of peers. Previously, this feedback procedure has also been called public feedback, public individualized feedback, normative feedback, and public normative feedback. Under various labels, social comparison feedback has been used in Organizational Behavior Management interventions for over 45 years to improve performance in multiple settings. A review of the conceptual analyses of social comparison feedback will be provided, comparing and contrasting the unique components of social comparison feedback with other feedback applications and goal-setting. Despite the use of social comparison feedback over the years, studies examining its relative effectiveness in comparison to other feedback applications are rare. The potential limitations of the analyses will be addressed. |
|
The Effects of Social Comparison Feedback Under Hourly Pay and Incentive Pay: A Series of Studies |
Domain: Applied Research |
JACOB SCHIPPER (Western Michigan University), Yngvi F. Einarsson (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Structural reviews of feedback, such as Balcazar et al. (1985-1986) and Alvero et al. (2001), have been helpful in identifying some of the important dimensions of feedback applications and have helped guide researchers and practitioners. However, by aggregating feedback dimensions from different studies into the same feedback categories, the structural reviews may end up attributing positive effects to the feedback dimension, although the actual effects may have been due to other variables. Ultimately, only systematic experimental comparisons can determine the relative effectiveness of various feedback dimensions. The main purpose of a recent series of experimental laboratory studies was to examine and systematically compare the effects of graphic social comparison feedback with other feedback applications and goal-setting under hourly pay and piece-rate incentive pay conditions. The results of these studies have important practical implications for organizations, as performance differences between feedback applications significantly differed in meaningful ways. Then, although social comparison feedback may outperform other feedback applications, legitimate concerns can be raised about the potential aversiveness and risks when using social comparison feedback in organizations. |
|
|
|
|
|
Progressive Freethinking Between Disciplines |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 10-13 |
Area: PCH |
Chair: Øystein Vogt (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
|
Behavior Analysis, Neuroscience and Mainstream Cognitive Psychology as Separate Explanatory Sub-Fields in a Modern Synthesis for Psychology |
Domain: Theory |
ØYSTEIN VOGT (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
|
Abstract: It may be argued that behavior analysis and behavioral neuroscience form an ideal basis for a modern synthesis for psychology; especially centered around identifying the neural replicators and core neurological mechanisms of operant selection. The potential complementary role of mentalistic, cognitive psychology may seem less clear, important and viable. Indeed it may seem incompatible considering its adherence to mentalism. We thus address the qualitiatively different, but potenitally complementary, explanatory roles of (1) life-historical, contextual behavioral science (behavior analysis, psychology of learning), and (2a) neurophysiology (behavioral and cognitive neuroscience, among others) and (2b) mainstream mentalistic, cognitive psychology relying mainly on methodological behaviorism.The extent of the explanatory differences between 2a and 2b is discussed. It is suggested that mentalistic explanations relying on methodological behaviorism are sometimes unclearly defined with regards to realism vs instrumentalism. While the ambition is often to explain behavior as (proximately) caused by real neurocognitive mechanisms, the actual terms referring to these mechanisms rather summarize recurring observable behavior. We discuss and outline possible solutions that may promote both complementary relations between these sub-fields and clarification of their largely separate and autonomous roles. |
|
B. F. Skinner's Involvement in the American Humanist Association in the 1970s: An Important and Forgotten Piece of Our History |
Domain: Theory |
BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments) |
|
Abstract: B. F. Skinner was an active member of the American Humanist Association, including winning their Humanist of the Year award. His involvement was controversial, however, and led to published paper exchanges and even refusals by some to have their signatures associated with his. Some of these key writings by Skinner and others, as well as some of the events that transpired, will be discussed and analyzed. A case will be made that Applied Behavior Analysis is squarely within the Humanist tradition, although most fail to appreciate that position. |
|
|
|
|
|
Clinical Applications of Functional Analysis Methodology |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A |
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University) |
Discussant: Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Sarah E. Bloom, Ph.D. |
Abstract: For decades, researchers and practitioners have both isolated challenging behavior's controlling variables by observing the effects of systematic manipulations of antecedent and consequent events. These functional analyses (FA) have served as the basis for countless effective interventions and represent the most empirically validated approach to functional assessment currently available. In this symposium, speakers will highlight two applications of this methodology directly relevant to clinical practice. In the first talk, the presenter will explore the collateral effects of stimulant medication on child behavior by tracking rates of targeted and non-targeted responding during FAs conducted across stimulant and placebo conditions. In the second talk, the presenter will highlight some limitations of standard FA methodology and will describe how latency-based FAs might be employed to identify the function(s) of low-frequency high-intensity challenging behavior. The symposium will culminate with a discussion of each study's strengths and weaknesses and will highlight areas for future research and practical application. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): functional analysis, latency, side effects, stimulant medication |
Target Audience: Masters- and doctoral-level practitioners and scientists |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how stimulant medication can alter outcomes of functional analyses of targeted behavior 2. Describe how stimulant medication can influence response patterns of non-targeted behavior 3. Describe practical benefits of latency-based FAs in the assessment of low-frequency challenging behavior |
|
Collateral Effects of Dexmethylphenidate on Non-Targeted Behavior During Functional Analyses of Disruptive Behavior |
JESSICA TORELLI ROANE (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Rachel Francis (Vanderbilt University), Catherine Picou (Vanderbilt University), Marissa Mastel (Vanderbilt University), Cecelia O'Flaherty (Vanderbilt University), Ellen Vandelaar (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Previous research has examined the influence of stimulant medication on disruptive behavior's maintaining variables in individuals diagnosed with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) by conducting functional analyses across drug conditions (stimulant vs. placebo or no medication; e.g., Dicesare, McAdam, Tonner, & Varrel, 2005; Northup et al., 1997). While functional analyses conducted during no-medication conditions resulted in differential responding across conditions, functional analyses conducted during stimulant conditions resulted in low rates of disruptive behavior across conditions. We conducted functional analyses across dexmethylphenidate (DMPH) and placebo conditions in a withdrawal design for an 8-year old boy with ADHD. Results suggest disruptive behavior was maintained by attention when DMPH was present, but not when it was absent. Results also suggest DMPH may have collateral effects on the probability of non-targeted behavior (crying) as crying was present during DMPH conditions and absent during placebo conditions. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed. |
|
When You Need More Time: Modified Functional Analysis of Low-Rate Challenging Behavior |
KATHARINE GUTSHALL (Melmark, Inc.) |
Abstract: Standard functional analysis arrangement work for a multitude of challenging behaviors. However, they often fall short when trying to assess low-rate, high-intensity behavior. Various manipulations have been offered as potential solutions when initial functional analyses prove inconclusive. Most often offered is for extended session length (O'Reilly 1996, Kahng et al 2001, Davis et al 2012). While this alteration can be a great assistance in ascertaining a clear function, assessments can take days, if not weeks, to complete. In order to be more efficient with time, the modified functional analysis was altered to be latency based. This assessment followed past research that the use of latency as a measure did allow for more differentiated functional analysis outcomes (Call 2009). Additionally, in moving to a latency based functional analysis, there would be the potential to complete the assessment at a faster pace allowing for less chance of injury to the individual and for appropriate treatment to be introduced sooner. |
|
|
|
|
Staff Training for Behavioral Interventions for Children With Autism: Molecular and Molar Models |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Theory |
Chair: John James McEachin (Autism Partnership) |
Discussant: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Training staff to implement effective behavioral interventions for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) requires effective training techniques. This training can occur on a scale from one-on-one, group based, all the way to large scale internship models. The purpose of this symposium is to present two models of staff training. The first presentation describes a common model of staff training (i.e., one-on-one) that used a teaching interaction procedure (TIP) to teach three interventionists the skills to implement a TIP to target the development of social skills for children diagnosed with ASD. The second presentation describes a comprehensive internship program designed to train therapists on the historical, conceptual, and theoretical underpinnings of our field as it applies to the behavioral treatment of ASD as well as the direct implementation a comprehensive behavioral intervention for children diagnosed with ASD. Both presentations will be discussed with respect to their strengths as well as future directions. |
Keyword(s): autism, internship, training |
Target Audience: Those in charge of training staff on providing behavioral interventions for individuals diagnosed with ASD including, but not limited to, BCBAs and BCaBAs. |
|
Using the Teaching Interaction Procedure to Train Staff on an ABA-Based Technique |
Dana Redican (Autism Partnership), JULIA FERGUSON (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: The teaching interaction procedure (TIP) is an evidence based procedure that has been utilized for the development of social skills. The TIP consists of labeling the targeted skill, providing a meaningful rationale for the importance of the skill, describing the steps of the targeted skill, modeling how the skill, and providing feedback throughout the TIP. Although the TIP has been used to teach a variety of social skills for children and adolescents diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and/or other social and behavioral disorders, its use has not been evaluated to train staff. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of a TIP to teach three interventionists the skills to implement a TIP to target the development of social skills for children diagnosed with ASD. The results of a multiple baseline design showed the TIP was effective at teaching all three interventionists how to implement a TIP with children diagnosed with ASD. |
|
Advancing Training in Autism Intervention Through a Comprehensive Internship: CABA |
JUSTIN B. LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Jeremy Andrew Leaf (Autism Partnership), Leticia Palos-Rafuse (Autism Partnership), John Rafuse (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: The essential skills required for a behavior analyst to function as a scientist-practitioner within autism intervention are vast. As a result, many university programs, training institutes, and certifications have been developed to engender, maintain, and assess the skills required to be effective practitioners. While these systems are effective in establishing minimum competencies, the development and refinement of the skills required by the scientist-practitioner should continue after achieving these milestones (e.g., graduating, certification). One way to continue expanding and developing these skills is through behavior analytic internships. The purpose of this presentation is to provide a description of the development of an internship for autism interventionists. The internship was designed to develop/extend behavior analytic conceptual knowledge as well as develop/extend clinical skills (i.e., direct intervention). Lessons learned with the first cohort, changes made to the second cohort, and future directions with respect to research and refinements to the internship will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Plotting a New Course: A Presidential Address Fantasy |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Stuart A. Vyse, Other |
Chair: Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas) |
STUART A. VYSE (Independent Scholar) |
Stuart Vyse received BA and MA degrees in English Literature at Southern Illinois University, and MA and Ph.D. degrees in psychology from the University of Rhode Island. He was a visiting scholar at Harvard University, where he worked in the pigeon laboratory, then under the supervision of Richard Herrnstein. The majority of his teaching career was spent at Connecticut College, where he was Joanne Toor Cummings' 50 Professor of Psychology. He is author of Believing in Magic: The Psychology of Superstition (2014/1997), which won the William James Book Award of the American Psychological Association, and Going Broke: Why Americans Can't Hold on to Their Money (2nd edition forthcoming in 2018). His research interests are in decision-making, behavioral economics, philosophy, and belief in the paranormal. His essays and opinion pieces have appeared in the Observer, Medium, The Atlantic, Huffington Post, and Tablet. As an expert on superstition and irrational behavior, he has been quoted in many news outlets, including the New York Times, the Washington Post, New Statesman, Vox, and the Los Angeles Times, and he has appeared on CBS Sunday Morning (twice), CNN International, the PBS NewsHour, and NPR's Science Friday. He is a Fellow of the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry, and he writes the "Behavior & Belief" column for Skeptical Inquirer magazine, where he is a contributing editor. |
Abstract: With behavior analytic laboratories closing and many of the second generation of scientists reaching retirement age, basic behavior analysis is at a crossroads. The applied area is strong, because behavioral methods have achieved recognition as the treatment of choice for autism spectrum disorders and because professional certification programs and state regulatory requirements have further solidified applied behavior analysis as an established therapy. But the future of the basic area is unclear. Furthermore, because basic science provides much of the theoretical underpinning for the applied area, the future positioning of the applied area as an academic discipline is also somewhat uncertain. Constructed as an imaginary presidential address, this presentation will offer an assessment of the current status of the wider field of behavioral science and make suggestions for the future role of behavior analysis within that wider field. In "Changing Course," a recent essay in The Behavior Analyst (Vyse, 2013), I outlined personal reasons for turning my attentions away from the field of behavior analysis. The current presentation will take a different tack, imaging a new course for basic behavioral analysis (with implications for the applied area) that might help ensure the field's continued contribution to behavioral science. Among the topics considered will be: (a) the role of theory in behavioral science, (b) the limitations of a field so tightly bound to a distinct set of research methodologies, (c) future directions for graduate training, (d) the role of ABAI, and (e) the prospect of behavior analytic contributions in as yet unexplored areas. Basic behavior analysis is not alone in facing existential challenges. The "reproducibility crisis" has had profound effects on psychology and other social and biological sciences. At this moment of flux, there are new opportunities for innovation and collaboration that could strengthen our field. |
Target Audience: Basic and applied researchers who are interested in the future of the field. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) identify several challenges facing the continued vitality of basic behavior analytic science; (2) identify some effects the current and future status of the basic area may have on the development of the applied area; (3) identify some changes in training and practice in basic behavioral science that could strengthen the field; (4) list several new research areas to which behaviorally trained researchers could contribute. |
|
|
|
|
ABA Training in China: Issues and Challenges Through the Lens of Special Education |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9 |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Gabrielle T. Lee, Ph.D. |
Chair: Gabrielle T. Lee (Chongqing Normal University) |
MIAN WANG (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
Dr. Wang is a Professor in Special Education, Disability and Risk Studies (SPEDR) program in the Gevirtz Graduate School of Education at the University of California, Santa Barbara (UCSB). He is currently the Emphasis Leader of the SPEDR program. He is also the founding director of the Pacific Rim Center for Research on Special Education and Disability as well as the director of the McEnroe Reading and Language Arts Clinic at UCSB. Dr. Wang received his first Ph.D. in Applied Developmental Psychology from the University of Patras in Greece and thereafter obtained another Ph.D. in Special Education with an emphasis on family and disability policy from the University of Kansas in USA. His research interests concern: atypical child development, child and family outcomes of early intervention and early childhood services, family-professional partnership, family support, positive behavior support in cultural context, teacher education for inclusive education, international inclusion policy and practices, and disability policy. He has published over 60 journal articles, book chapters and books regarding the above topics. Dr. Wang is the recipient of the 2009 Early Career Award from the American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (AAIDD). He has served as the co-editor of the Journal of International Special Needs Education and the guest associate editor of the Journal of Positive Behavioral Interventions. He is currently serving as the associate editor of Remedial and Special Education, and Journal of Policy and Practice for Intellectual Disabilities, and is also serving in the editorial board of multiple journals. |
Abstract: Despite growing interests in the applied behavioral analysis (ABA) training from different constituents, China is still in a great demand for training more qualified behavioral analysts and other clinical professionals who can deliver effective ABA based interventions to Chinese children with special needs. Applications of ABA to children with ASD were first introduced to China in 1990s primarily through Chinese parents and parent-run organizations. Not until the dawn of 21st century had the first ABA delegation to China from ABAI taken place. Interests from the different constituent groups (e.g., professionals in the medical field, parents of children with ASD, professionals in various clinical or rehabilitation settings for children with ASD, and special education school teachers etc.), towards ABA kept permeating since. Yet the status quo and outcomes of ABA training in China are unsatisfactory and of most concern. In this presentation, I will provide a historical review of the trends and issues surrounding the ABA training in China through the lens of special education. Based on my interactions with a few Chinese universities over the last decade regarding ABA training to university faculty and students, I will discuss the key issues and challenges. Suggestions for improvement of ABA training in China will also be discussed. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss China as a �land of opportunity� for behavior analysis; (2) understand issues and challenges regarding ABA training in China; (3) have tips for working with Chinese trainees in a culturally appropriate manner; (4) discuss system change needed in China for the improvement of ABA training and practice. |
|
|
|
|
What'll It Be?: Assessing the Preferences of Nonhuman Animals in Applied Settings |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kristen lee Morris (Rollins College) |
Discussant: Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Christy A. Alligood, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Assessing the preferences of animals in human care is important for many reasons. Practically speaking, an understanding of animals' preferences can help caregivers predict response patterns and enhance training and enrichment strategies. The presentations in this symposium describe efforts to apply behavior-analytic methodology to the assessment of animal preferences. Subjects include domestic and exotic animals, and formats include MSWO and PSPA preference assessments, as well as an assessment utilizing a disequilibrium perspective of reinforcer valuation. Dr. Meagan Gregory will bring her expertise in preference assessment methodology and application to bear in an analysis of the work presented. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): animal behavior, choice, preference, reinforcer assessment |
Target Audience: This event is appropriate for behavior analysts who want to learn more about applying preference assessment methodology in applied animal behavior contexts. |
Learning Objectives: After attending this session, participants will be able to: -Articulate at least one reason that preference assessments are important for animals in human care. -Describe at least two methodologies for assessing the preferences of nonhuman animals. -Describe at least two ways that preference assessment results might be applied in the care of nonhuman animals. |
|
Development and Validation of a Reinforcer Preference Assessment for African Lions |
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom), Angela Miller (Disney's Animal Kingdom) |
Abstract: Husbandry and medical training are critical components of animal care in zoos. Training allows animals to voluntarily participate in their own care in many ways, including day-to-day husbandry routines such as shifting and visual examinations as well as periodic medical procedures such as injections and ultrasound examinations. Maintaining these behaviors throughout an animal's life requires careful selection of reinforcers, which might be aided by the use of a preference assessment protocol. We describe the development of a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment protocol for regular use with African lions, an attempt to validate the protocol by comparing preference test choices with training trial outcomes, and next steps in applying this evidence-based practice in a new setting. |
|
An Application of the Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessment to Black Vultures |
Kristen Lee Morris (Rollins College), SARAH SLOCUM FREEMAN (Rollins College) |
Abstract: The paired-stimulus preference assessment (PSPA) has been widely accepted as the gold standard for identifying preferred items. These are then used in teaching to promote efficient learning. We examine the application of the PSPA to a group of black vultures, and discuss similarities and differences in responding across members of the same species. Applied animal training should incorporate more of these well-known behavior-analytic procedures to improve the training and quality of life for animals in captivity. |
|
Determining Preference of Enrichment Stimuli: What to Ask, Who to Ask, and How |
TERRI M. BRIGHT (MSPCA Angell), Julia Touhey (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: Animals in Shelters need training and/or enrichment, whether they are a social species, such as a dog or cat, or whether they are an animal that lives with humans, such as a rat or a parrot. Training can make a dog (and sometimes a cat) more adoptable, and training can be seen as an actual form of enrichment for an animal that does not live in a home. An enriched environment is one in which an animal has variety, choice and control over its daily activities, and environmental enrichment can be described as an improvement in the biological functioning of captive animals resulting from modifications to their environment. Preference assessments fulfill a need in both helping trainers and handlers to choose possible reinforcers and to discover preferences of possible enrichment food or materials. In this experiment, as array of known preference assessments were applied to a wide array of animals in an open-admission shelter; data showed that nearly all animals made choices when given the opportunity. |
|
Predicting Reinforcement Effects in Dogs: Remember the Effect of the Human |
VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University), Jennifer Gavin (Illinois State University), Antonia Berenbaum (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: The Disequilibrium Model (Timberlake & Farmer-Dougan, 1991) states that the degree to which the ratio of instrumental (I) to contingent (C) responding is disrupted from a baseline bliss point (Oi/Oc) results in predictable reinforcement effects. When the contingency reduces the contingent response below baseline (I/C > Oi/Oc), a deficit is imposed for the contingent response (e.g., treat eating), and the rate of instrumental responding (e.g., initiate to human) increases. Punishment effects occur when the I/C is pushed above baseline, I/C < Oi/Oc, producing a satiation in operant responding. For example, dogs with little experience with human interaction may have different Oi/Oc baselines than experienced dogs when human-delivered treats are used to reinforce responding to human cues. The baseline rate of human approaches for inexperienced dogs may be lower, thus a contingency which requires increased approaches may result in reduced approaches to humans: a punishment effect, I/C > Oi/Oc). This paper presents data demonstrating predicted differences in reinforcer efficacy between dogs who were experienced with or those with little experience interacting with humans. The data support the predictions of the disequilibrium model, and demonstrate the importance of assessing baseline rates of both the contingent and operant response to determine reinforcer efficacy. |
|
|
|
|
Further Examination of Response Blocking and Redirection to Reduce Automatically Maintained Problem Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: John T. Rapp (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: Seth B. Clark, M.A. |
Abstract: Response blocking and redirection can be effective in decreasing unwanted behavior, to include treatment resistant topographies, such as automatically maintained pica and self-injury. This symposium will present the results of four studies that utilized response blocking and redirection as part of a behavior intervention. Fisher et al., analyzed the effectiveness of competing items with and without response blocking and redirection in reducing treatment-resistant automatically-maintained self-injurious behavior. Priehs, Kishbaugh, Steinhauser, Cividini-Motta, and Ahearn examined the effectiveness of response blocking as compared to an overcorrection procedure when trying to treat public masturbation. Rettig, Fritz, Campbell, Williams, Smith, and Dawson examined whether blocking pica related behaviors earlier in a response hierarchy would be more effective than blocking only pica attempts. Finally, Clark, Muething, and Call sought to increase the ecological validity of response blocking and redirection procedures by examining if reductions in pica behaviors could be maintained when the discriminative stimulus associated with response blocking (i.e., caregiver or therapist) was absent. Together, these studies provide potential methods for reducing automatically-maintained behaviors through the use of response blocking and redirection procedures. Additionally, challenges associated with using response blocking and redirection will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Pica, Redirection, Response Blocking, SIB |
Target Audience: Professionals, practitioners, BCBAs, and clinicians. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify instances in which response blocking and redirection procedures may be useful. 2. Identify the challenges associated with using response blocking and redirection. 3. Identify methods of increasing the social validity and utility of response blocking and redirection procedures. |
|
Reducing Public Masturbation in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: An Assessment of Overcorrection and Response Blocking |
Jonathan Priehs (The New England Center for Children, Inc), Adelyn Kishbaugh (The New England Center for Children, Inc), HALEY STEINHAUSER (The New England Center for Children, Inc; Western New England University), Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children, Inc), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children, Inc) |
Abstract: Behavior such as masturbation is considered a part of normal sexual development and should be expected in adolescents and adults with autism (American Academy of Pediatrics, 1996). However, this behavior can be problematic when individuals engage in masturbation in public. The current study investigated the effects of overcorrection and response blocking on public masturbation (PM) of children and adolescents with autism. Initial assessments showed that PM was not sensitive to social consequences. During the treatment evaluation phase we compared overcorrection and response blocking to determine whether either procedure was successful in decreasing PM. In the overcorrection condition, the participant completed physical activities involving both hands (e.g., moving chairs, touching toes) contingent on the occurrence of any PM. In the response blocking condition, the therapist blocked all PM using physical and verbal prompts (e.g., neutrally saying, "Stop that," and moving hands away). Both procedures were effective in decreasing public masturbation but response blocking required fewer resources and time. Interobserver agreement was collected for a minimum of 30% of sessions and was 85% or greater. Clinical implications and suggestions for future research are reviewed. |
|
Using Precursor Assessment to Inform Treatment of Pica Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
LISA RETTIG (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kelsey Campbell (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah Williams (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Leah Smith (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kyle Dawson (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Pica produces unique challenges during assessment because of risk posed by the behavior, and it often is maintained by automatic reinforcement. Blocking has been shown to effectively reduce pica. We conducted a latency FA for pica to determine the function of pica (Study 1). Next, we determined the response hierarchies leading to pica through a probability analysis and the effectiveness of a blocking treatment for participants’ whose pica appeared in both the alone condition and the attention condition of the functional analysis (Study 2). Finally, we compared the effects of blocking precursors to pica, touching an inedible item, and the pica itself (Study 3). Results showed that five of the six participants’ pica was maintained by automatic reinforcement (Study 1), and blocking decreased the rate of pica for three of four participants (Study 2). Results of Study 3 showed that blocking behaviors earlier in a response hierarchy is more effective than blocking only pica attempts. |
|
Evaluating a Prompted Engagement and Response Blocking Competing Stimulus Assessment With Children With Automatically Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior |
ALYSSA FISHER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erica Lozy (Louisiana State University), Griffin Rooker (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Alexander Rodolfo Arevalo (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Competing Stimulus Assessments (CSA) are designed to identify stimuli that when freely available, are associated with reductions in problem behavior. In addition, treatments involving noncontingent delivery of stimuli identified by CSAs are more likely to be successful in reducing automatically reinforced behavior than those involving stimuli were selected based on other methods (Rooker, Bonner, Dillon, & Zarcone, in press). Beyond simply providing free accesses to stimuli during the CSA, one approach involves examining additional procedures aimed at promoting exposure to the potential reinforcement provided by the test stimuli through prompting, and interfering with problem behavior (through response blocking; Jennet, Jann, & Hagopian, 2011). The purpose of the current study is to extend earlier research on these methods, by prompting engagement with the test stimulus, and if necessary blocking of SIB during CSA trials. The CSA was conducted under three conditions: a) stimuli were freely available, b) engagement with test stimuli was prompted, and c) engagement was prompted and SIB was blocked. Following these manipulations, we repeated the free access condition to determine increased engagement and suppression of SIB persisted in the absence of prompting and response blocking |
|
Increasing the Ecological Validity of Treatment for Pica: An Evaluation of Differential Reinforcement |
SETH B. CLARK (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Pica presents a serious health risk among individuals with developmental disabilities (Matson et. al. 2013; Stiegler 2005). Constant supervision and environmental manipulation are often required to effectively reduce pica. Response blocking, competing stimuli, redirection, and differential reinforcement have been shown to be effective interventions for pica (Goh, Iwata, & Kahng, 1999; Hagopian et. al., 2011; Schmidt et al., 2017). The current investigation sought to replicate and extend the results of Hagopian et al. by evaluating the effectiveness of their procedures to decrease the frequency of pica for two participants with developmental disabilities. Specifically, after utilizing response blocking and differential reinforcement to reduce pica behavior, the durability of the intervention was then assessed in a context in which the caregiver or therapist left the participant alone for periods of time in both contrived and naturalist settings. The combination of differential reinforcement of disposal behavior and response blocking were successful in decreasing pica behavior for both participants. The addition of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) and proximity fading resulted in treatment sustaining under periods of time when the participants were unsupervised. Finally, the effects of treatment were successfully generalized to naturalistic contexts during periods of no-supervision or limited supervision. |
|
|
|
|
Considerations in Maintenance and Generalization Following Behavior Skills Training for Behavior Intervention and Teaching Procedures |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales) |
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: Aimee Giles, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior skills training is an evidence-based training package for increasing the accuracy with which staff and caregivers implement behavioral interventions and teaching procedures. Behavior skills training packages typically include instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback components. The purpose of the current symposium is to further evaluate the effectiveness of behavior skills training to increase the fidelity with which staff or caregivers implement a variety of behavior-analytic interventions and teaching procedures. The first study evaluated the effectiveness of self-monitoring following behavior skills training to increase the fidelity with which caregivers implemented three-step prompting. The second study combined group-based behavior skills training with in-situ training to teach participants to implement incidental teaching. The third study used behavior skills training and multiple exemplar training to teach participants to implement mand training. The fourth study combined behavior skills training and coaching to train teachers to arrange incidental teaching opportunities to teach verbal operants. All four studies evaluated the maintenance or generalization of skills trained during behavior skills training. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Caregiver Training, Incidental Teaching, Procedural Fidelity, Three-Step Prompting |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium is BCBAs or behavior analysts responsible for overseeing, training, and supervising staff or caregivers of behavior services. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation attendees will be able to 1) identify modifications to behavior skills training to facilitate maintenance or generalisation of learned skills, 2) identify how self-monitoring can be used in conjunction with behavior skills training, and 3) identify how behavior skills training can be used to train individuals to implement various incidental teaching procedures |
|
Using Self-Monitoring to Increase Procedural Integrity of Caregiver-Implemented Three-Step Prompting |
CHANNING LANGLINAIS (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer Agnes Reece (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: This study extends the literature on caregiver training methods by assessing self-monitoring as a method for increasing caregivers' procedural integrity when implementing three-step prompting with a family member. Experimenters used a behavior skills training package and procedural integrity training to train two caregivers how to implement a three-step prompting procedure and evaluate procedural integrity. Following training, caregivers implemented the procedures with their family member and monitored their own implementation of the procedures. For one caregiver, self-monitoring was effective at increasing overall procedural integrity above mastery levels and effects maintained when self-monitoring was removed and the procedures where implemented with new instructions. The caregiver who did not master the procedures when self-evaluation was the only form of feedback received performance feedback, additional behavioral skills training, and post-session performance feedback. Results obtained from this study provide useful information about the effectiveness of self-monitoring as a method of performance feedback for caregivers and demonstrates that the way procedural integrity is evaluated may influence the perceived effectiveness of an intervention. |
|
Increasing Active Engagement Using Behavioral Skills Training and In-Situ Feedback |
John Falligant (Auburn University), SACHA T. PENCE (Drake University), Nadratu Nuhu (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Active engagement broadly refers to the delivery of reinforcers and use of incidental teaching to promote skill acquisition and language development. In school settings, incidental teaching is vital to promoting learning and positive behavioral outcomes. However, training staff to actively engage with children can be difficult and resource intensive. We used a multiple-baseline across-participants design to evaluate the use of group-based behavior skills training and in-situ training with seven trainees to increase their implementation of incidental teaching procedures to preschool children with developmental disabilities within an integrated classroom. The group-based behavior skills training consisted of the trainer delivering a presentation describing procedures, modeling the skills, and providing feedback after role-plays. During in-situ teaching, the trainer delivered feedback as participants implemented incidental teaching. The group-based behavior skills training increased incidental teaching with six participants; however, only one participant met mastery levels. In-situ training was necessary to increase levels of incidental teaching to mastery with six participants. Incidental teaching skills maintained for 1 to 20 weeks. |
|
Using Behavior Skills Training and Multiple Exemplar Training to Teach Novice Therapists to Implement Mand Training |
AIMEE GILES (University of South Wales), Mary Bain (University of South Wales), Olga Moran (University of South Wales), Amy Owens (University of South Wales) |
Abstract: The present study investigated the use of a training package including behavior skills training and multiple exemplar training to teach novice behavioral therapists to implement mand training procedures using a delayed multiple baseline design. Three therapists and three children with autism participated. Following a written instructions baseline, a behavior skills training package including instructions, video modeling, rehearsal, and feedback was used to train therapists to conduct mand training. Therapists were trained to arrange the child’s environment to occasion mands in three ways: baited environment, giving a little, and missing piece. Each exemplar was trained in isolation and in sequential order. Post-training sessions were conducted following mastery of each exemplar to assess generalization to untrained exemplars. Behavior skills training increased the integrity with which therapists implemented mand training. However, participants required direct training in each exemplar of environmental arrangement. Independent mands increased for two out of three child participants following behavior skills training. |
|
Training School Personnel to Use Incidental Teaching to Target Verbal Behavior |
Sacha T. Pence (Drake University), Kimberlee Danielle Krubinski (The Arc of Jefferson County), Brian Joseph Toner (Glenwood Behavioral Health), DORIS ADAMS HILL (Auburn University Center for Disability Research and Service) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities typically have delays in their communication skills. It is important for teachers and other school personnel to have an understanding of the different verbal operants and how to use incidental teaching to teach children to emit mands, tacts, and intraverbal responses. The purpose of the study was to use a multiple-baseline across-participants design to evaluate behavior skills training with classroom coaching to train school personnel to use incidental teaching to teach verbal behavior. Six females who were currently enrolled in a practicum to become bachelor's level or Master's level Special Education teachers participated. Trainees were provided with instructions on each verbal operant and observed the experimenter modeling how to use incidental teaching to arrange opportunities to teach a child with autism spectrum disorder the targeted verbal operant (mand, tact, or intraverbal). Following the model, the trainee worked with the child while the experimenter provided coaching in the form of in-situ feedback and feedback following each session. Behavior skills training and coaching was effective to increase participants' use of incidental teaching to teach mands, tacts, and intraverbals. |
|
|
|
|
Shaping Procedures in Sports Topographies: TAGTeach™ and Other Behavior Analytic Approaches to Increase Performance |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G |
Area: CSS/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Julie S. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation) |
CE Instructor: Robin Arnall, M.S. |
Abstract: In the behavior analytic literature, there are several effective studies highlighting sport performance and improving the efficiency of specific sport topographies, such as in gymnastics and football. The studies presented will highlight findings demonstrated through behavior analytic studies on golf, swimming, and dance. Children and adult populations will both be considered, along with differing diagnostic criteria. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Developmental Disabilities, Shaping, Sports, TAGTeach |
Target Audience: Practitioners interested in research relating to skill acquisition in sports using TAGteach™ |
Learning Objectives: Participants will learn how TAGteach™ and shaping procedures could be utilized to enhance sport performance across different topographies. Participants will learn basics of TAGteach methods of instruction. Participants will be able to explain the effectiveness of TAGteach instruction through the principles of behavior analysis. |
|
Using TAGteach™ Methods to Teach Novel Dance Movements to Typically Developing Children |
(Applied Research) |
Robin Arnall (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, The Arc of the Ozarks), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), KRYSTLE LEE CURLEY (The Chicago School for Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Teaching with Acoustical Guidance™ (TAGteach™) involves providing a brief and consistent sound in the form of a clicker or beep to provide feedback on a targeted behavior, which has demonstrated positive effects for athletic skill acquisition. This study is a replication of Quinn, Miltenberger, and Fogel (2015), and uses a multiple baseline design across behaviors to examine the effects of TAGteach methods on the acquisition of novel dance movements. The participants in this study were three typically developing children aged 5–9 years old who regularly participate in a dance studio program. The findings demonstrated more rapid and generalized skill sets for different topographies of targeted dance movements: a turn, kick, and leap. Implications for practice and future research are discussed. |
|
Using TAGteach™ for Increasing Skill Acquisition of Dance Movements for a Child With Multiple Diagnoses |
(Applied Research) |
ROBIN ARNALL (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; The Arc of the Ozarks), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Teaching with Acoustical Guidance™ (TAGteach™), has been demonstrated as effective in sport performance literature across various topographies and types of sports. The following study is an extension of Quinn, Miltenberger, and Fogel (2015), and uses a multiple baseline design across behaviors to examine the effects of TAGteach methods on the acquisition of novel dance movements. The participant in this study was a child with multiple diagnoses who participates in regular dance instruction. Results indicated that the use of TAGteach resulted in rapid skill acquisition for three different topographies of advanced targeted dance movements: a turn, kick, and leap. Implications for practice and future research are discussed. |
|
Let's Go Under! Teaching Water Safety Skills Using a Behavioral Treatment Package |
(Applied Research) |
MELISSA HUNSINGER HARRIS (Bay Path University), Kimberly Levy (Bay Path University), Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path University) |
Abstract: Drowning is a leading cause of unintentional death among children worldwide. Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are at higher risk for incidents of drowning then their non-disabled peers. Mastering water safety skills, such as underwater submersion, has been associated with a decreased risk for incidents of drowning. Using a combined multiple-baseline and changing-criterion design, this study examined the effects of a behavioral treatment package consisting of shaping, prompting, and positive reinforcement utilized to teach three young children to demonstrate underwater submersion during weekly swimming lessons. During baseline, none of the participants submerged their head underwater despite previous modeling and instruction. Following the implementation of the behavioral treatment package, all three participants submerged their entire head underwater. Each participant maintained this skill following instruction and later developed more advanced swimming abilities utilizing the mastered skill of underwater submersion. This research is a demonstration of the application of behavioral techniques to teach an extra-curricular sporting skill that also can save a child's life. |
|
Effects of TAGteach™ Strategies and Video-Modeling and Feedback on Golf Skills in Experienced Golfers |
(Applied Research) |
LAURIE BONAVITA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: In competitive sports at all levels, skill acquisition and improvement is an area of focus for many athletes. Several studies have been done to examine the use of operant conditioning or behavioral coaching on acquiring or improving new skills in several different sports. The following study seeks to examine the use of TAGteach™ and video modeling and feedback with experienced golfer ranging in age from 20 to over 40. This study will also examine the generalization of acquired or improved skills to the golf course. |
|
|
|
|
Novel Applications of Preference and Reinforcer Assessment Methodologies |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer N. Haddock (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine; Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer N. Haddock, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Assessing individuals' preferences for and the efficacy of stimuli used during behavioral interventions as well as the interventions themselves remains an important topic for research. In this symposium, novel applications of preference and reinforcer assessments will be presented. The research includes: (a) a methodology for assessing preference for social interactions (N=5); (b) an evaluation of edible versus leisure item displacement during preference assessments (N=26); (c) a comparison of individuals' responding for highly and moderately preferred stimuli under varying reinforcement parameters (N=6); and (d) a quantitative review of published research that assessed participants' preferences for instructional activities (N=132). Respectively, results of these studies showed that (a) differences in individual preferences for social interactions were observed; (b) edible stimuli do not always displace leisure stimuli in preference assessments; (c) insensitivity to changing reinforcement contingencies is response-specific and does not reflect a general pattern of responding; and (d) preference for instructional activities often, but not always, corresponded to treatment efficacy. Collectively, results of these studies further demonstrate the idiosyncratic nature of individual preferences and reemphasize the importance of conducting preference and reinforcer assessments prior to and during behavioral treatment. Implications for clinical practice will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): application, practice, preference assessment, reinforcer assessment |
Target Audience: Clinicians, researchers |
|
Assessing Preference for Types of Social Interaction |
SAMUEL L. MORRIS (University of Florida; Florida Autism Center), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: To date, few researchers have evaluated methods for assessing preference for social interactions. Due to concerns that commonly used stimulus preference assessment methods may be inappropriate, or at least cumbersome, for the assessment of social reinforcement, we developed and evaluated a new method of assessing preference for social interactions. The Social Interaction Preference Assessment (SIPA) includes more exposures to the contingencies prior to and during the assessment, required more consistency before a given response option was removed, and included stimulus cards that may be more easily discriminated from one another. A SIPA and a concurrent operant reinforcer assessment were conducted with 5 subjects diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). A differentially preferred and reinforcing type of social interaction was identified for all 5 subjects. Direct correspondence between the SIPA and the concurrent operant reinforcer assessment was observed for 3 of 5 subjects. The SIPA procedures, results, and the implications of these results are discussed. |
|
The Displacement of Leisure Items by Edible Items in Preference Assessments: A Replication |
DANIEL E CONINE (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Prior research has reported a strong tendency for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities to select edible items more often than leisure items when those items are presented together in stimulus preference assessments. However, children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), with whom many behavior analysts engage in clinical practice, are underrepresented in the existing literature on this phenomenon. Several variables suggest that a replication of these studies with a contemporary population of children with ASD is warranted. We sought to replicate the results of prior research with 26 children with ASD, using a multiple stimulus without replacement assessment format. Results indicated that overall, edible items were more likely than leisure items to rank highly in our preference assessments, in concurrence with prior research. However, the strength and consistency of this tendency toward edible preference was lower than in prior research, and leisure items were selected more often than in prior research. Significant variation was also observed among individual participants. These results suggest that behavior analysts providing services to children with ASD should evaluate relative preference for edible and leisure items on an individual basis. |
|
Comparison of Sensitivity to Changing Reinforcement Parameters in Individuals With Automatically and Socially Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior |
ALEXANDER RODOLFO AREVALO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Nabil Mezhoudi (New England Center for Children), Jennifer N. Haddock (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Results of recent research suggest that automatically reinforced SIB (ASIB) appears comprised of distinct subtypes. One subtype (Subtype-ASIB) appears highly insensitive to concurrently available alternative reinforcement in both the context of assessment and treatment. It remains unclear whether this observed insensitivity to disruption by alternative reinforcement reflects a broader pattern of insensitive responding for these individuals across other responses, or whether it is specific to ASIB. As a preliminary means of addressing this question, the current study compared arbitrary responses (i.e., button presses) of six individuals' socially-reinforced SIB (n=3) or Subtype-2 ASIB (n=3) under various reinforcement conditions. Specifically, button pressing, which was reinforced using preferred edible stimuli, was examined under continuous, progressive-ratio, and extinction schedules. Results did not indicate any differences in sensitivity to schedule changes across groups. That is, individuals with Subtype-2 ASIB showed comparably similar degrees of sensitivity to schedule changes relative to individuals whose SIB was maintained by social reinforcement. These results provide preliminary evidence that insensitivity to disruption of SIB by alternative reinforcement, which is the hallmark of Subtype-2 ASIB, is specific to ASIB as a response class and does reflect a general insensitivity to alternative reinforcement across other response classes. |
|
On the Relation Between Efficacy and Participant Preference for Behavioral Interventions |
KISSEL JOSEPH GOLDMAN (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Catherine K. Martinez (Positive Behavior Supports) |
Abstract: We aggregated studies that compared efficacy of and preference for multiple behavioral interventions to examine the relation between these variables across four categories of instructional activities. Thirty-two published studies met our inclusion criteria, yielding 144 distinct data sets for 132 participants. Fifty-eight of these participants were diagnosed with an intellectual or developmental disability, and the remaining 74 had no formal diagnoses or were described as typically developing. When considering all datasets, 69% revealed clear differences in efficacy; 88% revealed clear preference differences, and 60% revealed clear differences in both. When we considered all data sets, participants preferred the most effective intervention in 46% of datasets. When we considered only those data sets for which both a clear difference in preference and efficacy emerged, participants preferred the most effective intervention in 74% of data sets. Correspondence varied across categories of instructional activity. Also, developmental diagnosis appeared to have some influence on these outcomes. These results are discussed in terms of possible reasons for this degree of correspondence and potential implications for selection of behavioral interventions. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating the Outcomes of Low-Intensity Behavior Interventions |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Paula Pompa-Craven (Easterseals Southern California) |
CE Instructor: Amin Duff Lotfizadeh, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Empirical evidence shows that early and intensive behavioral interventions result in better treatment outcomes and are therefore considered the intervention of choice for treating individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. In many instances practical constraints prevent individuals from receiving intensive behavioral treatments and low-intensity interventions are provided instead. In this symposium, We will report outcome of low-intensity behavioral interventions across different sites, and with a variety of assessment tools, including the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scale, Childhood Autism Rating Scale (CARS), IQ scores, and other related measures. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, behavioral intervention, low-intensity, treatment outcome |
Target Audience: Clinicians who provide treatments for individuals with autism spectrum disorder |
|
Moderate Effects of Low-Intensity Behavioral Interventions |
AMIN DUFF LOTFIZADEH (Easter Seals Southern California/CSULA) |
Abstract: We compared clinical outcomes in a group of individuals who received on average 10.6 weekly hours of applied behavior analysis (ABA) intervention (n=98) with a group that received 5.7 weekly hours (n=73). After two years, the more intensive group made greater gains on language skills, social skills, and other areas assessed by the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP). Daily life adaptive behaviors skills were evaluated on a smaller sample of the participants (n=28) using the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales (VABS) but the groups did not differ significantly on this measure. Compared to high-intensity ABA interventions, the gains in this study were moderate. These findings provide further support for a dose-response relationship between intervention hours and outcomes. |
|
Evaluating the Inter-Rater Reliability of the VB-MAPP |
KHRYSTLE LAUREN MONTALLANA (Easterseals Southern California) |
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP; Sundberg, 2008) is a comprehensive assessment tool that takes a functional and topographical approach to assessing language and other skills (e.g., social skills, play skills, math skills). The VB-MAPP has received considerable attention and promise as a clinical assessment tool. In contrast, it has been used far less frequently as a clinical outcome measure in research, presumably due to limited psychometric data. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the inter-rater reliability of the VB-MAPP among different pairs of clinicians who regularly conduct the VB-MAPP as part of their clinical duties. |
|
Effects of Moderately Intensive Behavioral Intervention Provided Through a Community Based Service Model |
SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Early Behavioral Intervention for children is provided through a range of different service models across countries. Supervision and consultancy on Early Behavioral Intervention for children with autism are available through public taxpayer-funded centers in Oslo (STI) and Bergen (AA), Norway. The day-to-day intervention is done in the child's local mainstream pre-school. An intervention team is formed based on the extra resources (person) provided through the child's special educational needs statement - along with the ordinary staff in the preschool. Also, students doing practicums are part of the intervention teams. We have compared outcomes of 46 children with autism (2-6 years of age at intake) who received services of moderate intensity (10-20 weekly intervention hours) through STI and AA with a comparison group of 28 children receiving treatment as usual of similar intensity. After two years, children receiving behavioral intervention had larger gains in IQ scores, adaptive behavior composite scores. The children in the behavioral intervention group also scored significantly better on a measure of autism severity. Strengths and weaknesses of this intervention model are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Evolution Science: Implications for Human Yearning |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Steven C. Hayes, Ph.D. |
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Dr. Hayes received his Ph.D. from West Virginia University and currently serves as professor in the behavior analysis program in the Department of Psychology at the University of Nevada, Reno. Dr. Hayes has a record of voluminous research and substantial impact, within behavior analysis and beyond, with 43 books and more than 600 publications. He is one of only three behavior analysts in the world with an h-index above 100 in Google Scholar (www.webometrics.info/en/node/58). He is the principal developer of relational frame theory and acceptance and commitment therapy, highly influential behavior analytic approaches to language and cognition, and evidence-based intervention, respectively, that have generated considerable research and achieved widespread adoption. Dr. Hayes’s contributions to teaching and service have also been exemplary. He served as department chair at UNR, and with Linda Hayes launched the behavior analysis program there. Dr. Hayes has held many influential service (e.g., president of Division 25, the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science [ACBS], and the Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies [ABCT]) and editorial (e.g., associate editor of Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis) positions, and has received numerous awards for his work (e.g., the SABA Awards for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis and the Impact of Science on Application, the APA Don Hake Award, and the Lifetime Achievement Award from ABCT). His contributions span philosophical, methodological, basic, and applied domains with remarkable breadth and depth. |
Abstract: Skinner argued that behavior analysis was part of the larger field of evolutionary approaches. Advances in evolution science and in a contextual behavioral account of human language suggest that human beings have common motivations that needed to be taking into account when dealing with possible reinforcers for human behavior. In this talk I will argue that a small set of typical human yearnings emerge from this way of thinking, and surprisingly, that these connect behavioral thinking to some ideas often seen as oppositional to behavioral thinking. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe B. F. Skinner's views on evolutionary processes; (2) describe the implications of multi-level selection for arbitrarily applicable derived relational responding; (3) list six generally applicable establishing operations that commonly emerge from our evolutionary history and verbal relations. |
|
|
|
|
Procedures for Conditioning Stimuli as Automatic Reinforcers |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB |
Area: DDA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Alec Bernstein (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: When reinforcement occurs independent of the mediation of others, it is referred to as automatic reinforcement (Skinner, 1969). The response product that automatically reinforces the behavior may be in the form of an unconditioned reinforcer, or it may be conditioned. That is, it is possible for a once neutral stimulus to be paired with other reinforcers until the neutral stimulus itself becomes a conditioned reinforcer. Understanding factors that influence the process of conditioning automatic reinforcers is critical for acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of successful behavior changes. Researchers have utilized conditioning procedures to establish neutral stimuli as conditioned reinforcers for decades (e.g., Greer, Pistoljevic, Cahill, & Du, 2011). This symposium consists of three presentations describing applied evaluations of several procedures for conditioning stimuli as automatic reinforcers for behaviors of social significance (e.g., physical activity in sedentary adults, vocal behavior by young children). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): automatic reinforcement, behavior acquisition, conditioned reinforcement |
|
A Comparison of Conditioning Procedures for Establishing Vocalizations as Conditioned Automatic Reinforcers |
KELLEY L. HARRISON (University of Kansas), Ashley Romero (University of Kansas), Marcella Hangen (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Researchers have utilized conditioning procedures to establish neutral stimuli as conditioned reinforcers for decades (e.g., Greer, Pistoljevic, Cahill, & Du, 2011; Lovaas et al., 1966; Dorow, 1980). More recently, researchers have used conditioning procedures as a strategy for facilitating language acquisition (e.g., Sundberg, Michael, Partington, & Sundberg, 1996). Interventions to increase communication can be difficult if individuals do not reliably echo the speech of others and do not exhibit a variety of vocal sounds to be shaped (Petursdottir & Lepper, 2015). Three procedures have been suggested for conditioning vocalizations as automatic reinforcers: stimulus-stimulus pairing (e.g., Sundberg, Michael, Partington, & Sundberg, 1996), operant-discrimination training (e.g., Lepper, Petursdottir, & Esch, 2013), and response-stimulus pairing (e.g., Petursdottir & Lepper, 2015). However, the effectiveness of these procedures is unclear. The purpose of the current study is to compare the effects of these three procedures on the establishment of novel vocalizations in individuals with a minimal vocal repertoire. To date, five children with and without intellectual and developmental disabilities have participated. Preliminary results suggest response-stimulus pairing may be effective for establishing vocalizations for one of the five participants. This research extends behavior-analytic literature by comparing three different procedures for conditioning vocalizations as automatic reinforcers. |
|
Increasing Preference for Physical Activity Among Sedentary Adults Using a Pairing Procedure |
SARAH A. KRCHNAVEK HARRISON (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University), Maureen B Kelly (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Fifty-two percent of adults do not meet the Physical Activity Guidelines and inactivity is associated with serious health concerns. �This study aimed to (a) investigate the relationship between self-reports of preferences for physical activity and actual preferences using a Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement (MSWO) preference assessment, and (b) assess whether physical activity can be conditioned as a reinforcer using a pairing procedures for sedentary adults. Eight participants completed a MSWO preference assessment at the beginning of the study to determine a preference hierarchy, including 5 leisure-time and 1 physical, activities. The four sedentary participants then completed a multiple-baseline design during which they attended weekly 30-min sessions where they paired their most highly preferred leisure-time activity with walking on a treadmill. A second MSWO was conducted after pairing to determine changes in physical activity rank on the hierarchy. Self-reports were highly correlated with actual preferences for all eight participants. The pairing procedure increased preference and enjoyment for physical activity in the sedentary participants. These results suggest that a pairing procedure can be used to increase preference and enjoyment from physical activity among sedentary adults; however, more research is needed to determine how to translate this in to behavior outside the laboratory. |
|
Examining Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Procedures: From SSP to Direct Reinforcement |
MICHAEL HEIBERGER (Western New England University), Rachel Schweon (New England Center for Children; Simmons College), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The current study examined the use of a stimulus-stimulus pairing (SSP) procedure in an attempt to condition vocalizations as automatic reinforcers for increasing vocalizations and establishing echoic responses. Two auditory stimulus presentation styles of the SSP procedure, which differed in the rate of pairings, were compared with two students with autism. Following an initial SSP phase, direct reinforcement of phoneme emissions was introduced. Data were collected on the frequency of target and non-target vocalizations for both participants. A parallel-treatments design was implemented to compare the variations of SSP across phoneme sets within and across participants. Results suggested the variation of SSP with 3 presentations per minute of the auditory stimulus was more effective in increasing target vocalizations than the variation with 12 presentations per minute of the auditory stimulus when followed by direct reinforcement of vocal imitation. Probes showed echoics were established for all phonemes in the 3 presentations condition. A mand-model procedure was implemented in an attempt to increase vocalizations for phonemes not established as echoic behavior. Interobserver agreement data were collected for a minimum of 33% of each condition, mean IOA was always above 90%. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Essential Healthcare and Hygiene Routines to Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jacqueline Carrow (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: Jacqueline Carrow, M.S. |
Abstract: The symposium includes three studies that targeted healthcare and hygiene routines for individuals with developmental disabilities. The first presentation evaluated the utility of a total-task chaining procedure to teach female adolescents with autism spectrum disorder to care for menses followed by assessing responding in a non-training setting and in the absence of an instructor. The second presentation examined a forward chaining procedure combined with positive and negative reinforcement for task tolerance to establish compliance with hygiene routines and extinguish problem behavior for an individual diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and down syndrome. The third presentation conducted a treatment procedure that consisted of demand fading and differential reinforcement both with and without extinction, and evaluated the negative side effects associated with the use of extinction to assess the extent to which extinction can be safely included when teaching compliance with healthcare procedures. Collectively these studies provide support for the value of teaching the healthcare needs for individuals with developmental disabilities. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, healthcare routines, hygiene skills |
Target Audience: Target audience are practitioners and researchers who serve the needs of individuals with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, attendees will be able to: (1) describe a procedure to teach feminine hygiene skills to young females with autism spectrum disorder; (2) explain an intervention to develop tolerance with hygiene routines to individuals with autism spectrum disorder; (3) assess a procedure involving escape extinction to teach healthcare routines to individuals with developmental disabilities. |
|
Teaching Feminine Hygiene Skills to Females With Autism Spectrum Disorder Prior to Menarche |
ALLISON PARKER (Caldwell Univeristy), Talia Crabb (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Feminine hygiene skills, including steps required for care of menses, is a skill that nearly all young females with autism spectrum disorder need to be taught. Little applied research has focused on procedures to teach these skills. Two studies have demonstrated chaining to be a successful procedure in teaching related skills. This study extends methods used by Veazey et al. (2016) on using total-task chaining to teach females with autism to care for menses by programming for and assessing generalization in novel settings and in the absence of an instructor. Results demonstrate increases in correct responding across conditions for two participants, and generalization was demonstrated for one participant. |
|
Developing Tolerance for Hygiene Routines With an Adult Male With Escape Maintained Problem Behavior |
CAITLIN FULTON (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Margaret Rachel Gifford (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Hygiene related tasks are commonly non-preferred tasks for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, but individuals who engage in problem behavior to escape and avoid these tasks are at particular risk for infection, dental decay, and potential social ostracization. This presentation describes a case study in which we established compliance with hygiene routines including tooth brushing, shaving, hair combing, and the application of chap stick with a 21-year old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and down syndrome who displayed escape-maintained aggression and property destruction. The model for each of these tasks was to (a) conduct a task analysis of each task, (b) gradually introduce each step of the task analysis using forward chaining, (c) provide positive and negative reinforcement for task tolerance, and (d) extinguish problem behavior. Following acquisition of these tasks, we completed parent training and observed successful generalization of tolerance to applying deodorant and lotion, changing clothing, and spraying cologne. |
|
Effects of Escape Extinction to Increase Child Compliance With Essential Healthcare Procedures |
Kelley L. Harrison (University of Kansas), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas), Alec Bernstein (University of Kansas), STEPHANIE M. GLAZE (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The presence of certain stimuli during healthcare procedures (e.g., haircuts, dental) may evoke noncompliance in children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Shumacher & Rapp, 2011). Noncompliance with such procedures can be a serious problem, especially when sharp objects are involved. Numerous interventions have been described, several of which included the use of extinction (e.g., Allen & Stokes, 1987; Cuvo, et al., 2010). However, the use of extinction treatment procedures may be associated with increased problem behavior. We evaluated a treatment procedure that included demand fading and differential reinforcement both with and without extinction. Additionally, negative side effects associated with the use of extinction were evaluated. A multiple-baseline-across-subjects design was combined with a multiple-probe design to evaluate acquisition, maintenance, and generalization. Ten young children with IDD participated. Results showed successful increases in compliance both in the presence and absence of extinction. However, acquisition was much slower without extinction. Further, the use of extinction was associated with moderate increases in problem behavior and negative vocalizations. This study extends behavior-analytic literature by assessing the extent to which extinction can be safely included as a treatment component when teaching compliance with healthcare procedures. |
|
|
|
|
Playing it Safe or Taking a Risk: The Role of Extreme Outcomes in Risky Choice and Memory |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Marcia Spetch, Ph.D. |
Chair: Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
MARCIA SPETCH (University of Alberta) |
Marcia Spetch is a Professor in Psychology at the University of Alberta, Canada. She obtained her Ph.D. from UBC 1981, was a postdoctoral fellowship at UCSD and an Assistant Professor at Dalhousie University prior to joining the University of Alberta in 1987. Her research spans many topics in behavior, learning and comparative cognition, including timing behavior, memory processes, spatial learning, navigation, choice behavior and gambling. Her lab studies are primarily conducted with pigeons and adult humans, but she has conducted collaborative research on ants, bees, fish, chickadees, rats, monkeys, apes, and human children. Her current research focuses primarily on spatial navigation and risky choice behavior. She has received uninterrupted grant support throughout her career from NSERC (Canada) and her research on risky decision making has been funded by the Alberta Gambling Research Institute. She has published well over 100 research articles and several book chapters. She has been consulting editor for several journals, was associate editor for Animal Learning & Behavior and is currently co-editor of Comparative Cognition and Behavior Reviews. She has supervised many students and postdoctoral fellows and she has collaborated with numerous researchers from Canada, USA, UK, and Australia. She is a past president of the Comparative Cognition Society (CCS), recipient of the 2018 CCS Research Award, and in 2017 was inducted into the Royal Society of Canada. |
Abstract: Life is full of choices between moderate-value rewards and risky higher-valued rewards (e.g., a decent restaurant that always has room versus a fabulous restaurant that is often full). One factor that influences risk preference is how these options are presented. When choices are described (common in behavioral economics), people are typically more risk seeking when choices involve losses (e.g., -$20 vs a 50/50 chance of -$40) than when they involve gains (e.g., +$20 vs. a 50/50 chance of +$40). In contrast, if outcomes are learned through experience (typical in operant research), people tend to be more risk seeking for relative gains that for relative losses. We proposed an extreme-outcome hypothesis, in which the best and worst outcomes have more impact than moderate outcomes on experience-based choices and on self-reported memory. In several studies, we have shown that outcomes at the ends of a distribution are weighted more, leading to biases in choice behavior and over-estimations in memory; moreover, these effects on choice and memory are correlated. The effects are also context dependent—outcomes are overweighted only when they are the best or worst outcomes in the current context. The fluidity of risky choice has implications for understanding risky behaviors such as gambling. |
Target Audience: Graduate students and researchers interested in behavioral analysis, choice behavior, or gambling. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe differences between choices based on description and experience-based choices; (2) explain how extreme outcomes have been shown to affect choice and memory reports; (3) discuss the role of context and memory biases in risky choice. |
|
|
|
|
Clinical Hours and Assessment Recommendation Tool: Standardizing the Assessment Process in a Large Applied Behavior Analysis Organization |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E |
Area: OBM/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Brianna Fitchett (Easterseals Bay Area) |
Discussant: Nna Rudnick (Easterseals Bay Area) |
CE Instructor: Brianna Fitchett, M.S. |
Abstract: With the enactment of Senate Bill 946 in California, Easterseals has experienced unprecedented growth. This growth presented many challenges, including standardizing the treatment model across seven clinical locations to be congruent. In January 2017, Easterseals Bay Area Clinical Services enacted the standard that every six month authorization, a client will receive a developmental assessment and curriculum assessment. In addition to this, it became apparent that a standardized approach to assessment was necessary. A tool was created establishing the recommendation criteria for which curriculum based assessment to use and how many hours are deemed medically necessary. These recommendations are based on the following components of the client's learner profile: client age, Vineland 3 scores, Parenting Stress Index and/or Vineland 3 Maladaptive Behavior index. This tool was introduced to Easterseals Bay Area clinical staff in October 2017, with full implementation by January 2018. The curriculums recommended, the hours recommended, and results of this full implementation will be discussed in how it impacts ease of treatment planning, increased confidence in treatment recommendations for practitioners, and decrease in number of different curriculums used across seven clinical offices. |
Keyword(s): Assessment, Standardized Treatment |
Target Audience: BCBA ABA Agencies |
|
Clinical Hours and Assessment Recommendation Tool: Standardizing Curriculum-Based Assessments |
KALINA STOGSDILL (Easterseals Bay Area) |
Abstract: As the field of Applied Behavior Analysis has grown over the last two decades, a variety of curriculum based assessments have also been introduced. Some curriculums focus on specific domains, such as verbal behavior or social skills, while others focus on skills that are at the center of developmental or academic milestones. Further, there are also curriculum based assessments that focus on specific functional skills needed for daily living, outside of any developmental or age based protocol. As of January 2017, Easterseals Bay Area clinicians were implementing at least eight different curriculum based assessments across the seven offices. Members of the clinical leadership team met in June 2017 and started researching the different curriculums to identify those that best represented Easterseals Bay Area client needs and to standardize the use of these assessments across offices. Comparisons of each curriculum based assessment researched and the process of choosing the final three being recommended for Easterseals clients will be discussed. |
|
Clinical Hours and Assessment Recommendation Tool: Standardizing Treatment Hour Recommendations |
LINDSEY SNEED (Easterseals Bay Area) |
Abstract: Easterseals Bay Area currently serves over 550 clients and with that, 22 Clinical Managers and two Clinical Assessors who provide behavioral assessment, treatment plan, and recommendation of treatment hours. Although a ratio of direct treatment hours to mid-level supervisor to high-level supervisor was determined approximately 4 years ago, the number of direct treatment hours recommended could vary from practitioner to practitioner even when presented with a similar client profile. In addition, there are many client profiles in which the practitioner will request additional mid-level and/or high-level supervision hours to support the client’s clinical need - be it for high frequency aberrant behavior and/or additional parent education. To support a standardized approach to these recommendations Easterseals Bay Area Clinical Leadership created a sub-committee to evaluate recommendations, review the research, and made a determination for clinical treatment hours provided. This information was compiled and a clinical treatment hour recommendation tool was developed based off the learners profile and supporting research. |
|
|
|
|
Advances of the Operant Paradigm in the Field of Behavioral Economics |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F |
Area: OBM/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University) |
Abstract: Operant Behavioral economics (OBE), also known as Economic Behavior Analysis (EBA), is an interdisciplinary field in which behavior analysts and economists interact to improve our understanding of economically-relevant behaviors. These are the social behaviors identified by economic theories as determinants of the way human societies are organized: like consuming, working, investing, etc. The intersection between behavior analysis and economics contributes positively to the objectives of both disciplines by bringing theoretical perspectives and novel methodologies to bear on each of its constituents. A number of analytical tools brought from Microeconomics has already made its way to the psychological arena. Concepts like demand elasticity, discounting curves, substitute and complement goods, among others, have had their validity and usefulness proven in behavioral researches on substance abuse, compulsive behaviors, obesity etc. But any interdisciplinary dialogue should be two-way. This symposium will examine the recent progress of the operant paradigm within the behavioral economic field in various countries and research domains. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
|
Temporal Discounting in Consumer and Legal Settings |
(Applied Research) |
JORGE OLIVEIRA-CASTRO (University of Brasilia, Brazil), Rogerio Pinheiro (University of Brasilia, Brazil), Rafaela Marques (University of Brasilia, Brazil), Ana Silva (University of Brasilia, Brazil) |
Abstract: Four studies were conducted to illustrate how the framework of temporal discounting (decrease in reinforcing value with increasing delay) can be used to interpret and predict behavioral patterns in diverse fields, such as consumer and legal contexts. Study 1: product stockpiling in routinely-purchased food products was investigated, with the use of consumer panel data, showing that the value of products was hyperbolically discounted as delay to consumption increased. Study 2: in a simulated shopping task, the value of brands with higher level of informational reinforcement was hyperbolically discounted more than the value of brands with lower level of informational reinforcement. Study 3: in a simulated task, the accepted value of damage compensation was hyperbolically discounted as a function of the time since the damage occurred. Study 4: using data from court hearings, the values of proposals, agreements and convictions were systematically discounted from the original value given to the cause. |
|
Can Behavioral Analysis Contribute to Public Policy Planning? |
(Applied Research) |
ANA CAROLINA TROUSDELL FRANCESCHINI (Reed College) |
Abstract: The recently announced Nobel Prize awarded to behavioral economist Richard Thaler has put behaviorally-oriented social policies at the center of the economic arena. Government officials, economists and the general public are increasingly asking how behavioral findings they can be applied to produce better, cost-effective social interventions. In parallel, there has been a constant growth in behavioral-analytic studies on topics like sustainable consumption, environmental policies, or social changes. Can we envision a conversion between the two tendencies? Albeit desirable, such merging seems unlikely in the near future we are willing to change a couple of cultural practices within the BA community. One is the development of a verbal repertoire more appropriate to communicate behavioral findings to policy planners and the public in general (a highly successful strategy in Thaler's books). Another is adoption of more socially-relevant topics for behavioral research. There are very few BA studies nowadays that directly address the problems that policy-planners face. In an attempt to advance an interdisciplinary agenda, this talk will discuss the inquiries policy-planners commonly have for behavioral scientists, and offer an overview of what is available today to address them. Most examples will come from cases that happened in the U.S.A. and Brazil. |
|
|
|
|
Historical and Conceptual Changes in Methodological and Radical Behaviorism |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Rancho Santa Fe 1-3 |
Area: PCH |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Christoffer K. Eilifsen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
|
The Historical and Conceptual Development of Research on Mediated Generalization |
Domain: Theory |
CHRISTOFFER K. EILIFSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
|
Abstract: As a field of research concerned with the experimental investigation of emergent behavior in the context of arbitrarily related stimuli, the study of stimulus equivalence has several historical predecessors. One such predecessor is the study of mediated generalization. This tradition was concerned with the study of indirect associations among stimuli, and early work in the 1940s was commonly presented in the language of classical conditioning. Later, the tradition became tightly linked to the field of paired associate learning, and research on mediated generalization greatly declined together with studies of paired associate learning in general in the 1970s. The current paper will describe mediated generalization and trace its historical development through a quantitative analysis of publications on the topic. In addition, conceptual developments in the study of mediated generalization will be considered as a possible case study of the view that the history of 20th-century experimental psychology consists of a gradual shift from S-R methodological behaviorism to S-O-R neobehaviorism, and eventual concern with hypothetical constructs as explanations of behavior. |
|
Conceptual Changes in Skinner's Behaviorism |
Domain: Theory |
KRISTJAN GUDMUNDSSON (Reykjavik University) |
|
Abstract: At the ABAI 2017 International Conference my abstract was: "It is generally accepted that B. F. Skinner first approach to behaviorism was closely related to Pavlov's reflexology and that he, at some point, distanced himself from that Stimulus-Response theory, especially with his theory of operant behavior. When exactly that occurred is debatable, however. Some argue that this occurred quite early in his career, while others argue that this happened alter and gradually. Instead of positioning myself somewhere on that continuum, I will address the issue conceptually. The question then becomes when and how did Skinner change his basic concepts, from those that derive from a simple stimulus-response model towards what in the end became the modern day experimental analysis of behavior. Put differently, when did Skinner amend his conceptual apparatus, in relation to the fact that his theory was no longer a pavlovian theory, but a full blown functional account of behavior? To answer that Skinner's basic theoretical terms are presented as they originally appeared and an attempt made to describe the gradual change towards his final version of radical behaviorism. At the end of the lecture an attempt will be made to suggest how this gradual change has continued and what an experimental and functional analysis of behavior will look like in the future."
Now I will continue this arduous work that requires a careful reading of each and every paper published the first 10 years of his experimental work. I will continue to trace the origins of each and every basic theoretical term in the behaviorist terminology and in the end compare the original terminology to the final one. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: A Beginners Guide to Working Within Brain Injury Rehabilitation |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B |
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno) |
JENNIFER DANGELA (Rainbow Rehabilitation Centers, Inc.) |
MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento) |
CHRIS M. SCHAUB (ReMed) |
Abstract: Are you tired of working in Autism? Are you looking to expand your scope of practice, challenge your clinical skills or try your hand at working on an interdisciplinary team? If so, this is the event for you! Historically brain injury rehabilitation teams have worked to integrate programming efforts across disciplines, overcome issues associated with problem behaviors and demonstrate the efficacy of programming efforts. However, until recently the utilization of behavior analytic concepts and principles uniquely suited towards these same goals has been misunderstood, underutilized or simply excluded within brain injury rehabilitation settings. This panel of experts will discuss the growing role of the behavior analyst within brain injury rehabilitation. They will discuss present and future of opportunities for behavior analysts to integrate themselves into this dynamic and growing field. Academic and clinical training opportunities will be reviewed as well as tips for getting started and opportunities to get involved. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BCBAs looking to expand their scope of practice. |
Learning Objectives: Learning objectives: Attendees will learn about the integration of behavior analytic concepts and principles into neurorehabilitation treatment efforts. Attendees will learn about appropriate steps to take in order to expand their scope of practice to include clients with brain injury. Attendees will learn about collaboration on interdisciplinary treatment teams. |
Keyword(s): interdisciplinary, neurocognitive disorders, rehabilitation, TBI |
|
|
|
|
Dinosaurs of Behavior Analysis: Interval Time-Sampling, Interobserver Agreement, and Linear Graphs |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C |
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Douglas E. Kostewicz, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University) |
DOUGLAS E. KOSTEWICZ (University of Pittsburgh) |
RICHARD M. KUBINA (Penn State) |
DONNY NEWSOME (Fit Learning) |
Abstract: Counting, measurement quality, and displaying behavioral data often occurs via interval time-sampling, interobserver agreement, and linear graphing. Each practice has a long history within behavior analysis. However, each has evoked debate as to its usefulness. Interval time-sampling, for example, epitomizes a discontinuous time-based method of measurement. Adopting such a system of data collection leads to over or underestimating the occurrence of behavior. The most common metric to determine measurement quality calculates the agreement between two independent observers for the same phenomena. In fact, the measure establishes believability rather than quality between observations. Once measured and assessed, behavior data appear on linear graphs. Yet linear graphs visually display an absolute amount of change and do not offer important behavior change statistics.The panel will address questions about each of the previously mentioned measurement and data display practices. A discussion surrounding the weakness of each practice and potential solutions will occur. Audience members will have opportunities to interact with the panel. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Practicing/Certified Behavior Analysts, Instructors of Behavior Analytic Content, Behavioral Researchers |
Learning Objectives: Learning Objective 1: Attendees will learn from panel presentation and discussion the weaknesses inherent in collecting data via interval time-sampling methods, using interobserver agreement, and displaying behavioral data on linear graphs. Learning Objective 2: Attendees will learn from panel presentation and discussion the potential pitfalls of employing the aforementioned practices. Learning Objective 3: Attendees will learn from panel presentation and discussion specific ways to more effectively measure behavioral data, establish measurement quality, and display behavioral data. |
Keyword(s): Interobserver Agreement, Interval Time-Sampling, Linear Graphs |
|
|
|
|
Technology and Verbal Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus) |
CE Instructor: William F. Potter, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Investigating Verbal Behavior can be challenging due to its speed of emission, complex topography and the multiple controlling variables that often summates into a single response. Various technologies have been successfully used by many branches of science to further investigations within those fields. This symposium will examine the use of some readily available technology for research conducted in Behavior Analysis, but with particular emphasis in the area of Verbal Behavior. Speech to Text recognition, eye-trackers and computers in general will be three technologies discussed, among others. Some examples of these technologies being used for research purposes will be presented, as well as potential use of each of them. Over the years these tools have become inexpensive, ubiquitous and more accessible to people unfamiliar with the technology used to develop and deploy them. Some of these advances, and methods used to implement them in behavioral research will be examined. In addition, several of these technologies will be demonstrated in the symposium. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Experimental Analysis, Technology, Verbal Behavior |
Target Audience: All Behavior Analysts who are interested in research or application. |
Learning Objectives: 1. To learn about types of technology available for Behavior Analytic research and application 2. To see the possible application of these technologies - with examples. 3. To come to understand the ease of access now inherent in these technologies. |
|
Speech to Text Recognition and Other Technologies for Behavior Analysts |
(Applied Research) |
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: This presentation will show some simple to implement technologies that can provide interesting and revealing data in both experimental and applied settings. Using standard speech to text recognition software, some data will be displayed showing how this technology can enhance our understanding of verbal behavior. An example software package will be demonstrated, and the process used to create and implement it will also be demonstrated. This real-time demonstration will show the power of this technology in reducing the time needed to conduct research in this area (for instance greatly reducing the time needed to transcribe audio tapes) and providing a much easier way to conduct IOAs. In addition, since the computer can track time easily it introduces more data about the temporal dimensions of verbal behavior, including how conversations overlap, potentially the size of verbal operants, etc. Finally, several other uses of technology will be demonstrated – for both applied and experimental work. |
|
Application of Technology for Behavior Analysis |
(Applied Research) |
SHANNON AUDRAIN BIANCHI (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: Technology can improve the accuracy and quantity of data gathering in applied settings. In addition, such technology can increase the efficiency and effectiveness of behavior analysts while on the job. Some simple examples of applied technology include discrete-trial-training delivered by computers where possible (for instance simple tact training), and using computers, tablets or phones to take data – including using simple software to take time and frequency data. That same software can easily and quickly calculate the inter-observer agreement percentages. This presentation will cover some uses of technology in several applied settings, and will present some data the researchers gathered from classroom and research settings using some of the technologies described in this symposium. Part of the presentation will include an analysis of the challenges a non-tech person might encounter when trying to use these technologies. Finally, some estimates of the time savings that one might expect in applied settings will be explored. |
|
Eye-Trackers and Behavior Analysis |
(Basic Research) |
RYAN N. REDNER (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Abstract: In 2010 David Palmer proposed that eye movement could be measured as an observable dependent variable and may complement existing measures of complex behavior. A brief review of eye tracking research as utilized in nicotine and tobacco research will be provided. Eye-movement tracking has been utilized to study standard tobacco marketing as well as a response to interventions that reduce the likelihood of purchasing tobacco products (e.g., graphic health displays). Palmer (2010) also proposed that eye movement may be the relevant stimulus in tacts of relation among visual stimuli (e.g., "Above," as in Above the refrigerator). It has been assumed that the stimulus positions control the tact of relation, but it is possible that this tact may be controlled as a response to the behavior of the eye movement as the eye orients towards the space above the refrigerator. The second part of this presentation will focus on a review of the behavioral literature on eye-movement tracking following Palmer's (2010) call for additional research on eye-movement tracking. This review will emphasize the conceptual position of eye movement as the relevant stimulus in the tact of relation among visual stimuli. |
|
|
|
|
Diversity in Research: Linguistic Variables in the Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior, Recruitment and Retention of Diverse Participants, and Bilingual Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Christine Drew (University of Oregon) |
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital) |
CE Instructor: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The population of the United States has been increasingly culturally and linguistically diverse for many years. In spite of this growing diversity, these groups are significantly underrepresented in the research literature for applied behavior analysis and special education. Practice guidelines have not been developed to address the needs of these populations, many of whom are served by behavior analysts. Previous research has found that language preference and language of intervention are some of the variables that need to be systematically addressed through research applications. This symposium will include the results of two intervention studies focusing on how linguistic differences affect intervention generalization (FCT), behavioral assessment (functional analysis), language preference, and skill acquisition. To aid researchers and practitioners working directly with these groups, a position paper reviewing bilingual literature and providing recommendations for practice for bilingual learners with ASD and a systematic literature review on the recruitment and retention of participants in research who are economically, linguistically, and culturally diverse are also included. Practice recommendations and areas of future research for these growing populations will be presented. |
Keyword(s): bilingualism, challenging behavior, diverse participants, language preference |
Target Audience: Practitioners and researchers |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to list strategies for working with bilingual families. Participants will be able to list strategies for recruiting and retaining diverse participants in ASD research. Participants will be able to summarize the current research addressing linguistic preference in FA and FCT methodology and skill acquisition. |
|
Impact of Language on Behavior Assessment and Intervention Outcomes |
(Applied Research) |
JESSICA EMILY GRABER (University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (University of Texas at San Antonio), S. Shanun Kunnavatana (Independent Researcher in Durham, NC), Katherine Cantrell (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: Resurgence of problem behavior following effective functional communication training (FCT) can occur if the functional communication response (FCR) contacts a barrier, such as lack of generalization across communication partners. One barrier to generalization may be language variations among communication partners. We evaluated the effect of language of implementation on functional analysis and functional communication training outcomes for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Linguistic diversity and choice of language may be particularly important to children with ASD as core communication deficits often contribute to engagement in problem behavior. Participants were three children with ASD who engaged in problem behavior and whose parents reported Spanish was primarily spoken in the home setting. Assessment conducted in both English and Spanish identified the behaviors were maintained by escape from demands in both languages. FCT was conducted in the English language and probes for generalization to the Spanish language were conducted. Results indicate that intervention may generalize naturally across languages as one participant code switched. However, two participants required specific instruction in both languages. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed. |
|
Evaluation of Language Preference on Skill Acquisition |
(Applied Research) |
KATHERINE CANTRELL (University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (University of Texas at San Antonio), S. Shanun Kunnavatana (Independent Researcher), Kyra Hastings (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: Recent research has suggested language of instruction may have an effect of the behavior of children with autism spectrum disorder during instructional sessions. This study aims to add to the literature base by evaluating preference of instructional language as a potential variable that may account for differences in problem behavior and skill acquisition during instructional settings. There were three participants for this study. All of the children were diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. All of the participants came from a Spanish speaking family. In the first phase of the study, functional analysis were conducted in both English and Spanish. The results of functional analysis demonstrated the behavior was maintained by escape from demands. In the second phase of the study, a language preference assessment was conducted using a concurrent operant design embedded into an ABAB reversal. In the final phase, skill acquisition will be evaluated using novel responses in both English and Spanish with the schedule of reinforcement held constant. |
|
Recruitment and Retention of Ethnically Diverse Participants in Autism Intervention Research |
(Applied Research) |
ALLAINA DOUGLAS (University of Oregon), Christine Drew (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Rebecca Crowe (University of Oregon), Lindsay Glugatch (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Special education intervention literature largely fails to report participant demographics; moreover, when race or ethnicity are reported, it reflects a homogeneous, majority culture (Artiles et al., 1997; Sinclair et al., in press; Vasquez et al., 2011). Researchers in special education and behavior analysis have called for an increase in diversity of participants with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disorders (DD) (Sinclair et al., in press), but few studies have empirically evaluated the relation between recruitment and retention strategies and increased diversity for these participants. A conceptual framework for increasing the inclusion of diverse participants in research involving parents and children with ASD and other DD will be presented. Findings are presented from a systematic literature review (i.e. electronic database searches, ancestral search) from studies published between 2011-2016 evaluating recruitment and retention strategies and papers offering conceptual frameworks to recruit and retain diverse participants in parent implemented interventions. Findings are discussed across the 41studies in relation to variables such as: (a) demographics, (b) recruitment and retention strategies, (d) attrition rate, (e) social validity, etc. A conceptual framework for increasing the inclusion of diverse participants in research involving parents and their children with ASD and other DD will be presented. |
|
Understanding the Linguistic Needs of Diverse Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Some Comments on the Research Literature and Suggestions for Clinicians |
(Applied Research) |
WAN HAN NATALY LIM (University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas at Austin), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington), Giulio Lancioni (University of Bari) |
Abstract: The practice of advising bilingual parents of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to speak in a single language, often the majority language of the region, with their child with ASD seems to be common. Such advice, however, is not grounded on empirical evidence but appears to be based more on logical arguments and assumptions. This presentation will discuss fears surrounding dual language exposure, empirical evidence supporting bilingualism in children with ASD, and key steps that clinicians can consider taking to better address the needs of diverse learners. Specifically, clinicians can inquire about a family's language usage and preferences, address fears about dual language exposure, and support parents in their use of heritage language through parent training. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in the Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Problems |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Robin K. Landa (Western New England University) |
Discussant: Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, M.S. |
Abstract: In this symposium, we will discuss the effects of escape extinction in the treatment of pediatric feeding problems and describe treatments for food selectivity that involve choices, progressively increasing eating requirements, and differential reinforcement of appropriate eating without nonremoval of the spoon. Our first presenter will discuss the effects of escape extinction and differential reinforcement on selective eating. Our second presenter will identify the prevalence of extinction bursts during escape extinction interventions for food refusal. The third presenter will discuss the effects of an intervention that involves offering choices and shaping appropriate eating using synthesized reinforcers. The last presenter will review a treatment package that incorporates choice, differential reinforcement, stimulus fading, and modified escape extinction (nonremoval of the plate). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): escape extinction, feeding problems, food selectivity, iisca |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, graduate students, educators, practitioners |
Learning Objectives: 1. Explain the role of differential reinforcement and escape extinction during treatment of feeding problems 2. Identify the side effects of escape extinction during treatment of feeding problems 3. Describe methods for treating food selectivity without using nonremoval of the spoon 4. Identify methods for incorporating choice into treatments for feeding problems |
|
Decreasing Resistance to Change in the Form of Food Selectivity in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
JAIME CROWLEY (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Repetitive and restricted response patterns are one of the core features of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), which includes "resistance to change," behavior. Children with ASD may display resistance to change in the form of food selectivity. In fact, Schreck, Williams, and Smith (2004) found that 72% of children diagnosed with ASD had these types of feeding difficulties. In the current study, we demonstrated that our behavior-analysis intervention reduced resistance to change in the form of food selectivity to clinically acceptable levels for two participants between the ages of 3 and 8 diagnosed with ASD. We were able to shift the participants' responding from resistive feeding responses (e.g., always selecting hot dogs and cheerios) to alternative, appropriate feeding responses (e.g., selecting healthier target foods like chicken and green beans) by using differential reinforcement of alternative behavior and escape extinction. The treatment effects maintained when escape extinction was no longer in place. These results have implications for the treatment of other symptoms of resistance to change as well as the generalization of treatment effects from one symptom to another. |
|
The Prevalence of Extinction Bursts in the Treatment of Pediatric Food Refusal |
JULIA N. WOODS (The Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine; The Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Escape extinction has been shown to be highly effective in the treatment of food refusal; however, unpleasant side effects such as extinction bursts may accompany extinction procedures. Bursting has been reported to occur in 24% to 39% of all cases (Lerman & Iwata, 1995; Lerman, Iwata, & Wallace, 1999) for which extinction was used as a component during treatment of problem behavior. Although commonly used in treatments, the prevalence of extinction bursts in the treatment of pediatric food refusal is unknown. However, many clinicians make the assumption that the possibility of an extinction burst is a valid reason to avoid the use of escape extinction procedures in the treatment of food refusal. This study measured the frequency of bursting in 15 children for whom escape extinction was used to treat food refusal. Results showed that extinction bursts were observed in 33% of the children included in the study, although they were relatively brief and resolved quickly. Considerations for using escape extinction in interventions will be discussed. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Food Selectivity via Choice and Shaping With Synthesized Reinforcers |
HOLLY GOVER (Western New England University), Kelsey Ruppel (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University), Juliana Marcus (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Food selectivity is a pervasive problem and affects up to 45% and 80% of individuals with and without disabilities, respectively. Food selectivity and mealtime problem behavior have primarily been treated through differential reinforcement and various forms of escape extinction. Escape extinction, while efficacious, may result in increased aggression, gagging, or vomiting and, therefore, may not be feasible to implement under some conditions. In response, we describe a model for addressing food selectivity without extinction for five young children who were highly selective eaters. The model involved: (a) indirectly and directly measuring food preferences in order to identify foods that established mealtime problem behavior and other foods that could be used as reinforcers, (b) evaluating the variables maintaining mealtime problem behavior through an interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA), and (c) incorporating the assessment results into a progressive treatment process that relied on choice making opportunities and differential and synthesized reinforcement of successive approximations to eating. |
|
Treatment of Severe Food Selectivity in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
KATHRYN HOLMAN STUBBS (Marcus Autism Center), William G. Sharp (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Food selectivity (eating a narrow range of foods) is a common problem in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Common dietary patterns in children with ASD include strong preference for processed foods coinciding with a bias against fruits and vegetables. Food selectivity in ASD increases the risk of underlying nutritional deficiencies and related medical complications, underscoring the need to identify effective interventions. While behavioral intervention is well-established for food refusal in young children, relatively few studies have examined treatment of food selectivity in ASD - particularly among older children who may require adaptations to established methods (e.g., non-removal of the spoon). This study evaluated the use of a treatment protocol involving choice, stimulus fading, reinforcement, and a modified extinction procedure (non-removal of the plate). Four male children (8-13 years) with food selectivity and ASD admitted to an intensive multidisciplinary day program received intervention based on established inclusion criteria. Mean number of foods accepted increased from 8 at admission to 28 at the time of discharge. These results provide provisional support for the use of this treatment package as an alternative to more well-documented extinction-based procedures among older children with ASD who can engage in a choice-based treatment model. |
|
|
|
|
Advances in Behavior Analysis for Reading, Writing, and Arithmetic |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy) |
CE Instructor: Joanne K. Robbins, Ph.D. |
Abstract: We present 4 papers that address new behavior analytic advances in teaching functional reading, writing, and math repertoires across a range of students with and without disabilities. The first paper tests the effects of a behavior momentum blending procedure on the acquisition of textual and spelling responses with preschool students with disabilities. The second paper reports the establishment of conditioned reinforcement of math with pre-kindergarten students on the acquisition of student's rate of learning of new math repertoires. The third paper utilizes a writer immersion procedure to increase student's functional writing repertoires (i.e., to write to affect the behavior of a reader) for middle and high school students with disabilities. The fourth paper used an editing and writing package to test the effects of teaching middle school students with disabilities to write functional math algorithms for solving word problems. The four papers will be discussed in terms of the reinforcement sources for function in verbal behavior. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Conditioned Reinforcement, Functional Writing, Textual Responding |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium includes professionals that work in a school setting (i.e., implements behavior analytic procedures in the school setting) |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1)describe new reading procedure of using a behavior momentum procedure to establish textual and spelling responses; (2) describe how to establish conditioned reinforcement for math; (3) describe procedures to establish a writing repertoire. |
|
The Effects of a Behavioral Momentum Blending Intervention on the Accuracy of Textual and Spelling Responses Emitted by Preschool Students With Blending Difficulties |
KATHARINE CAMERON (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: In 2 experiments, I tested the effects of a behavioral momentum blending procedure on the accuracy of component and composite textual and spelling responses emitted by 5 preschool students with disabilities using a multiple probe design across participants. The participants were between 3 and 4 years old and were selected to participate because they emitted low numbers of correct textual responses to words comprised of previously mastered phoneme-grapheme correspondences. Dependent measures in the experiment included blending responses to novel text stimuli, composite vocal blending responses, and spelling responses. Prior to the intervention, the participants were taught to textually respond to a set of known, regular words comprised of up to 5 phoneme-grapheme correspondences at a target rate. During the behavioral momentum blending intervention, participants responded to these words, presented in rapid succession by the experimenter, followed by the immediate presentation of novel words. The experimenter provided a vocal model of the component phonemes which was faded during each phase of intervention. Results for both experiments showed increases in textual, spelling, and vocal blending responses for all participants. These findings are discussed with regard to blending as a potentially critical speaker-as-own listener cusp in the establishment of reader repertoires. |
|
The Establishment of Conditioned Reinforcement for Math in Pre-Kindergarten Students |
EMMY NERLANDY MAURILUS (Teachers College Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: The purpose of Experiment I was to establish conditioned reinforcement for math using tailored reinforcement procedures for 4 pre-kindergarten students using a counterbalanced pre- and post-intervention ABAB/BABA functional analysis and a delayed multiple probe across dyads design. The dependent variables were the indirect and direct reinforcement value of math. Indirect measures referred to the participants’ rate of responding to a performance task during a 1-min timing when Play-Doh® was delivered following each response compared to when math was delivered. Direct measures referred to the number of 5-s intervals (out of 60) each participant did math when given math worksheets and Play-Doh®. The intervention was a sequence of conditioning procedures until a successful outcome resulted: first learn units, then stimulus-stimulus pairing, and then observational conditioning. Following learn units, math functioned as a conditioned reinforcer for Participants I and K while the pairing procedure was necessary for Participants L and T. Had the pairing procedure been ineffective observational conditioning wound have been conducted. The results of Experiment I demonstrate the effectiveness of tailored reinforcement procedures in establishing conditioned reinforcement for math. The purpose of Experiment II was to determine whether conditioned reinforcement for math results in an increased rate of learning math. |
|
The Effects of A Writer Immersion Procedure on the Emergence of Functional Writing Repertoires for Middle and High School Students With Disabilities |
KATHERINE M. MATTHEWS (The Faison Center), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: In two experiments, we sought to teach middle and high school students with disabilities the function of writing (i.e., to write to affect the behavior of a reader). In Experiment 1, we compared two writing procedures: writing instruction with learn units and a writer immersion procedure. The dependent variables included structural and functional writing measures for descriptive writing tasks. The results of Experiment 1 demonstrated that both the learn unit condition and writer immersion condition resulted in increases in functional writing repertoires. Experiment 2 sought to use a writer immersion package with learn units embedded to increase student's functional writing repertoires using writing tasks specific to academic subjects (i.e., math, science, and social studies). The dependent variables included structural and functional writing measures for descriptive writing tasks. The results of Experiment 2 will be discussed in terms of effective writing practices and the importance of integrating the procedure across academic areas. |
|
A STEM Writer Immersion Package and Middle School Students Math Algorithms |
CAROLINE MARY LOUISE CROSBIE (Columbia University, Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: I tested the effects of a writing/editing package on the functional writing for 7 middle school students with disabilities using a multiple probe across dyads design. The dependent variables were 1) functional components of a math algorithm written by a participant and solved by a naïve adult reader; 2) written rationale for why each operation was used and why the problem needed to be solved; and 3) resistance to extinction measures for solving above grade level algebra problems as a measure of reinforcement value. The independent variable was an editing and writing package for producing a written explanation for specific steps to solve a multi-step math problem. The participant as the writer produced a written math algorithm, and the participant as the editor provided questions to the writer so that a rewrite would help the editor solve the math problem correctly. Criterion was achieved when the writer produced a written explanation with all four necessary functional components and required no additional rewrites. The results will be discussed in terms of the importance of establishing functional writing repertoires, and the establishment of "why" when only how to solve a problem was taught. |
|
|
|
|
Continuing Toward the Functional Analysis of Challenging Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Discussant: Joshua Jessel (Queens College) |
CE Instructor: Joshua Jessel, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional Analysis is the standard in Behavior Analysis for the identification of those variables responsible for the maintenance of challenging behavior. Over the past 35 years literally thousands of replications and extensions of the initial Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman and Richmond (1982) have been published, extending the procedure across settings, populations, types of behaviors assessed, etc. The current symposium will review research on the latest iteration in this process, the Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency (IISCA). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: University Faculty, ABA Researchers, ABA graduate students |
|
Novel Interpretations and Future Directions of the Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency |
LESLEY A. SHAWLER (Endicott College), Amanda Coffey (Behavior Network, Inc.; Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Since its inception, the functional analysis methodology (FA) described by Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994)has consistently been referred to as the "gold standard" for identifying the controlling variables that maintain behavior. The FA is unique in that it specifically manipulates variables to help isolate various reinforcing contingencies. The behavior analytic literature is abundant with evidence in the use of the FA to guide clinicians toward function-based interventions to effectively treat problem behavior(s). Although the general definition does not require a commitment to specific procedures, multiple functional analysis formats have been developed to address specific concerns (e.g., practicality, efficiency, safety). Recently, an emerging literature has proposed yet another modification of the original FA methodology, utilizing synthesized contingencies to determine the function(s) of behavior, followed by its hypothesized treatment. The objective of this review is to evaluate the current literature on the synthesized functional analysis (SFA) approach proposed by Hanley, Jin, Vanselow and Hanratty (2014). We provide an objective review of the history, some of the procedural variations, and novel interpretations. We will also discuss future research as well as clinical considerations. |
|
Identifying Preferred Break Environments for Individuals With Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior |
NATALIE CASTELLUCCIO (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Despite the prevalence of breaks in treatments for escape-maintained problem behavior, no studies have empirically evaluated preference for different break environments (e.g., break with attention and/or tangibles). In this study, a pictorial preference assessment was conducted with 2 individuals with autism to identify preferred break environments. Assessed breaks were based on indirect assessments and direct observations. The highest- (HP) and lowest-preferred (LP) break environments and a control with no associated break were included in a reinforcer assessment using a reversal design within a concurrent-chains arrangement. Participants selected a multi-task sequence (initial link) associated with one of the break environments (terminal link). Phase A evaluated the reinforcing properties of all three break environments; the HP was removed in Phase B. Both participants allocated more responding to HP than LP, and LP than control, suggesting that breaks functioned as reinforcers. Interobserver agreement and procedural integrity were assessed in at least 33% of assessment trials; mean agreement and integrity scores were at least 98%. Social validity measures indicated that the results were useful for clinical programming. |
|
Interview Informed, Synthesized Contingency Analysis: A Look at Social Validity, Generalization, and Maintenance |
GABRIELLE MORRIS (Behavior Network, Inc.), Amanda Coffey (Endicott College), Lesley A. Shawler (Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College), Maggie Nye (Behavior Network, Inc.) |
Abstract: Problem behavior has been a scientific focus of behavior analytic intervention since the inception of the discipline. Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) demonstrated the isolation of variables in analogue conditions to analyze and determine the maintaining functions of problem behaviors and refer to this process as a functional analysis (FA). Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) suggests that synthesizing these variables and the addition of an open-ended interview may determine function more efficiently and accurately called the Interview-Informed, Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA). The purpose of this presentation is to replicate and extend the current literature by exploring the utility of the IISCA with clients seen within a private practice setting (i.e. clinic and in-home) who engage in severe problem behavior. These participants are referred based on an "at-risk" of out of home placement due to the severity of behaviors. |
|
Interview Informed, Synthesized Contingency Analysis: A Replication and Extension With Adults |
AMANDA COFFEY (Endicott College), Lesley A. Shawler (Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College), Maggie Nye (Behavior Network Inc.) |
Abstract: Functional Analysis literature has culminated in over a three thousand replications, modifications and extensions, making it the gold standard in experimental assessment and most frequently used by researchers as an initial assessment to guide treatment interventions for problem behavior (Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman, 2013). The purpose of this paper is replicate and to extend the current literature by exploring the utility of the IISCA in private practice, more specifically, within a more natural setting (i.e. home, group home, dayhab) and within anolder population that engage in severe problem behavior that inhibits participants from participating in their daily activities (i.e school, social, work). |
|
|
|
|
Ethical Issues in Treatment |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A |
Area: PRA |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Neal Shipley (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Online) |
|
Making Applied Ethical Decisions: Do Behavior Analysts Have More Objective Measures Than a Moral Compass? |
Domain: Service Delivery |
NEAL SHIPLEY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Online; PlayDate Behavioral Interventions) |
|
Abstract: Ethical training has become a cornerstone of the (re)certification process for board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs): course sequences approved by the behavior analyst certification board (BACB) have at least one course in ethics, continuing education explicitly related to ethical competence is requisite for practicing BCBAs wishing to maintain credentials, and ethics-related literature is widely available from journal articles to full-length books. Although individual sources provide insightful, often objective, advice on ethical decision-making, a ubiquitous "how-to" guide in how practitioners should respond to applied ethical dilemmas has not emerged. The present article uses the author's own applied research, and several other case studies sources within behavioral literature to recommend a matrix-type system by which ethical dilemmas, their co-relating compliance codes, and potential solutions may be organized, starting with proposed "in-house" solutions specific practitioners or agencies may take, culminating in filing a notice with the BACB. While a completely comprehensive system will require collaboration across populations and setting in which behavior analysts work, the present paper suggests a starting point, as evidenced by current ethical literature. |
|
The Ethics of Addressing Non-Evidence-Based Therapies in the United States and International Jurisdictions |
Domain: Service Delivery |
ANGELA CAPUANO (University of Michigan), Kim Killu (University of Michigan - Dearborn), Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University) |
|
Abstract: There are many options available to families for the treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Though many of these are well-established, evidence-based therapies, many therapies without empirical support exist and are readily available. Many of these approaches are locally sanctioned and publicly funded in their jurisdictions. In some countries, these unproven treatments constitute the current standard of treatment, and as such, behavior analysts are often met with requests to use them. Behavior analysts may face ethical challenges when redirecting clients away from unproven treatments. There is clear direction in the Behavior Analyst Certification Board Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2016) with respect to responsibilities relating to the use of non-evidence-based treatments. This paper will provide a framework, guided by Kay (2016), on how to use the principles of applied behavior analysis to guide practitioners on how to respond to requests to employ approaches lacking empirical evidence. Guidelines on how to use applied behavior analysis to collect data and how to present these to families and caregivers will also be presented. Examples from international jurisdictions will be used to illustrate these potential conflicts, propose solutions, and suggest areas for future consideration and discussion. |
|
Applications of an Individualized Levels System in a School Setting |
Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE CONNOR MOORE (The Ivymount School), Megan B. Boucher (The Ivymount School) |
|
Abstract: A levels system is a type of token economy in which an individual moves up and down levels based on the occurrence of prosocial and maladaptive behaviors. Although the effectiveness of levels systems in inpatient and outpatient settings has been demonstrated, there has been limited research on the use of levels systems to decrease challenging behavior within school settings. The current study extends previous research by evaluating the effectiveness of a levels system in reducing target behaviors (e.g., disruptions, aggression) displayed by three participants between the ages of 10 and 12. All participants attended a non-public school that served individuals with special needs; participants’ diagnoses included Autism Spectrum Disorder and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder. A levels system was compared to a classroom management system (i.e., token economy) using an ABAB design. Preliminary results indicate a 91% reduction in target behaviors for one student and a 54% reduction in target behaviors for a second student when the levels system was implemented. Social validity will be assessed for both participants and staff that worked with the participants. Future research could examine specific components of a levels system (e.g., number of levels, parameters of reinforcement) necessary to maintain low rates of challenging behavior. |
|
Enhancing Quality of Life Outcomes for Individuals Across a Lifespan |
Domain: Service Delivery |
TAHRA JOLENE CESSNA (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation), Tracy Smith-Kong (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation) |
|
Abstract: A Quality of Life Assessment (QoL) tool has been developed to help families self-assess their overall QOL status prior to behavior plan implementation and assist the BCBA in collaborating with the family to identify broad, socially significant changes that a family prioritizes. The QOL tool organizes broad goals into domains of Health and Safety, Self-Advocacy, Social Relationships, Productive Activity, and Community Participation. This presentation reviews the quality of life assessment and provides analysts with steps in utilizing this tool in conjunction with a Functional Behavioral Assessment in order to create short term objectives that will be linked to broad QOL goals the family has identified. Information is presented that summarizes QOL levels prior to ABA therapy, as well as changes in QOL as measured every six months along with target behavior data. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating and Enhancing Sociability in Shelter Dogs Using Behavior Analytic Techniques |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
CE Instructor: Erica N. Feuerbacher, Ph.D. |
Abstract: One of the more unique things about dogs is their particularly social and affiliative disposition towards people. In fact, the idea of sociability is particularly important in the animal shelter setting, where decisions about who lives and dies are made. This symposium will cover all aspects of dog-human sociability in the shelter, from considering sociability from a behavior analytic perspective to validating (and questioning) typical sociability assessments to ensuring that we encourage particular social behaviors from dog to encourage adoption. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): domestic dog, sociability, social behavior |
Target Audience: Practitioners who are interested in social behavior in different species and the factors that might affect it. |
|
Procedural Differences Affect Canine Sociability Behaviors |
KELSEA MARIE BROWN (Texas Tech University), Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech), Alexandra Protopopova (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: There are a variety of procedures used to measure canine sociability, and these methods vary both systematically and unsystematically. The tests are typically used in isolation; thus, it is unclear whether they measure the same concept. The purpose of this three-part study was to determine whether a wide range of canine sociability tests would each produce the same results. Experiment 1 examined the effects of minor methodological changes for detecting social behavior in a shelter setting; we employed a mixed-subjects design to assess whether experimenter position (standing, sitting, or kneeling) and presence of affection (petting and praise or none) affect leashed dogs' social behaviors. In Experiment 2, we tested the effects of leash presence on a range of social behaviors including time in proximity, gazing, and touching. Experiment 3 explored the relationship between sociability and potentially related concepts using reinforcer efficacy, following, pointing, and attachment paradigms. Results indicated moderate consistency within tests, but very low correlations between behaviors on different tests. The findings suggest that minor methodological deviations can affect a dog's performance on a sociability test, and sociability may not be linked to attachment or social cognition. |
|
A Multi-Site Assessment of a Meet-and-Greet Intervention to Increase Adoption Rates in Dogs |
ALEXANDRA PROTOPOPOVA (Texas Tech University), Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: The need for behavioral interventions that increase adoption rates are crucial to animal shelters. A recent intervention, based on each dog’s preference for toys in addition to structuring the first interaction between the dog and adopter was successful in increasing adoption rates by 68% in one municipal shelter site. The benefits and feasibility of this intervention remained to be established using a large-scale randomized and controlled multi-site study. Nine animal shelters in four states in the US were enrolled into a multiple baseline design. Each shelter was randomly assigned to 2-5 months of the baseline condition, in which they continued their current unstructured adoption counseling program, followed by 3-6 months of the experimental condition (total of 8 months each). During the experimental condition, the staff were asked to conduct the intervention. Throughout the study, data was recorded using automated equipment that tracked the number of adopter-dog interactions and the number of interactions that resulted in an adoption. |
|
Preference for Different Human Interactions and Different Humans in Shelter Dogs |
ERICA N. FEUERBACHER (Virginia Tech), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Sociability is thought to be an important factor for shelter dog adoption success. One way of assessing sociability is to determine dogs' preference for human interaction. A straightforward way of assessing preference is using a concurrent schedule in which dogs can choose to interact with one individual or another, and measuring the time spent with each alternative. We used a concurrent schedule to assess shelter dogs' preference for petting or food and petting or vocal praise. We found that some shelter dogs preferred food but many prefer petting, which is in contrast to owned dogs. However, petting was preferred to vocal praise across shelter dogs and owned dogs. Finally, we assessed how quickly shelter dogs would form a preference for one stranger over another. In a 10 minute session, shelter dogs showed a preference for one individual over another with a magnitude of preference similar to owned dogs' preference for their owners. Our results point to ways to assess sociability and the interactions that might enhance it. They will also help us facilitate effective dog-human relationships. |
|
|
|
|
Play With Me! Evaluations of the Use of Script Training and Lag Schedules to Establish Play Behaviors and Social Interactions in Children With Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Cassondra M Gayman (Translational Technologies International) |
CE Instructor: Cassondra M Gayman, M.S. |
Abstract: Impairments in communication and social interactions along with restricted or repetitive patterns of behavior comprise the core characteristics of autism (DSM-5). These deficits often manifest as deficient play skills, especially when play includes a social context. The play skills of children with autism may appear rote or repetitive. Additionally, play skills may lack the key component of language whether solitary or when play includes peers. Behavioral research supports the use of script training as well as manipulations of reinforcement schedules to teach children with autism play skills as well as social interactions. However, additional research is warranted to address topics such as skill generalization and maintenance once scripts or programed reinforcement schedules are removed. This symposium will focus on 3 studies, each with a specific aim to address these skills in children with autism. One study utilizes scripts and script fading to addresses verbal behavior during play for 3 dyads of children with autism. A second study addresses variability of play and play skill generalization through the use of a Lag schedule. While the final study evaluates script format (auditory or textual) and the efficiency of producing contextually-appropriate spontaneous language in children with autism. Implications for generalization, skill maintenance, as well as future research possibilities will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, multiple exemplars, play, script training |
Target Audience: Practitioners and Researchers |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe the role of script training in teaching vocal verbal behavior. 2. Participants will describe Lag schedules and how they can be utilized to establish variability in responding. 3. Participants will describe generalization and maintenance of play skills once scripts and programmed reinforcment are removed. |
|
The Use of Script Training to Promote Coordinated Social Interactions Among Pairs of Children With Autism |
CASSONDRA M GAYMAN (Translational Technologies International), Sarah Frampton (May Institute), Dianna Shippee Walters (Marcus Autism Center), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), Taylor Thompson (Marcus Autism Center), Sandra Shirk (Marcus Autism Center), Devorah Story (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute) |
Abstract: Decades of research suggest that script training approaches can be used to teach social skills to children with autism. The current study extended this line of research by applying script training procedures to an activity with embedded reinforcement (i.e., a treasure hunt) among pairs of children with autism. In baseline, the children did not initiate social interactions with one another. During treatment, text scripts were used to teach the target child to recruit attention from a peer and echoic prompts were used to teach the peer to comment in response to the target child. During the post-test, the children in 2 out of the 3 pairs consistently emitted recruits for attention and reciprocal comments without any adult mediated reinforcement. Implications for observational learning, script fading, generalization, and the use of rules to assist in the removal of adult support will be discussed. |
|
Promoting Generalization of Varied Play Behavior With Children With Autism |
BETHANY P. CONTRERAS YOUNG (University of Missouri), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Annie Galizio (Utah State University), Azure Pellegrino (Utah State University), Lorraine A Becerra (Utah State University), Amy Heaps (Utah State University) |
Abstract: One of the defining characteristics of autism is the presence of excessive repetitive behaviors. Many children with autism engage in rigid and repetitive play. Researchers have shown that variability of play behavior, among other behaviors, can be increased through contingencies of reinforcement. However, little is known regarding generalization of response variability beyond the specific responses that are trained. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of combining multiple exemplar training with discrimination training on promoting generalization of varied play behavior to untrained play materials. After increasing variability of play behavior by implementing lag schedules across multiple play sets, we observed generalization of varied play to untrained play sets with all three participants. |
|
An Evaluation of the Effectiveness of Textual and Auditory Presentation of Scripts to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
LORRAINE A BECERRA (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Kristen Kelley (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Stephanie Cousin (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Children with autism often have difficulty producing spontaneous language and social initiations (American Psychiatric Association [APA], 2013). Current research suggests that scripts are an effective tool for teaching children diagnosed with autism play based initiations (Reagon & Higbee, 2009). While there are data to support the effectiveness of script and script fading procedures, there is little to no information regarding the relative effectiveness of the auditory versus textual script formats for children with autism. The purpose of the present investigation was to determine which script format, auditory or textual, was the most efficient at producing contextually-appropriate spontaneous language in three children between 3 and 5 years old with autism. |
|
|
|
|
Racism, Bias, and Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Saint Joseph's University; Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analyts) |
Discussant: Ali A. Mahamat (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Ali A. Mahamat, None |
Abstract: Racial discrimination is widespread and exists in all culture as social contingencies in different forms (Guerin, 2003). Verbal behavior may provide one of the form of racism as well as the possible solution/prevention for the forming racism. The school and community may need to act differently toward the racism language to reduce the value. Racism may be conceptualized from many perspectives similarly, the contingencies which maintain racism may be just as varied. On a basic level, behavior analysts believe that racism is a learned behavior and maintained through consequences on reinforcement, punishment and extinction. Is it possible to apply those same contingencies to change racist behavior, or does the behavior come into contact with punishers far too infrequently to extinguish it? Could it be that even our behavior principles are biased when working with non-Western European American? Take for example, teaching a tasks analysis is directly opposite of the holistic learning approach commonly used in Native Americans, Hispanics, African Americans, Arabs, and some Asian Americans cultures (McIntyre, n.d.). In another example, the "task oriented" concept of the Premack Principle, favors Western European Americans as opposed to "people oriented" cultures (McIntyre, n.d.) |
Keyword(s): culture, racism, radical behaviorism, RFT |
Target Audience: BCBAs, BCaBAs, RBTs, clinicans |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify the contingencies which shape racist behavior 2. Participants will be able to identify how relational frame theory relates to racism 3. Participants will be able to identify how radical behaviorism can help address social validity and racism 4. 1. Participants will be able to identify the contingencies which shape bias in individuals |
|
Shaped Racism |
KATHERINE J. SAINT (Fox Valley Autism; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: From a radical behavioristic perspective racism can be explained on a cultural and ontogenic level (Babbitt, and Campbell, 1999). Culturally families have trained generations to label groups by feature function and class into relational frames. These relational frames can have positive correlations or negative colorations. On a cultural level racism does not have to be learned from direct contingencies. Racist statements or actions can be socially reinforced and maintained.
From an ontogenic level racism can be learned through experiences and direct contingencies (Conger, Dygdon, and Rollock, 2012). Many soldiers come back from war pairing the country they fought against with extremely punishing events like death and violence. Dixon, Dymond, Rehfeldt, Roche and Zlomke (2003) use relational frame theory (RFT) to explain terrorism as well. Other people are exposed to people with certain features and because of the punishing behavior of those people a generalization is made that all people with those features will act in that way. The process of pairing others with the same features can serve as surrogate motivating operation for racist behavior. |
|
Racism, Relational Frame Theory, and the Application for Society |
KOZUE MATSUDA (Children Center Inc) |
Abstract: The United States media often presents racism as one racial group pitted against another and blamed history and the government regulations for the situation (Feagin, 2013). Racial discrimination is widespread and exists in all cultures as social contingencies taking different forms (Guerin, 2003). In general, the number of racially related incidents has increased in the United States and around the world. (Maussen & Grillo, 2014). However, racism often discussed within only within the context of black versus white and rarely is discussed in terms of within-group hate. For example, while the Japanese and Koreans share similar physical features, Japanese people have conducted hate crime towards individuals of Korean descent. Similarly, verbal behavior has also used “hidden racism”, with the majority of incidents of racial discrimination and prejudice practice unnoticed. While certain terms have been tightly restricted in some public forums, other behaviors remain in the society. Behavior analysts can help societies become safer places by implementing different contingencies using Relational Frame Theory to eliminate racism in local communities. The school and community may need to provide different contingencies for racist language to reduce its use, and avoid attributions of cause to ‘racism’ and ‘racists.’ |
|
|
|
|
The Elephant in the Room: Addressing Psychotropic Medications When Assessing Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Maria G. Valdovinos, Ph.D. |
Chair: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center) |
MARIA G. VALDOVINOS (Drake University) |
Maria Valdovinos, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is a Professor in the Department of Psychology and Neuroscience at Drake University. She received her doctorate in Developmental and Child Psychology from the University of Kansas and completed a post-doctoral fellowship at Vanderbilt University's Kennedy Center for Research on Human Development. Prior to beginning her studies in Kansas, Dr. Valdovinos worked in residential and day treatment settings with adults diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Her experiences in these settings lead to her interest in evaluating the pharmacological treatment of challenging behavior, research which has received federal funding. Dr. Valdovinos is a Fellow of the American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities and a member of the Board of Directors for the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts. |
Abstract: Psychotropic medications are commonly prescribed to adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in problem behavior. This presentation will provide a behavior analytic conceptualization of medication effects and review the results of a study that evaluated the extent to which changes in psychotropic medications altered functional relations between problem behavior and the environment for adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Research findings suggest continued surveillance of behavior function when using psychotropic medication to address problem behavior. Further suggestions for assessing psychotropic medication impact will be shared. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss how psychotropic medication effects can function as motivating operations; (2) identify measures one can collect to monitor psychotropic medication effects on behavior; (3) describe how therapeutic and adverse side effects of psychotropic medication can impact behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Risk Reduction Strategies During Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer N. Fritz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Assessment and treatment of severe behavior disorders carries inherent risk to the client and/or staff due to the topography and/or magnitude of the target behavior. The studies presented in this symposium will address modifications to assessment procedures and treatment strategies to reduce the occurrence of severe behavior and increase the safety of the clinical process. Specifically, the approach of identifying precursors to problem behavior and placing reinforcement contingencies on precursors during functional analysis, rather than severe problem behavior, will be addressed, as well as strategies involving latency as the dependent measure during assessment and treatment. The first presentation will address a simplified, trial-based approach for selecting precursors for further assessment, as well as evaluate the effects of a structured indirect assessment for caregivers to nominate potential precursors. The second presentation will describe a model of progressing through assessment strategies (i.e., multiple-respondent anecdotal assessment, trial-based precursor analysis, functional analysis of precursor behavior, and functional analysis of severe behavior only when necessary) to develop a function-based intervention while minimizing the occurrence of severe problem behavior. Finally, the third presentation will evaluate the use of latency as the dependent measure during functional analyses in an outpatient setting, as well as during treatment to reduce risk. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): functional analysis, latency, precursors, problem behavior |
Target Audience: Practitioners who assess and treat problem behavior |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the trial-based method of identifying precursors to problem behavior 2. Describe how to conduct a latency functional analysis 3. Describe some considerations for progressing from indirect to functional analysis of problem behavior to reduce risks associated with severe topographies of problem behavior |
|
A Comparison of Methods for Identifying Precursors to Problem Behavior |
Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kathryn Shepard (University of Houston-Clear Lake), KYLE DAWSON (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Leah Smith (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kelsey Campbell (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Adriana Marsiglia (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: A challenge of typical functional analyses (FA) is that multiple occurrences of the problem behavior must be observed to determine the function of problem behavior, which can increase risks to participants and therapists in the case of severe behavior. One approach to risk reduction is to conduct an FA of precursors to problem behavior (Smith & Churchill, 2002). Although caregivers often cannot identify precursors during open-ended interview, a trial-based method for identifying precursors has been shown to be highly effective in those cases (Fritz, Iwata, Hammond, & Bloom, 2013). However, the conditional probability analysis used to select precursors in the Fritz et al. study was time consuming and cumbersome, which could pose barriers to adoption by practitioners. The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of a simplified, trial-based approach to selecting precursors, as well as evaluate the effects of a structured interview with caregivers to increase the likelihood that they could report potential precursors. |
|
A Decision-Making Model for Reducing Risk During Functional Analysis Procedures |
GABRIELLE VEGA (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Kathleen Ann Bayliss (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Functional analysis provides a well-validated methodology for assessing environmental influences on severe problem behavior; however, standard functional analyses pose potential risk because they involve procedures specifically designed to evoke severe behavior. Previous studies have examined strategies to improve the efficiency of and reduce risks related to the functional analysis process. The purpose of the present series of studies was to develop and evaluate a decision-making framework in which a series of evidence-based assessments and analyses is implemented in a systematic, escalating fashion, until sufficient evidence to form a function-based intervention is obtained. The model incorporates several evidence-based procedures, including multiple-respondent anecdotal assessment, trial-based precursor analysis, functional analysis of precursor behavior, and, if necessary, functional analysis of severe behavior. These assessments are arranged in a series, such that procedures that are least likely to produce large amounts of severe behavior are presented before those that are increasingly likely to result in severe behavior. When data permit the development of a hypothesis about the operant contingency maintaining problem behavior, that hypothesis can be tested using a test-control analysis using either noncontingent or differential reinforcement as a control/treatment. |
|
Latency as Dependent Measure to Reduce Risk During Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
KELSEY CAMPBELL (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Leah Smith (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kyle Dawson (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: 4. One challenge to typical functional analyses (FAs) is that repeated occurrence of the problem behavior is required to determine the function of the behavior, which can pose risks to the client or therapist in the case of severe or dangerous behavior. Previous research has demonstrated that results of latency FA typically correspond with the results of a standard FA (Thomason-Sassi, Iwata, Neidert, & Roscoe, 2011). In fact, correspondence was shown in 90% of cases in that study. This outcome was significant because the use of latency as a dependent measure resulted in fewer instances of problem behavior. However, the assessments were conducted in a setting (and potentially therapists) familiar to the participants. The purpose of this study is to determine the extent to which similar results are obtained in an outpatient setting where unfamiliar therapists typically work with the client in a novel setting. In addition, treatment including functional communication training (FCT) and noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) using latency as a dependent measure will be evaluated to determine whether latency corresponds with rate and the extent to which typical treatment sessions might be modified to further reduce risks posed by severe problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
The Trials and Tribulations of the International Growth of a Science |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A |
Area: PCH/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Michelle P. Kelly, Ph.D. |
Chair: Michelle P. Kelly (Emirates College for Advanced Education) |
KAROLA DILLENBURGER (Queen's University Belfast) |
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India) |
CLODAGH MARY MURRAY (National University of Ireland Galway) |
Abstract: In 1971, in Beyond Freedom and Dignity, Skinner provided a broad and comprehensive analysis for why behavior analysis had been generally ignored by the mainstream. Now, in 2018, has all that much changed? Yes, there are many more today who can claim the title "Behavior Analyst," and the explosion of behavioral intervention services for individuals with autism has led to greater recognition of one of the science's significant (and successful) applications, at least in the US, but do we now have a seat at the table and are we invited out to play with others? The world is a big place and whilst some of us may still describe ourselves as the "happy few," the response effort involved in international growth remains hampered by the same issues described by Skinner nearly 50 years earlier, and some new ones, so let's talk about this, what we are doing, what we would like to do, and how we can make the world a better place. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BCaBAs, BCBAs and BCBA-Ds |
Learning Objectives: Optional for BACB CEUs. Objectives available upon request. |
Keyword(s): International dissemination, international growth, multi-cultural |
|
|
|
|
Aesthetics, Animations, and Action! |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 10-13 |
Area: PCH |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation) |
|
Aesthetics and the Biological Roots of Non-Primary Reinforcers |
Domain: Theory |
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation) |
|
Abstract: There are certain activities via which humans control events that have biological significance for the individual and/or the group:
Learning—acquiring skills, knowledge, and competencies that enhance mastery of such events
Prevailing—achieving mastery of situations, winning fights or contests
Implementing—achieving desired results via the use of tools, vehicles, or weapons.
Escaping—getting out of situations that are aversive or dangerous
Accumulating—gathering and storing food, assets, and other useful items.
Loving other beings—protecting them, providing for their welfare, partnering for procreation
Social interaction—engaging in activities that promote the group’s welfare and cohesion
The biological utility of these activities is based on their direct or indirect effect on the survival of the individual and/or the group. This biological utility provided the basis for the evolutionary selection of susceptibility to reinforcement by these activities and their consequences.
An elaborate network of emotional reactions provides the infrastructure of this susceptibility. The particular adjective that describes each type of reaction— “aesthetic,” “beautiful,” “elegant,” “delicious,” “awesome”—depends on the discipline involved and the verbal community or culture. The evolutionary outcome of this evolutionary selection process is a category of reinforcers different from those related to primary physical needs such as food. |
|
Animating the Evolution of the Skinner Box: Challenges in Visualizing Scientific Method |
Domain: Theory |
THEODORE KENNEDY (none) |
|
Abstract: B.F. Skinner’s invention of the operant chamber is described by Skinner and others in several different books and papers. The accounts vary and are often self-aware of that variance. In the somewhat tongue-in-cheek “A Case History in Scientific Method” (1956) Skinner offers line drawing diagrams of the stages of development up to, but not including, the final apparatus. A photo of the pellet delivery mechanism is included in his autobiography. In this presentation, I will describe the process of creating a CGI animation of the evolution of the Skinner for use in a biographical film about Skinner. The focus will be on the technical challenge of designing and animating the various apparatuses to approximate what Skinner actually built while also usefully illustrating the key principles at play in each stage. The presentation will analyze the draft animations of the failed, abandoned, nonsensical and final CGI models made in the film production, reflecting the variety of perspectives that can be taken in tracing the development of Skinner Box. |
|
|
|
|
|
Leveraging Olfaction to Study Innate Behavior in the Mouse |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9 |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: William Stoops, Ph.D. |
Chair: William Stoops (University of Kentucky) |
LISA STOWERS (The Scripps Research Institute
) |
Dr. Lisa Stowers is a professor of neuroscience at The Scripps Research Institute. She studies the ligands, neurons, and brain nuclei that initiate social behavior using molecular genetics and genomics; her work is determining the rules that generate the information coding of neuronal networks. |
Abstract: The neural code and mechanisms that underlie the generation of behavior has been difficult to crack. Innate behaviors such as aggression, fear, and mating may pose a tractable model because they are highly conserved across evolution, their proper regulation and display is essential for fitness, and some of the essential circuit, amygdala and hypothalamus, are known. However, the identity of the precise neurons and logic of the circuits that generate these innate behaviors remains largely unknown and therefore unstudied. In the mouse, all of these essential behaviors can be robustly initiated by olfactory cues. We have identified specific sensory ligands that now enable us to precisely stimulate and identify the neural mechanisms that generate behavior. We are creating and assessing novel tools to be able to identify and manipulate the circuits that generate behavior. In addition, we are studying how the sensory information elicits variable responses depending on state, gender, or the complexity of the environment. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:(1) describe how the use of a strong behavioral paradigm facilitates identification and study of underlying circuits and mechanisms; (2) discuss the extent to which olfactory-promoted innate behavior is robust and reliable between individuals and analyze the extent to which this suggests common neural coding; (3) assess how an individuals internal state (stress, dominance, recent experiences) can alter a behavioral response to a fixed environment. |
|
|
|
|
A Panel Discussion of the Mentoring Program at the Behavior Analysis Program in the Department of Pediatrics at the University of Iowa |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
ANDREW W. GARDNER (University of Arizona) |
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (The University of Missouri) |
GREGORY K. REED (Howard University) |
Abstract: Over the last 35 years, the Behavior Analysis Program in the Department of Pediatrics at the University of Iowa has produced 45-plus students who received their PhDs under the leadership and mentorship of Dr. David Wacker. This panel will focus on the components of the "Iowa Training Model" as it pertains to the mentorship and training of behavior analysts in training. The discussion will include mentorship and training tactics and strategies utilized in the Program to promote skill acquisition by PhD students in clinical (i.e., in Outpatient and Day Treatment contexts) and research (i.e., in Clinic Research, Grant-Funded Research, and Advanced Seminars contexts) practice. The discussion will be grounded in the experiences of our panelists, who are prominent behavior analysts and were members of distinct "generations" of students in the Program, from their time in training in the Behavior Analysis Program in the Department of Pediatrics at the University of Iowa. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
|
Assessing Procedural Variations to Evaluate Efficacy and Efficiency of Conditional Discrimination Interventions |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee ) |
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
CE Instructor: Samantha Bergmann, M.A. |
Abstract: A conditional discrimination is a four-term contingency, and behavior controlled by both auditory and visual stimuli is an auditory-visual conditional discrimination (i.e., AVCD; receptive identification). Conditional discriminations like AVCD are relevant to many repertoires targeted in behavior analytic interventions and research on how to teach these repertoires is warranted. Bergmann et al., evaluated the efficacy and efficiency of three auditory discrimination procedures with two typically developing children; results suggested do-this/do-that was efficacious and most efficient in three of five comparisons. Gee, Hiett, Devine, and Petursdottir examined sample first and comparison first in AVCD training with error correction with typically developing children. The authors found that when error correction did not insert a delay, it was efficacious with both stimulus-order conditions. Cubicciotti, Vladescu, Reeve, Carroll, and Schnell investigated multiple stimulus orders (e.g., sample first, simultaneous) on acquisition of AVCD with three children with ASD. Idiosyncratic findings were reported. DiSanti, Eikeseth, and Eldevik employed two procedural arrangements to teach AVCD to children diagnosed with ASD. The structured mix was more efficacious for learners with less advanced AVCD repertoires whereas both arrangements were efficacious for learners with more advanced repertoires. Discussion on clinical implications and directions for future research will follow. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Auditory discrimination, conditional discrimination, efficacy, receptive identification |
Target Audience: The target audience is individuals conducting research and providing applied behavior analytic academic and behavioral interventions to individuals in need like children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will learn (a) the components of a conditional discrimination, (b) examples of procedural variations for teaching conditional discriminations, and (c) whether any procedure leads to more efficacious and/or efficient instruction. |
|
Evaluating the Efficacy and Efficiency of Auditory Discrimination Procedures: A Translational Study With Two Typically Developing Children |
SAMANTHA BERGMANN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Terra Cliett (University of North Texas), Raven Wood (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Hannah Doyle (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: An auditory discrimination is when behavior comes under the control of auditory stimuli (e.g., sounds, words) in one's environment. To maximize benefit from instruction and function appropriately in the environment, one must develop a reliable auditory discrimination repertoire. A paucity of research on how to assess and teach auditory discrimination is currently available in the behavior-analytic literature. This translational study examined the efficacy and efficiency of three different conditions, go/no-go, do this/do that, and auditory match-to-sample, using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants and embedded adapted alternating treatments design to demonstrate auditory discrimination with two typically developing preschool girls. Do this/do that was the most efficacious and efficient procedure in three of five comparisons. Go/no-go was the most efficacious and efficient procedure in two comparisons following several procedural modifications including error correction. Auditory match-to-sample was never the most efficient condition. Implications for applied research and future directions will be discussed. |
|
Effects of Error Correction Trials on Receptive Label Acquisition Under Two Stimulus Presentation Arrangements |
PROVIDENCE GEE (Baylor University), Kiley Hiett (Baylor University), Bailey Devine (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: In laboratory studies, conditional discrimination acquisition typically proceeds via trial and error as subjects contact the consequences of correct and incorrect responses in a matching-to-sample (MTS) task. In practical applications, by contrast, differential reinforcement is typically combined with prompting and prompt-fading strategies. The present study followed up on previous data on stimulus presentation arrangements in auditory-visual conditional discrimination training by examining if the effects of prompted error correction trials depended on stimulus presentation format (sample first vs. comparison first). Six typically developing children participated in two N=3 experiments. Each participant received eight sessions of instruction, two in each of four conditions, with new stimuli in each session. The dependent measure was accuracy in the last two trial blocks of each session. In Experiment 1, error correction reliably increased all participants' performance in the comparison-first but not in the sample-first condition. In Experiment 2, when the error correction procedure was altered such that it no longer created a delay between sample and comparison presentation in the sample-first condition, error correction reliably increased accuracy in both conditions. When a sample-first presentation format is used, prompts may be ineffective if they intervene between sample and comparison presentation. |
|
Effects of Stimulus Presentation Order During Auditory-Visual Conditional Discrimination Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JULIE CUBICCIOTTI (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder are typically taught conditional discriminations using a match-to-sample arrangement. Consideration should be given to the temporal order in which antecedent stimuli (the sample and comparison stimuli) are presented during match-to-sample trials, as various arrangements have been used in the extant literature. The purpose of the current study was to compare four stimulus presentation orders on the acquisition of auditory-visual conditional discriminations. More specifically we included a clinically-relevant population (three children with autism spectrum disorder), employed clinically-relevant teaching procedures, and included two presentation formats not included in previous comparison evaluations (simultaneous and sample-first with re-presentation conditions). The results of the current study indicated that the most efficient method, regardless of measurement scale evaluated, for presenting stimuli during MTS trials was learner specific. More specifically, the simultaneous procedure was most efficient for Adam, the comparison-first arrangement was most efficient for Zeek, and the sample-first and sample-first with re-presentation arrangements were essentially both most efficient for Max. We will discuss results in light of previous studies and make suggestions for future research. |
|
A Comparison Between Two Discrimination Training Procedures to Teach Simple and Complex Skills |
BRITTANY MARIE DISANTI (Oslo and Akershus University College), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo and Akershus University College), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: The two studies compared two different discrimination training procedures for teaching receptive labeling to children with autism. The first study included four children ranging in age from 4-years to 10-years old with 10-50 receptive labels in their repertoire. All participants were exposed to two sessions a day of the Structured Mix before Counterbalanced Random Rotation (SM) procedure (i.e., seven steps with mass trials and intermixing before randomization) and Counterbalanced Random Rotation (RR) procedure (i.e., random order of all stimuli). Two participants acquired the receptive labels in SM, one participant acquired the receptive labels in RR, and two participants did not acquire the receptive labels in either of the two procedures. The second study included five children ranging in age from 10-years to 11-years old with over 200 receptive labels in their repertoire. Sessions followed the same format as the first study. Four participants acquired the labels in both procedures. Of those who mastered labels, one acquired labels at a faster rate using the SM procedure for nouns. Perhaps the RR procedure is more effective for children with advanced listener repertoires, while the SM procedure is more effective for children with more limited listener repertoires. This possibility merits further study. |
|
|
|
|
Differential Reinforcement as an Adjunctive Treatment Component for Interventions Employing Response Interruption and Redirection |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University) |
CE Instructor: Christopher Manente, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often engage in repetitive and stereotypical behavior (APA, 2013). These repetitive behaviors can often interfere with skill acquisition, can be stigmatizing, and, in some cases, be can be dangerous. As these types of behavior are usually maintained by automatic reinforcement, identifying effective treatment strategies can be particularly challenging. Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) is one of few empirically-supported intervention strategies that has been effective for the treatment of repetitive behavior (Ahearn, Clark, MacDonald, & Chung, 2007). While the evidence is clear regarding the effectiveness of RIRD, the extent to which other treatment components may enhance its effectiveness is unclear. Differential reinforcement procedures may represent a useful adjunctive intervention component for RIRD treatments. The purpose of the current symposium is to share research findings regarding the effects of RIRD in conjunction with other treatment components, such as differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) and differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior (DRI). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, DRA, DRI, RIRD |
Target Audience: Content would be appropriate for masters level practitioners and above (BCBAs) |
|
An Evaluation of RIRD, DRA, and RIRD Plus DRA on Levels of Stereotypy and Appropriate Play |
Catia Cividini-Motta (University of South Florida), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of South Florida), HANNAH LYNN MACNAUL (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often engage in repetitive and stereotypic behavior (APA, 2013) which may be disruptive to others but also hinder acquisition of appropriate behaviors. Ahearn and colleagues (2007) employed a response interruption and response redirection procedure (RIRD) to decrease stereotypy however limited research has evaluated whether reinforcement-based procedures, alone or in combination with RIRD, result in similar or greater suppression of stereotypy. The purpose of the current study was to examine the effects on RIRD, DRA, and RIRD plus DRA on levels of stereotypy and appropriate item engagement. Participants were two children diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) or another disability who engaged in stereotypy. This study employed a combination of reversal and multielement designs to evaluate the effects of these interventions. The results showed that both RIRD and RIRD plus DRA resulted in greater suppression of stereotypy than DRA alone and that, in general, appropriate item engagement remained at low levels. We discuss clinical implications and areas for future research. |
|
Teaching a Functionally Equivalent Response With a Competing Item and Response Interruption and Redirection to Reduce Pica |
JACQUELINE SMITH (Rutgers University
Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Rachel Mislavsky (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Caitlin Kehoe (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Denise McNair (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Molly Vigneri (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorders often engage in stereotypical or ritualistic behavior. Pica and mouthing are common forms of ritualistic behavior. The empirical literature has indicated that the use of competing items and response interruption and redirection (RIRD) can be effective for addressing these forms of ritualistic behavior (e.g., Horner et. al., 1991; Piazza et al., 2000; Zhou et al., 2000). In the current investigation, we assessed the use of an alternative item (bracelet) and response interruption and redirection for a 15 year old adolescent male diagnosed with ASD using a reversal design. The student engaged in high levels of object mouthing throughout his school day during baseline. During intervention, the student was given continuous access to an alternative source (silicone bracelet) and was taught an alternative response (biting the bracelet) with RIRD in place in the event that mouthing occurred. The implementation of the alternative item reduced mouthing non-edible objects to approximately 80% from baseline. |
|
Differential Reinforcement of Incompatible Behavior to Reduce Food Stealing for an Adult With Autism |
JENNA BUDGE (Rutgers University), James Maraventano (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Efrat Kemp (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: As individuals with autism age, available supports for promoting community integration dwindle, while their needs remain the same or grow. Specifically, challenging behavior is often reported as a barrier to successful community integration for this population (Allen, Lowe, Moore, & Brophy, 2007). In order to provide opportunities to engage in community-based activities, it is important to address challenging behaviors that can interfere with these activities. For the present study, a reversal design was utilized to display the efficacy of a Differential Reinforcement of Incompatible Behavior (DRI) schedule for food stealing exhibited by a 33 year-old man with autism. Results of the study demonstrated significant decreases in food stealing attempts when provided access to reinforcement contingent on engaging in a response incompatible with food stealing. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Ritualistic Behaviors in Adults With Autism |
JAMES MARAVENTANO (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), Efrat Kemp (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Characteristics of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) include restricted patterns of interest, stereotypical behavior, and insistence on sameness (ASD; American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Further, individuals with ASD may engage in ritualistic behaviors which include, but are not limited to excessive straitening or arranging, tapping, or ordering of objects. Ritualistic behavior often interferes with on-task behaviors and can result in safety issues and concerns for developing and maintaining meaningful community opportunities. Interruption or redirection of these ritualized patterns of behaviors have resulted in maladaptive behaviors (e.g. Sigafoos, Green, Payne, O'Reilly, & Lancioni, 2009). As individuals with ASD age, the severity of challenging behavior can be considerably more intense and complex resulting in time-consuming and, often, ineffective assessments and treatments. Several studies have conducted functional analyses of maladaptive behavior caused by interruptions of ritualistic behavior (Hagopian, Bruzek, Bowman, & Jennett, 2007; Sigafoos et al., 2009; Rispoli, Camargo, Machalicek, Lang, & Sigafoos, 2014). While studies have examined various treatment options for addressing challenging behavior evoked by restricted access to rituals in children with ASD, there is a dearth of literature related to older learners and adults with ASD. The purpose of the current investigation was to examine the effects of functional communication training with signaled delays to address challenging behaviors maintained by restricted access to rituals for a 29-year old man with ASD. The results showed that functional communication training was an effective treatment for reducing challenging behavior maintained by restricted access to ritualistic behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Children Skills that Promote Safety and Healthy Living |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC) |
CE Instructor: Linda A. LeBlanc, M.S. |
Abstract: Young children may come into contact with unsafe situations that may lead to abduction, drowning, firearm discharge, accidental poisonings, or spread of infection and illness. Damaging outcomes from these situations could be prevented if the children were taught how to appropriately respond in those conditions. As such, the development of effective procedures for teaching children how to react in these situations is of significant need. The research presented in this symposium will explore (a) using behavior skills training, multiple exemplar training, and discrimination training (across strangers and familiar adults) to teach abduction-prevention skills; (b) using video modeling for training abduction-prevention skills; (c) teaching a three-step safety response in the presence of a variety of dangerous stimuli using behavioral skills training plus in-situ training; and (d) teaching appropriate handwashing to prevent the spread of infections using video modeling and visual feedback. We are fortunate to have Dr. Linda LeBlanc, one of the most productive and well-respected researchers in applied behavior analysis, serve as our discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, health, safety |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) know how to use behavior skills training to teach abduction-prevention skills; (2) use video-modeling and feedback to increase hand washing; (3) use behavioral skills training plus in-situ training to teach children to respond to dangerous stimuli; (4) use video-modeling to teach abduction prevention skills. |
|
Using Behavior Skills Training to Teach Abduction Prevention Skills to Children With Autism |
MEGAN ASHLEY LEVESQUE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jessica Niemeier (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Although the abduction of a child by an unknown adult is unlikely to occur in a child's lifetime, the consequences are serious and devastating. In response to recent reports of an abduction in the area, we sought to replicate previous research on using behavior skills training (BST) to teach abduction-prevention skills to children with autism by demonstrating its efficacy during in-situ probes across four different types of lures delivered by unknown adults. In addition, because undesirable generalization to known adults may occur, particularly with children with autism, we extended this literature by testing the effects of our training on following matched instructions to leave with known adults. No feedback was provided during in-situ probes. Participants learned to engage in appropriate safety behavior when presented with a lure from an unknown adult; however, undesirable generalization was observed with the known adult. Discriminated responding across unknown and known adults was observed following discrimination training. These results generalized across settings and maintained up to 3 months for two participants. |
|
Effects of Video Modeling and Visual Feedback on Handwashing in Preschool-Age Children |
RACHEL JESS (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Elizabeth Foley (University of Kansas), Daniela Garcia (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Young children who attend out-of-home care (e.g., preschool and daycare) come into close contact with each other through playing and eating; therefore, they are more susceptible to infections than children who do not attend an out-of-home care program. Studies have shown handwashing is effective in reducing risk of infection and illness (Larson, 1988); however, research suggests that individuals do not routinely wash their hands using methods determined best practice (Witt & Spencer, 2004). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of video modeling and visual feedback on preschool-aged children’s handwashing. That is, we showed groups of children a video depicting appropriate handwashing and showed them pictures of ultra-violet light illuminated lotion (Glo-Germ) on their hands prior to and following handwashing. We evaluated effects by measuring the percentage of correct handwashing steps and comparing cleanliness of participants’ hands pre- and post-handwashing (as determined by the surface areas with illuminated Glo-Germ). Results showed that video modeling and visual feedback was effective in increasing correct handwashing and cleanliness of children’s hands across groups of children. Furthermore, we implemented in-situ feedback and showed a slight increase in effects. Changes in handwashing and hand cleanliness after handwashing maintained after we removed the interventions. |
|
Using Behavioral Skills Training and Equivalence-Based Instruction
to Teach Children Safe Responding to Dangerous Stimuli |
ANTONIA GIANNAKAKOS (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University) |
Abstract: Over 3,000 children under the age of 10 died in 2015 as a result of unintentional injuries. Specific unintentional injury causes include suffocation, drowning, firearm discharge, burns, and accidental poisonings. Some of these deaths likely occurred when children came across a dangerous item while unsupervised. In the current study three preschool age students were taught to engage in a three-step safety response in the presence of a variety of dangerous stimuli. Behavioral skills training plus in-situ training was used to teach a leave, do not touch, tell an adult response in the presence of one dangerous stimulus. Following mastery of this response, we used equivalence-based instruction to create classes of dangerous and non-dangerous stimuli. All participants demonstrated discriminated responding in the presence of untrained stimuli following EBI. |
|
A Video Modeling Approach to Train Abduction Prevention Skills |
JONATHAN PRIEHS (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Childhood abduction by nonfamily members affects approximately 58,200 families each year (Finkelhor, Hammer, & Sedlak, 2002). These abductions can cause devastating effects which may be attenuated through proper execution of stranger awareness strategies to at-risk populations. With social-communicative deficits present in persons with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) it would be prudent to investigate successful teaching methods for those with ASDs. Many investigators have evaluated teaching programs for teaching abduction prevention to typically developing children but fewer have evaluated teaching these skills to those with disabilities. This study attempts to further previous research by evaluating the use of video modeling for training abduction prevention skills to children diagnosed with an ASD. A multiple probe across contexts design was used to evaluate abduction prevention skill performance with four participants with an ASD. Training videos depicted target responses of 1) saying no to a stranger’s lure, 2) walking away, and, 3) reporting the lure to a trusted adult. Inter-observer agreement was calculated for 33% of sessions at 100% agreement. Results indicated that video modeling was sufficient at training the abduction prevention skills in one participant for all three contexts while video modeling with a short contingency review was sufficient for another participant. However, in-vivo training was necessary to produce the abduction prevention skills to the final two participants. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Skill Sets Across a Variety of Populations |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Cook, M.S. |
Abstract: While much of the behavior analytic literature focuses on teaching skills to individuals with disabilities, there is less extensive research assessing skill sets typically-developing individuals, which may also benefit people with disabilities. The first study evaluates refinements to a model for teaching eye contact to children with autism spectrum disorder. This is followed by a study using a descriptive analysis for eye contact in typically developing adults, with a goal of providing normative data for research in eye contact interventions. The third study focuses on teaching group home staff to increase the frequency of praise given to foster children. While this intervention was of direct benefit to typically-developing children, the procedure focused on teaching staff, which may benefit a number of populations under group home staff care. The last study evaluates teaching culinary skills to adults with Traumatic Brain Injury. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): culinary skills, eye contact, normative data, staff praise |
Target Audience: The target audience of this symposium are clinicians and researchers interested interventions for people with and without disabilities. |
|
Further Evaluation of a Practitioner Model for Increasing Eye Contact in Children With Autism |
JENNIFER L. COOK (University of South Florida; Monarch House), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Raluca Nuta (Monarch House), Carissa Balagot (Monarch House), Kayla Crouchman (Monarch House), Claire Jenkins (Monarch House), Sidrah Karim (Monarch House), Chelsea Watters-Wybrow (Monarch House) |
Abstract: Cook et al. (2017) recently described a progressive model for teaching children with autism spectrum disorder to provide eye contact with an instructor following a name call. The model included the following phases: contingent praise only; contingent edibles plus praise; stimulus prompts plus contingent edibles and praise; contingent video and praise; schedule thinning; generalization assessments; and maintenance evaluations. In the present study, we evaluated the extent to which modifications to the model were needed to train 15 children with ASD to engage in eye contact. Results show that 11 of 15 participants acquired eye contact with the progressive model; however, 8 participants required one or more procedural modifications to the model. Results also show that participants who acquired eye contact with or without modifications continued to display high levels of the behavior during follow-up probes. For those participants who acquired eye contact in this study, three did not require any modifications, six required one modification, and two required multiple modifications. The most frequently employed modification across participants was prompts to sit (PTS). Specifically, investigators' addition of PTS produced mastery-level eye contact for 4 of 6 participants who received the modification. Taken together with the findings from the Cook et al. (2017) study, results suggest that adding a PTS sub-phase (when low eye contact correlates with low in-seat behavior) to the progressive model could increase training efficiency. |
|
Descriptive Analyses for Eye Contact During Social Interactions |
NADRATU NUHU (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Anna Kate Edgemon (Auburn University), Amanda Niedfeld (Auburn University), Jodi Coon (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder have demonstrated difficulty initiating and maintaining eye contact from early infancy into adulthood (Jones & Klin, 2013). Interventions that target improving eye contact are of paramount importance given that eye contact and appropriate use of eye gaze during social interactions may function as a behavioral cusp that provides access to other environments and contingencies (Bosch & Fuqua, 2001). Currently, normative data regarding appropriate eye contact are lacking in the literature. The purpose of the current study was to use descriptive analyses to collect normative data on levels eye contact exhibited by typically developing college students during a brief social encounter. A secondary aim of the study was to assess whether the probability of eye contact increased or decreased in the presence of vocalizations. Participants engaged in a 5-min social interaction with trained confederates wearing video recording glasses. High levels of eye contact and vocalizations were observed across all participants. Conditional percentages indicated that vocalizations decreased participant's engagement in eye contact. Lower proportions of eye contact occurred during periods of vocalizations. Findings suggest that although high levels of eye contact are observed during brief social interactions, eye contact is more likely to occur when an individual is not engaging in vocalizations. |
|
Using a MotivAider to Increase Behavior-Specific Praise From Staff in a Residential Facility |
Marissa A. Novotny (University of South Florida), KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida), Darienne Boyden (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study used a combination of a multiple baseline across participants and a reversal design to evaluate the effects of a MotivAider on the frequency of behavior specific praise provided by staff members to youth at a residential facility for youth in the foster care system. Two staff members were given a brief training on providing behavior specific praise and were instructed to wear the MotivAider on their hip and to delivery behavior specific praise whenever the MotivAider vibrated. Results demonstrated an increase in the frequency of behavior specific praise delivered by staff to the youth when wearing the MotivAider. |
|
Teaching Culinary Skills Using Video Modeling to Individuals With Traumatic Brain Injury |
SARAH CASTRO (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Jessica Moore (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Individuals with Traumatic Brain Injury often need to be taught independent living skills in order to reintegrate into community settings. This study examined the use of video modeling to teach culinary skills to three individuals with Traumatic Brain Injury. Video modeling is easily accessible, inexpensive, and not reliant on an additional person to directly teach skills. For all three participants, video modeling resulted in increases in cooking skills using a task analysis created for each food item prepared. For one participant, the skills maintained over two weeks and generalized to a novel food. For another participant video modeling was insufficient in reaching high skill levels therefore a second phase utilizing reinforcement and corrective feedback was implemented. This phase demonstrated with the additional component including reinforcement and corrective feedback, the third participant reached high skill levels. |
|
|
|
|
Persistence of Operant Responding: Some Basic and Translational Results |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B |
Area: EAB/AAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Kenneth David Madrigal-Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)) |
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Clinical practitioners have been challenged by the relative persistence of behavior reported during and after treatment. For instance, they report difficulties when trying to extinguish a response or when relapse is shown by means of removing the contextual stimuli present during treatment. The studies in this symposium will present some data from basic research, that could provide some information about the variables involved in resistance to change and renewal. Podlesnik et al examined whether changing the stimulus context could produce relapse of an alternative response even when DRA contingencies remained in place during Phase 3. Madrigal et al examined the effects of different types of reinforcers and unsignaled/signaled delayed reinforcers on resistance to extinction. Texeira et al assesed the effects of different response-reinforcer dependencies and contingencies on response rates on resistance to change. Al assessed the effects of the alternation of the frequency and magnitude parameter in two experiments using a multiple-schedule on resistance to change. Overall, these findings provide a wide view of the complexity of behavior and its persistence. Andrew Craig, our discussant, will discuss the implications of such findings in applied settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Multiple schedules, Persistance, Renewal |
|
Effects of Context Change in the Presence and Absence of Differential Reinforcement: Basic and Translational Investigations |
MADELEINE DIANE KEEVY (University of Nebraska Medical Center), John Bai (University of Auckland), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Resurgence and renewal are laboratory models of treatment relapse revealing the effects of treatment integrity errors and context change on problem behavior eliminated through treatment with differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA). Study 1 evaluated relapse of target responding when pigeons were exposed to changes in stimulus conditions, changes in the contingency for alternative responding, and a combination of the two. Greater relapse was observed when the pigeons were exposed to the combination of context change and extinction for alternative responding. Study 2 used translational methods to assess the effects of context change (renewal) after DRA with and without extinction in the form of treatment integrity errors (resurgence) on relapse in children with autism. Phase 3 tested for relapse when the participant was returned to the original context (A). In one Phase 3 condition (100%), DRA treatment was continued as in Phase 2. In the other condition (0%) the participant was exposed to extinction of alternative responding, modeling errors of omission. For all participants, resurgence of target responding was greater in the 0% condition compared to the 100% condition. This study revealed resurgence of target behavior is greater when context change is combined with breakdowns in treatment integrity. |
|
Resistance to Change and the Alternation of Multiple-Schedule Components |
RAQUEL MOREIRA ALÓ (Universidade de Brasília, Brazil), Felipe Marques de Oliveira Rodrigues (Universidade de Brasília, Brazil) |
Abstract: Our goal is to investigate the effects of the alternation parameters of multiple-schedule components on resistance to change. In Experiments 1 and 2, rats are exposed to rich- and lean-schedule components, created by manipulating the VI values (reinforcement frequency) and the amount of condensed milk delivered per reinforcemer cycle (reinforcement magnitude), respectively. Overall, the rich component delivers 3-4 times more condensed milk than the lean component. These ongoing experiments consist of conditions comprised of one Baseline and one Satiation-test phase. Across phases, a 2-s intercomponent-interval separates multiple-schedule components. Conditions differ in the number of alternations and the duration of the multiple-schedule components per session. These parameters vary between 239 alternations and 10 s per component, and 1 alternation and 20 min per component. All conditions have the same total duration of exposure to each component in each session. Condition order is counterbalanced across subjects, but all start with a 2-min schedule-component alternation. Generally, greater resistance to change was found in the richer component in both experiments in the first condition. The results of these parametric analyses will clarify the role of component duration in modulating the direct relation between resistance to change and reinforcement frequency and magnitude. |
|
The Effects of Quality and Delay of Reinforcement in Resistance to Extinction |
KENNETH DAVID MADRIGAL ALCARAZ (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)) |
Abstract: Response-reinforcer relations established during baseline training are known to have an effect on resistance to extinction. For instance, when a high frequency of food is delivered in one of two components, subjects responding is more resistant when responding is placed on extinction. Therefore, since differences in resistance to extinction can be observed by means of manipulating a reinforcer parameter (i.e. frequency), it might be possible to also observe differences when delivering different types of reinforcers or by their delayed delivery. Experiment 1 assessed resistance to extinction using a two-component multiple schedule, where each component was correlated to sugar or food-grained pellet deliveries upon lever-pressing in rats. Experiment 2 assessed resistance to extinction using a three-component multiple schedule, where each component was correlated with the Immediate, 5s Unsignaled and Signaled delay food deliveries in rats. In both experiments, different response rates were observed during baseline. Also, during extinction, a greater resistance to extinction was observed in the Food component (Experiment 1) and the Unsignaled Delay component (Experiment 2). The results suggest that temporal contiguity does not seem to play a crucial role in resistance to extinction; nevertheless, further testing should be considered. |
|
Response-Reinforcer Dependency, Response Rates and Resistance to Change: Further Experimental Analyses |
Ítalo Teixeira (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil), CARLOS CANÇADO (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil) |
Abstract: The effects of different response-reinforcer dependencies and contingencies on response rates on resistance to change were assessed in an experiment with rats. In baseline, reinforcers occurred at similar rates after variable interreinforcer intervals in each component of a two-component multiple schedule. The dependency was 100% in one component, and 30% (in the first condition) and 20% (in the second condition) in the other. A tandem variable-interval differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate schedule was in effect in the component with 100% dependency to produce lower response rates in this component than in the component with lower dependency. Extinction was in effect in each schedule component during the test. In baseline, in both conditions, response rates were lower in the higher dependency component. Also, in both conditions, resistance to extinction generally was greater in the higher dependency (and lower baseline response rate) component. These results are consistent with those of previous studies in which differential resistance to change occurred as a function of procedures that altered baseline response rates. In addition, they suggest that there might be a functional similarity between manipulations of the response-reinforcer relation by means of different percentages of dependency and different schedules of reinforcement in determining resistance to change. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Economics: Novel Applications to Basic and Applied Research |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Rancho Santa Fe 1-3 |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Abigail Blackman (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Mikhail Koffarnus (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute) |
CE Instructor: Mikhail Koffarnus, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium includes four talks that span basic to applied experimental investigations using a behavioral economic framework. Two of the presentations summarize behavioral economic demand analyses. Novak will share findings of a study that assessed the effects of incentive arrangements on college student performance on a computerized group work task. Naud will describe results of a study that examined the extent to which digital and print media interact with operant demand and delay of gratification, using the "marshmallow test" with preschool children. The remaining two presentations will summarize discounting analyses. Stancato will present a study that assessed whether college students are more likely to complete or pass on a terminal investment, after previously completing an initial investment, as it relates to sunk cost and alcohol use. Call will then share results of an investigation on caregivers' choice between immediate or delayed access to services for children with problem behavior or skill deficits. The symposium will conclude with discussant remarks by Mikhail Koffarnus. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, demand, discounting, translational research |
Target Audience: Researchers and practitioners interested in applying behavioral economic analyses to socially relevant problems |
|
An Experimental Evaluation of Cooperation and Productivity in a Simulated Group Work Task |
(Basic Research) |
MATTHEW NOVAK (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Amy J. Henley (Western New England University), Peter G. Roma (National Aeronautics and Space Administration; Institutes for Behavior Resources) |
Abstract: Work in organizational settings often takes place in group formats, where employees rely on one another to be productive. However, there has been little empirical research evaluating the effects of incentives on social behaviors in group settings. The present study evaluated the effects of incentive arrangements on performance in a computerized group work task. Participants scored one point by clicking on a block and dragging it into a target zone. Hidden barriers were located throughout the field and participants lost one point if a block contacted a barrier. Participants were assigned three barriers that only they could see; participants could reveal a barrier to teammates as desired. Thus, participants could allocate time toward scoring points or assisting teammates. Three-person teams completed the task for one of two monetary incentives: (a) fixed incentive, where each member earned $1.00 independent of performance and (b) individual incentive, where each member earned $0.10/point for his/her respective score. Teams were also assigned to an unrestricted (communication allowed throughout the experiment) or restricted (no communication allowed during trials) condition. Participants in both the unrestricted and restricted communication conditions revealed fewer barriers (i.e., were less cooperative) under the individual incentive condition relative to the fixed incentive condition. |
|
A Behavioral Economic Assessment of Print and Screen Media Consumption in Preschool Children |
(Basic Research) |
GIDEON NAUDE (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas), Christopher Cintron (University of Kansas), Matthew Novak (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Digital media is ever-present in the lives of young children and an examination of the behavioral byproducts following the use of these modalities is timely. The present study assessed the extent to which digital and print media interact with operant demand and delay of gratification in preschool children. Participants were seven boys (Mage = 3.82 years; SD = 0.24) recruited from a university-run preschool. In Phase 1, participants allocated responses to buttons providing access to either a picture book at a fixed-price (FR-1) or an iPad containing identical stimuli available at increasing prices (FR-5 – FR-200) to examine substitution effects. In Phase 2, across nine sessions, participants received 5-min access to either the picture book, the iPad, or a fast-paced interactive iPad game, three times each in a randomized sequence; each engagement was immediately followed by a delay of gratification task (i.e., the Marshmallow Test). In the Marshmallow Test, participants could consume a single piece of a preferred edible at any point, or wait 10-min to receive two pieces. Delay of gratification was the longest for all participants following access to print media. We discuss lower wait times following digital media conditions within the conceptual framework of escape from rich-to-lean transitions. |
|
On Sunk Cost and Alcohol Use |
(Basic Research) |
STEFANIE S. STANCATO (University of Kansas), Michael Sofis (The University of Kansas), Shea M. Lemley (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Many studies have examined the link between delay discounting and alcohol use problems. The relations, however, are inconsistent. Another manifestation of temporal attention, the sunk cost effect (where an initial investment of time, effort, or money differentially increases the likelihood of continued investment), may be more consistently related to alcohol use. In the present study, students made differential initial investments prior to choosing to complete or pass on a terminal investment. Subjects’ were more likely to complete the terminal investment after a larger initial investment, indicative of the sunk cost. We linked these patterns of responding to clinical measures of alcohol use. The greater propensity to commit the sunk cost was significantly correlated with lower rates of delay discounting. Further, a significant relations between sunk cost instances and weeks of excessive drinking (F = 2.68, p = .046) but not delay discounting and heavy drinking (F = .16, P = .054) were obtained. Interestingly, despite the correlation between sunk cost and delay discounting, there was no relation between delay discounting and any measure of alcohol use. This suggests that the sunk cost effect may relate to the underlying decision-making mechanisms of alcohol misuse. |
|
Discounting of Delayed Treatment Outcomes by Parents of Children With Problem Behavior or Skill Deficits |
(Applied Research) |
NATHAN CALL (Emory University School of Medicine; Marcus Autism Center), Mindy C. Scheithauer (Emory University School of Medicine; Marcus Autism Center), Scott Gillespie (Emory University School of Medicine), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center), Shannon K. Hewett (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Humans exhibit a bias against delayed outcomes (Critchfield & Kollins, 2001). This predisposition has been most often shown for delayed monetary rewards (Dixon, Mui Ker Lik, Green, & Myerson 2013) and consumable commodities, such as food (Green, Myerson, Holt, Slevin, & Estle 2004) or drugs (Madden, Petry, Badger, & Bickel 1997). Delay discounting studies have resulted in quantitative models that account for the data from these paradigms well. Recently, Call et al. (2015) demonstrated that when parents of children with ASD and problem behavior made choices between treatments that would produce cessation of their child's problem behavior immediately or after a delay, they discounted the results of delayed treatment outcomes in a manner consistent with temporal discounting. This study extended those of Call et al. in two ways: a) treatment outcomes were presented as a percentage of treatment goals each treatment would achieve, rather than periods of differing durations without problem behavior, and b) half of the participants (n=20) were caregivers of children with ASD receiving treatment for problem behavior, whereas the other half were caregivers whose children were receiving treatment for skill deficits. Results showed that caregivers of children with problem behavior discounted delayed treatment outcomes more steeply. |
|
|
|
|
Stimulus Equivalence: From Conceptual Issues to Translational Research |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom C |
Area: EAB/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Paula Ribeiro Braga Kenyon (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: The symposium will focus on different dimensions of behavior analysis within research on stimulus equivalence. Hence, conceptual, experimental, and translation research will be exemplified. The symposium will include papers from four different laboratories. The first paper by Dr. Vaidya will discuss the Sidman’s (2000) theory of stimulus equivalence and that all the features of equivalence class formation result from the merger of individual contingencies due common elements. This address will critically evaluate the DOE literature with human subjects to determine if a detailed examination of the empirical evidence will support or refute an interpretation cast in terms of Sidman’s theory of equivalence relations. The second paper by Drs. Steingrimsdottir and Arntzen study the role of including reflexivity trials in the test for emergent relations in two experiments. Experiment 1 employed a linear series training structure while Experiment 2 employed a many-to-one training structure. The results so far show a difference in equivalence class formation with respect to inclusion of reflexivity trials depending on the training structure. The third paper by Dr. Albright et al. study relatedness of stimuli in equivalence class members in college students. The main findings showed that relatedness was influenced by the combination of nodal number and relational type. Furthermore, the experiment showed a strong post class formation graded nodal distance effect. The fourth paper by Drs. Fields and Reeve is focusing on translation research. The paper will present protocols for the establishment of stimulus classes will be considered as vehicles to enhance the generalization to “novel exemplars” after the training of a target response. This approach is an example of translational research. |
Keyword(s): basic research, stimulus equivalence, translational research |
|
Can Sidman's Theory Provide an Alternative Interpretation of the Differential Outcomes Effect? |
(Theory) |
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The Differential Outcomes Effect (DOE) is usually attributed to the development of stimulus-specific outcome expectancies that supplement the control exerted by antecedent stimuli to facilitate learning or terminal performances. Sidman's (2000) theory of stimulus equivalence proposes that all elements of a contingency of reinforcement become part of an equivalence relation and that the traditional relations of symmetry, transitivity, and equivalence result from the merger of individual contingencies due to common elements. The theory also requires that common elements that conflict with the development of reinforced conditional relations selectively drop out of the equivalence relation and implicitly predicts that contingencies that avoid class merger would produce faster acquisition relative to contingencies which do not avoid the class merger. These predictions are routinely borne out in the DOE literature. This address will critically evaluate the DOE literature with human subjects to determine if a detailed examination of the empirical evidence will support or refute an interpretation cast in terms of Sidman's theory of equivalence relations. |
|
The Inclusion of Reflexivity Test Trials in Stimulus Equivalence Research |
(Basic Research) |
HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: The three defining properties of the equivalence relation are reflexivity, symmetry and transitivity. However, the reflexivity test trials are often omitted in stimulus equivalence research. The purpose of the current experiments was to inspect the effect of including reflexivity trials during equivalence testing through different manipulations of the training and test trials. In Experiment 1, we used a linear-series training structure for training 12 conditional discriminations and testing for three 5-member equivalence classes (see upper part of Table 1). The main findings showed that if classes were not established, the participants did not respond in accordance with reflexivity. In Experiment 2, we used a many-to-one training structure. The preliminary results showed that the participants were most likely to respond in accordance with reflexivity when equivalence classes were formed (see lower part of Table 1). The results will be discussed with suggestions to further studies. |
|
Nodality and the Graded Strengths of Transitive and Equivalence Relations |
(Basic Research) |
Leif Albright (Caldwell University), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York), KENNETH REEVE (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Prior research has found that the relatedness of stimuli in equivalence classes members was an inverse function of number of nodes separating them holding relational type constant, either transitive or equivalence. Also transitive relations were preferred to equivalence relations holding nodal spread constant. This experiment showed that the relatedness was influenced by the combination of nodal number and relational type. After college students learned two 7-node 9-member equivalence classes, preference tests pitted a 1-node equivalence relation against 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, and 5-node transitive relations. A 1-node transitive relation were always preferred to a 1-node equivalence relation. Preference for the 1-node equivalence relation was a direct function of nodes in a competing transitive relation, ending in complete preference for the equivalence relation, which showed a strong post class formation graded nodal distance effect. This outcome documented attention to nodal number and relational type in combination. In addition, the equivalence and transitive relations were equally preferred at some intermediate number of nodes in the transitive relation, indicated by the perpendicular in each figure for each class. This value defined the number of nodes needed to weaken a transitive relation to equal the strength of a 1-node equivalence relation. The intactness of the equivalence classes was not influenced by the intervening preference test. Thus, equal and differential relatedness coexisted, with the former and latter being expressed during class formation tests and within class preference tests, respectively. |
|
Generalization of an ABA Intervention: A Systematic Generalized Equivalence Class Strategy |
(Theory) |
LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, City University of New York), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: ): Efficacy of an ABA intervention is indexed by reliable acquisition of some target behavior in the presence of a relevant Sd, and reliable emergence of the target behavior in the presence of novel stimuli that share relevant features with the training exemplars. While acquisition of skills is widely documented in the research literature, generalization is not always reliable. The latter shortcoming is often attributed to training with an insufficient number of exemplars. That explanation, however, does not inform an identification of the factors that could ensure generalization. We will provide a framework addressing this matter that is based on studies of generalized equivalence classes conducted in basic research settings. When clinicians select stimuli to teach a skill, it is often assumed that the stimuli are closely related to each other; i.e., that they are assumed to be members of the same perceptual, open-ended, resemblance-based, fuzzy, or polymorphous class. If stimuli are, in fact, members of a class, and one class member acquires an additional function by training, all class members will reliably evoke that response without additional training. Since ABA interventions typically do not pre-experimentally assess for class membership of the stimuli used to teach and test for skills, unreliable generalization should not be surprising. Alternatively, confirming that stimuli to be used for teaching already function as a class independent of the skill to be taught should greatly enhance generalization. Protocols for the establishment of stimulus classes will be considered as vehicles to enhance the generalization to “novel exemplars” after the training of a target response. This approach is an example of translational research |
|
|
|
|
Promoting College Student Engagement and Success: An Overview of Tried-and-True Teaching Strategies |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kathryn Glodowski (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg) |
Discussant: Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University) |
CE Instructor: Kathryn Glodowski, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The affordability, quality, and overall success of higher education remains a national interest for the 21st century (Hunt & Tierney, 2006), and therefore, there is a demand for identifying and incorporating cost-effective teaching components that support college student success. Recent research demonstrates undergraduate courses that incorporate active learning strategies, as opposed to the traditional lecture, increase student performance and decrease student failure rate (Freeman et al., 2014). There are a plethora of ways to incorporate active learning into college courses, and this symposium will provide an overview of several different options. Glodowski and Thompson will review ways to incorporate quizzes into higher education courses to support ideal student behavior. Information regarding the use of SAFMEDS and precision teaching will be presented by Sweeney and Iverson. Neyman and Weber will describe their use of application exercises to improve students' data-based decision-making skills. And finally, Killu will provide an overview of strategies to increase individual and group engagement in and out of class; as well as potential barriers, and solutions to the barriers, for implementing the strategies. Members who attend will attain a better understanding of various options to improve student engagement, and ideally student success, in college courses. |
Keyword(s): active learning, higher education, precision teaching, student engagement |
Target Audience: Master's or Doctoral level behavior analysts who teach at the undergraduate level |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe active learning in higher education 2. Describe the importance of incorporating active learning in higher education 3. Describe at least three ways to incorporate active learning in higher education to improve student engagement |
|
Evidence-Based Recommendations for Programming Quizzes to Improve College Student Behavior |
KATHRYN GLODOWSKI (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University), Ashley Asuncion (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg) |
Abstract: Several researchers have shown quizzes effectively support college student success; however, instructors can implement quizzes in multiple ways. We searched peer-reviewed journals and carefully reviewed published studies that evaluated the effects of quizzes on college student behavior in undergraduate courses; when we could not find examples of research conducted in college classes, we reviewed studies conducted in academic settings at other levels (i.e., middle school, high school, and graduate school) or in laboratory settings with college students. We used this body of literature to develop evidence-based recommendations for how instructors can program quizzes to improve college student preparation, class attendance, class participation, and performance on exams. Instructors can follow the provided recommendations to implement quizzes that support ideal student behavior necessary for success in higher education. |
|
SAFMEDS Instruction Combined with Precision Teaching, an Alternative to Quizzes: Modeling Data Collectionand Analysis |
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (University of South Dakota), Monica Karen Iverson (University of South Dakota) |
Abstract: This demonstration project evaluated the effectiveness of SAFMEDS on the classwide acquisition and fluency of basic concepts in curriculum-based assessment/Precision Teaching course. SAFMEDS, an acronym for "Say All Fast a Minute Each Day Shuffle," was coined by Lindsley (1983) as a functional flashcard procedure for building large repertoires of sight words in a given content area. Second, the instructor wanted to take advantage of the opportunity to model the importance of frequent and daily measurement of curriculum through the use of the SAFMEDS procedure with the class. The perspective of this project was to implement SAFMEDS procedures as a means of teaching college level students to recognize important concepts related to instruction covered in a curriculum-based assessment/Precision Teaching course. Additionally, these SAFMEDS instructional procedures combined with Precision Teaching measurement approaches provide an opportunity to model and engage in the development of skills related to frequent and daily measurement of curriculum through the use of the SAFMEDS procedures. Further, the ongoing repeated practice procedures and formative evaluation procedures assure the pre-service teachers in this course practice essential skills necessary for successful implementation of appropriate and measurably effective instructional practices for future use in their respective classrooms and professional settings. |
|
Within Course Activities for College Students Aimed to Engage and Increase Data-Based Decision Making |
JENNIFER NEYMAN (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: Engaging students as part of the learning process has a great deal of evidence and support (Brophy & Good, 1986; Bulger, Mohr, & Walls, 2002; Rosenshine & Furst, 1973; Walls, 1999). Rosenshine and Furst (1973) were first to address the topic and stated that engagement and content were key in effective teaching. Since that time, further research has identified key components regarding student learning that includes four areas. These areas are outcomes, content clarity, engagement, and enthusiasm (Bulger, Mohr, & Walls, 2002; Walls, 1999). Although much information is available, many teaching faculty maintain a lecture style of presenting information to students. Modifying instruction to include active engagement is not difficult and can assist with increased understanding of the content. This presentation is designed to model several ways to more actively engage students to increase their decision-making capabilities. Building content mastery slowly through application exercises, practicing and using data recording, analyzing video clips, as well as using case studies to teach how to ask the right questions provides students with skills to help them analyze critical features and make instructional decisions that will likely benefit the needs of the children in the classroom. |
|
Promoting Active Student Responding: Examples of Individual and Group Active Engagement in a Post-Secondary Setting |
KIM KILLU (University of Michigan - Dearborn) |
Abstract: Active engagement is often neglected in post-secondary settings, with a good deal of class time spent passively attending to the instructor, particularly in courses that employ the traditional lecture mode. Outside of the classroom, students’ engagement with course content is typically limited to any assigned work and reading from the textbook. Promoting and ensuring that active engagement, in and out of the post-secondary classroom, through reading, actively listening, writing, discussing, and problem solving, can prove challenging. A greater emphasis is being placed on students taking a more active role in their learning process. In line with this, faculty are in the position of designing and facilitating more active engagement for students. Practical strategies for systematically promoting active student engagement inside and outside of the lecture based university classroom are presented, with discussion of the relationship of these strategies to the principles of effective instruction. Strategies for increasing individual and group engagement in order to improve student learning and participation, barriers to implementing these strategies, along with possible solutions to these barriers are also addressed. |
|
|
|
|
The Behavioral Economics of Health and Technology |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F |
Area: OBM/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Valdimar Sigurdsson (Reykjavik University) |
Discussant: Asle Fagerstrøm (Westerdals Oslo School of Arts, Communication and Technology) |
Abstract: The obesity epidemic has been discussed at different levels—from research to health professional policies to general media interest. Arranging the environmental conditions so that people make better decisions, therefore, has the utmost potential for successful obesity prevention. In order to develop successful interventions, it is of vital importance to understand how environmental conditions influence consumers' food choices, and how they are constantly being altered through new marketing settings and stimuli. The ongoing digitalization transforms retail grocery to omni-channel retailing where "the distinctions between physical and online will vanish, turning the world into a showroom without walls" In this symposium, we will discuss recent advancements and possibilities within consumer behavior analysis in order to address challenges related to health. The symposium starts with a theoretical paper that discusses a range of topics relevant to the application of operant behavioral economics to health. In the second paper, the authors will focus on consumer behaviour related to smart carts and key environmental touch points throughout the consumer journey in a real-life grocery store. The third paper explores the opportunities for behavior analysts to examine the interrelationships of multiple variables and socially important choice settings, and to promote desired behaviors. The final paper examines the impact of the Internet of Things (IoT) based stimuli, and how it can influence consumers in the grocery choice situation. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Consumer Behavior, Healthy Consumption, Healthy interventions, Technology |
|
An Overview of Behavioral Economics of Health |
(Theory) |
GORDON R. FOXALL (Cardiff University) |
Abstract: The term “behavioral economics” covers several different approaches to the merging of psychology with economics. Most present critical view of orthodox economics and a desire to replace at least some of it with a combination of psychology and economics, but above all with an approach that is more descriptive of what people actually do. Operant behavioral economics is less critical of economics than these while including psychology and being in touch with the actual behavior of consumers. I have called this Consumer behavior analysis which draws on microeconomics, behavior analysis, marketing science, and neuroscience. This paper outlines the range of topics relevant to the application of operant behavioral economics to health. It briefly introduces temporal discounting, picoeconomics, neuro-behavioral decision systems, and applies these in the context of health by relating them to problem gambling as it manifests in the socalled near-miss effect. The paper concludes by considering strategies of overcoming health-related behavioral problems. |
|
Nudging Healthy Food Consumption With Smart Carts |
(Applied Research) |
VALDIMAR SIGURDSSON (Reykjavik University), Nils Larsen (UIT-The Arctic University of Norway), Asle Fagerstrøm (Westerdals Oslo School of Arts, Communication and Technology), Niklas Eriksson (Arcada University of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: For consumer behavior analysis the store is the main laboratory and the future analysis lies in smart shelves, pricing and carts. The talk provides an introduction to a research program aimed at improving research practices in this laboratory, particularly emphasizing the importance of new behavioural data and experimental opportunities stemming from video surveillance, retail analytics, and the Internet of things. This talk presents a research strategy studying consumer behavior related to smart carts and key environmental touch points throughout the customer journey in a real-life grocery store in Norway. We show how shopping carts are not only used as an aid for the shopper's behaviour, as a device that increases sales, but how their selection and use can be further developed and tested as triggers and reinforcement in relations to healthy food choices. |
|
Online Healthy Food Experiments: Capturing Complexity Using Choice-Based Conjoint Analysis |
(Applied Research) |
VISHNU MENON (Reykjavik University), Valdimar Sigurdsson (Reykjavik University), Asle Fagerström (Westerdals Oslo School of Arts, Communication and Technology) |
Abstract: The impact of complex environmental factors on consumer choices and preferences can be analyzed through the prism of consumer behavior analysis, whereas variations of marketing attributes and their impact on choice can be measured using conjoint analysis. Considering the case of the constantly growing online food selections, we discuss choice-based conjoint analysis and explore the opportunities for behavior analysts to examine the interrelationships of multiple variables and socially important choice settings, and to promote desired behaviors. We show a few examples of using trade-off analyses in online food retail to understand consumer behavior with respect to healthy food items. As demonstrated in these examples based on our own pilot research, conjoint analysis can be used for complex behavior—that which is not amenable directly to an experimental analysis—or as an efficient initial step before moving into further experiments or analyses using biometrics (e.g., eye-tracking) or web analytics conducted in different settings such as e-commerce, e-mail, social media, or on mobile platforms. This paper summarizes the personalized, data driven economic analysis that is possible with a choice-based conjoint analysis. |
|
The Relative Impact of Internet of Things Based Information When Shopping Grocery |
(Applied Research) |
ASLE FAGERSTRÖM (Westerdals Oslo School of Arts, Communication and Technology), Niklas Eriksson (Arcada University of Applied Sciences), Valdimar Sigurdsson (Reykjavik University) |
Abstract: Internet of Things (IoT) presents an opportunity for retailers to develop an environment that makes physical things such as mobile phone, shopping basket, store shelves, digital display, and, even the product itself smart, allowing real-time interaction with customers in the physical store. The aim of this study is to expand understanding of how IoT can influence consumers in the grocery choice situation. To investigate the impact of IoT-related stimuli, we arranged a conjoint experiment in which participants purchased healthy food in a grocery store using a smart phone app. The results show that, relative to static information, IoT based information related to price, expiry date, quality indicator, and offer was the most salient stimulus related to tendency to interact with the smart phone app, and, the most salient stimulus related to likelihood to buy based on information from the smartphone app. These findings contribute both to researchers and managers within grocery retailing who want to understand how IoT technology influence consumers' in the grocery choice situation. |
|
|
|
|
Novel Applications of Behavior Analytic Training Procedures |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E |
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Denys Brand (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: David A. Wilder, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium describes novel applications of behavior analytic training procedures across a variety of applied settings. In the first presentation, Erath will share results from a study that evaluated the effects of pyramidal behavioral skills training (BST) on the extent to which novice trainers used BST to teach new staff how to implement behavioral procedures. Next, Kamana will describe a study using BST and in-situ feedback to increase staff implementation of healthy behavioral practices within settings serving adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Silva will summarize the findings of a study that assessed whether a generic treatment integrity measure could be used to demonstrate mastery of several teaching procedures when compared to a program specific-treatment integrity measure within a school setting. The last presentation by McGarry will describe a study that evaluated the effectiveness of an adapted training protocol for teaching therapists to interact with their clients in the natural environment. The symposium will conclude with discussant remarks by Dr. David Wilder. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): feedback, pyramidal training, staff training, treatment integrity |
Target Audience: Practitioners Researchers |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the importance of using research-supported behavior-analytic training procedures when teaching staff to perform important skills. 2. Describe how the four components of behavioral skills training are implemented when training staff to administer procedures with high levels of fidelity. 3. Identify and describe staff performance issues that exist within various applied settings. |
|
Enhancing the Fidelity of In-Home Training by Novice Trainers Using Pyramidal Behavioral Skills Training |
TYLER ERATH (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Hunter Sundermeyer (University of Kansas), Denys Brand (University of Kansas), Matthew Harbison (University of Kansas), Matthew Novak (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: A popular model adopted in human service organizations providing services to individuals with disabilities is to offer group orientation to new staff and subsequently deliver on-the-job training via peers in their respective work sites. Unfortunately, many organizations fail to teach the peer trainers how to use evidence-based training procedures, which may contribute to the startling turnover rate found in human service settings. This study was conducted to evaluate the effects of pyramidal behavioral skills training (BST) on the extent to which 25 novice peer trainers used BST to teach new staff how to implement behavioral procedures. Results indicated the majority of participants (20 of 25) improved their BST fidelity after training. Additionally, BST fidelity generalized to training a novel skill. These findings provide support for the use of pyramidal BST as an economical and effective procedure for training peer staff to work as trainers. |
|
Increasing Healthy Behavioral Practices in Residential and Day Programs for Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
BERTILDE U KAMANA (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Ali Markowitz (University of Kansas), Nicole Kanaman (University of Kansas), Stephanie M. Glaze (University of Kansas), Kelley L. Harrison (University of Kansas), Alec Bernstein (University of Kansas), Marcella Hangen (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Providing high quality services to adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) is difficult despite policies and procedures implemented by various entities (Parsons, Cash, & Reed, 1989). Studies conducted in residential facilities (e.g., Parsons et al., 1989) and day-treatment programs (e.g., Reid, Parsons, & Green 2001) have reported that adults with IDD are typically engaged in low levels of appropriate behavior and relatively high levels of inappropriate behavior. In addition, staff often lack the skills for providing consumers with engaging environments (Parsons & Rollyson, 2004), potentially resulting in inadequate service delivery. Therefore, there is need for effective methods for training staff to provide engaging environments and good practices following inappropriate behavior to adults with IDD. The purpose of this study is to use Behavioral Skills Training (BST) and in-situ feedback to increase staff implementation of healthy behavioral practices including (a) providing high quality, positive interactions, (b) providing choices and promoting engagement in appropriate leisure activities, (c) delivering effective instructions, and (d) implementing good practices following disruptive behavior. Results show increased levels of staff engagement in the target healthy behavioral practices across all 18 residential homes and day programs. |
|
An Evaluation of Generic and Program-Specific Treatment Integrity
for Behavioral Skills Training |
MEGHAN SILVA (May Institute), Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute), Ryan J. Martin (May Institute), Whitney L. Kleinert (May Institute), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute) |
Abstract: Treatment integrity (TI) or the degree to which a treatment is implemented as intended, is an important consideration when evaluating staff training procedures as evidenced by the literature (e.g., Vollmer, Sloman, & Pipkin, 2008). Despite the compelling rational for collecting TI data, it is not often reported in school settings. For example, in a review of school-based interventions published in JABA between 1991 and 2005, only 30% of the studies provided TI data (McIntyre, Gresham, DiGennaro, & Reed, 2007). One potential barrier to collecting TI data in the classroom setting is the resources required to create, measure, and collect that data. The purpose of the current study was to assess if a generic TI measure could be used to demonstrate mastery of many different teaching procedures when compared to program-specific TI measures. More specifically, we sought to assess if a generic TI measure could be used to evaluate the implementation of student-specific programs taught to classroom staff using behavioral skills training. Clinical implications for choosing the type of TI data collection for school staff training and future research will be discussed. |
|
Training Registered Behavioral Technicians to Implement Naturalistic Behavioral Interventions |
KACIE MCGARRY (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Emily Crochet (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M. Chong Crane (May Institute), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Training behavioral therapists tends to focus on teaching accurate implementation of behavioral intervention programs in the form of discrete trial training. One criticism of this type of intervention is it shapes rote responding from clients and does not embed opportunities for generalization of skills to the natural environment. The aim of the proposed study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a training protocol adapted from McNeil and Hembree-Kigin (2010), a program of therapeutic play with the goal of strengthening communication and the quality of the interactions between caregiver and child, for teaching therapists to interact with their clients in the natural environment. Eight registered behavioral technicians were trained to implement the naturalistic behavioral intervention protocol using behavioral skills training, which included six positive behaviors targeted for increase and five negative behaviors targeted for decrease. All participants reached mastery criteria of 95% positive behaviors during a five-min session, maintained skills at follow-up session, and demonstrated generalization of skills with novel clients. |
|
|
|
|
On the Longevity of Behavioral Intervention |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Louis Paul Alexander Busch (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health) |
Discussant: Gina Green (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts) |
CE Instructor: Gina Green, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analytic treatments have demonstrated effectiveness across populations, age groups, settings, and the many social issues they target. One potential weakness of applied research, however, is the frequent absence of long-term follow-up data and technical descriptions of the procedures used to program for generalization and maintenance. Generality may be the most neglected of our applied framework, even though it is a critical component of social validity. The presenters will explore this challenge through an examination of the literature and through studies with unique generalization approaches and a focus on maintenance of treatment outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): generalization, maintenance, social validity |
Target Audience: Behaviour analytic researchers, educators, and practitionners |
|
Programming the Maintenance of Parent-Behavior Interventions |
(Applied Research) |
ERIC V. LARSSON (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Louis Paul Alexander Busch (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health), Sara Snow (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: This paper is a study of the generality of parent-behavior interventions utilizing explicit use of criteria for assessing competence. Five forms of suitable criteria: mastery, stability, consumer validation, social validation and generalization are identified. It is suggested that, when generalization of behavior occurs at the criterion levels, then maintenance can be anticipated. The maintenance of the behavior would be a key measure of generality. The paper includes a demonstration of the training of a discrete parenting response, parent in-home tutoring. The study was designed to demonstrate the use of competency criteria by evaluating the generalization and subsequent maintenance of effective parent-tutoring behavior. Unobtrusive measurement procedures and a variety of generalization programming techniques were employed. Three families were involved in the study; all were Native American, had a poverty-level income and were residents of a rural community. The first intervention phase, Tutoring-tests-visits, was implemented in multiple baseline fashion across subject matter for each family. In this phase, each of the three families was trained to criterion levels of generalized, effective parent-tutoring behavior through the use of home visits by a trainer. The Tutoring-tests phase began with the discontinuation of home visits. In this phase, all trainer involvement was through the students' contact with the school and by phone. This phase also continued until the family met competency criteria. The final phase, Tutoring, began with the discontinuation of the specialized weekly testing. The parent tutoring was judged socially valid in that it maintained an improved level of student basic-skill performance. The stable, socially valid, generalized parent tutoring was followed by stable maintenance of parent tutoring. A parent behavior of particular importance, use of reinforcement, was shown to generalize and then maintain. A technology of maintenance designs was suggested for future research. A conclusion of the paper was that interventions that are refined so as to promote the generalization of effects are likely to result in the maintenance of their effects. |
|
Trends in Maintenance and the Functional Stability of Functional Analysis Based Treatments |
(Applied Research) |
SARA SNOW (St. Cloud State University), Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) has become one of the most relied upon assessments within our field and is typically used to make treatment decisions. However, relatively little is known about the stability of function over time or how changes in behavioral function impact treatment success or maintenance. This study examines the long-term effects of FA-informed treatments, specifically the duration of treatment, reported follow-up data, and data regarding the stability of the function during and following treatment. Studies included in this review are those that used the results of an FA to identify and implement an appropriate treatment. This study contributes to the literature in two important ways: first, it details the current trends in long-term follow up and the collection of longitudinal data on treatment outcomes, and second, it provides directions for future research on the stability of function over time and the implications of functional stability on treatment maintenance. |
|
Life-Threatening Pica at 5-Years Post Intervention |
(Applied Research) |
LOUIS PAUL ALEXANDER BUSCH (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health), Valdeep Saini (Upstate Medical University), Carobeth Zorzos (Dalton Associates), Olanrewaju Duyile (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Pica is a dangerous behaviour that frequently results in exposure to restrictive behaviour management practices. We implemented a multi-component treatment analysis including noncontingent access to edible items, response effort manipulations, response blocking, and differential reinforcement with a 19-year-old man diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, epilepsy, and severe intellectual disability who engaged in life-threatening pica. Following intervention, fading and generalization procedures were implemented with follow-up in the community setting. Pica was reduced to zero occurrences during treatment and generalizations sessions, and remained at near zero levels during follow-up over a 5-year period. Social validity measures indicated that the intervention was highly appropriate and received well by caregivers. These results suggest that life-threatening behaviours such as pica can be effectively reduced with nonrestrictive interventions, and treatment results can be maintained in the absence of restrictive behaviour management practices in typical settings. |
|
Promoting Generalization and Maintenance of Mediator Skills |
(Applied Research) |
MAURICE FELDMAN (Brock University) |
Abstract: Mediator training has a long history in ABA. While the need and strategies for programming generalization and maintenance were acknowledged by Stokes and Baer over 40 years ago, programming for generalization and maintenance of mediator skills still is not commonplace. The presenter will describe several of his studies that programmed generalization and long-term maintenance of direct-care staff and parent ABA behavior change skills. He will highlight the applicability of general case training for mediator skill generalization and the systematic thinning of home visits and reinforcement for maintenance of parenting skills. |
|
|
|
|
The Influence of Kitten Training and Socialization Classes on the Kitten-Human Bond |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:20 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D |
Area: AAB |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Kristyn Vitale Shreve (Oregon State University) |
|
The Influence of Kitten Training and Socialization Classes on the Kitten-Human Bond |
Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTYN VITALE SHREVE (Oregon State University), Monique Udell (Oregon State University) |
|
Abstract: Despite the popularity of pet cats, relatively little scientific research has investigated how human interaction influences cat behavior. This study examined the influence of a training and socialization class on the kitten-human bond. Data was collected for 95 kittens aged 3-8 months at two time points. Both tests included a secure base test, allowing for categorization of kitten attachment style (secure or insecure) and a sociability test. Fifty kittens experienced a 6-week training and socialization class between testing sessions, 45 kittens served as controls. Preliminary results for 15 class and 15 control kittens do not indicate a significant difference in the number of individuals between groups classified as secure or insecure in either pre-test (p = 0.45) or post-test (p = 1). For sociability data, there was no significant difference in time spent near owner in the pre-test inattentive (p = 0.83) or attentive state (p = 0.58). The same was found in the post-testing (inattentive p = 0.88; attentive p = 0.19). Although preliminary data do not indicate training classes significantly influence kitten behavior, the full dataset may reveal other findings. Additionally, there may be other benefits to participation in classes, such as a change in owner perception. |
|
|
|
|
|
Vocal Behaviour During Transition From PECS to a Speech Generating Device: Impact of Teaching Strategies and Voice Output |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lori Frost (Pyramid Educational Consultants) |
Discussant: Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Julie Koudys, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Augmentative/alternative communication (AAC) systems are often used by children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and communication impairments. Some AAC systems, such as the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS; Bondy & Frost, 1994), have been extensively researched and are considered evidence-based practice for individuals with ASD (Wong, 2013). However, many parents and practitioners opt to use alternative AAC systems, including speech-generating devices (SGDs) on tablet-based applications (e.g., Proloquo2go, PECS IV App). SGDs offer several benefits, including the voice output feature, which is easily understood and reduces the requirement for users to obtain the attention of their listener, and the ability to easily add and expand vocabulary in a compact and efficient manner (Lorrah et al., 2014). Despite these advantages, SGDs currently lack sufficient empirical support to be considered evidence-based practice. Further, the impact on associated vocal behaviour is relatively unknown. This symposium will present two research studies, both of which evaluate the effects of a tablet-based communication system (i.e., PECS IV App) on the vocal communication of young children with ASD. Results will be discussed in terms of implications for selecting and training AAC communication systems. Practical considerations for the use of SGDs with children with ASD will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Graduate level practitioners and researchers |
|
Transition from PECS to PECS IV App: Impact of the Voice Output Feature on Vocal Behaviour |
JULIE KOUDYS (Brock University), Krysten Elizabeth Thompson (Brock University) |
Abstract: Given the identified benefits of SGD's there is increasing pressure on clinicians to transition children from picture-based communication systems (e.g., PECS) to SGD's, including tablet-based applications (e.g., PECS IV App). Although there is emerging research exploring the use of SGD's to teach manding (e.g., Sigafoos et al., 2013), tacting (e.g., Kagohara et al., 2012), and the use of SGD's compared to other AAC's (Lorah et al., 2013), little is known about the effects of SGD use on the vocal behaviour of children with ASD (Gevarter et al., 2013; Schlosser, & Wendt, 2008). Specifically, the impact on vocalizations during the transition from a low-tech system (pictures) to a high-tech system (iPad) remains relatively unknown. This multiple-baseline design across participants' study explored the vocal behaviour of four children with ASD across three conditions: (a) PECS (book), (b) PECS IV App (no voice output), and (c) PECS IV App (with voice output). Treatment fidelity data were collected while training PECS Phase IV (pictures) and while training the PECS IV App. Results will be discussed in terms of the implications of transitioning from low- to high-tech devices, and the impact of the voice output feature, on the vocal behaviour of young children with ASD. |
|
An Adapted Alternating Treatments Comparison of Two Interventions for Teaching Speech-Generating Device Use: Impact on Vocal Behaviour |
KRYSTEN ELIZABETH THOMPSON (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University) |
Abstract: In addition to enhancing functional communication skills, PECS has been associated with increases in spontaneous speech, vocabulary, and complexity of statements (Carr & Felce, 2007; Charlop-Christy et al., 2002; Ganz & Simpson, 2004). Results of several single-subject studies indicate that speech gains are most likely to occur in Phase IV or above (Charlop-Christy et al., 2002; Ganz & Simpson, 2004). These results suggest characteristics of Phase IV may be important for speech production (Flippin, Reszka, & Watson, 2010). Although the exact mechanism of change is unknown, the creators (Bondy & Frost, 2004) suggest the use of a time delay when “reading” the sentence strip may be associated with increased vocalizations. The current study evaluated the effects on vocalizations of two approaches to communication training using the PECS IV App: (a) voice output without time delay, and (b) voice output with time delay (i.e., behavior chain interruption strategy). A multiple baseline design across four participants with ASD, with an embedded alternating treatment design, was used. Data were collected while participants were trained to use the SGD and during the alternating treatment conditions. Implications for training SGDs will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Mands for Information, Prepositions, and Perspective Taking to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicole Pantano (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: Nicole Pantano, M.A. |
Abstract: Individuals with ASD typically have deficits in complex language. The first study, evaluated a behavior interruption chain strategy to mand for information. Specifically, an establishing operation was contrived by withholding a highly preferred item. Once a participant manded "when," access to the item was made contingent on the completion of a mediating response. The second study evaluated the most efficacious procedure to teach prepositions. Prepositions were trained as a mand by placing a highly preferred item either on top of or next to a bin or as a tact by placing a highly preferred item either inside or under a bin. Access to the items was provided contingent upon a mand or tact that included a preposition, depending on the contingency arrangement for the particular training condition. Following training of one verbal operant, transfer to the other verbal operant was assessed. The third study evaluated the effectiveness of a set of procedures taken from the PEAK-T curriculum in teaching perspective taking responses of here/now and then/later to children with ASD. Participants were taught to correctly respond to single-reversal deictic relations given a set of stimuli and were tested for the transfer of the skill to a set of untrained stimuli. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Mands, Perspective taking,, Prepositions |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts and Graduate students |
Learning Objectives: Audience members will 1) define a behavior chain interruption procedure and how it can be used to teach a mand for information 2) describe how a preposition can be taught as a mand 3) describe how a preposition can be taught as a tact |
|
Using Behavior Chain Interruption Strategy to Teach Adolescents With Autism to Mand for Information |
NICOLE PANTANO (Caldwell University), Brielle Sheridan (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder tend to communicate using simple mands for tangibles and rarely mand for information without explicit training. The current study examined the effectiveness of using behavior chain interruption strategy to teach adolescents with autism spectrum disorder to mand for information. Specifically, an establishing operation was contrived by withholding a highly preferred stimulus. Participants were taught to mand for this currently unavailable stimulus. Once a participant manded "when," experimenters stated that the stimulus would be available after the completion of a mediating response. Abolishing operations were contrived by complying with a participant's mands. Results indicated that a behavior chain interruption procedure was an effective method to teach a generalized repertoire of mands for "when" across participants. Results indicated that using preferred items and providing a denial statement successfully contrived an EO to mand "when." Interspersing AO trials allowed mands for "when" to come under appropriate establishing operation control. Generalization data indicated that this skill successfully generalized to novel materials and settings across participants. Using a naturalistic teaching procedure and incorporating multiple exemplar training facilitated generalization. Results replicate and extend previous research by demonstrating that all participants acquired this skill using a behavior chain interruption strategy. |
|
Training and Transfer of Control of Prepositions as Mands and Tacts |
SAMANTHA KLASEK (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Brittany Benitez (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Shaji Haq (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Gabriella Ulloa (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Ella M Gorgan (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen (University of Wisconsin), Sophie Knutson (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Although prepositions are commonly taught during early intervention service delivery, there is limited research evaluating the most efficacious and efficient procedures for teaching them. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate two methods for teaching prepositions as a verbal operant. The first method sought to train prepositions as a mand by placing a highly preferred item (as determined through a multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment) either on top of or next to a bin and providing access to this item contingent upon a correct mand that included a preposition. The second method sought to train prepositions as a tact by placing a highly preferred item either inside or under a bin and providing access to highly preferred items contingent upon responding tact that included a preposition. Following training of one verbal operant, transfer to the other verbal operant was assessed. The current study utilized a multiple baseline across participants with an embedded adapted alternating treatments design, and included five male participants with autism spectrum disorder. All participants acquired prepositions during mand training, with three of the five participants acquiring prepositions more rapidly during mand training as opposed to tact training. |
|
Teaching Perspective Taking Skills to Children With Autism |
CALEB STANLEY (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: From a Relational Frame Theory analysis, deictic relations account for perspective taking responses. Perspective taking skills are often lacking in the repertoire of individuals with disabilities, therefore, this population could benefit from procedures to teach perspective taking skills. Currently, limited literature exists with procedures for establishing perspective taking skills when they are lacking. The current study aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of a set of procedures taken from the PEAK-T curriculum in teaching perspective taking responses of here/now and then/later to children with autism. Baseline performances suggested that participants demonstrated high levels of correct responding when presented simple here/there and then/later deictic relations, but demonstrated low levels of correct responding when presented simple-reversal here/there and then/later deictic relations. Participants were taught to correctly respond to single-reversal deictic relations given a set of stimuli (set 1) and were tested for the transfer of the skill to a set of untrained stimuli (set 2). Following training, both participants not only correctly responded to the trained set of stimuli (set 1), but also demonstrated mastery of the untrained stimuli (set 2). The data suggest that individuals with autism can be taught perspective taking skills, and they can generalize responding when presented novel stimuli. |
|
|
|
|
Research and Implications of a Behavioral Perspective of Rigidity, Grit, and Perspective Taking |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: William Root (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Abstract: This symposium will review current experimental and conceptual issues in behavioral rigidity, grit, and perspective taking skills in individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The first presenter will provide a review of the existing literature on behavioral rigidity in individuals with autism spectrum disorder, and will analyze rigidity and flexibility from a behavioral perspective. Implications for the practitioner will be discussed. The second presenter will discuss the concept of grit from a behavioral perspective, with implications for identifying variables that will help individuals persist in meaningful behavior. Finally, the third presenter utilized Relational Frame Theory to teach individuals with autism spectrum disorder perspective taking skills on Theory of Mind tasks. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autism, Grit, Perspective Taking, Rigidity |
|
Let's Loosen Up: Research Review and Behavioral Conceptual Analysis of Flexibility in Autism |
(Theory) |
ALEXANDRA LITTLE (University of Southern California; Learning and Behavioral Center), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Evelyn R. Gould (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
Abstract: Rigidity is a diagnostic feature of autism spectrum disorders and challenges with inflexibility amongst some individuals in the autism community are well-known among practitioners working in this area. Despite how common rigidity is, a surprisingly small amount of research has been done on flexibility in autism and an even smaller amount has been done on interventions for increasing flexibility. This paper reviews existing research and conducts a behavioral conceptual analysis of rigidity and flexibility, in terms of some of the potential behavioral repertoires that may be under-developed and some that may be over-developed in individuals who have challenges in this area. In particular, the distinction between "cognitive flexibility" and "behavioral flexibility" will be analyzed in terms of which repertoires may be involved in each and which may overlap between the two. The presentation will conclude with a discussion of future directions for research and practice in flexibility and autism. |
|
True Grit: Conceptual Analysis and Review of Research on Grit |
(Theory) |
DAMION BIRL (University of Southern California; Autism Behavior Interventions), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: Grit is a concept that has been exploding in popularity in recent years. Research has shown that measures of grit correlate highly with effective functioning under very difficult circumstances and this effect seems to apply across cultures, behaviors, and settings. In most branches of psychology, grit is treated as a causal variable that is responsible for an individual’s ability to persist with single minded passion and work through substantial adversity. From a behavioral perspective, grit is probably better treated as a tact for certain patterns of behavior (and their corresponding history and controlling variables) that are particularly effective, even under environmental conditions where most individuals would persist less. Unfortunately, little or no behavioral research has been done on grit to this point. This presentation will review existing research measures of grit and conduct a conceptual analysis of behavioral repertoires labeled as “gritty,” with the goal of potentially identifying environmental variables that could be manipulated that may help people be “more gritty,” that is to say, help people persist in socially meaningful adaptive behaviors, even under very difficult circumstances. |
|
Perspective-Taking and Multiple Exemplars in Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
NATALIA BAIRES (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Consisting of five levels of understanding, perspective-taking (PT) encompasses skills individuals require to take on perspectives of others. While this skill is frequently absent in repertoires of children with autism, adults with autism also lack key components for strong PT skills. The term "advanced theory of mind" was devised to account for the subtlety in social information and difficulty in interpreting such information, which is encountered on a daily basis. Existing literature on PT yields limited studies focusing on adults with autism. In turn, treatments to strengthen PT skills in adults with autism are scarce, which indicates a bigger need for such treatments. In the current study, participants, consisting of adults with autism, will complete five theory of mind (ToM) tasks in a multiple probe across participants design. As part of exclusion criterion, participants possess an intelligence quotient of at least 90. Using a Relational Frame Theory and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy perspective, participants will expand their PT skills if low performance is demonstrated. Preliminary data obtained from typically developing adults demonstrate high scores. It is hypothesized that participants' scores on ToM tasks will improve in the post-test phase and their skills will generalize to a novel ToM task. |
|
|
|
|
Keeping What Works and Looking to Improve: Early Intervention in Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Lynne Levato (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Lynne Levato, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) interventions, including at least some discrete trial teaching (DTT), are often considered the standard of care for preschoolers with autism spectrum disorder. However, it is unclear whether community agencies can sustain effective early ABA intervention over time. Also, alternatives to DTT, often emphasizing naturalistic child-led interactions, have generated increasing empirical support in recent years, and it is unclear how these approaches should be integrated into ABA interventions. In this symposium, the first presentation documents sustainability of effective services in a quasi-experimental study of 94 participants, age 18-75 months at onset of intervention, seen for three years (48 children in early intensive ABA at a community agency and 46 matched children in early childhood services as usual). The second presentation shows single subject data for eight participants, age 2-5 years, in a Sequential Multiple Assignment Randomized Trial aimed at tailoring DTT and Verbal Behavior techniques to the needs of individual children. The third presentation describes a three-center, randomized clinical trial that compared DTT to an empirically supported naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention, JASPER, in 161 children, age 33-54 months. Although DTT and JASPER differ markedly in intervention content and method, outcomes were mostly similar across interventions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Providers and researchers who work in early intervention for children with autism spectrum disorder |
Learning Objectives: 1. Summarize outcomes of early intensive behavioral intervention in community settings 2. Define a Sequential Multiple Assignment Randomized Trial 3. List three key features of naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions 4. Summarize findings from studies that compare discrete trial teaching to naturalistic, child-led teaching formats |
|
Sustainability of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder in a Community Setting |
CHANTI FRITZSCHING WATERS (Central Valley Autism Project, Inc.), Mila A. Amerine Dickens (Central Valley Autism Project, Inc.), Sally Thurston (University of Rochester Medical Center), Xiang Lu (University of Rochester Medical Center), Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
Abstract: This study examined whether outcomes in early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) during a university-led multisite project could be replicated by the same community agency independently of the project. Participants, age 18-75 months at onset of intervention, were 48 children with autism spectrum disorder enrolled in 35 hours per week of publicly-funded, community-based EIBI for three years and 46 children who were matched on baseline characteristics and received early childhood services as usual (SAU) through local early childhood special education providers. Linear mixed models indicated that EIBI participants improved significantly more than SAU participants on standardized tests of IQ, nonverbal IQ, adaptive behavior, and academic achievement, administered by independent evaluators. Although limited by the use of a matched comparison group rather than random assignment, the study provides evidence for the sustainability of effective EIBI in community settings for children with ASD who start intervention at varying ages throughout early childhood. |
|
Preliminary Comparison of Two Models of Low-Intensity Behavior Analytic Intervention for Preschool Children With Autism |
Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), VICTOR CHIN (Rowan University), Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic), Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
Abstract: As high as 47-48% of children receiving Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) have been reported to experience optimal outcomes; however, the responses of children who do not respond optimally to EIBI vary widely. One source of variability in treatment response may be the model of EIBI implemented. Preliminary data will be presented from a 16-week treatment outcome study comparing two behavior analytic models of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) for children ages 2-5 years old diagnosed with autism: 1) the Lovaas/UCLA Model (LM) and 2) the Verbal Behavior Model (VBM). The study used a dynamic experimental design (i.e., Sequential Multiple Assignment Randomized Trial; SMART) developed to inform adaptive treatment strategies. Participants were randomly assigned either to low-intensity LM or VBM conditions and received 90-minute sessions 3 times/week. At the end of the first 8 weeks, it was determined whether the child was responding to the intervention. Participants slow to respond were randomly assigned to receive either an intensified version of the initial intervention or the unassigned intervention for an additional 8 weeks. Preliminary empirical evidence of participants'responses to LM and VBM conditions will be presented and we will discuss how the outcomes of the study inform adaptive treatment decisions. |
|
Randomized Trial of Early Intervention for Spoken Communication in Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center), Connie Kasari (University of California, Los Angeles), Rebecca Landa (Kennedy Krieger Institute), DANIEL W. MRUZEK (University of Rochester Medical Center), Stephanie Shire (University of Oregon), Wendy Shih (University of California Los Angeles), Dana Herman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Damla Senturk (University of California Los Angeles) |
Abstract: ABA interventions that emphasize discrete trial teaching (DTT) are well-established for preschoolers with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and limited language. Other approaches apply naturalistic, developmental behavioral interventions (NDBIs), which aim to increase social engagement by providing learning opportunities during back-and-forth interpersonal interaction, often involving child-led play. We compared DTT to an empirically supported NDBI, the Interpersonal Developmental Approach (IDA) consisting primarily of JASPER. Participants were 161 children with ASD, age 33-54 months, with limited language (<30 initiated spoken words), randomized to DTT (n=82) or IDA (n=79) for one-hour intervention sessions 5x/week for six months. Outcome measures (administered at baseline, end-of-treatment, and six-month follow-up) included the Reynell Developmental Language Scales, Mullen Scales of Early Learning, and Early Social Communication Scales (an observation of nonverbal communication, including frequency of initiations of joint attention, IJA). Generalized linear mixed models indicated both groups improved over time. Outcomes did not differ between groups on the Reynell or Mullen. For participants who did not display IJA at baseline, IJA outcomes did not differ between groups; however, participants with IJA at baseline had better IJA outcomes in IDA than DTT, F(1,159)=4.44, p=0.037. Overall, despite differing intervention content and method, DTT and IDA led to mostly similar outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
Become a Better Practitioner by Being Your Own Best Behavior Therapist |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Robert Stromer, Ph.D. |
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
ROBERT STROMER (George Brown College) |
During the first 3.5 decades of his career, Robert was a school psychologist, educational consultant and program coordinator, mental health clinician, university teacher, and researcher. Published accounts of his work are mostly about research on stimulus control and derived performances in humans. He served on the editorial boards of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Behavior Analyst, and was both a board member and an associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. For the last 12 years, Robert's been teaching in George Brown College's behavioral science programs for undergraduates: he also supervised services for a classroom of children with autism. In areas of personal and professional development, his current interests concern matters of medical and health care, self-management, treatment adherence, behavior therapy, and today's mindfulness-based therapies and self-help practices. He maintains an ambitious program of self-experimentation on matters of health and wellness, coaches others in such practices, and pursues advanced studies and teacher certifications in mindfulness meditation and compassion. Going forward he hopes to share lessons learned from self-help investigations with college students, parents, and colleagues, and with peers who are enjoying old age as best they can. |
Abstract: Learning to be "your own best therapist" may be essential to becoming a competent and joyful practitioner. An informed self-care repertoire often leads to satisfying ways to manage stress and deal with emotional issues; and, importantly, it prepares the practitioner to help other analysts take care of themselves and their clients. To accomplish such results, we suggest a self-care approach that draws from basic learning principles and self-management strategies, combined with the values, attitudes, and practices of mindfulness meditation. Using this approach, I'll describe how I revamped my daily life for a more satisfying and productive existence. Initially, the aim was to address health and emotional issues; later, the focus turned to maintenance and elaboration of skills learned. My procedures targeted both public and private events and included: direct and indirect measures, journaling, formal and informal practices, and social networking. Recent variants of the program use neurofeedback and experience sampling technologies to monitor and evaluate formal and informal practices, respectively. The outcomes have been remarkably satisfying, "cusp like" in nature, and impactful across several key personal values: health and wellness, relationships, professional and personal growth. Colleagues have conducted similar investigations and achieved satisfying results. College students have responded favorably to a program designed expressly for emerging adults, and selected graduates are being groomed as peer facilitators in the program. Our hope is to offer the program college-wide to help address growing concerns about students' health and wellness. |
Target Audience: Anyone interested in the topic. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state potential benefits of mindfulness practices as a supplement to one’s existing self-management repertoire; (2) describe some of the key elements of the skill set involved in mindfulness meditation and everyday self-care; (3) identify exemplary digital and other supports for establishing and maintaining self-care practices. |
|
|
|
|
The Role of Behavior Analysis in the Climate Change Crisis |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G |
Area: CSS/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Julia H. Fiebig, Ph.D. |
Chair: Meagan Perkins (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
JULIA H. FIEBIG (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC) |
MOLLI LUKE (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
MOLLY BENSON (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis; North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis; Massachusetts Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Currently, the planet is experiencing a series of record breaking storms, melting ice caps and sea level rise, ocean acidification, the loss of coral reefs, deforestation, drought, and the sixth mass extinction of plants and animals, which is occurring up to 100 times more quickly than pre-human mass extinctions. In short, the world is becoming increasingly less inhabitable for organisms, and we, human organisms, are far from doing all that we could to ensure its thriving. Behaving with ecological responsibility, however, not only involves greater effort for fewer immediate reinforcers, but often involves exposure to significant aversive contingencies. For this reason, the dominant education interventions tend to fall short of effecting the kind of behavior change necessary for even minor changes to our current planetary course, behavior analysts have the opportunity to make real impact. This panel will discuss behavioral conceptualizations of action vs. complacency in the face of the climate change, and the role of behavior analysis in promoting ecological behavior. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and behavior therapists with an interest in discussing obstacles to educating the public and encouraging/implementing change, discussing the historical role of Behavior Analysis in climate change education, and discussing potential avenues for Behavior Analysis intervention in the future. |
Learning Objectives: Discuss obstacles to educating the public and encouraging/implementing change Discuss the historical role of Behavior Analysis in climate change education Discuss potential avenues for Behavior Analysis intervention in the future |
Keyword(s): Climate Change, Ecological Behavior, Sustainability |
|
|
|
|
School-Based Systems and Procedures for Addressing Early Childhood Development and Anxiety Disorders |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE |
Area: DEV/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The effects on children's developmental trajectory other than phylogenetic can be environmental, like the effects of the poverty and post- war outdated systems of health and education in Bosnia and Herzegovina (B&H). The goal of "EDUS- Education for All", a non-for-profit organization in B&H was the advancement of early childhood development for children with developmental delays and disorders through science of behavior. Through partnership with USAID, UNICEF-B&H and relevant ministries, EDUS was able to work on developing whole systems of Early Detection and Intervention for B&H. This included creating standardized screening and assessment tools and training for professionals who were to deliver services to children identified with developmental disorders. Professional staff in health clinics and governmental day-care programs with appropriate standardized tools and training became providers of an early detection and intervention services throughout the country, while EDUS teachers trained to be strategic scientists, became the trainers and mentors. In this symposium, we will present first two steps in the system creation, development of early detection standardized tool and training protocols for the teacher trainers-mentors. The two studies were both done in order to advance skills of the professional staff and therefore children they work with in the B&H. The importance of the science of behavior in developing such tools and trainings and the data-driven systems as the key for monitoring and evaluation of all the steps will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: graduate level students, professionals, supervisors, program coordinators, college professors, teachers of teachers |
|
School-Based Prevention and Intervention Programs for Anxiety Disorders: Current Issues, Future Directions, and Evidence-Based Interventions |
(Service Delivery) |
CELAL PERIHAN (Texas A&M University), Mack D. Burke (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Anxiety disorders are the most common of internalizing problems, and current studies show that one in five children in every classroom is at risk to develop high levels of anxiety (Boyd et al., 2000). Because these students are more likely to be quiet and follow the directions (Herzig-Anderson et al., 2014), teachers do not pay attention until they become more serious. As a result, they are usually left unidentified and untreated in school settings (Kendall, 1994). Placing these children without treatment may cause a significant adverse impact on children?s relationship with peers and teachers (Bittner et al., 2007), and can cause the lack of interest in learning (Beidel et al., 2000). This study will present specific issues with identification, prevention and treatment of high levels of anxiety in school settings. The paper will provide an overview of addressing anxiety in school settings, and guidance on how to identify students with or at risk for high levels of anxiety within the Multi-Tiered System of Supports?(MTSS). Then, key issues related to teachers and parents in treatment will be provided. At the end of the study, evidence-based interventions for each tier of MTSS with appropriate measures of anxiety will be demonstrated. |
|
Teacher as a Scientist: Application of Protocol for Analysis of Student's Learning and Teaching Decisions Making as a Tool for Advancement of Novice Teachers |
(Applied Research) |
Nirvana Pistoljevic (EDUS; CABAS and Teachers College, Columbia University), Stanislava Majusevic (EDUS- Education for All), JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Teaching novice teachers to analyze data and make correct teaching decisions in order to improve students? outcomes in Bosnia and Herzegovina (B&H) was the goal of the study. We measured the effects of the mastery of the teacher decision protocol on the acquisition of new skills by students diagnosed with developmental disorders. Twenty-seven teachers from nine EDUS experimental ABA Early Intervention, Preschool and Kindergarten classrooms participated in the study. They had no previous formal ABA training or education, EDUS had to train them and create strategic scientist in order to provide services for children that had no other options for education. Since teacher training is one of the main components of CABAS? and EDUS systems, this study was a systematic replication of several CABAS? publications. In this presentation I would like to analyze and discuss some of the trials and stipulations I encountered providing teacher training in B&H according to the very high CABAS? standards. How trying to change an education system that is outdated and communist past heavy, is not an easy task even when you have science on your side. With this data summary of the past year of teacher training, I would like to show you that change is possible. We will discuss concrete teacher training steps and the effects they had on the numbers of skills sixty students acquired pre and post the intervention. We were able to create teachers who were strategic scientist and therefore increase numbers of objectives achieved across all the classrooms. |
|
Developing Early Detection and Intervention Systems for a Country: How Behavioral Science Can Help |
(Applied Research) |
NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (EDUS; CABAS and Teachers College, Columbia University), Eldin Dzanko (EDUS- Education for All) |
Abstract: Children's optimal development is hampered by risks in the child's environment that get exacerbated by poor economic and social systems like the ones in Bosnia and Herzegovina (B&H). Good systems detect risk factors and atypical development, and support the individual needs of families and young children through parent education and direct early intervention in the first few years of the child's life. Such systems rely on science, data, and use validated measuring tools. With the support of USAID and in partnership with UNICEF and the relevant ministries in B&H, EDUS worked on developing such systems, which can provide evidence-based early detection and intervention based on the science of behavior. We created and standardized a behavioral developmental tool for early detection and monitoring of early childhood development on the sample of 1100 children with and without disabilities. Throughout the process, we compared development of matched pairs of children with disabilities vs. typically developing children vs. low-SES children in B&H. Once published, this tool with the intense training of the professionals enabled a creation of Early Detection System in the country. In the phase II of the project, with the funding from the USAID, we were able to develop an App for early detection and monitoring of the development of children birth through six years old. The behavioral screening and behavioral intervention tools were then used in EDUS Early Intervention and Preschool ABA programs and those pre-post data will be presented. The data show the effectiveness of behavioral developmental approach for early detection and intervention in B&H. I will talk about promoting early childhood development through concrete steps, measures, tools and applications, all utilizing the science of Applied Behavior Analysis in B&H. |
|
|
|
|
International History and Trends |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A |
Area: PCH |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Kinga Wolos-Zachmeier (The ABRITE Organization) |
|
The Behavior of Behavior Analysts Around the World: The Example of Poland |
Domain: Theory |
KINGA WOLOS-ZACHMEIER (The ABRITE Organization), Przemyslaw Babel (Jagiellonian University, Institute of Psychology) |
|
Abstract: Behavior Analysis is a fast growing field not only in the US, where it originated, but also around the world. Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) has become a widely accepted certification body both within the US and in many other countries. This not only creates opportunities for Board Certified Behavior Analysts to find employment in various parts of the world, but also for professional organizations from around the world to standardize basic requirements for individuals who practice behavior analysis. The increasing acceptance of BACB certification abroad is reflected in the growing number of BCBAs practicing outside of the US as well as in the fact that the BCBA exam is now offered in an increasing number of languages. The profession of Behavior Analyst in various countries is shaped by variables like local laws, licensure or certification processes, and funding sources. This paper focuses on Behavior Analysis in Poland: It presents a brief history of the field and discusses country-specific variables that shape the profession and possible future directions. |
|
Tobacco Abuse: A Systematic Review of Behavioral Experimental Studies Over the 1960's to the 2010's |
Domain: Applied Research |
FERNANDA CASTANHO CALIXTO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Fernando Tofoli Neto (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Maria de Jesus Dutra Dutra dos Reis (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Roberto Banaco (Pontíficia Universidade Católica de São Paulo) |
|
Abstract: Smoking is a behavioral pattern that negatively affects the smoker's health. Consequently, the effectiveness of programs to reduce smoking became the focus of scientific investigation. Along the decades, behavioral analytic studies have investigated variables related to smoking reduction. The aim of the present study was to conduct a systematic review of behavioral experimental studies over the 1960's to the 2010's decades. Two groups of descriptors were combined for article search. Group 1's descriptors were: smoking, tobacco abuse, tobacco dependence and smokers. Group 2's were: behavior analysis, habit change, behavior change, behavioral therapy and contingency management. Experimental studies whose main gold was to reduce smoking were analyzed. The search was conducted in scientific databases (Apa, Pubmed and Psyinfo). 240 articles were found and 35 were selected for analysis, which consisted in the identification of: dependent variables, independent variables, target population and experimental design. Overall results demonstrated that throughout the 60's and 70's, aversive smoking control was widely used. In the following decades, such control suffered a steep decline. From the 80's onward, the monetary reinforcement contingent to abstinence was the main target variable. The role of aversive control on behavior and the feasibility of using large-scale monetary reinforcements are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ethical Expansion: Ethical Challenges Involved in Broader Application and Dissemination of Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A |
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jonah David McManus (University of Louisiana in Lafayette) |
MICHELE R. TRAUB (St. Cloud State University) |
NANETTE L. PERRIN (LifeShare USA) |
CHERYL J. DAVIS (7 Dimensions Consulting; SupervisorABA) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has a specific commitment to establishing principles of behavior that generalize to allow for prediction and influence of a number of distinct behaviors across a range of contexts. In this way, the application of behavior analysis is quite broad—being relevant to any personal or professional activity where behavior change is the goal. The resulting diversity of professions, settings, populations, and roles relevant to the practice of behavior analysis can be a strength. This diversity presents, however, unique ethical challenges that most scientific disciplines avoid. These challenges are magnified as behavior analysts are increasingly recognized as a profession, and state-level licensure becomes common. This panel will explore the ethical challenges that arise as behavior analysis aims to fully realize its potential for broad impact. The panelists are three board certified behavior analysts who bring a range of experiences including administration, supervision, training, and advocacy. Panel topics will focus broadly on the ethical challenges met by behavior analysts and by the field as a whole, as behavior analysis grows in influence. Questions will be taken from the audience to facilitate discussion. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Ethics, Licensure, Scope Practice |
|
|
|
|
BehaviorPreneur: Creating Value and Differentiating Your Business |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C |
Area: PRA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Gianna Biscontini, M.A. |
Chair: Gianna Biscontini (Biscontini Behavior) |
PAULO AGUIRRA GAMEIRO (Bx+) |
GIANNA BISCONTINI (Biscontini Behavior) |
ANDRES CHAVEZ (BehaviorMe, Inc.) |
Abstract: The global rise of entrepreneurship has left no stone unturned. Behavior analysts are now well-positioned to start their own companies due to several factors: a demand for services that increases the supply, possession of credentials within a field that is increasingly finding new applications and a small population of individuals providing models for how to break out into other markets. Moreover, encouraging and educating aspiring entrepreneurs to develop ethical, successful businesses is advantageous for the growth and dissemination of behavior analysis, as we are able to dismantle our stereotypes and redefine the field. In this panel, each contributor offers their own experience and resources on the topics of marketing, branding, financial logistics, ethical scaling and creating a purpose-driven niche. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts in Practice, including but not limited to those with credentials from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). |
Learning Objectives: Identify strategies for scaling your business ethically. Identify the difference between creating a business and entrepreneurship. Identify strategies for advancing behavior analysis into novel markets. |
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Entrepreneurship, Ethics, OBM |
|
|
|
|
Angry Love and Ruthless Compassion: Repairing Attachments in Early Childhood |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D. |
Chair: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services) |
STEPHEN ZWOLAK (LUME Institute) |
Stephen P. Zwolak is the founder and CEO of LUME Institute and Executive Director of University City Children’s Center (UCCC), LUME’s lab school. Steve has more than 45 years experience working in the field of early childhood. He is recognized for leading the conversation on the impact and future of early childhood education in St. Louis and beyond. His years as a classroom teacher, a leader in various educational arenas, and a student of children, drove him to develop the LUME Approach, for which there is growing evidence of closing the racial and socioeconomic achievement gap. The LUME Approach brings together theoretical, observational, and neuroscientific research that affirms that the emotional development of children is critical to academic success and lifelong positive outcomes. As a young teacher, Steve studied at the St. Louis Psychoanalytic Institute, an educational center for which he now periodically serves as an instructor for others in child- and family-serving professions. In 2015, he received the American Psychoanalytic Association Educational Achievement Award. Today, Steve is recognized for his visionary thinking and entrepreneurial ability to create, enhance, and expand programs and develop infrastructure. He develops curricula which includes understanding the importance of children’s sexual development and addressing angry love with ruthless compassion in the classroom and home. As a speaker and educator known for his warm demeanor, Steve skillfully challenges and motivates teachers to develop reflective practices in their daily relationships with children and families and to be prepared to administer therapeutic triage using a multi-disciplinary approach. |
Abstract: What can you do to support children who are aggressive and disruptive? Through an interactive Prezi presentation, paired with case studies, research, and a group discussion, participants will explore Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACEs), attachment, temperament, emotional milestones, expulsion, and early childhood mental health consultation. |
Target Audience: Mental health professionals, school psychologists, and educators who work with young children. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) analyze the roots of challenging behavior (ACEs, attachment, temperament) and why isolation and expulsion are harmful to children; (2) identify strategies to reduce power struggles with children; (3) examine ways to foster the emotional development of children. |
|
|
|
|
Has "Translational Research" Been Lost in Translation? |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9 |
Area: SCI; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Claire C. St. Peter, Ph.D. |
Panelists: ISER GUILLERMO DELEON (University of Florida), MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University), ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: This panel discussion will provide a dialog on the potential schism between basic and applied behavior analysis. Panelists will discuss their experiences in the conduct of translational research that informs basic process or applied technologies. Panelists will also share their interpretations on what constitutes "translational" research, the role of translational research in bridging divides between basic and applied sciences, and how researchers might arrange translational research programs in ways that advance both basic and applied science. Finally, panelists will suggest potential fruitful avenues for future translational research. |
Target Audience: Researchers or consumers of behavior-analytic research. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe various kinds of translational research, including use-inspired basic research; (2) describe the continuum of translational research; (3) identify contemporary strains on relations between basic and applied behavior analysis; (4) state uses of translational research to bridge basic and applied science; (5) name areas in which translational research might make valuable contributions to behavior-analytic science. |
ISER GUILLERMO DELEON (University of Florida) |
Iser DeLeon earned his Ph.D. at the University of Florida, where he is now Professor in the Department of Psychology. Recent prior positions include Associate Professor of Psychiatry at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and Director of Research Development for the Department of Behavioral Psychology at the Kennedy Krieger Institute in Baltimore, MD. Dr. DeLeon is also the current President of the Board of Directors of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. He has previously served as Associate Editor for both the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior as well as on the editorial board for several other journals in behavior analysis. His research has focused on assessment and treatment of aberrant behavior in persons with neurodevelopmental disorders, identification of preferences and determinants of choice, and translation of basic behavioral processes towards enhancing therapeutic and instructional outcomes. |
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
Michael Perone earned his Ph.D. in 1981 at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. He was an assistant professor at the University of North Carolina at Wilmington before joining the faculty at West Virginia University in 1984, where he is a professor of psychology and an associate dean. Much of his current research is concerned with developing laboratory models of behavioral processes involved in problem behavior such as failures of self-control. He has served the field of behavior analysis as an associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and as President of ABAI. He currently serves as Coordinator of the ABAI Accreditation Board. |
ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University) |
Anna Ingeborg Petursdottir received her Ph.D. from Western Michigan University under the supervision of James E. Carr. She is currently a tenured associate professor at Texas Christian University (TCU), where she teaches undergraduate and graduate courses and supervises Ph.D. students in Experimental Psychology. She also holds an appointment as a part-time lecturer at Reykjavik University in Iceland. Anna’s research encompasses both basic and applied interests and focuses primarily on verbal behavior acquisition and the relationship between verbal behavior and derived stimulus relations. Her work has been published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB) and The Analysis of Verbal Behavior (TAVB), among other journals. Anna is a previous editor of TAVB, a previous associate editor of JABA, and a current associate editor of JEAB. She is also a past coordinator of ABAI’s Publication Board and a past president of the Texas Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Yes We Can: Women's Perspectives on Surviving and Thriving in Academia |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D. |
Chair: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Pepperdine University) |
ALYSSA N. WILSON (Saint Louis University) |
ROCIO ROSALES (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Women face various barriers in society and in particular within academia. Recent media trends across the globe suggest that the 'glass ceiling' is starting to crack for women across businesses and industries, but is not yet fully broken. This panel will discuss important considerations and tips for the success of Applied Behavior Analysts seeking or just beginning a career in academia. The following topics will be covered: applying to and landing a job in academia via traditional and non-traditional routes; navigating gender biases in the workplace; building a community of support within and outside your field; integrating research, teaching, and service activities; and maintaining a healthy work-life balance. All three panelists are Program Coordinators/Directors of their respective graduate program and represent varied teaching, research, and clinical experiences. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: applied behavior analysts (graduate students or post-docs) seeking a position in academia, applied behavior analysts working in academia during (pre-tenure) |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe how to seek academic positions via traditional (i.e., look for job postings) and less traditional (i.e., create a position or propose a new graduate program) routes. 2. Identify common gender biases in the workplace. 3. Discuss strategies for building a community of support during the pre-tenure years in academia. |
Keyword(s): academia, pre-tenure, women's issues |
|
|
|
|
EAB Monday Poster Session |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6 |
Chair: Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
|
1. The Effect of Switching from Intermittent to Continuous Reinforcement on Extinction of Behavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KATHRYN M. POTOCZAK (Shippensburg University), Katya Nolder (Shippensburg University) |
Discussant: Zachary H. Morford (Koan School) |
Abstract: Extinction is a commonly-used operant procedure for decreasing behavior in applied settings, which works by withholding functional reinforcement for a behavior with a history of reinforcement. However, a major drawback of the procedure is how slow it can be, especially if the behavior has a long-standing history of intermittent reinforcement. Previous basic research indicates that extinction occurs faster after continuous reinforcement (CRF) as compared to intermittent reinforcement (INT), known as the partial reinforcement extinction effect (PREE). Thus, behavior that has been maintained on an intermittent schedule may extinguish faster if switched to a continuous schedule for a short time before the implementation of extinction, which is what the current study examined. Five rats were shaped up to a variable-ratio 8 (VR8) schedule of intermittent reinforcement. Upon reaching a response rate of 20 lever presses per minute at VR8, half of the rats were placed directly on extinction until a response rate of less than 0.1 responses per minute across two consecutive sessions was reached. The other half were subjected to a continuous reinforcement schedule for five 30-minute experimental sessions, then placed on extinction until the aforementioned extinction criteria was reached. In the second phase of the study, all the rats will again be shaped up to VR8, and the rats that did not experience CRF before will do so, while the rats that did will experience straight extinction (no CRF beforehand), to allow for a within-subject evaluation of the effect of this schedule switch (independent variable) on time to extinction (dependent variable). |
|
|
2. The Role of Reinforcement Rates in Behavioral History Effects for White Leghorn Chicks'Key-Peck Responding |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TATSUHIRO NAKAMURA (Tokiwa University), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University) |
Discussant: Zachary H. Morford (Koan School) |
Abstract: Behavioral history effects are those of prior experience on subsequent current behavior. This study investigated history effects of reinforcement schedules correlated with high or low reinforcement rates on stimulus control in later contingencies using chicks. In the first phase, four chicks were exposed to two tandem variable-interval differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate schedules under different stimulus conditions. The values of DRL schedules were adjusted so that reinforcement rates in one stimulus condition were higher than those in the other, even though response rates in the two conditions were nearly identical. In the second phase, a fixed-interval schedule was introduced to each chick under the same stimulus conditions as those in the first phase. In the final phase, chicks' key-peck responses were extinguished under the same stimulus conditions as those in the previous phases. All chicks showed similar response rates in each phase. Figure 1 showed the typical results of two chicks. The effects of reinforcement rates under two stimulus conditions on later stimulus control were not clear. The chicks' key-peck response rates seem to be affected not by the prior reinforcement rates but by contingencies of reinforcement in each phase. Thus, the reinforcement rates may not be an important variable for behavioral history effects. |
|
|
3. Serotonin 6 Receptor Antagonist BGC 20791 Reduces Repetitive Rehaviors in BTBR Mouse Model of Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
REBEKAH ROSEMARY POSADAS (California State University, San Bernardino), Sophie Peterson (California State University, San Bernardino), Alma Pahua (California State University, San Bernardino), Armando Hernandez (California State University, San Bernardino), Dionisio Amodeo (California State University, San Bernardino) |
Discussant: Zachary H. Morford (Koan School) |
Abstract: Recent studies have found that individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) show robust impairments in behavioral flexibility. The current study aims to better understand how decreased 5-HT6 receptor activation may lead to an alleviation of the reversal learning impairments found in the BTBR mouse model of ASD. Control C57BL/6J and BTBR mice were tested on three separate behavioral measures including repetitive grooming, locomotor activity, and probabilistic reversal learning. We predicted that the 5-HT6 receptor antagonist BGC 20-761 would reduce repetitive grooming and alleviate the probabilistic reversal learning impairment found in these mice, while having no overall effect on locomotor activity. For the probabilistic reversal learning task, mice were tested on acquisition then reversal learning in a T-maze using an 80/20 probabilistic reinforcement procedure. The high dose of 2.5 mg/kg BGC 20-761 reduced repetitive grooming in BTBR mice compared to controls, but also decreased locomotor activity. The low dose of 0.25 mg/kg BGC 20-761 also reduced repetitive grooming but did not similarly reduce locomotor activity. BGC 20-761 treatment similarly improved probabilistic reversal learning in the BTBR mice. These findings highlight how 5-HT6 receptor down regulation may aid in attenuating lower order repetitive motor behaviors and higher order behavioral rigidity. |
|
|
4. Cooperative Responding in Rats Maintained by Fixed- and Variable-Ratio Schedules |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Lucas Carvalho (Oslo and Akershus University College), Leticia Santos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Alceu Regaçao (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Thiago Braga (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Rafael da Silva (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), DEISY DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Discussant: Zachary H. Morford (Koan School) |
Abstract: Cooperative responding has been investigated under continuous reinforcement (CRF or FR 1). The present study investigated the effects of fixed-ratio (FR) and variable-ratio (VR) schedules of reinforcement on the patterns of cooperative responding in seven pairs of rats. Experiment 1 arranged FR 1, FR 10, and VR 10 schedules for cooperation (order was counterbalanced). The contingency required the responding of both rats within a short time interval (< 500 ms). Cooperative responding was higher under intermittent schedules than under continuous reinforcement. FR 10 generated a break-and-run pattern, while VR 10 schedule generated a constant responding pattern. Experiment 2 compared responding under a cooperative intermittent schedule (FR 6), and under a yoked schedule programming the same reinforcement rate, without a requirement for joint responding of two rats for reinforcement. Coordinated behavior was maintained at higher rates under social intermittent contingencies than under yoked contingencies. Therefore, cooperative responding in rats was established and maintained under intermittent schedules of reinforcement, the patterns of responding were similar to those obtained for a single organism, and the removal of the contingency for coordinated responding did not maintain cooperation. These results extend previous findings on the conditions that foster coordinated behavior in non-human subjects. Keywords: cooperation, schedules of reinforcement, fixed-ratio, variable-ratio, water, rats |
|
|
5. Effects of Delaying Reinforcement From Earn and Collect Responses in Food Accumulation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CARLOS ALEXIS PEREZ HERRERA HERRERA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Carlos A. Bruner (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Zachary H. Morford (Koan School) |
Abstract: Most studies on food accumulation by rats involve two different response classes: earn and collect. However, in experiments done in our laboratory accumulated food has only been delayed from the earn response. By contrast the present study compared the effects of delayed reinforcement on both, earn and collect responses. For the earn condition three rats each were exposed to a chained FI 30 s FT t FR1 while for the collect condition three other rats were each exposed to a chained FI 30 s FR1 FT t. For both conditions t was either 0, 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32. Results showed that lengthening reinforcement delay in both conditions increased the rate of the earn responses although more markedly when food was delayed from the earn response than when it was delayed from the collect response. These results suggest that delaying reinforcement on the earn responses, as done in studies from our laboratory, yield similar functions than when reinforcement is delayed from the collect responses, a fact not hitherto known. |
|
|
6. Interrelationship Between Attacker Pigeons' Extinction-Induced Attack and Their Target Pigeons' Pecking Towards the Attackers |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TAKASHI SAKUMA (Tokiwa University) |
Discussant: Zachary H. Morford (Koan School) |
Abstract: The author investigated interrelationship between attacker pigeons' extinction-induced attack (EIA) and their target pigeons' pecking towards the attackers by comparing inter-response times (IRTs) per opportunity of respective behavior. Three of seven pigeons were attackers and the remaining four were their targets. All attackers were paired with each of thFe targets. Each attacker was introduced into an operant chamber with one key and the target was introduced into a box adjacent to the operant chamber via transparent panel. When the attacker emitted EIA or the target pecked towards the attacker, this panel was operated. Due to this operation, attackers' EIA and the target's pecking were measured. Each attacker's key pecking was exposed to continuous reinforcement and extinction schedules during the respective pairing. The figure shows distributions of IRTs per opportunity in each pairing of an attacker (#2) and the four targets (#12, #24, #31, #82) and correlation coefficient r between their behaviors' IRTs per opportunity. The distributions of IRTs per opportunity of the attacker and the targets were very similar and all correlation coefficients were high. As other attackers' pairs showed comparable results, the author found that attackers' EIA and targets' pecking towards the attackers are related to each other. |
|
|
7. Ethanol Consumption in Rats Engendered by Negative Incentive Shifts in Food Reward |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KAYCE MCCLELLAN HOPPER (College of Charleston), Leslie Sawyer (College of Charleston), Ellie Cutright (College of Charleston), Chad M. Galuska (College of Charleston) |
Discussant: Zachary H. Morford (Koan School) |
Abstract: Introduction. Signaled transitions between favorable and unfavorable situations, termed negative incentive shifts, engender behavioral disruption in the form of extended pausing on fixed-ratio (FR) schedules. We investigated if negative incentive shifts also produce ethanol self-administration. Procedure. Ten male food-restricted Long-Evans rats lever pressed on a multiple FR FR schedule with signaled components producing either a large (4 pellet) or small (1 pellet) reinforcer. Four transitions between reinforcers were arranged: from a just-received small reinforcer to a signaled upcoming-small reinforcer (small-small), small-large, large-large, and large-small (the negative incentive shift). After establishing a baseline of lever pressing during these transitions, rats were provided with concurrent access to a 10% sucrose solution (w/v) and licks were recorded as a function of transition type. Then, a mixture of 10% sucrose plus 10% ethanol (w/v) was investigated. In a final condition, the sucrose was faded out and rats self-administered a 10% ethanol solution (v/v). In all conditions, tap water was freely available outside of sessions. Results. The negative incentive shift produced the longest pre-ratio pauses and produced the most ethanol consumption. Rats tended to drink during the onset of the session and during the negative incentive shift but drank less during the other transitions. Conclusions. Negative incentive shifts in food reward initiate and maintain ethanol self-administration. |
|
|
8. Old Pigeons, New Tricks |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Tonya Paige Blosser (West Virginia University), DANIEL BELL-GARRISON (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Zachary H. Morford (Koan School) |
Abstract: fAn organism's behavior is shaped through interactions with the environment or an agent acting as a "shaper." Herrnstein (1964) demonstrated that a teacher-pigeon could shape a student-pigeon's behavior so that both could obtain food. This experiment replicated this demonstration using a pigeon as a teacher to a second pigeon, designated the student. Each pigeon faced a separate panel divided by a transparent wall. The panels included a food hopper for each pigeon, and a response key was located on the teacher's side of the wall. Food was delivered to both pigeons when two criteria were met: 1) the student was standing in a specific location designated by an orange rectangle on the floor and 2) the teacher pecked the key. When the orange rectangle moved around the chamber across sessions, the student tracked the location. The teacher showed some evidence of differentially responding when the student was closer to the designated location, although this was not as clear of an effect. Herrnstein, R. (1964). Will. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 108(6), 455-458. Retrieved from http://www.jstor.org/stable/985862 |
|
|
10. Imitation in Pigeons |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Kayla Eichstedt (West Virginia University), BRIAN R. KATZ (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Zachary H. Morford (Koan School) |
Abstract: An experimentally used pigeon 2748 was placed in a holding cage. Once in the cage 2748 would exhibit an escape behavior. The holding cage is commonly used in the lab and no prior learning of the escape behavior or shaping. The pigeon doesn't receive a food reinforcer upon escaping. The reinforcer in the experiment is the opportunity to escape. After conducting baselines on 2748, we received an average escape time. Next, we placed a mirror in front of 2748's holding cage, on average 2748 significantly escaped faster. This ruled out the possibility of social facilitation. We then conducted a baseline on the naïve pigeon. The pigeon did not exhibit the escape behavior. We plan to place twonaïve pigeons across from each other. We are looking to see if the one pigeon will imitate the other's behavior and escape. We do not expect that to occur since the pigeon has not previously escaped. Once all baselines are conducted we will place thenaïve pigeon across from 2748. We expect 2748 will continue to escape in the presence of thenaïve pigeon. After repeated exposure, thenaïve pigeon will imitate 2748 and escape, in the presence of the 2748 and on his own. |
|
|
11. Social Enrichment Enhances Habituation to an Open-Field, But Not to Positive Reinforcers |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KATHLEEN ROBIN MCNEALY (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer-Johnson (University of Alaska Anchorage), Cassandra Anderson (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Discussant: Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Studies suggest that social enrichment speeds up many learning processes, including habituation to novel and aversive stimuli. However, the effect of social enrichment on habituation to positive reinforcers has not been examined. The current investigation compared within-session responses of socially enriched (SE; n = 4) and socially isolated (SI; n = 4) male Wistar rats on (1) a VI-7.5 s schedule of reinforcement and (2) an open-field apparatus. Repeated measures analyses of variance were used to analyze proportions of operant responses and open-field activity made in successive 2-minute bins. Both SE [F(14, 42) = 22.96, p < .001, ?2p = .88] and SI [F(14, 42) = 19.40, p < .001, ?2p = .87] subjects exhibited significant within-session decreases in operant responses rates. However, while SE subjects exhibited decreased locomotion in the open field [F(6, 18) = 6.23, p = .001, ?2p = .68], SI subjects did not [F(6, 18) = 1.89, p = .14, ?2p = .39]. Further research will examine brain and adrenal gland weights relative to body weight in the two groups. Results from this investigation will aid in interpreting future data collected from socially housed subjects, which may better generalize to real world applications. |
|
|
12. Comparison of a Prototype Remote Monitoring System to Conventional Video Observations for Rat Drinking Behavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HEATHER NALL (University of South Carolina Aiken), Derek Zelmer (University of South Carolina Aiken) |
Discussant: Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: We developed an automated monitoring system using an Arduino platform with a (radio frequency identification) RFID reader, variable resistor fluid sensor (Milone eTape) for volume measurements, and datalogger shield for real time clock reference and data storage. The software (Arduino IDE) prompts recording of the RFID chip number, date and time, and average volume each 500ms for as long as the chip triggers the reader. Two rats (IACUC 070815-BIO-07) with chips already implanted by the distributor will be housed together in one brooder size enclosure with the RFID reader in proximity to a drinking reservoir. Video data will be recorded via DVR from an Arlo Pro wireless camera mounted facing the reservoir. A colored float will be placed inside the graduated water reservoir to allow a visual reference for volume. Permanent marker will be used to mark the coat of the rats for visual identification. Initial recording will take place over 3 24-hour periods with the automated monitor and the camera. Subsequent trials (a minimum of 3) will last one week. Recorded data will be analyzed for device agreement and reliability between each trial. Time spent reviewing camera data and circuit data will be recorded to compare effort. |
|
|
13. Did Electro-Mechanical Tape Readers Undermine the Unpredictability of Variable-Interval Schedules: A Digital Analog Comparison of Variable-Interval Methodology |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NAOMI EVANS (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University), Eric James French (Central Michigan University) |
Discussant: Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The foundational research in operant behavior exclusively employed electro-mechanical relay equipment to arrange contingencies of reinforcement. Variable interval schedules were programmed using a punched-tape reader that arranged a fixed series of repeating inter-reinforcer intervals. This repetition possibly undermines the construction of prediction-proof reinforcement schedules; however, it is unknown whether this feature affected behavior. The present study was conducted to determine whether a repeated loop of inter-reinforcer intervals would exert control over key pecking in pigeons. In the initial four phases of the experiment, pigeons pecked on either a VI 180-s or a VI 15-s schedule of either 15 or 5 total inter-reinforcer intervals generated using the Catania and Reynolds (1968) algorithm. A list of intervals were repeated each session. Analyses were conducted to discover evidence of behavior's sensitivity to the repetitive nature of the variable interval schedule. No such signatures were discovered, suggesting that the repetitive nature of the inter-reinforcer intervals of variable interval schedules used in the classic pigeon studies likely did not influence their outcomes. The components of the current condition, which mimic that of a two-component mixed fixed interval, could help to establish whether or not temporal learning can be accomplished with the current subjects and apparatus. |
|
|
14. Effects of Delay of Reinforcement on Resistance to Change and Resurgence |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RAFAEL MACEDO (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil), Carlos Cançado (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil) |
Discussant: Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The effects of delay of reinforcement on resistance to change and resurgence were assessed in an experiment with four rats. In the Training phase, left-lever pressing was maintained on a two-component multiple schedule. In the immediate component, the schedule was a tandem variable-interval (VI) differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL); in the delay component, the schedule was a tandem VI fixed time (FT). Conditions were programmed so that both reinforcement and response rates, variables known to affect resurgence, were similar between components in this phase. In the Elimination phase, in both components, left-lever pressing was extinguished and right-lever pressing was maintained under equal VI schedules. In the Test phase, right-lever pressing also was extinguished in both components. The resistance to change of left-lever pressing was similar between components and, in the Test phase, resurgence did not occur in each component, for each rat. These are results of an ongoing experiment in which both delay of reinforcement and Training-phase response rates are being manipulated. The results obtained so far indicate the importance of considering response rates in the Training phase in analyses of the effects of delay of reinforcement on both resistance to change and response recurrence. |
|
|
15. Delay of Reinforcement, Response Rates and Resistance to Change |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LUCIANA PINHEIRO MARIN (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil), Carlos Cançado (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil) |
Discussant: Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The present experiment investigated the effect of reinforcement delay on resistance to extinction. Four rats were exposed to a two-component multiple schedule. In the immediate component, a tandem VI DRL schedule was in effect; in the delay component, a tandem VI FT 3-s schedule was in effect. In baseline, reinforcement rates were similar between components; for two rats, response rates were similar between the components and, for the other two, response rates higher in the immediate component than in the delayed component. For three of four rats, resistance to extinction was greater in the delay than in the immediate component, regardless of the difference in baseline-response rate between components. However, the difference in resistance to extinction between components was greater when response rates differed between components in baseline. These results indicate that reinforcement delay affects resistance to change and that this relation can be modulated by the baseline rate of responding. In addition, the present results fail to replicate those of previous studies with pigeons, in which greater resistance to change in the immediate than in the delay component has been reported. |
|
|
16. Investigation of Resurgence Across Mand Topography Proficiency |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREA RAMIREZ-CRISTOFORO (University of Texas at Austin), Cayenne Shpall (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (University of Texas at Austin), Fabiola Vargas Londoño (University of Texas at Austin) |
Discussant: Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Numerous studies have demonstrated the utility of functional communication training (FCT) in the treatment of challenging behavior. Ringdahl et al. (2009) evaluated the role of proficiency across mand topographies with regard to the effectiveness of FCT. Ringdahl et al. found that FCT was more effective when higher proficiency mand topographies were targeted during FCT in the treatment of challenging behavior. The purpose of the current study was to examine mand proficiency on resurgence of challenging behavior within FCT. We conducted a mand proficiency assessment (MPA) with children who engaged in challenging behavior. Based on the results of the MPA, FCT was implemented with high and low-proficiency mand topographies; subsequently, we tested for resurgence (i.e extinction of mands and challenging behavior) across the two mand topographies. Results showed similar patterns of resurgence of challenging behavior in both high and low proficiency mand topographies; however greater persistence in high proficiency mands was observed during extinction phases relative to low proficiency mands. |
|
|
17. Response-Produced Contextual Cues in an ABA Renewal Procedure in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RODRIGO BENAVIDES (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Previous findings in renewal literature suggest that a context in which aversive stimulation was present acquires aversive properties. If the context in which reinforcement is delivered can function as a conditioned reinforcer and be used to establish new responses, however, is unknown. Two food-deprived Wistar rats served as subjects in a modified ABA renewal procedure. During Phase A, responding on one lever (Reinforcement lever) was reinforced with food in Context A (e.g., tone). In Phase B responding on the food lever was extinguished in Context B (e.g., light). During the second exposure to Phase A, changing from Context B to Context A was response dependent. That is, responses on a previously inoperative lever (Context lever) produced Context A for 5 s, after which Context B resumed. Pressing the food lever had no programmed consequences. Lever pressing was established when it produced Context A even when responding occurred in the absence of primary reinforcement. A test of spontaneous recovery after 24 hours increased context-producing responses for the two rats. These findings suggest that contextual cues can acquire reinforcing properties and provide information of why after treatments, participants return to contexts in which problem behavior is likely to recur. |
|
|
19. Resurgence of Observing Responses |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MATTHEW KLOCKE (West Virginia University), Catalina Serrano (Universidade de São Paulo), Anthony Oliver (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: In one previous study on the recurrence of observing responses, both primary and secondary reinforcers were removed during the resurgence test. The current procedure addressed this limitation by only withholding the conditioned reinforcer during the resurgence test. Responses on the central key were reinforced according to a mixed VI EXT schedule. During the training phase, the target and alternative responses were pecking on side keys reinforced by presenting the availability of reinforcement on a central key. In the alternative reinforcement phase, responses on one of the side keys no longer produced the color change on the center key. When the alternative response was no longer reinforced, there was an increase in responding on the target key. By the end of the resurgence test, responding on the center key increased. Thus, this experiment demonstrated the resurgence of responses maintained by secondary reinforcement without removing primary reinforcers. |
|
|
20. Behavioral Contrast and Resurgence in Multiple and Concurrent Schedules |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANTHONY OLIVER (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The current procedure examined the relation between behavioral contrast and resurgence. In this procedure pigeons were presented with two keys that were concurrently available. On the left key, a two-component multiple schedule was in effect. On the right key, a single schedule was always programmed. During the first phase of the procedure, responses to both components of the multiple schedule were reinforced according to variable interval (VI) 60-s schedules. A VI 60-s schedule was also in effect for the single-schedule key. In the second phase, the multiple-schedule key remained unchanged and responses to the single-schedule key were no longer reinforced. Finally, during the third phase, responses to only one component of the multiple schedule were reinforced (MULT VI 60 s EXT) and extinction remained in effect on the single-schedule key. During phase two, increases in response rates were observed in both components of the multiple-schedule key. Resurgence occurred during the third phase, with increases in response rate observed on the single-schedule key. Behavioral contrast was observed in the third phase as response rates increased in the unchanged component of the multiple schedule. Furthermore, these increases in responding were independent of one another. Responding on the single-schedule key only occurred when the extinguished component of the multiple schedule was presented. |
|
|
21. Resurgence, Behavioral Variability, and Probability of Reinforcement in Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SHUN FUJIMAKI (Keio University), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University) |
Discussant: Agustín Jaime Negrete (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California) |
Abstract: The present study examined the effects of reinforcement probability of target and alternative responses on resurgence in humans. In Phase 1, a target response was reinforced. In Phase 2, the target response was placed on extinction and an alternative response was reinforced. In Phase 3, all responses did not produce reinforcers. Across all phases, two control responses were recorded but had no programmed consequences. The probabilities of reinforcement for the target and alternative responses in Phases 1 and 2 were varied among 0.2, 0.4, and 0.8 across conditions. All possible combinations of these probabilities yielded nine conditions and each participant was exposed to one of nine conditions. Although both the target and control responses increased in Phase 3 relative to Phase 2, resurgence of the target response exceeded the control response in eight of nine conditions. This result suggests the possibility that resurgence of the target response can be distinguished from extinction-induced variability. With respect to the relation between probability of reinforcement and resurgence, the reinforcement frequency for the target response had no effect on the magnitude of resurgence. On the other hand, the magnitude of resurgence was greater when the probability of reinforcement for the alternative response was high. |
|
|
22. Reinforcing Variability as a Method to Train Difficult Responses: An Experiment Using Computer Games |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JOCELYN HANSSON (Reed College), Allen Neuringer (Reed College) |
Discussant: Agustín Jaime Negrete (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California) |
Abstract: Research with rats and pigeons has shown that reinforcing variable response sequences facilitates the selection (via reinforcement) of a difficult-to-learn sequence (Grunow & Neuringer, 2002). This "variation and selection" effect could have important applications in treatment and training contexts. However, research with human participants (Doolan & Bizo, 2013; Maes & van der Goot, 2006) failed to replicate the effect. In the present study, college students played a computer game involving control of a soccer player who moved 5 steps (Left or Right responses) toward a goal. Whether a goal was scored or blocked depended on the reinforcement contingencies. Vary group participants were reinforced (scored goals) for varying sequences of responses. A Yoked group was reinforced independently of sequence variability. A Control group received no such baseline reinforcers. Concurrently, all groups (including Control) received a high-value reinforcer for emitting a difficult-to-learn "target" sequence. We found, in parallel with the rat and pigeon studies, that the Vary group learned to emit significantly more target sequences than either of the other two groups. Thus, with human participants, we replicated the previous non-human animal research, an important advance. Reasons for the difference between our findings and previous human studies are discussed. |
|
|
23. The Effects of Response Effort on Spontaneous and Reinforced Variability |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LAUREN PALMATEER (Western New England University), Andrew Nuzzolilli (Western New England University), Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University) |
Discussant: Agustín Jaime Negrete (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California) |
Abstract: We investigated the impact of response effort on variability. Participants worked on a computer task moving a light around a five by five matrix. Participants moved a light from the upper left to the lower right position. The "A" key shifted the light down. Across components, the "S," "G," and "L" key moved the light rightward. Each time the light reached the target position, a point was earned. During baseline, any sequence of 4 presses on each key produced a point. Participants were instructed to earn as many points possible during each component. Once baseline responding was established, a lag five schedule was implemented to evaluate the effects of key distance on sensitivity to differential reinforcement of variability. The results showed that increasing the distance between keys reduced the number of novel sequences emitted and reduced the number of key switches per sequence. The lag schedule increased the number of different sequences emitted during the session, but those effects were not altered by key distance. The results indicate that response effort, here defined by key distance, may reduce spontaneous variability in response topography. Baseline variability, however, does not seem to limit the effects lag schedules to engender further variability. |
|
|
24. The Effects of Ratio and Interval Schedules on the Location Variability of Pecking Responses in Pigeons |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MASANORI KONO (Meisei University; Teikyo University) |
Discussant: Agustín Jaime Negrete (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California) |
Abstract: Several studies have shown that reinforcement schedules systematically affect the dimensions of responses not directly reinforced under the schedules. For example, the spatial locations of pigeons' responses have been investigated under a fixed-interval (FI) schedule. The results show that the response location moves closer to that of the most recent reinforced response over time, and that the variability of the response location increases as an FI requirement. The present study compares the effects of ratio and interval schedules on pigeons' response locations. Pigeons are exposed to multiple fixed-ratio yoked FI and multiple variable-ratio yoked variable-interval schedules. A circular response area (22.5 cm in diameter) is used to ensure that pecking responses are effective over a wide range. The results indicate that the response locations vary between the schedules in both cases. In addition, the mean deviation, defined as the mean distance between the median of the coordinate and the location of each response, is higher for interval schedules than it is for ratio schedules. Therefore, the results show that interval schedules produce greater variability than ratio schedules do in terms of response location. |
|
|
25. Behavioral Contrast Sensitivity in Zebrafish (Danio rerio) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KAZUCHIKA MANABE (Nihon University) |
Discussant: Agustín Jaime Negrete (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California) |
Abstract: Zebrafish are used as an animal model in biomedical studies including vision research. However, behavioral contrast sensitivity, a basic measure of visual function, of zebrafish has not been measured. In the present experiment, zebrafish were trained to discriminate between a sinusoidal grating pattern and plain gray having equivalent luminance. The visual stimuli were presented by an organic light-emitting diode display that has high contrast ratio. The experimental chamber had one observing gate and two entrance gates through which subjects could see the discriminative stimuli. Trials were initiated and discriminative stimuli were presented when a fish passed through an observing gate. Fish were reinforced by an automated food delivery system only when it entered the gate where sinusoidal grating pattern was presented. If fish entered the gate where plain gray was presented, a timeout was implemented. Contrast of sinusoidal grating pattern was decreased until fish cannot detect the difference between a sinusoidal grating pattern and plain gray having equivalent luminance. Zebrafish showed high-level performance in preliminary discrimination between the sinusoidal grating pattern and plain gray having lower luminance. In discrimination between sinusoidal grating pattern and plain gray having equivalent luminance, the accuracy was not so robust but approached statistical significance. |
|
|
27. Effects of Antennae Clipping on Side Preference of the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALEXANDRA VACHA (Northern Michigan University), Hanna Pederson (Northern Michigan University), Luke Andrew Whitehouse (Northern Michigan University), Emma Elliott (Northern Michigan University), Paul Thomas Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Agustín Jaime Negrete (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California) |
Abstract: The Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (M.H.C.) is an underexposed potential model organism in behavior analytic research. M.H.C. are less expensive and require less extensive care than vertebrates, and the use of invertebrates is less regulated and allows for replication of classical experimental analysis of behavior (E.A.B.) experiments. Through further experimentation, a more complete understanding of the behaviors of the organism can be obtained, allowing more accurate research to be conducted with them. The present experiment was designed to assess a pattern found in the data of a previous subject, who showed 100% side preference after antenna clipping. Paired stimulus preference assessments were conducted to determine any side preferences prior to treatment. Subjects were placed into three groups and the left, right, or both antennae were clipped accordingly. Paired stimulus preference assessments were conducted to examine the emergence of any side preferences. Preliminary data suggests the cutting of the antenna was not solely responsible for the previously observed pattern, as side preference does not always result from antenna damage. Other possible controlling variables are currently being explored. |
|
|
28. Escape Response of the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach to Butane Combustion |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ERIN ELIZABETH WYLIE (Northern Michigan University), Paul Thomas Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Agustín Jaime Negrete (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California) |
Abstract: The use of invertebrates in the experimental analysis of behavior (E.A.B.) comes with a variety of advantages such as reduced cost, minimal upkeep requirements, and less regulation than vertebrates. However, little research in E.A.B. has been conducted using the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (M.H.C.). Research with these organisms has been limited in the area of aversion and has produced inconsistent results. The current study seeks to replicate and expand upon the use of heat as an aversive stimulus for M.H.C. through the application of heat to nine bodily locations. Preliminary results with three female M.H.C. showed the highest magnitude escape response at the rear pair of tarsi, followed by the right antenna, front pair of tarsi, cerci, left antenna, left middle tarsus, left antenna, and right middle tarsus. A two sample t-test showed statistically significant differences between the locations of the lowest and highest evoked escape responses, t(16) = 2.79, p = .01. Overall, the preliminary results suggest that moderate to high levels of heat serves as an aversive stimulus for M.H.C., and the magnitude of the evoked escape response is a function of the heat stimuli location. |
|
|
29. The Effects of Food Deprivation as an Establishing Operation on Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ERIN ELIZABETH WYLIE (Northern Michigan University), Luke Andrew Whitehouse (Northern Michigan University), Monica Jones (Northern Michigan University), Paul Thomas Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Agustín Jaime Negrete (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California) |
Abstract: Establishing operations (E.O.s) are an important variable of measure in any reinforcement paradigm in behavior analytic research. Without quantification of E.O.s, such as food deprivation, analysis of the reinforcing effects of stimuli are ineffective. E.O.s in avian and mammalian experimental analysis of behavior (E.A.B.) subjects have been explored but little research has been done to explore E.O.s in Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches (M.H.C.). For example, values such as 80% free fed body weight are often used with pigeon experiments, however such values have not been established for M.H.C.s. Reinforcement research with M.H.C.s could be improved through the implementation of an effective E.O. prior to experimentation. Fluctuation in body weight cannot be used as a delimiter for organisms with exoskeleton carapaces as their weight does not fluctuate significantly between satiation and near death starvation states. Initial data of trials in which subjects have timed out indicates that an initial E.O. period of 32+ days is sufficient to induce a state of deprivation sufficient to consistently collect consummatory and approach data. Additional ranges of Food Deprivation (F.D.) states will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
EDC Monday Poster Session |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6 |
Chair: Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research) |
|
30. Influencing Student On-Task and Off-Task Behavior by Changing a Paraprofessional's Praise Rate in the Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
AMANDA LYNN THORNTON (Western Michigan University), Kimberly Peck (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University) |
Abstract: A teacher's use of praise is beneficial for students, as it provides encouragement, helps build self-esteem, builds a close student-teacher relationship, and reduces the amount of disruptive behavior in the classroom (Brophy, 1981; Alber & Heward, 1997). In the current study, praise rates of a target paraprofessional, who worked in a general education setting, in an elementary school, were measured. Concurrently, on-task and off-task behaviors of a target student were also measured. The target paraprofessional and student were chosen based on baseline measures indicating low praise rates coming from the paraprofessional, and low on-task and high off-task behaviors from the student. A reversal design was used for this study to evaluate the effects of the intervention. During intervention, a praise training was provided to the classroom staff, followed by implementing a MotivAider that was used to prompt the target paraprofessional to deliver praise to the students for engaging in on-task behaviors. Results of the intervention, barriers to implementation, and areas of future research will be discussed. |
|
|
31. Pilot Study: Does Exercise Participation Enhance On-Task Behavior and Task Completion in Preschool Children? |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
JACQUELYN M. MACDONALD (Regis College), Helen Consiglio (Regis College), Catherine Fuller (Regis College) |
Discussant: Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University) |
Abstract: Physical activity performed by children and adolescents in school settings can have a range of positive effects on cognitive skills and attitudes, academic behaviors, and academic achievement. Physical activity including free-dance and yoga can increase on-task behavior in kindergarten students with an Autism Spectrum Disorder in a journal-writing activity. The primary, peer-reviewed literature examining the relationship between exercise/yoga/mindfulness interventions on academic skills and behaviors is limited, and there is a notable lack of studies at the preschool level. These interventions hold a great deal of promise as they are inexpensive to administer and accessible to a wide range of populations. The objective of the current study is to assess the acute effects of three levels of physical activity (no exercise/circle time, low intensity exercise/yoga and moderate to vigorous physical activity (MVPA) on time-on-task in a block building task in 3-4 year old preschool children. We tested the hypothesis that both yoga and MVPA activity would increase time on-task compared to the circle-time (CT) control condition. |
|
|
32. Utilizing a Self-Monitoring Behavior Package in an Early Intervention Classroom: An Implementation of a Group Self& Match System |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
LUCY AINSMAN (San Diego State University), George Roy Mayer (Retired; San Diego State Univeristy) |
Discussant: Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of the Self & Match System, a self-monitoring behavior package, as a group intervention system to increase socially significant behaviors (cusps) in an early intervention preschool classroom for students with disabilities. Students were taught to match their recordings of their own behavior to the teacher's recordings. The results of this study yield the conclusions that preschool students in this study were able to learn to accurately self-record and positively increase appropriate classroom behavior following the introduction of the Self & Match system. There was a reoccurring theme in the data that the Self & Match System, and/or behavioral cusps, might have been the factor that increased the three subjects' behaviors. However, the lack of experimental control made drawing functional relationships impossible. The implications of these results are discussed in terms of the influence of behavioral cusps on experimental control, as well as implications, limitations, and recommendations for further research. |
|
|
33. Reducing Disruptive Classroom Behavior by Reconditioning Classroom as a Reinforcer: A Single-Case Study |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TSZ CHING NG (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong), Tracy Yip (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong) |
Discussant: Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University) |
Abstract: Daniel is a six-year-old student who has been diagnosed with ADHD and ASD. He receives 1:1 ABA services and attends integration classes in Grade one for Literacy, Math Music, Mandarin, PE and Art class. Prior to the intervention, Daniel has exhibited over 1000 call outs (defined as using an above average loud volume in comparison to the noise level in class) of repetitive words throughout the school day. This was causing a lot of disruption in class and learning for him and his classmates were impeded. It was hypothesized that the classroom may have been paired as an aversive stimuli as he was required to sit and attend to the teacher, participate in class discussions, and completed worksheets. Although high rates of praises and generalized reinforcement was provided throughout the lessons, the amount of effort Daniel had to pay was much higher than anticipated. Intervention of reconditioning the classroom as a reinforcer was employed. Results has shown a positive effect of the intervention in which there was a significant decrease of call out behavior throughout the school day. |
|
|
34. Outcomes in Instruction Informed by Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Versus a Non-Behavior Analytic Approach |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
KORTNIE COTTER FISHER (Achievement Center), Jenna Conrad (Achievement Center), Robert Gulick (Achievement Center), Franki Krugger (Achievement Center) |
Discussant: Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University) |
Abstract: Effective and evidenced based instruction is a key component to making meaningful progress with regard to skill acquisition in individuals with autism or related developmental disabilities. Previous research suggests correlations between participation in programming outlined via PEAK Relational Training System with subsequent increases in participant scores on intelligence quotient testing (Dixon, Whiting, Rowsey, & Belisli, 2014) and rapid skill acquisition and mastery with as little as twenty minutes of exposure per day (McKeel, Dixon, Daar, Rowsey, & Szekely, 2015). The present investigation sought to examine the outcomes of "non-behavior analytic" special education programming as outlined by Individualized Education Programs versus programming informed by the PEAK Relational Training System. Participants enrolled in two separate summer programs for individuals with a diagnosis of autism were assessed using the modules in the PEAK Relational Training System curriculum at intake and program completion. The experimental group received instruction derived from the curricular programs of the PEAK Relational Training System; participants in the control group received instruction as usual for based on supports indicated for summer programming in their Individualized Education Programs. The results indicated notable rates of skill acquisition and mastery in the experimental group while the control group remained largely the same with the exception of a few participants that demonstrated skill regression. Implications for follow up research and practice are further discussed. |
|
|
35. Searching for Correlations Between Fluency Building Activities and State Testing Performance |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Justin Halton (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Michelle Harrington (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Discussant: Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University) |
Abstract: This study will look at how completing fluency building activities impacts participants' performance on state testing, specifically in History. Participants are all required to complete and pass New York state testing, either the Regents exam or the Regents Competency Test to earn their high school diploma. These tests are comprised of multiple choice questions, short answer questions and an essay. Participants in this study worked on fluency building activities for several weeks before the exam, building fluency in the areas of vocabulary, dates and general concepts. Timings are completed daily, with the material, presented in a randomized sequence. Immediate feedback is given, goals are set and data is plotted on a standard celeration chart. Once a pre-determined mastery is achieved, new material is presented. We will be looking at participants' scores on the state tests and also the effect the fluency building activities had on the participants' overall experience in completing the tests. |
|
|
36. The Impact of a Paper-Based Math Facts Curriculum on Math Fluency |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Justin Halton (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Michelle Harrington (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Discussant: Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University) |
Abstract: An important part of the Common Core Standards is the requirement of fluency in basic math facts, in the operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication and division. At the Judge Rotenberg Center, students work through a paper based curriculum, Morningside Basic Number Skills, which teaches the basic math facts through a series of fluency based timings. Curriculum is broken into small steps or slices, which each student completes timings in, until they reach a pre-determined level of mastery. Data is plotted on a standard celeration chart, allowing the education staff to make data based decisions. We will be looking at the impact of using this curriculum, potentially in the areas of math facts grade level, generalization to more complex mathematics operations, and generalization to computer based timings. |
|
|
37. Curriculum Redesign: Applying Behavior Analytic Strategies to Curriculum |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
JESSICA MCQUESTON (University of Wisconsin-Madison) |
Discussant: Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University) |
Abstract: One strategy some schools are using to promote inclusion of students with disabilities is peer mentoring or peer modeling. There are various ways to implement peer-mediated strategies in the school setting. One method is to teach peers to model behaviors and act as peer tutors, which is the approach used by in the Special Olympics "Young Athletes" program. Although promising, this program was not being used widely by teachers due to their confusion about how to implement it. Therefore, I have modified this curriculum in order to make it more accessible to teachers and to better include students with diverse behavior and academic needs. I incorporated behavior analytic teaching strategies in order to support students' learning. These modifications will allow teachers to implement the "Young Athletes" program more readily, thereby promoting the inclusion of students with disabilities. Examples of the modifications based on behavior analytic principles are included, and implications of promoting peer-mediated strategies are discussed. As behavior analysts and those interested in behavior analysis, we are committed to dissemination of behavior analysis. This paper serves as a way to enter the education discussion proactively and for students with and without disabilities. |
|
|
38. Increasing Compliance and Reducing Challenging Behaviors Using Antecedent Interventions (Multi-Element Design) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
JESSICA DOMINESEY (Erie 2 BOCES), Carol Shaw (The Summit Center), Brianna Betker (The Summit Center) |
Discussant: Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University) |
Abstract: Children with Autism are often labeled as non-compliant or distracted. Too often, complex behavior intervention plans are put into place before simple strategies are ruled out. A variation of Additive Antecedent Interventions (AAI) as described by Stephenson and Hanley (2010) was implemented in this study. This study showed the impact of six antecedent variables (proximity, position, physical contact, eye contact, vocal attention, and play interruption) on compliance as assessed in five male students diagnosed with Autism aged five to eight using a multi-element design. All participants attended 6:1:3 classrooms at a private school. Two of the participants were in the same class. One of the participants received an additional antecedent (model) of the skill after it was determined that the tasks being asked of him were not in his repertoire. After all participants were exposed to the intervention, their compliance with demands increased to an average of 80% across four consecutive sessions and challenging behaviors averaged 0%-5% for all participants across four consecutive sessions. These findings support those of previous research on AAI and add to the level of confidence in their effectiveness. |
|
|
39. A Case Study in Helping a Student Decrease Verbal Perseverations |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ROSEMARIE GRIFFIN (ABA SPEECH LLC), Carolline A. Turnbull (KidsLink Neurobehavioral Center) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College) |
Abstract: A 15 year old student diagnosed with autism and a seizure disorder presented with a high number of verbal perseverations throughout the course of his school day. He attends a specialized school for students with autism and has a 1:1 instructional staff for 85% of his school day. His curriculum includes communication training, self-help, daily living, leisure and pre-vocational skills. An analogue FA was conducted and results indicated that behavior served a primary function of socially mediated positive reinforcement via access to tangible items or activities. His intervention consisted of being placed on a differential reinforcement of diminishing rates (DRD) schedule. Upon verbal perseverations, the therapist would address the topic by answering the first time and then present him with a "talk time" card and told him that they could discuss the topic during "talk time". Reactive procedures included the following: upon the display of the defined targeted behavior, a token was removed at each occurrence of the verbal perseveration, at the end of the interval if he had not exceeded the allowable amount he was able to access reinforcement. If he had exceeded the allowable amount, a neutral statement was made ( " You can try again", etc...) and another interval began. Alternative teaching included a talk time scheduled many times throughout his day, count and mand procedure, self monitoring his vocal volume and a waiting program. These procedures helped the student go from a baseline of 65 allowable perseverations per 10 minutes to 9 allowable perseverations per 10 minutes over a 6 month period. |
|
|
40. Collecting Reliable Data: Using a Training Module to Teach Interventionists' Effective Data Collection Practices |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ROLANDA R. MAEZ (University of New Mexico) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Data collection and analysis is the cornerstone of what drives decision-making that is ultimately beneficial for students with disabilities. Not only is it mandated by law (e.g., IDEA, 2004), it also good practice for practitioners to utilize effective data collection practices. Proper data collection is necessary to make informed decisions about interventions that are meaningful for the child. However, even though preservice teachers receive coursework in assessment, they do not always collect data in systematic ways to guide instructional decisions once they complete their preparation programs (Campbell & Evans, 2000). Some perceived barriers to collecting data include the setting, lack of time, and the skill set necessary for effective data collection (Sandall, Schwartz, & Lacroix, 2004). This project developed a user-friendly training module that taught classroom teachers skills for effective data collection to monitor intervention effectiveness. Skills taught included developing an operational definition; selecting appropriate dimensions of behavior to monitor; creating a practical, reliable data collection system; graphing data; and analyzing collected data using basic visual analysis. |
|
|
41. Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on Teacher Candidates' Use of a Communication Strategy |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
BROOKS VOSTAL (Bowling Green State University), Alicia Mrachko (Bowling Green State University) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Special education teachers are required to establish collaborative relationships with parents and other professionals in schools. To this end, teacher education programs are required to teach and demonstrate candidates' mastery of communications skills that foster collaboration as part of accreditation. Behavioral Skills Training (BST), which includes presentation of explicit information about the skill, expert modeling, practice with expert feedback, and participant self-assessment has been shown to be an effective method of changing teacher behaviors (Parsons, Rollyson, & Reid, 2013). The current study examined the use of BST to teach a previously validated communication strategy, LAFF Don't CRY. Participants included 40 undergraduate special education teacher candidates in their first practicum course for the major. Using a multiple probe across groups design, researchers randomly assigned participants to groups, delivered explicit instruction including individualized feedback, and then participants self-assessed their strategy usage while receiving emailed instructor feedback across probes that consisted of simulated parent-teacher or teacher-teacher conferences. The dependent variable was percent of strategy steps completed during the probe. Data showed that groups went from achieving a mean of 15% (range 11-23%) of strategy steps in baseline to a mean of 91% (range 81-96%) of strategy steps after training. |
|
|
42. Analysis of the Effects of Catalyst Electronic Data System on ABA Teachers' Data Entry Duration |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
TARA OLIVIA LOUGHREY (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Jessica Dunn (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Lindsey Jorgensen (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Alessandra Ramirez (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Maria Soto (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Diana Lozano (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Tiffany Morhaim (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Catalyst is an electronic data collection and management platform that allows users to collect real-time data through the use of an app on a portable electronic tablet. It also allows users to create and manage skill acquisition and behavior reduction programs through their online (desktop) portal. With Catalyst, users can collect the same range of data that have traditionally been collected using pencil and paper (e.g., frequency, duration, interval) but removes the redundancy of entering paper data into an online graphing program (e.g., Microsoft Excel). Catalyst automatically analyzes and graphs the data making it readily accessible via the app or online portal. The purpose of this study is to determine the effectiveness of a data collection platform, Catalyst, in decreasing the duration of data entry for ABA teachers at a small school for children with autism and related disabilities. Five teachers collected baseline data on the duration of daily skill acquisition and behavior reduction data entry, including transferring data from clipboards and binders into their existing data collection platform (Microsoft Excel) and updating graphs. A multiple baseline across participants (teachers) was used. Duration data will be collected after the implementation of Catalyst to determine its effects on data entry duration. |
|
|
43. An Evaluation of the Use of a Remote Bug-In-Ear Device to Facilitate In-Situ Teacher Training |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Kimberly Martell (Ball State University), JAMIE GAITHER (Ball State University), Leah Nellis (Indiana University at Kokomo), Nichole Weakley (Ball State University) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Teachers are increasingly required to meet the needs of students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Students with ASD often present with a range of challenging behaviors and skill deficits that interfere with learning. Teachers often lack adequate training to effectively work with students who have ASD. There are several existing studies that have documented the effectiveness of in situ direct training via a bug-in-ear for increasing teachers' capacity to use effective classroom management techniques. Although direct training is often found to be an effective teacher training method, it can be time and resource intensive especially in under-resourced schools. This study sought to increase the feasibility of teacher training by using technology to provide in situ training from a remote location. Specifically, this study used a non-concurrent multiple baseline design with a Koehler Levin randomization procedure to (a) evaluate the effectiveness of direct training via a bug-in-ear device (BIE; i.e., Bluetooth earpiece and webcam) provided remotely from an off-site location, and (b) evaluate the effect of behavior specific praise (BSP) for improving compliance and decreasing disruptive classroom behaviors in students with ASD. Data for four participants will be presented. |
|
|
44. A Review and Meta-Analysis of Safety Skills Training in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES E. KING (SEEK Education; University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College) |
Abstract: A two-phase review examined 180 studies on safety skills training published in 30 behaviorally-orientated journals from 1968 to 2014. First, a systematic review organized the literature according to: publication trends, participant demographics, experimental characteristics, and distribution safety skill types and training contingencies (e.g., positive, negative reinforcement, punishment of unsafe skills, etc.). Second, a preliminary meta-analysis of the single-case studies yielded treatment effect sizes across training contingencies. Results and discussions underscore the need to advance applied technology pertaining to this socially important repertoire. |
|
|
45. Decreasing Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior and Increasing Skill Acquisition Using a Time-In Light Procedure |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
BENJAMIN HOUSTON HATLEY (Auburn University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), Miranda Merrill (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Problem behavior and skill acquisition for children with intellectual disabilities can be particularly challenging when working with children who engage in escape-maintained problem behavior. Escape extinction (Goh & Iwata, 1994) and Functional Communication Training (FCT; Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008) are well-established treatments for escape-maintained problem behavior. However, both of these treatments have produced negative side effects in children’s behavior (Lerman & Iwata, 1996; Schieltz et al., 2011). The time-in light procedure is an alternative treatment for escape-maintained problem behavior that addresses this concern. This procedure consists of a child turning on a light to signal their readiness to work. When the light is on, the establishing operation for the current reinforcer is presumably strong enough to offset the aversiveness of the demands. Then, when the establishing operation for escape is stronger, the child can leave the light off to escape demands. The results from the treatment evaluation will be analyzed using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants with an embedded alternating treatments design. Data collection is currently ongoing and results will be discussed after additional data is collected. Interobserver agreement scores will be calculated using the proportional method for at least 33% of all sessions. |
|
|
46. Coercive Interactions and Academic Performance in School-Age Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA GARCÍA (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California), Negrete Jaime Negrete (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California), Pedro Fernandez (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California), Enrique Berra (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Excess psychological control affects children's performance in cognitive tasks of problem solving, school performance, socioemotional adaptation (O'Connor, 2002) and mathematical performance (Aunola and Nurmi, 2004). By contrast, parental children have higher language skills (Hudson, et al., 2015) and higher self-regulated learning (Pino and Whitebread, 2010). However, maternal sensitivity has generally been assessed using self-assessment scales which, because of their global nature, do not capture the moment-to-moment dynamics of interactive processes (Cerezo, et al., 2011). Therefore, the objective of the present research was to describe the behavioral variables related to maternal sensitivity in two samples of children with high (7 dyads) and low academic performance (10 dyads), from the city of Tijuana from the second to second behavioral records video sessions of 30 minutes divided into two conditions: playful and academic activity (average Kappa = .87). The results indicate that mothers of underachieving children are more coercive and less interactive, whereas mothers with well performing children outweigh social and approval attenuations, whereas children with low academic performance are more indifferent to aversive behaviors of their mothers. |
|
|
47. A Review of the Literature Pertaining to the Functions of Noncompliance |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
HANNAH MARIE MAROSE (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Much research exists to address compliance for children and adults. Several reviews of the literature pertaining to compliance exist, however, none of the reviews has investigated the functions of noncompliance nor the effectiveness of the interventions based on function. Therefore, the purpose of the current literature review was to examine the functions of noncompliance, and analyze which function-based interventions were the most effective. Past studies which conducted a functional analysis or functional assessment on compliance or noncompliance were collected and organized. Results of this review suggest that the functions of noncompliance include attention, escape, access to tangibles, or combinations of the three. The percentage of effectiveness was calculated for each function-based intervention. The results of the review along with recommendations for future research are discussed. |
|
|
48. Socially Significant Impact of Multi-Component Treatment Package for Adolescent With Mental Health Diagnoses |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
PAULETTE CLARK (Nashoba Regional School District; Family Perspectives, Inc.) |
Discussant: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: This poster will present findings about the impact of using Applied Behavior Analysis principles including Functional Behavior Assessment and implementation of multi-component Behavior Intervention Plan in a public school, general education setting, in reducing escape maintained challenging behavior and increasing adaptive responses in a middle school student with mental health diagnoses. The multi-component intervention includes: 1) Functional Communication Training, 2) self-monitoring, 3) visual schedules, 4) written previews of academic, social and behavioral expectations across all activities and environments, 5) transition strategies and 6) providing instructive and corrective feedback with a sixth grade student diagnosed with Oppositional Defiance Disorder and a Mood Disorder Not Otherwise Specified. Self-initiated Functional Communication Responses, time on task, work initiation and work completion increased and dangerous unsafe behavior decreased to near zero rates. Successful implementation of strategies resulted in student remaining in his home school in a general education setting, rather than requiring a move to a more restrictive therapeutic setting. |
|
|
49. Multiple-Tact Training and the Emergence of Categorization and Listener Behavior in Children With Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELA MENDONÇA RIBEIRO (Universidade Federal de Alagoas; Instituto Nacional de Ciência e Tecnologia sobre Comportamento, Cognição e Ensino, Brazil), Rayssa Cavalcante (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: A series of studies has demonstrated that typically developing children and children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are able to categorize, without direct training, when they can tact stimuli using a common name (the name of the category) and behave as a listener in relation to this common name. However, academic and social situations require us to tact and to behave as listeners to both the name of an item and to the category to which it belongs. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether multiple-tact training would produce categorization and listener behavior in two children with ASD (9 and 10 years old), using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants. Multiple-tact training consisted of teaching children how to tact nine Brazilian states maps and the three regions they belong to. After criterion was met, tests were introduced to assess whether participants would match states by region and select the correct comparisons after hearing the names of the states and their regions. Multiple-tact training led to the emergence of categorization and listener behavior for both participants. Although replication is necessary, results can contribute for educational and clinical practice for children with ASD. |
|
|
50. A Comparison of Two Methods for Teaching Tacts to Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Rafaela de Melo Franco (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Pedro Gomes (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), DANIELA MENDONÇA RIBEIRO (Universidade Federal de Alagoas; Instituto Nacional de Ciência e Tecnologia sobre Comportamento, Cognição e Ensino, Brazil), Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil) |
Discussant: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Efforts to evaluate the most efficient methods to teach verbal operants, such as the tact, to children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have experimental and applied relevance. The purpose of the present study was to compare two tact training methods: individual versus simultaneous presentation of stimuli. Two children with ASD (3 and 5 years old) were exposed to both methods, using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants and an adapted alternating treatment design to compare the effects of the two methods. Experimental stimuli consisted of two sets of three non-familiar pictures for each participant. During tact training with individual presentation, one of three pictures was presented in each trial. During tact training with simultaneous presentation, three pictures were presented simultaneously in each trial. After training, tests were conducted to verify the emergence of the corresponding listener relations for stimuli in both sets. One participant reached criterion in fewer trials with the individual presentation method, while the other one met criterion faster with the simultaneous presentation method. We have not completed the study; however the results suggest that the stimulus discriminability and participants' discrimination repertoire may influence performance on both methods. |
|
|
51. Effects of a Prompt Hierarchy on Motor Imitation of Non-Imitative Children With Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANA CAROLINA CAROLINA SELLA (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Rebeca Cavalcante (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Sayonara Gomes (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Daniela Mendonça Ribeiro (Universidade Federal de Alagoas; Instituto Nacional de Ciência e Tecnologia sobre Comportamento, Cogniçâo e Ensino) |
Discussant: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Imitation can be defined as two organisms emitting similar behaviors and the behavior of one is under the topographical and immediate control of the other. When an organism shows an imitative repertoire, one may use this repertoire to generate new behaviors, which amounts to imitation being an important tool in interventions for people with deficits in any area. Despite its possible use, the scientific literature does not provide many examples on how to teach imitation to non-imitative children. Thus, our purpose was to evaluate the effects of a 12-step prompt hierarchy on the motor imitation of non-imitative children. In addition, we monitored the hierarchy effects on eye contact and problem behavior. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design was used. Participants were between 2 and 4 years old and diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. In baseline, participants did not show any imitative behaviors or eye contact and displayed several problem behaviors such as tantruming, whining, and not remaining seated. Intervention resulted in increase in eye contact and decrease in problem behavior. Overall, the hierarchy increased independent imitative behavior for one child, but not for the other. We discuss the issues with prompt dependency and how pre-requisite behaviors might have influenced the results. |
|
|
52. The Effects of Self-Management Plus Token System on On-Task Behavior for a Junior-High School Student With Learning Disability |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Ching-yi Ou (National Changhua University of Education), WENCHU SUN (National Changhua University of Education), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education) |
Discussant: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of self-management on on-task behavior for a junior- high school student with learning disability. A single subject research design (ABAB) is used as the research method. A junior-high school student with LD who had advanced speaker repertories and normal IQ participated in this study. However, his teachers reported that the student has showed disruptive behaviours and lack of on-task behaviour, which caused negative impacts on his academic performance. The independent variable was self-management which included self-recording and self-evaluation, plus token system. Self-recording was taught to the student to record his on-task (attention) behaviours individually before implementing to the natural environment. The dependent variables in this study were the percentage of on-task behaviour and the completion of academic task. The results showed positive outcomes on self-management and token system for this subject (Figure 1). With the on-task behaviors increased, the academic performance also improved, and the disruptive behaviours decreased. This research provided self-management as a useful intervention strategy for promoting attention behaviors for adolescent with learning disability. With the on-task behaviors increased, the academic performance also improved at the same time. Implications of the intervention for middle school student were discussed, and the suggestions for practice and further research were also included. |
|
|
53. A Comparative Study of Diagnostic Factor and Working Memory of Children With ADHD, ADHD At-Risk, and Normal Using Active Game Task With Robot |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
YUNHEE SHIN (BK21Plus Student, Graduated School of Special Education, Daegu University, South Korea), Hyo-Shin Lee (Department of Early Childhood Special Education, Daegu University, South Korea), Sungbum Kim (Institute of Special Education & Rehabilitation Research Center, Daegu University, South Korea), EunJi Jeong (BK21Plus Student, Graduated School of Special Education, Daegu University, South Korea) |
Discussant: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: This study was to compare to ADHD's diagnostic factors (Inattention, Hyper-activity, Impulsiveness) and working memory using active game task with robot. The subject of this study was 269 of normal children, 24 of ADHD at risk and 35 of ADHD who diagnosed by doctor in Y elementary school and H hospital, South Korea. The multimedia content consisted of diagnostic factors and working memory and conducted 3 levels of difficulty on task for 15 minutes per subject. In the task situation, there were 45inch TV and Kinect on the front, 3x3 digit mat on the center and humanoid robot moving with wheels on the front-right. All subject should step by step on the digit mat as directed from 3 to 5 digit units by robot and they also should correct-react by sudden stimulus of Wolf/Neighbor as directed in advance. The behaviors of their route, reactions of sudden stimulus, and deviant behaviors—moving before start direction, attempting incorrect (commission/omission error) reaction before correct reaction, attempting deviated route and attempting to move before moving alarm. The results of this study were that It was a significant difference of success/fail on route per level among the subjects, ADHD children failed on the first level in most easier of level than ADHD at risk and normal children. In the response behavior of stimulus, it was a significant difference among the subject on the first level. The half of ADHD children have incorrect response and more ADHD at risk children failed than normal children. Finally, It was also a significant difference among subject on 2 deviant behaviors - attempting incorrect (commission/omission error) reaction before correct reaction and attempting to move before moving alarm. |
|
|
54. Improving Musical Performance With Precision Teaching |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE NELSON (University of West Florida), Dayna Beddick (University of West Florida), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida) |
Discussant: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Because audible errors in a musical performance are easily identified, fluent execution is essential. Precision teaching is an effective evaluation of music education, as it provides accurate feedback regarding progress toward fluent performance. See/Do Play written music was the pinpoint used to measure correct responses (correct notes played at correct time) during one-minute timing sessions. Written music was played on a marimba or vibraphone with a metronome. Specific beats were targeted to increase the number of correct responses until fluent performance (defined by the required tempo for the music) was achieved. Data were used to guide instructional decisions and monitor progress. |
|
|
55. Functional Analysis as an Emerging Practice in Israel: Prevalence and Limitations |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AVNER FRAIDLIN (David Yellin Academic College; Western Michigan University), Shiri Ayvazo (David Yellin Academic College), Ronit Kankazil-Maimon (Matia Holon Azur), Dana Charlap (Matya Hefer-Sharon) |
Discussant: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Functional Analysis (FA) has been addressed as the "gold standard" recommendation for understanding and treating severe problem behaviors. Nonetheless, treatment challenges such as the presence of uncontrolled sources of reinforcement and resistance of staff impede its use in educational settings. Ayvazo and Eldar (2016) published a pioneer sample data of Functional Behavior Assessment (FBA) processes executed in schools in Israel and addressed the challenges Israeli behavior analysts encounter when attempting to implement FA. The authors encouraged promoting the infusion of FA into routine behavioral-analytic practices provided in educational and clinical settings in Israel. This study surveyed 72 Israeli behavior analysts regarding their FA knowledge and practice, 57% of them were certified by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (nine BCBA, thirty-one BCaBA, one BCBA-D). Participants responded to a questionnaire concerning their FBA practices, training and experience with FA, and reasons for refraining from conducting FA. Data will be statistically analyzed and presented in tabular and graphical form. Preliminary findings presented as frequency of responses per question indicate 66% of the participants had never conducted FA. Foremost reasons are lack of resources, training or experience. Implications for training programs and the future development of applied behavior analysis in Israel will be discussed. |
|
|
56. The Effectiveness of an Adapted Direct Instruction Mathematics Strategy Using Counters on Adding Negative Integers for a Female With a Learning Disability in a High School Resource Room |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER M. NEYMAN (Gonzaga University), Calle Sullivan (Gonzaga University), Kathleen Ruff (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University) |
Discussant: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: To proceed to higher math like Algebra, adding positive and negative integers must be developed. This study's purpose was to evaluate the effectiveness of an adapted Direct Instruction (DI) Mathematics subtraction strategy to add negative integers. The participant was a 14-year-old girl with a learning disability. The dependent variable was the number of correctly written answers including the correct value and sign. A permanent product data system employed 10-problem worksheets adding positive and negative integers within a reversal design. This study adapted the DI Math subtraction crossing-out strategy to teach adding integers with vertical counters/lines for positive quantities and horizontal counters for negative quantities. For the first addend, the correct number and type of counters was drawn. For the second addend, the correct counter amount was added to or crossed out the first set of counters. The sum was determined by the number and type of counters that were not canceled out. During baseline, low numbers of correct problems were completed, while intervention showed higher numbers completed to mastery level with 100% inter-observer agreement. Adapting the DI subtraction method was successful in teaching adding negative integers and provides a new strategy for high school instruction within Direct Instruction Mathematics. |
|
|
|
|
TBA Monday Poster Session |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6 |
Chair: Scott A. Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
|
57. A Hybrid Model of Behavior Consultation and Professional Development for Building Capacity Across School Teams |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
AISLYNN KISER (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), William Martin (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Michelle Mahoney Hopton (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Lauren A. Weaver (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), A. Pablo Juarez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD) |
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: While evidence suggests behavior analytic professional development workshops for educators can increase knowledge of those skills, there is additionally interesting evidence, which supports the pairing of live professional development with ongoing coaching as essential to increasing skills for application and generalization of behavior analytic procedures. Within a professional development partnership, six Board Certified Behavior Analysts trained 60 educators across 12 school sites. The partnership consisted of a three-day workshop embedded within a behavior analytic consultation model, which included recurring on-campus and remote tele-health consultation/coaching sessions. The workshop and sessions focused on the implementation of strategies to increase educators' capacity in delivering evidence-based interventions to increase functional skills and decrease problem behavior within the school setting. Throughout the partnership, educators self-reported their knowledge, skills, and barriers encountered relative to the implementation of strategies taught. During on-campus and remote tele-health sessions, BCBAs collected procedural fidelity data on trainee implementation and provided feedback. Educators reported daily implementation of strategies along with time-sampling data and direct behavior ratings on engagement and problem behavior for target students. Analysis will be provided regarding the additive effects of coaching sessions on fidelity and quantity of strategy implementation, student performance outcomes, and educators' self-reported skills and confidence for application. |
|
|
58. Using Goldfish to Teach Learning in Behavior Analysis |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARISSA STIUSO (Monmouth University), Lindsay Renee Mehrkam (Monmouth University) |
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Although commonly owned as household pets with few expectations, goldfish can engage in learning and perform complex behaviors despite popular opinion of their capabilities. At Monmouth University, an undergraduate psychology of learning class employed hands-on behavior analysis procedures to demonstrate a variety of learning processes in seven goldfish. All learning objectives, task analyses, and procedures performed by the students were designed and supervised by a doctoral-level board-certified behavior analyst. During on campus classes, 35 students successfully conducted experiments and directly observed the processes of habituation, counterconditioning, matching law, and operant conditioning (specifically, shaping) while simultaneously collecting behavioral data. In addition, students conducted a paired-stimulus preference assessment to determine each goldfish's most preferred food (see example data provided in Figure 1). Finally, students shaped each goldfish to perform unique behaviors through various discriminative stimuli and reinforcement schedules. Behavioral and self-report results from students collectively suggest that the use of goldfish can effectively be used as a convenient and relevant animal model to teach basic and applied behavior analysis concepts and principles. Directions for future research in teaching behavior analysis are discussed as well. |
|
|
59. Teaching Behavior Technicians to Create Single-Case Designs Using GraphPad Prism |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
MALIKA JADE MCPHETERS (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kayla Rechelle Randall (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Adam M. Briggs (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Victoria Cohrs (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Visual representation and inspection of data are important aspects of behavior-analytic research and practice. They are the primary means of examining relations between environmental variables and behavior (Bourret & Pietras, 2012). GraphPad Prism is a premium graphing program used to analyze, graph, and present scientific data and is a popular alternative to Microsoft Excel (Haddock & Iwata, in press). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of video models to teach behavior technicians to create high-quality single-subject graphs using Prism. In Study 1, we taught technicians to create publication-quality graphs from pre-entered data tables. In Study 2, we addressed limitations of Study 1 by evaluating (a) data input in addition to graphing, (b) maintenance of skills without access to video models or identical graph models, and (c) generalization to novel data sets derived from publications in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Our results indicate that the video models can be an efficient and effective method for teaching bachelor-level technicians to input and graph behavior-analytic data to presentation and publication standards. |
|
|
61. Evaluating Functional Analysis and Choice Analysis Outcomes of Students Through a Challenging Behavior Training Project |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAYME MEWS (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital) |
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: The University of Iowa Children's Hospital has collaborated with the Iowa Department of Education since 2009 to support an initiative to increase the use of experimental analyses within a functional behavior assessment by providing training to specialty teams. Through training, specialty teams learn how to design and conduct choice analyses and functional analyses. A functional analysis is commonly used to identify the consequences reinforcing problem behavior (e.g., Iwata et al., 1994); whereas the choice analysis is often used to identify the consequences that reinforce appropriate behavior (e.g., Harding et al., 1999). The purpose of the current study is twofold. First, we evaluated what type of reinforcement that each assessment is likely to identify. Second, we compared the results when both assessments were completed with the same student. A review of assessments completed between 2013 and 2017 was conducted. Twenty-one cases (students between the ages of 3 and 12 years of age) were identified meeting inclusion criteria. Different patterns emerged between the two assessments, with agreement of function occurring in only 23% of the cases. This suggests that what reinforces problem behavior may not always align with what reinforces appropriate behavior. Implications will be discussed in the poster. |
|
|
62. Utilizing Behavior Skills Training to Teach Skill Acquisition Programs in an Adult Residential Facility |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Javid Rahaman (Bancroft), VICTOR CHIN (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Acquisition of vocational and daily living skills is a focus of many adult residential programs. Extensive research has supported the use of teaching procedures such as chaining (Jerome, Frantoni, & Sturmey, 2007; Luyben et al., 1986), prompt fading (MacDuff, Krantz, & McClannahan, 2001), and time-delay prompting (Charlop, Schreibman, & Thibodeau, 1985). In an adult residential facility, resources allocated to training are often limited, which may influence the quality of training provided to direct support professionals (DSPs) which may force clinicians to select less complex and less effective teaching procedures. Though the effectiveness of the teaching procedures themselves has been demonstrated, there is little research exploring how to teach DSPs to run skill acquisition programs involving best-practice teaching procedures. Organizations often use a "train-and-hope" approach, which frequently fails to prepare DSPs to perform prescribed programming (Sturmey, 1998). Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is a competency-based approach to training that has been effective in teaching a variety of skills (Van Den Pol, Reid, & Fuqua, 1983; Ducharme & Feldman, 1992; Johnson et al., 2006). The present study will utilize BST to teach advanced skill acquisition techniques to various groups of direct support professionals using a multiple probe across participants design (Horner & Baer, 1978). |
|
|
63. Can Recording Procedural Integrity of a Behavioral Procedure Result in Gaining Implementation Skills? |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Brianna Herrera (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge), DIANA PEREZ (California State University, Northridge) |
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Training staff to conduct behavioral procedures with high procedural integrity (PI) can be very costly. There is some research evidence that participants may learn performance-based skills through Observer Effects, which is the effect of rating other individuals' PI on one's own PI. However, few researchers have looked into capitalizing on the Observer Effect for cost-efficient staff training. Therefore, the purpose of our study was to assess if a video training that has been efficacious in teaching PI recording of Paired Stimulus Preference Assessments (PSPA) would have ancillary effects on participants' implementation skills. We conducted a multiple baseline design across 5 undergraduate students and found that watching a video model, accessing a Performance Monitoring Tool (PMT), and undergoing the video training were not enough to bring participants' implementation skills to mastery. However, two participants reached mastery after engaging in the interactive portion of the training, which involved observing and rating an individual's PI (i.e., Observer Effect). Three participants required additional verbal feedback on implementation to reach mastery. Our findings suggest that trainees benefit from observing and recording video models' PI and trainers may be able to capitalize on observer effects for more cost-efficient training. |
|
|
64. Teacher-Conducted Trial-Based Functional Analysis |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN LEFEVRE (Melmark; Temple University), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark) |
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Problem behavior often occurs in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Functional Analysis (FA) is a method used to identify the function of challenging behavior. Preliminary research has demonstrated that results from Trial Based Function Analysis (TBFA) conducted in natural settings often match the results obtained when conducting standard FAs in analogue settings. This study expanded previous findings from Rispoli et al., 2015, on the effects of a training package on teacher TBFA implementation in classroom settings. A multiple baseline design across teachers was used to measure the effectiveness of the of the TBFA training on teacher implementation fidelity. Three teachers in a special education setting were trained to implement the TBFA during role-plays and classroom probes with the students. All three teachers maintained high fidelity across each condition and over time. The results of one TBFA were then used to developed an individualized function-based treatment plan to examine the effects of the plan on reducing problem behavior of one individual with ASD. Results indicated a decrease in challenging behavior when the function-based intervention was implemented. |
|
|
65. Training Public School Educators to Teach Children With Autism |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM J. CALDERHEAD (Sam Houston State University), Jordan Kulaga (Sam Houston State University) |
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Public schools face a critical shortage of educators with expertise in behavioral approaches to teaching children with autism. This poster reports pre- and posttest Behavioral Implementation of Skills for Work Activities (Fisher et al., 2014) results for 10 paraprofessionals and one special education teacher enrolled in a 48-hour, face-to-face Registered Behavior Technician course, emphasizing Behavioral Skills Training. Skills taught included use of contingencies of reinforcement, discrete-trial teaching, naturalistic teaching, task-analyzed chaining procedures, discrimination training, stimulus control transfer, prompting, and prompt fading. Using a two-tailed paired-samples t-test, the difference score mean 4.09 (standard deviation = 1.42) was statistically significant at the .05 level, t = 2.89, p = 0.016197. These results suggest that face-to-face courses emphasizing skill acquisition should include opportunities to practice and role play skills. |
|
|
66. Challenging Concepts and Terms as Viewed by Students in an Applied Behavior Analysis Preparation Program |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
KEREN ENGLANDER (Kibbutzim College, Israel), Racheli Mazor (Kibbutzim College, Israel), Shay Menashe Shir (Kibbutzim College, Israel), Nitzan Ram (Kibbutzim College, Israel), Eitan Eldar (Kibbutzim College, Israel) |
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis Program, currently at the Kibbutzim College, Israel, has been initiated in 1990. The program includes sixteen courses and a comprehensive field experience, all based on the BACB task list. The diagram presented in this poster portrays the variety of courses offered and the tasks they cover. To improve their knowledge base, we asked forty students in their second year of study to rate their comprehension degree relating to all items listed in Task List IV. High comprehension rated three, medium comprehension rated two and low comprehension rated one. Preliminary analysis of the results suggests that high scored items were related to practical experiences while low rated items were related to theoretical, philosophical and to verbal behavior concepts. Data were collected in the midst of the third semester out of four, allowing enough time for remedial assignments and academic experiences. Those will be adapted to meet the challenge of linking practical knowledge to theoretical understanding of behavioral principles and procedures. A table classifying the rating of the task list items will be presented, followed by recommendations for curriculum adaptation. |
|
|
|
|
OBM Monday Poster Session |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6 |
Chair: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
|
67. How Organizational Behavior Management is Being Implemented in the Workplace: The Future |
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research |
JASPREET JAGPAL (Center for Autism and Related Disorders; One World Therapy; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis is expanding and whether we like it or not it is our future. The field of organizational behavior management is a sub-field or category of Applied Behavior Analysis. We influence the behavior of others in the workplace. We do that now in our current position as practitioners and supervisors. The idea of using a more positive procedure over punishment is being pushed in the workplace and that is because we are seeing much better results. Although not many opportunities are ready available to us as organizational behavior managers, we have the skill set necessary to pinpoint behaviors and manage behaviors in almost any environment. Along with learning about the environment and what is triggering the behavior in the immediate environment it is also vital to learn about the "organization" or company. How the company runs their business, how they make their income and how assets are being developed. What is it the people want out of the company and what motivates them to work their. We will look deeper into motivating operations of an organization and environmental factors that influence our behaviors in the workplace. |
|
|
68. Toward a "Warm and Fuzzy" Behavior Analysis: Granular, Behavioral Application of the Cube One Framework |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
RICHARD KOPELMAN (Baruch College), David Prottas (Adelphi University) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: For decades researchers in the field of behavior analysis have lamented why they [managers, educators, etc.] are "not using our good stuff" more often. During the past two years six strategies have been advanced to expand the use of behavior analysis. The present research incorporates five of the suggested strategies: it employs more resonant terminology; it incorporates "warm and fuzzy" behaviors; it offers an easily understood framework; it permits evidence-based management; and it is scalable. To date, research on the Cube One framework has only employed a molar analysis of summated enterprise-, customer- and employee-directed practices (behaviors). At the molar level, organizations enacting high levels of these behaviors were far more successful than those that enact a low level—results equally applicable to for-profit and nonprofit/government organizations. The present research, using data from 597 U.S. and 125 Brazilian employees examines 30 management practices at a granular level. Organizational performance was measured both using a rating and a behavior-based assessment. In the U.S. all practices were significantly associated with performance; the mean being .r = 305. Using a behavior-based criterion the mean correlations was r = .315. Ways to modify the present research paradigm to parallel traditional behavior analysis are described. |
|
|
69. Decreasing Phone Use Using Public Displays of Data and an Incentive |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
HAILEY DIOGUARDI (University of Central Oklahoma), Scott Singleton (University of Central Oklahoma) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: The use of personal cell-phone use in the work place has become an increasing problem with the increase of technology. The use of cell phones during work can increase employee's distractibility as well as decrease company profits. The goal of this study was to decrease cell-phone use during the night shift at a small locally owned clothing store. A multiple baseline design was used to evaluate the effects of an incentive and public display of data on phone use. The participants in this study included six females. All were within the ages of 18-23 and were typically developing. The employees were asked to sign a contract of participation before beginning. The contract included the all program contingencies. During the intervention, any behavior other than phone use was rewarded with 1 point on a 30 minute schedule. The participant with the most points per hour was given a $50 gift card at the end of the month. Phone use data was graphed weekly, and publicly displayed in the store break room. Results showed that public graphing of cell-phone usage and a monthly incentive decreased the use of cell phones. |
|
|
70. Stickers as Reinforcers for Credit Card Sign-Ups in a Retail Store |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SAMANTHA KNOWLES (University of Mississippi), Emmie Hebert (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: For-profit entities rely heavily on employee performance and are continually looking for ways to better align employee performance to corporate goals. One way businesses attempt to do that is through reinforcement using tangible incentives. This can lead to millions of dollars spent per year on these incentives. A cost-effective solution for businesses could be to use stickers to reinforce their employees' behavior. Store credit cards have become a major revenue source for national retail stores, and these stores ask that clerks secure credit card sign-ups. Often store managers use threats of aversive control if clerks do not secure a minimum number of new credit card holders. The current study sought to determine if stickers have reinforcing properties in the workplace with an adult population. At a large retail store in a small town, employees were given stickers as a consequence of receiving store credit card sign-ups. This study used a time series design to assess the effectiveness of this procedure. The data suggest that stickers may be an effective way for retail businesses to increase credit card sign ups. Implications and future directions will be discussed. |
|
|
71. Using Goldiamond's Constructional Questionnaire to Conduct a Needs Assessment Within an Organization |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
JESSICA WINNE (University of North Texas), Melinda Sota (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: Needs assessments can be used to help identify gaps or needs within organizations. This poster describes how the Constructional Questionnaire (Goldiamond, 1974) methodology was used to understand needs within an organization as well as identify current skills and potential reinforcers to be used in subsequent interventions. The questionnaire was utilized to identify goals for an organization and how the organization was currently operating in regards to the identified goals. Once these were determined, the goals were classified according to Rummler & Brache's (1995), three levels of performance: organization, process, and job. The first level that can be classified is the organizational level; this is the organization as a whole and what it can do. The second level is the process level; this is how works gets done in an organization. Finally, there is the job level, which involves individuals doing specific jobs. This paper provides a case study in how one may expand the Constructional Questionnaire and Goldiamond's constructional framework within a needs assessment. |
|
|
72. The Effects of Two Different Types of Variable Message Signs on the Reduction of Vehicle Speed |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
LIM SUNG JUN (Chung-Ang University), Jidong Lee (Chung-Ang University), Han kyu Park (Chung-Ang University), Kwangsu Moon (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: Using Variable Message Signs (VMS) is an effective intervention for reducing vehicle speed. This study examined the effects of two different types of VMS on speed reduction; a vehicle-contingent type which only displays the message in the presence of vehicles, and a continuous type which displays the message constantly regardless of vehicle presence. The data were collected at two school zones for 20 weeks. The dependent variable was the speed of the vehicle passing through the two school zones. A counterbalanced multiple baseline design was adopted. After baseline phase (A), the vehicle-contingent type (B) was introduced, then the continuous type (C) was implemented in the final phase. The results indicated that both types of messages were effective in reducing vehicle speed. However, the contingent type was more effective than the continuous type in reducing vehicle speed. |
|
|
73. The Effects of Education, Self-Monitoring With Goal Setting, and Social Comparison Feedback on Safety-Related Behaviors of Bus Drivers |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
GaEun Roh (Chung-Ang University), HAN KYU PARK (Chung-Ang University), Kwangsu Moon (Chung-Ang University), Lim Sung Jun (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung-Ang University) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: The effects of education, self-monitoring with goal setting, and social comparison feedback on safety-related behaviors of bus drivers were examined. Participants were six bus drivers. We identified four safety related behaviors as target behaviors. We adopted an ABCD within-subject design. After baseline phase (A), an educational session was provided (B). In the next phase, self- monitoring with goal setting (C) was introduced then social comparison feedback (D) was introduced in the final phase. All three interventions were effective in promoting safety-related behaviors. However, self-monitoring with goal setting was more effective than the educational session, while the social comparison feedback was the most effective. |
|
|
74. Evaluating Simulations in Behavior Science: Measuring Complex Behavior in the Human Operant Chamber of the Future |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
Steven Anbro (University of Nevada, Reno), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), SOL MARTINE NILSEN (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Laura Crosswell (University of Nevada, Reno), Luka Starmer (University of Nevada, Reno), Amber Marie Maraccini (Renown Health) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: Simulations in human research allows for an increased degree of environmental control, thereby providing researchers with opportunities they may not encounter in the natural environment. The authors begin by extending an analysis of simulation in behavior scientific research conducted by Ward and Houmanfar (2011). This extension considers published research studies from high impact behavior science journals and provides a context for the current status of simulation research in the field. Next, the role of Virtual Reality Simulations (VRS) in behavior science is considered. VRS has emerged as a technology that provides a safe alternative to in-vivo training for High Reliability Organizations (HROs). Current research projects incorporating VRS in HROs are reviewed. Finally, future directions for simulation research are discussed in terms of advances in technology and potential applications for further research. |
|
|
75. Can the Concept of Metacontingency and the Performance Matrix Inform One Another? |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
April M. Becker (The University of North Texas; The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center), YUKA KOREMURA (Ballast; Keio University) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: Several behavior analysts have taken alternate approaches to the study of human culture, and integration of these approaches may be possible. Thomas Gilbert (Gilbert, 1978) described a system to engineer performance in any group of people using six teleonomic levels or vantage points and a three-stage analytic engineering processes for each one, organizing performance accomplishments from the general to the specific. Sigrid Glenn (Glenn, 1988) developed a selection-based paradigm to study the development and control of interlocking behavior via metacontingencies. Gilbert defined performance as composed of both behavior and the valuable accomplishment that it produces, and metacontingencies select multi-organism patterns of interlocking behavior producing aggregate products; both paradigms broaden their scope of analysis from the three-term contingency. Since both Gilbert's definition of performance and Glenn's definition of metacontingencies are rooted in the Skinnerian definition of behavior and in behavior's relationship to different outcomes, they are not incompatible. Gilbert's performance matrix may be useful in identifying and organizing desired contingency and metacontingency relations in an engineered system. We illustrate how the combination of these approaches to cultural analysis can be used to engineer behavior that supports worthy performance. |
|
|
76. Statistical Analysis for the Changing Criterion Design |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
STEVIE ANN COLLINI (Western Michigan University), Bradley E. Huitema (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: Interest in statistical analyses of single-case behavioral data is increasing. Time-series regression methods recently have been developed for multiple baseline and reversal designs. A generalization of these methods for the changing criterion design is described in this presentation. A common thread that runs through all of these designs is the notion of cumulative evidence. All single-case designs (with the exception of the weak two-phase AB design) involve the incorporation of multiple phases to strengthen the argument for treatment effects. The proposed method systematically cumulates evidence from all phase changes in a changing criterion design to provide information regarding both individual criterion change effects and overall descriptive and inferential summaries. In many cases the proposed analysis can be computed using ordinary least-squares regression routines found in virtually all statistical software packages. If autocorrelated errors are encountered an appropriate double bootstrap routine (known as DBfit) that was developed specifically for small samples can be used instead. The proposed analysis provides a straightforward solution for both traditional and complex versions of the changing criterion design. |
|
|
|
|
CBM Monday Poster Session |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6 |
Chair: Casey Mckoy Irwin (COFC) |
|
77. An Evidence-Informed Checklist to Evaluate Medication Impacts During Behavioural Treatment |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ALISON COX (Pryor, Linder and Associates), Catherine A. N. Pryor (Pryor, Linder and Associates) |
Discussant: Steven Merahn (Centria Health Care) |
Abstract: Psychopharmacological and behavioural interventions are often used to treat challenging behaviours. Sometimes these intervention types are implemented concurrently, called combined interventions, while other times they are applied in isolation. Given that a large proportion of persons with intellectual disability and challenging behaviour are prescribed psychotropic medications, it is likely behavioural practitioners will be responsible for managing clients with at least one psychotropic medication prescription. Further, clinicians may be asked to attend psychiatric consultations to support families who are pursuing a medication trial for their loved one. To effectively manage challenging behaviour through psychotropic medication, behavioural practitioners may add value to the psychiatric process by identifying, implementing and overseeing effective, objective data collection strategies. These strategies may better inform the prescribing physician on how medications changes may be positively or negatively impacting the client. A thorough review of the behavioural literature indicated proposed guidelines have only targeted processes in applied behavioural pharmacology research. Some of these recommendations may not be relevant for behavioural practitioners operating outside of a research setting. We developed and piloted an evidence-informed checklist for behavioural practitioners operating within a clinical setting. The intent of this tool was to guide clinicians in selecting appropriate target behaviours and coinciding data collection strategies to objectively evaluate medication impact. Several specific case studies are described including the time committed required in following the checklist, as well as client outcomes. |
|
|
78. Evidence Briefing on Behavioural Stabilization Services for Individuals With Intellectual or Developmental Disabilities |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
DANIEL FOIDART (University of Manitoba), Hannah Curtis (University of Manitoba), Lindsay McCombe (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Beverley Temple (University of Manitoba) |
Discussant: Steven Merahn (Centria Health Care) |
Abstract: In crisis situations, individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities (IDD) may put themselves or others at risk; prompt and effective behaviour stabilization service is then required. In this report, we summarize available literature regarding services for individuals with IDD who experience a behavioural crisis. Various service approaches are described, including; outreach, hospitals, inpatient/outpatient services, and many more. We analyze service models in terms of the physical environment of service provision, team members involved, methods used, capacity and available resources, etc. The outcomes of the respective service models are also summarized, including the number of individuals accessing service, average number of days needed to stabilize the client, percentage of re-referrals, etc. General themes surrounding the challenges of crisis service delivery are discussed along with recommendations to resolve them. The available literature shows that stabilization services can be implemented effectively and that successful models have some common features. Most models are effective at providing rapid responses to urgent requests for services and are effective at stabilizing the behavioural presentations of individuals with IDD experiencing crises. However, gaps exist within health care systems and the services received by individuals with IDD experiencing a crisis are likely not sufficient to stabilize them long term. |
|
|
79. Behavioral Dentistry: A Literature Review |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CATHERINE MCHUGH (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Adam Carter (Brock University) |
Discussant: Steven Merahn (Centria Health Care) |
Abstract: Worldwide prevalence rates of cavities ranges between 60% to 90% of children and approximately 100% of adults (WHO, 2012). Given this widespread prevalence of cavities across the lifespan, the Canadian Dental Association (2017) and American Dental Associations (2010) recommend regular dental visits. However, for those fearful of the dentist, regular dental visits can be quite problematic. In this poster, we provide an overview of the current status of research on behavioral dentistry aimed at improving skills associated with participating in routine dental care. Specifically, we review and analyze the treatment strategies evaluated within this literature and provide recommendations for practice. In addition, we discuss potential areas for future research and call for research that can be carried out in a relatively brief amount of time, produce lasting effects that are socially meaningful to parents and other caregivers, and used with a range of individuals (e.g., both children and adults). |
|
|
80. Contingency Management Versus Feedback Alone: A Comparison of Treatments for Smoking Cessation |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHRYN M. POTOCZAK (Shippensburg University), Josephine Dress (Shippensburg University), Mallory Patterson (Shippensburg University) |
Discussant: Steven Merahn (Centria Health Care) |
Abstract: Cigarettes smoked over five weeks were measured for four participants to determine if feedback only (FO), in the form of saliva cotinine levels, would be as effective a treatment for smoking cessation as contingency management (CM). During a one-week baseline, participants texted the daily amount of cigarettes smoked to researchers and met twice to have their saliva cotinine levels evaluated. In Week Two, all participants were introduced to smoking reduction via a changing-criterion design, in which the allowed daily amount of cigarettes was 25% lower than their baseline level. All participants continued to text the daily number of cigarettes to research associates and meet twice a week for evaluation of cotinine levels; however, Participant A received cash lottery draws for attending meetings and reduced cotinine levels from the previous meeting level (CM). Participants B through D simply received feedback regarding saliva cotinine levels (FO). Treatment continued for three weeks, with a 25% reduction targeted for each subsequent week. While complete cessation did not occur, all participants did reduce the daily number of cigarettes smoked from baseline levels, and results indicate that FO was as effective in producing this result as CM without the associated cost of the cash lottery. |
|
|
81. Effects of Parent-Child Interaction Therapy on Problem Behavior Maintained by Different Functional Variables |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
BENJAMIN HOUSTON HATLEY (Auburn University), Nadratu Nuhu (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Drake University), Allison Cotter (Auburn University), Elizabeth Brestan-Knight (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Steven Merahn (Centria Health Care) |
Abstract: Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) is an empirically based parent training intervention used to treat behavior problems in children ages 2 to 7 (Eyberg & Funderburk, 2011). PCIT uses differential attention and a structured time out procedure to promote increased positive parent-child relations and child compliance (Eyberg & Funderburk, 2011). One limitation of PCIT is the lack of a functional analysis (FA) prior to the intervention. Determining the function of problem behavior is important, as function-based interventions are empirically based and more effective at decreasing problem behavior. A multielement design was used to determine the function of problem behavior. The effects of PCIT on problem behavior were evaluated using graphed Eyberg Child Behavior Inventory scores, per the PCIT manual. Using a single subject design, this study sought to investigate the treatment effects of PCIT on problem behavior maintained by the most common social functions of behavior. Based on patterns of responding, it is hypothesized that PCIT will be more effective at reducing problem behavior maintained by access to attention and tangibles and less effective at reducing problem behavior maintained by escape from demands. Interobserver agreement will be calculated using the proportional method for at least 33% of total sessions. |
|
|
82. Taking ABA to "Mainstream" Users: Robustly "Harnessing the 'Gifts'" of ADD/ADHD by Systematically Using the "Antecedent/Behavior/Consequence" Paradigm Within an Applied Behavioral Medicine Framework |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
RICHARD COOK (Pennsylvania State University) |
Discussant: Steven Merahn (Centria Health Care) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis is ideally suited for helping to develop behavior change in the child or adult diagnosed with ADD/ADHD, yet most so diagnosed never encounter true behavioral approaches that systematically utilize these powerful principles. Some clinicians never bother to ensure the patient with ADHD has a wristwatch or a daily calendar. Factors can be physiological, environmental, social, and vary in the time of most effective impact. This paper highlights a plethora of such basic infrastructural elements which can have an impact, if the clinician is mindful of them, including approaches to assess the sensitive issue of the use, or even obviate the use, of medications within the context of other aspects of an individuals situation. This paper presents the use of an Antecedent/Behavior/Consequence paradigm to highlight within each of those areas concepts and factors to address, serving as an objective platform to remind therapist, patient, and parent alike that typical ADHD treatment as implemented by most practitioners fails to consider many of these factors and potential interventions, thus preventing the dramatic behavior change made more likely by a robust, balanced palate of A, B, and C interventions, methodically derived, objectively reevaluated, and continuously revised, as applied behavior analysts are trained to do routinely, and well. The majority of the clinicians treating ADD/ADHD patients by definition do not have the applied behavioral background, and as a result simply fail to identify and address many potential factors, the adjustment of which could have major impacts in habits developed and behaviors emitted. Patients therefore rarely get the systematic evaluation which is done daily by behavior analysts for other clinical diagnoses, and thus have a treatment plan that typically is narrowly focused on one or two modalities, as opposed to one methodically identifying areas of intervention and implementing changes within multiple domains of the patient's life. As ABA claims to want to apply these powerful principals to more mainstream applications, ADD is clearly one of those areas, well suited for ABA. Applied behavior analysts can, and arguably, should, be the leaders in applying ABA to the ABCs for ADD! This paper highlights general techniques, and arguably, responsibilities, for doing so to the benefit of patients, practitioners, and the discipline of ABA itself. |
|
|
83. Medication Management: Compliance, Side Effects, and Symptoms |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
ELIZABETH PEREZ (Pyles and Associates), Adrienne Mubarek (Pyles and Associates) |
Discussant: Steven Merahn (Centria Health Care) |
Abstract: Often times in dually-diagnosed adult populations medications are prescribed for psychiatric symptoms. Medication non-adherence is highly prevalent among patients on psychotropic medication, which compounds the challenge of behavior intervention implementation. Previous studies have demonstrated that inconsistent medication administration results in higher rehospitalization admissions and thus impedes on consistent implementation of behavioral interventions. The current objective was to increase medication compliance that addresses psychiatric symptoms to obtain consistency of administration to be able to evaluate the effects of behavior interventions on problematic behaviors. Over the past three months, the client has demonstrated an average of 70% medication compliance. The client has also been rehospitalized during the previous two months ranging from three-days to a week's admission. However, despite the inconsistency with medication administration, data for the targeted problematic behaviors (physical and verbal aggression, property destruction, and inappropriate sexual behavior) show a gradual decreasing trend. These results indicate that despite medication non-adherence, behavior interventions are effective in reducing the frequency of problematic behaviors that lead to hospitalizations. |
|
|
84. Psychiatric Medication Reduction With Dually-Diagnosed Adults |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
VICTORYA JEWETT (Pyles and Associates), Adrienne Mubarek (Pyles and Associates) |
Discussant: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada-Reno) |
Abstract: Working with the dually-diagnosed adult population, clinicians are often times faced with frequent medication changes with little attention to the overall effectiveness of those serious medications. Medications such as depakote, lithium, haldol, and seroquel are often used to address behavior problems, even there is little research supporting its effectiveness. In addition, long term use of these medication may lead to unavoidable side effects such as tremors and chronic gastrointestinal issues. Little work has been demonstrated in the behavior analytic field regarding medication management and reduction in conjunction with behavior intervention. One reason for this may be the settings that behavior analysts work in limit the contact opportunities with prescribing psychiatrists. The purpose of this evaluation was to coordinate with prescribing psychiatrists to reduce psychiatric medications and side effects associated with those medications. We conducted assessments on associated psychiatric symptoms at intake while on a particular medication regimen, and again after behavior intervention had been applied. Also, medication changes were tracked over time along with side effects associated with the medication being taken. Results show an overall reduction of psychiatric medication, reduction of side effects, and reduction of symptoms associated with the mental health diagnosis. |
|
|
85. A Large-Scale Project to Improve Tolerance of Medical and Dental Routines in Adults With Disabilities: Challenges, Strategies and Some Preliminary Success Stories |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
AUDREY H. SHIVERS (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Joshua Kinser (university of north texas), Kathleen Ann Bayliss (University of North Texas), Carla M. Smith (University of North Texas), Katy Atcheson (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada-Reno) |
Abstract: Non-compliance and challenging behavior during routine medical and dental procedures is common among individuals with intellectual disabilities. These behaviors can result in increased risk to individuals and health-care professionals during procedures, negative general or dental health outcomes, and increases in reliance on intrusive behavior management procedures. Often, individuals displaying these behaviors receive sedation or anesthesia prior to routine procedures, increasing risks associated with those procedures. These problems may be greater for institutionalized adult populations who have exhibited resistant behaviors for long periods of time, have compromised physical and medical health status (often due to histories of intolerance of medical procedures), and whose living environments are often characterized by frequent changes in caregivers, poor caregiver training, and inconsistent contingencies. The current presentation describes a large-scale program designed to improve compliance with and tolerance of medical and dental routines at a large, residential/training facility for individuals with intellectual disabilities. Procedures for identifying individuals with such challenges, conducting preliminary screening assessments, assigning priorities, functional assessment, intervention, and staff training will be described. |
|
|
86. Pediatric Radiation Oncology With Movie Induced Sedation Effect |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA JOSE OTERO (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada-Reno) |
Abstract: Radiotherapy for a pediatric cancer patient often consists of 25 to 30 sessions lasting 5 to 6 weeks. Standard radiotherapy practice in children involves the use of general anesthesia during each session to ensure that the patient remains still during the treatment. The excessive use of sedation introduces many risks and side effects that, combined with chemotherapy, and cancer itself, can greatly reduce the overall quality of life for the children and their families. A small body of research shows that behavioral control techniques are successful in teaching children to remain still in an array of medical settings. We seek to evaluate the effects of continuous positive and negative feedback loops on compliance with the movement requirements of the radiotherapy procedures. Three pilot studies have been conducted on healthy adults with promising results. Using the feedback loops all pilots were able to control their motion to clinically relevant standards. If successful once transferred to children this procedure will have the potential to reduce the use of sedatives and increase the quality of life for pediatric cancer patients. |
|
|
87. Behavior Analysis and Technology: An Alternative Approach to Recovery From Knee Surgery |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
BRENNAN PATRICK ARMSHAW (University of North Texas), Russell Silguero (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada-Reno) |
Abstract: Research in Behavior Analysis has produced a sophisticated understanding of the organization of behavior. Beyond the increase in the precision with which we are able to measure and record behavior, there has been an increasing recognition of the operant nature of many acts previously thought to be impervious to feedback/antecedent control. These developments suggest that the domains in which behavior analysis might contribute are considerably broader than previously appreciated. One area in which Behavior Analysis might make important contributions is behaviorally-based health services. The current project, takes rehabilitation following post knee replacement surgery as the target. We ask if a technology-infused contingency management system can help improve rehabilitation outcomes by providing physical therapists with immediate and reliable measures of patient progress allowing physical therapists to make necessary program changes. Further, through the use of dynamic reinforcement systems and stimulus control principles, we ask if a contingency management system can successfully shape muscle amplitude in order to facilitate patient progress in a rehabilitation context. Our current data suggests that the answer is yes. Changes in reinforcement contingencies reliably result in changes in muscle amplitude. These findings set the stage for the automatic and remote management of contingencies related to healthy behavior. |
|
|
88. Physical Activity and Headache: Disability and Diagnostic Differences |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
TRACY PROTTI (University of Mississippi), Daniel Rogers (University of Mississippi), Todd Smitherman (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada-Reno) |
Abstract: Migraine and other recurrent headache disorders are leading causes of disability worldwide. The disability associated with recurrent headache stems not only from pain symptoms but also from commonly comorbid psychological disorders (e.g., anxiety, depression) and associated restrictions in daily activity. In light of emerging evidence linking obesity to frequent migraine, the current study sought to assess relations between headache, physical activity, and Body Mass Index (BMI) in a sample of young adults. Headache diagnosis (migraine, tension-type [TTH], no headache) was established through structured diagnostic interview, followed by body measurements, then completion of questionnaires assessing physical activity and headache-related disability. Regression analysis was used to determine if BMI predicted physical activity across the different diagnoses. Results indicated that although the groups did not differ on mean physical activity, BMI significantly predicted physical activity only for those with migraine diagnoses (β = -186.96, r2 = 0.16, p = 0.04), such that those with migraine diagnosis a lower BMI was associated with higher levels of physical activity. Further investigation into the role of migraine in the relationship between BMI and physical activity is needed, with the purpose of implementing behavioral interventions to decrease the disability related to headache disorders. |
|
|
89. Agreement Between Functional Assessment Methodologies: A Comparison of Best Practices in a Time-Sensitive Outpatient Setting, With Typically-Developing Children |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JOELLE KRANTZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Susan K. Perkins-Parks (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Danielle Tarver Alexander (Johns Hopkins University, Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada-Reno) |
Abstract: Functional analyses (FA) are widely accepted as the best practices approach for ascertaining behavior function and designing effective behavioral interventions (Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman, 2013; Delfs & Campbell, 2010; Mace, 1994), having amassed over 35 years of empirical studies to support its efficacy (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003). The brief functional analysis (BFA) is a modification (Northup et al., 1991) often conducted in outpatient settings when time constraints are of concern. They have been established primarily with children with developmental disabilities, with support for typically developing children as well (Gardner, Spencer, Boelter, DuBard, & Jennett, 2012). However, several limitations still exist. Specifically, BFA's present risk of producing false positives and false negatives (Kahng & Iwata, 1999; Derby et al., 1992). Additionally, their internal validity can be questionable given the brief nature of the assessment (Wacker, Berg, Harding, & Cooper-Brown, 2004). In the current study, we conducted 60-minute brief functional analyses with typically developing children, in a time-limited outpatient setting, comparing their results to those obtained after conducting extended functional analyses. The results revealed inconsistencies in agreement, presenting questions surrounding the best practices approach to use in time-sensitive outpatient settings, with typically developing children—where problem behavior may be multiply maintained. |
|
|
90. Discriminating Sensory Over-Responsivity and Misophonia, a Conditioned Aversive Reflex Disorder |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
THOMAS H. DOZIER (Misophonia Institute) |
Discussant: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada-Reno) |
Abstract: Sensory over-responsivity (SOR) is common in individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), in which the person has an aversive response to common stimuli such as the sound of a toilet flushing or a vacuum cleaner. Other aversive stimuli may be bright lights or the tactile sensation of clothes tags or tight shoes. Misophonia is a common (but widely unknown) condition in both typical and ASD populations, where specific low intensity stimuli elicit/evoke strong negative behavioral responses. Although the behavioral response to stimuli may be similar for misophonia and SOR, they are very different conditions. Misophonia is viewed as a discrete disorder which cannot be properly classified using the DSM-5 or ICD-10. With SOR, the response is typically a unconditioned sensitivity to stimuli which elicit/evoke the response. With misophonia, the response is a conditioned sensitivity to stimuli which elicit/evoke the response. Surveys of adults with misophonia indicate that misophonic stimuli are soft sounds (e.g. chewing, breathing) and repetitive visual stimuli (e.g. open mouth chewing, foot wiggling, hand movements). Onset of misophonia can occur at virtually any age. Discriminating between SOR and misophonia can be very important because treatment to address the behavior of these conditions is different. |
|
|
|
|
PRA Monday Poster Session |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6 |
Chair: Noelle Neault (PENDING) |
|
91. Crisis of ProfessionalIdentity and Power Play: Inhibitory Implications on Competent Practice |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
BOSEDE ASIKHIA (International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Usifo Edward Asikhia (International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Discussant: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is a scientific discipline concerned with developing techniques based on the principles of learning and applying these to change behavior of social significance. Since 1960’s, there has been exponential worldwide growing rate of the profession. This growth and globalization of ABA has thrived on the characteristics or dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis published by Baer, Wolf, and Riley’s 1968 article. Since then, the philosophies of practice have been rooted in the understanding that most behaviors are learned, that behavior serves a function, the environment impacts behavior, skill deficits impact behavior, that team work is critical, and that relationship matters. In pursuant of the latter, the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts made provision for professional delineation and boundaries of Competence while cautioning practitioners to always be sensitive to the potential harmful effects of other contacts on their work and on those persons with whom they deal. With the resurgence of ‘flash card therapy’ and utter disregard for boundaries of competence by competing professionals in the field of ABA therapy, there appears to be conflict with multiple contingencies concept in operation during intervention and resultant drift from the multiple functional areas of client’s development usually in focus of attention. This emerging trend, does not only promote incompetent practice, it makes social validation indices recessive or invisible and ultimately voids the collaborative synergy of the stakeholders (i.e. the interaction of professionals whose inputs when combined produce a total therapeutic outcome that is greater than the simple sum of the individual professional’s contributions). Presenter Co-author Bosede Ehimen Asikhia BCBA Dr. Usifo Edward Asikhia BCBA-D Program Director/Faculty Member Clinical Director/Faculty Member bosedeasikhia@gmail.com asikhia@msn.com International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis MAJEK BALOGUN TOWN [OPPOSITE FARA ESTATE] EPE-LEKKI EXPRESS ROAD, LAGOS NIGERIA Email: itc-aba@itc-aba.org Tel: 08026080864, +12085894026 Web: internationaltrainingcenterabaafrica.com & Home-Link International Inc. 890 E Walnut Rd. Apt. 4 Vineland NJ 08360 USA |
|
|
92. A Comparison of Procedures for Evaluating Generalization Following Matrix Training |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Christine Perry (Beacon ABA Services), VICTORIA SADLER (Beacon ABA Services), Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Discussant: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Matrix training has been used to promote generalized demonstration of targeted object-action-language routines (Goldstein & Mousetis, 1989; Dauphin, Kinney, & Stromer, 2004). In the context of play, it involves training object-action-language (OAL) routines with a set of figurine-object pairs. Following acquisition of targeted play routines, generalization is then tested by recombining the materials into novel figurine-object pairs. Although this procedure is effective in establishing untrained OAL play routines when figurine-objects are presented in pairs, it is unclear whether generalization is also demonstrated in the context of a more typical play scenario in which all materials are available at once. The goal of this study is to design a method of evaluating generalization effects of matrix training by developing a test that more closely approximates a typical play scenario. The participant, a three year old girl diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) was taught three OAL routines using video modeling. Generalization was then tested using two different generalization tests and the degree of recombinative generalization demonstrated in each test was evaluated. |
|
|
93. Use of Descriptive Assessment and its Correspondence to Functional Analysis: A Systematic Review |
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory |
Bethany P. Contreras Young (University of Missouri), SAVANNAH TATE (University of Missouri Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders), Mattina Davenport (University of Missouri-Columbia), Aqdas Haider (University of Missouri), Alexander C. Schalla (University of Missouri) |
Discussant: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Functional assessments are used to identify the reinforcers maintaining problem behavior and helps guide treatment development. Two types of direct assessment are often used to identify the function of problem behavior: descriptive assessment (DA) and functional analysis (FA). Some researchers have suggested that DA is not as accurate as FA (Thompson & Iwata, 2007), yet many practitioners continue to use DA as a primary method for identifying variables maintaining problem behavior (Roscoe et al., 2015). We are conducting a systematic literature review to identify the use of and correspondence between results of DA and FA. We conducted a thorough literature search, which included any published studies that reported the methods and results of a DA for problem behavior. For studies that included both a DA and FA, we calculated the correspondence in function between the two assessments for each participant. We found that the results of DA corresponded with results of FA in 59% of cases. In 25% of cases, results of DA yielded completely different results than FA. This preliminary analysis suggests that practitioners may not wish to rely solely on the results of DA when developing treatments for problem behavior. |
|
|
94. Learning Statistical Language: Self-Paced, Learning Modules for Behavior Analysis to Communicate on Interdisciplinary Teams |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ABBY LEWIS (Teachers College, Columbia University), Tom Buqo (Hofstra University) |
Discussant: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts frequently work on interdisciplinary teams with other service professionals. These professionals consume research outside of the behavior analytic realm that utilize different methods of data collection and analysis. These methods often utilize group-design statistical analysis that behavior analysts have little to no training in. While single-subject design and visual analysis remain the preferred research methodology for behavior analysis, a knowledge of what statistical terms mean and their use is crucial to effectively interpret results from other fields and communicate with other members of service delivery teams. The current poster provides information on upcoming training modules designed by behavior analysts to provide self-paced, personalized instruction to professionals and students seeking to effectively master the language of statistics for the purpose of communication and interpretation of the results of other fields relevant to the interdisciplinary service delivery for individuals and their support networks. Preliminary data will also be presented on the outcomes of the modules. |
|
|
95. An Evaluation of Problem Behavior During the Paired Stimulus Preference Assessment |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (Rowan University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: The paired stimulus preference assessment (Fisher, et al., 1992) is a common method of identifying preferred items that may function as reinforcers. Despite its utility, the methodology of presenting and removing preferred items following brief periods of access may evoke problem behavior, particularly for those with a tangible function. In this study, we conducted a record review of the last 30 consecutive patients seen for assessment and treatment of problem behavior. We evaluated whether problem behavior (a) was more likely to occur during the preference assessment for those for whom we identified a tangible function in a subsequent functional analysis, (b) was more likely to occur as the number of trials without the top preferred item increased, and (c) decreased over the course of the preference assessment. Results indicate that problem behavior was more likely to occur for those with a tangible function (68.42%) versus those without (9.09%). As trials without the top preferred item increased, the likelihood of problem behavior increased. There was not a significant difference between quartiles in which problem behavior occurred. The majority of participants had an identified tangible function (63.33%), followed by escape (40.00%), attention (36.67%), and other functions (e.g., automatic, social control; 3.33% each). |
|
|
96. Treating Aggression in a School Setting: Embedding an Individualized Levels System Into a Tolerance Training Treatment Evaluation |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
SAVANNAH TATE (University of Missouri Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University), Bailey Copeland (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University) |
Discussant: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Both tolerance training and individualized levels systems have separately demonstrated reductions in high rates of problem behavior, such as aggression. However, when aggression is severe and confounding variables within the natural setting are challenging to control, fidelity to programmed procedures is likely to be low and treatment effects may not be observed. In this study, we used an individualized levels system embedded within tolerance training with a contingency-based progressive delay for a 6-year old female diagnosed with ADHD. A functional analysis indicated aggression and property destruction were maintained by access to tangible items and possibly escape from demands. After observing consistent rates of problem behavior during tolerance training in an analog setting, therapists implemented an individualized levels system in her classroom. Data were collected on intensity of aggression by her teachers throughout the study. Data indicate an individualized levels system within tolerance training could be used to treat severe aggression in the school setting. |
|
|
97. Evaluating a Treatment Package to Teach Parents to Implement Pediatric Feeding Interventions |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY ANDERSEN (California State University, Northridge), Beverly Nichols (California State University, Northridge), Megan D. Aclan (Aclan Behavioral Services), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge) |
Discussant: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Many children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are highly selective in the variety of foods they eat, which can result in poor nutrition and inappropriate mealtime behavior (Penrod et al., 2012). Behavioral interventions, implemented by clinicians and parents, have been successful in improving children's food acceptance (Bachmeyer, 2009; Najdowski et al., 2010). Researchers have called for component analyses of treatment packages (e.g., Behavioral Skills Training; BST) to evaluate the efficiency of training others to implement feeding interventions (Penrod, 2010). Recently, Aclan & Taylor (2017) investigated the effectiveness of written instructions and feedback to teach parents to implement feeding procedures. The current study extends this research by systematically introducing the components of BST with one additional component, a flow chart, to caregivers of children with food selectivity. The flow chart, a hybrid of both visual prompts and task analyses (Danforth, 1998), has not been evaluated with pediatric feeding interventions. In this study, we examined the use of flow charts and found encouraging results of their use in parent education. |
|
|
98. Analysis of Graphical Displays Toward Effective Behavior Assessment |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
DANA MARIE SZYMANSKI (Bancroft), Javid Rahaman (Bancroft), Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft), Victor Chin (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Conducting effective assessment and treatment requires practitioners to continuously evaluate pertinent variables to ensure high internal validity. Additionally, identifying and interpreting the effects of specific variables requires stringent analysis of the collected data. Graphical displays are conservative methods for interpreting and communicating meaningful information (Parsonson & Baer, 1986). With this, visual inspection is a crucial skill to interpret results and make clinically sound decisions toward further assessment and treatment (Roane, Fisher, Kelley, Mevers, & Bouxsein, 2013). However, visual inspection of results may be directly impacted based on the dependent variables being measured, types of graphs being used, or when variability in data becomes more complex (Furlong & Wampold, 1982; Vanselow, Thompson, & Karsin, 2011). For effective communication of results, further graphical interpretations and displays may need to be developed and presented (Onwuegbuzie & Dickinson, 2008). Furthermore, this may become increasingly beneficial with aggregation of results, which may detract from a richer analysis of assessment results (Fahmie & Hanley, 2008). The present study explores the use of multiple graphical formats to display relevant assessment information of two adults who exhibit intense aggressive and disruptive behavior while discussing implications toward treatment. |
|
|
99. The Effects of Antecedents and Consequences on Accurate Identification of Function of Problem Behavior by Direct Service Staff With Less Than One Year of ABA Experience |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
SUE A. RAPOZA-HOULE RAPOZA (Beacon ABA Services), Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Discussant: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: The function of behavior is determined by consequences it produces. Antecedent stimuli signal the consequence availability for the behavior. Practitioners sometimes identify function based on irrelevant antecedent information. The goal was to identify whether irrelevant antecedent information affect the accurate identification of escape and attention functions by observers with limited experience in Applied Behavior Analysis. Six participants were presented with video segments representing antecedent, behavior, and one of two consequences: attention (hand-over-hand task completion) or escape (task removal). While the antecedent and behavior actions shown in the videos did not vary (task presented and pushed away), subtitles added to each segment in the antecedent and behavior varied, suggesting attention or escape. This created 4 conditions in which antecedent and consequences were consistent (conditions AA and EE) or inconsistent (conditions AE or EA). Participants were asked to identify escape or attention functions at the conclusion of each of the 16 videos presented. Results indicate that when antecedent and consequence combinations depicted in the video segments are consistent, accuracy in identifying function is high. When the combinations are inconsistent, accuracy rates greatly decreased, suggesting that the decrement may be based upon irrelevant information associated with the antecedent rather than relevant consequences. |
|
|
100. Evaluating the Effectiveness of the Picture Exchange Communication System Protocol With Children Under the Age of Three |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALICEN CUTTING (Beacon ABA Services), Scott Thomas (Beacon ABA Services), Brooke Hyland Littleton (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Discussant: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: The picture exchange communication system (PECS) is an augmentative and alternative communication system frequently used to promote functional communication in individuals with autism (Bondy and Frost, 1994; Siegel, 2000; Yamall, 2000). While most research on PECS has found it to be an effective communication system, little research on its use with children under age thee has been conducted. The present study evaluated the sue of the PECS protocol on children between the ages of 18 and 36 months of age. Three children under the age of 30 months participated. All had received ABA services for less than 4 weeks, and had no previous exposure to the PECS protocol or AAC. All trainers followed the PECS protocol, starting with Phase 1. Children were taught to remove a single icon from the front cover of an empty communication book and exchange the icon with a communicative partner in order to receive the target item. Data were collected on the trials to mastery of Phase 1, average service hours per week, and number of different spoken words. All three participants demonstrated mastery within Phase I of PECS and maintained this skill. |
|
|
101. Comparison of Therapist-Fed Versus Caregiver-Fed Functional Analysis Outcomes in Children With a Pediatric Feeding Disorder |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JASON R. ZELENY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Vivian F. Ibanez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: Trained therapists have served as the feeder in most research on functional analysis of inappropriate mealtime behavior even though inappropriate mealtime behavior typically occurs in the natural environment when the caregiver feeds the child. The extent to which the results of a therapist-fed functional analysis identifies the reinforcers for inappropriate mealtime behavior when the caregivers feeds the child is unknown. Ringdahl and Sellers (2000) compared the outcomes of a therapist versus a caregiver functional analysis of problem behavior (e.g., self-injury). Levels of problem behavior were higher when a caregiver conducted the functional analysis relative to a trained therapist. The functional analysis identified different functions for one participant. Results of Ringdahl and Sellers suggest that treatment prescription might differ, depending on the individual who conducts the functional analysis. We do not know, however, whether results would be similar for functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior. In the current investigation, we compared outcomes of therapist- versus caregiver-fed functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior, and results were identical for 6 of 8 participants. We discuss the implications of these results for function-based treatment of inappropriate mealtime behavior and considerations for future research on pediatric feeding disorders. |
|
|
102. Tolerance Training With Contingency-Based Progressive Delay as Treatment for Aggression |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JESSICA LEE PARANCZAK (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University) |
Discussant: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a common intervention used to teach appropriate communication as an alternative to problem behavior, however, in order to maintain treatment effects in the natural environment, training tolerance to denied or delayed reinforcers can be a critical addition to FCT. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of a multi-phase intervention for a 4-year old female with Cerebral Palsy and developmental delays. A functional analysis indicated her aggression was maintained by access to tangibles and attention along with escape from demands. Tolerance training occurred in two synthesized conditions that required the participant to discriminate the onset of different but relevant establishing operations in order to emit the correct, contextually prescribed, mand. Afterward, she was taught to tolerate delays and denials to reinforcement that were enforced by the participant's mother in home settings. |
|
|
103. A Comparison of Self Versus Caregiver Feeding in the Treatment of Food Selectivity |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
KAYLA DIANE BRACHBILL (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Rachel Minkel (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Megan Tolan (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Samantha Lee Smock (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Discussant: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: Several interventions such as escape extinction and differential reinforcement have been shown to be effective in the treatment of food refusal, food selectivity, and problem behaviors associated with feeding; however, most interventions are implemented using caregiver feeding (i.e., adult presentation of bolus). Therefore, little is known about the effects of self feeding on bite acceptance and problem behavior. The current study compared self feeding and caregiver feeding with four children. There was no difference in bite acceptance for three out of four participants; however, caregiver feeding was more effective for one participant. In addition, all four participants exhibited fewer problem behaviors during the self-feeding sessions. These data suggest that using self feeding during treatment might be beneficial for children, especially for children of parents who have difficulty tolerating problem behavior. |
|
|
104. Effects of Self-Management Class and Exercise Class on Improving Impulsivity Among College Students |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
SEUNG-AH LEE (Yonsei University), Sunghyun Cho (Yonsei University) |
Discussant: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: Former research has suggested that behavioral modification delivered as college class helps students to reduce impulsivity and regular exercise itself also has positive effect by improving regulatory strength. In this regard, this study compares the effects of behavioral modification and exercise in a college setting. The self-management class (n=34) required students to implement an individual improvement plan applying behavioral principles and skills than they learned while the exercise class (n=24) consisted of regular exercise once a week. As a control group, the psychology class (n=33) consisted of lectures on the major psychology theories. The delay discounting task, the Barratt impulsiveness scale, the self-report habit index, and self-regulatory behavior questionnaire were administered at the beginning and end of the class. The results of repeated measures of analysis of variance indicated that there were no significant group differences in impulsivity measured by delay discounting. However, the self-management group showed significantly larger improvement in habit strength and self-reported impulsivity compared to exercise and control group. Additional changes in regulatory behaviors including alcohol consumption and time management were also reported. This study implied that self-management class has positive effect in improving impulsivity of college students. Limitations and recommendations were also discussed in detail. |
|
|
105. Using Precision Teaching to Increase Rate of Speech in a Child With Autism |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
HANNAH LAVIANA (ABC Group Hawaii), Kyle Machos (Autism Behavior Consulting Group) |
Discussant: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: Abnormal speech patterns are a hallmark symptom of autism. Initiating conversations and developing meaningful social connections are often a deficit for children with Autism. In addition, attempts at maintaining conversation with same-age peers can be unsuccessful due to the prolonged latency between words and phrases. This case study evaluates the effectiveness of rate-building exercises on increasing the speed of intraverbal exchanges in the natural environment to that of same-age peers. The participant is a 10-year old boy diagnosed with Autism. Precision teaching sessions were conducted in an Autism clinic. The frequency of words named per minute and words spoken in conversational speech were collected. Generalization probes were collected during a free-operant condition. The dissemination of this information may help ensure that people with similar deficits can access methods that result in more effective communication and the elimination of symptoms of Autism. Precision teaching timings were conducted during Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) sessions. IOA was evaluated during baseline and was at 97%, and will be evaluated for 33% of future sessions. |
|
|
106. Parent on Board Training Model: Front Loading Parent Training |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
KAT BUCHANAN-MILLER (Sacramento Autism Services; ABA Without Borders; Addiction Recovery Institute) |
Discussant: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: Parent on Board Training Model: Front Loading Parent Training This model is based on the premise that Parents want to help their children. Applied Behavior Analysis is a complex science, and we must stay mindful that the majority of our parents are not educated in the practice of Applied Behavior Analysis. The Parent on Board Training Model: Front Loading Parent Training, combines education models equal to those that teach English as a second language with Applied Behavior Analysis principles to deliver the complex language, procedures and practice delivery in a comprehensive, understandable method that parents and caretakers can engage in. When parents first seek service they are highly motivated. They often find themselves facing wait lists and searching to secure help for their child. These scenarios often create a setting event, increasing the likelihood of parent engagement in the process. Given the premise that parents want to help their children we can conclude that they need some front load teaching prior to the beginning of Applied Behavior Analysis treatment to increase results. Using the Parent on Board Training Model measurable improvement can occur in parent participation, cooperation, and collaboration as part of the Applied Behavior Analysis team. |
|
|
107. The Effects of a 40-Hour Registered Behavior Technician Training Program on the Implementation of Behavior Reduction Procedures |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Taylor Seidler (University of Nevada, Reno), Kristen Green (University of Nevada, Reno), DERRICK GRIME (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysts have a professional and ethical responsibility to ensure that clients have access to high quality services delivered by skilled and competent service providers. A goal of credentialing service providers is to establish standards of competency and standards in training. The Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) is the current credential for frontline staff providing direct implementation of behavior analytic services. Among the requirements for the RBT Credential is the completion of a 40-hour training program, which can be conducted in person or online. Despite the importance of this credential, relatively little research has been conducted examining the relationship between the 40-hour training program and the implementation of behavior analytic services. The present study examined how completing an online, 40-hour RBT training program impacted a trainee's ability to conduct behavior reduction procedures in role-play scenarios. Specifically, implementation of an extinction procedure was analyzed pre- and post- the 40-hour online RBT training program. Following the RBT training program, behavioral skills training was implemented and the participants' ability to implement behavior reduction procedures was assessed. Implications for clinical practice and a discussion of future research will be provided. |
|
|
108. The Effects of Mastery Criteria on Skill Maintenance |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
MONIQUE BARNETT (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Discussant: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: Skill acquisition in discrete trial teaching is often determined when an individual responds with 80% or 90% accuracy across 3 consecutive days; however, little is known about the influence of mastery criteria on skill maintenance. The current study compared skill retention at 1 month post mastery when the criteria for mastery was 1 versus 3 days. Data for the first two participants show no difference in skill maintenance. If no differences result from 1- versus 3-day mastery criteria, 1-day mastery criteria should be used in order to allow for faster introduction of more teaching targets in order to increase teaching efficiency. However, more data are required in order to make conclusions regarding best practice for determining mastery criteria for skill acquisition in discrete trial teaching. |
|
|
109. The Effects of an Online 40-Hour Registered Behavior Technician Training Program on the Acquisition of Discrete Trial Teaching |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Kristen Green (University of Nevada, Reno), Taylor Seidler (University of Nevada, Reno), MATTHEW CHRISTOPHER PETERSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: The purpose of the credentialing program offered by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board is two-fold 1) to ensure quality control of services thereby 2) increasing the likelihood that consumers will have access to effective treatments. The Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) is a credential for providers who are responsible for the direct implementation of behavior-analytic services. Various requirements must be met to achieve the RBT credential, the most intensive of which is a 40-hour training program based on the RBT task list. The task list is intended to cover core tasks that are likely to be performed by behavior technicians. There has been no empirical investigations of how a 40-hour online RBT training impacts an RBT's ability to implement behavior-analytic services. This study examined the effects of an online, 40-hour RBT training program on the implementation of discrete trials teaching. Specifically, participants were newly employed in an Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention training program. Videos were taken of each participant running discrete trials pre- and post- a 40 hour online RBT training and post- behavioral skills training. A task analysis for discrete trial teaching was used to score the videos. Implications for clinical practice and future research will be provided. |
|
|
110. A Case Study of Toilet Training a Child With Autism and Abnormal Genitalia |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
KYLE MACHOS (Behavior Autism Consulting Group), Hannah Laviana (ABC Group Hawaii) |
Discussant: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: Toilet training is often a difficulty in children diagnosed with Autism, and incontinence in older children can be a paramount barrier in all aspects of quality of life. The purpose of this study was to determine the effectiveness of a customized version of toilet training to teach toilet skills to a 10-year-old boy with abnormal genitalia and Autism. This case study was conducted with one child diagnosed with Autism spectrum disorder at an Applied Behavior Analysis clinic and the child’s home. Urinary complication arose following 12 surgeries to address multiple medical issues performed on the participant between the ages of 18 months and 3 years of age. These surgeries addressed ambiguous genitalia, rectal prolapse, urinary restriction, hernias, and hypospadias. It was reported following surgical complications that the ability for continence in the future was unlikely. Toilet training was unsuccessfully attempted multiple times in multiple settings, leaving the sight of public and novel restroom extremely aversive. Graphical analysis was used to determine effectiveness of toilet training. Results of this case study indicate that the training method was effective in teaching dryness, initiation, and urinating into the toilet at acquisition level to Autistic child with urinary complication following multiple surgeries. |
|
|
111. The Effectiveness of Using a Visual Board and Reinforcement During Feeding Therapy |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
KATARZYNA M. BABIK (University of Social Sciences and Humanities) |
Discussant: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: Children with the feeding difficulties are likely to engaged in inappropriate mealtime behaviors (IMB) which may interfere with the developmental of age-typical feeding skills and may require intervention to increase appropriate eating. The purpose of the current study was to investigate the effectiveness of using a visual board involving delivery of tokens and a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) paired with verbal praise as a procedure to increase solid intake and decrease inappropriate behaviors during mealtimes for a child with food refusal. A tangible preference assessment was run to identify a reinforcer. Non-preferred food was identified via an interview with the child's parents and used across all sessions. Initially each instance of acceptance resulted in access to a preferred activity, verbal praise and removal of the token from the visual board. Following an increase in acceptance the tokens on the visual board required for exchange to a preferred activity were increased. Results demonstrated that the DRA, visual board and verbal praise increased levels of acceptance and decreased levels of inappropriate behaviors from baseline. |
|
|
|
|
VRB Monday Poster Session |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom |
Chair: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
|
1. Matrix Training to Promote Recombinative Generalization in Children With Autism Using a Speech Generating Device |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
VIDESHA MARYA (Marcus Autism Center), Heidi Morgan (Marcus Autism Center), Thomas Travers (Marcus Autism Center), Andresa De Souza (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University), Sarah Frampton (May Institute), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute) |
Discussant: Andresa De Souza (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University) |
Abstract: Research in matrix training has shown that when the diagonal targets from a matrix are trained the individual may demonstrate correct responses to the non-diagonal targets within the same matrix and novel targets from a separate matrix (Frampton, Wymer, Hansen, & Shillingsburg, 2016). The purpose of this study was to replicate prior research in matrix training with children with autism who use a speech generating device. Two males diagnosed with autism were exposed to matrix training with mastered tacts of nouns (e.g.f, "elephant") and verbs (e.g. "reading"). Two matrices were constructed (Matrix 1 and Generalization Matrix), using mastered nouns and verbs. Following baseline of the matrices, diagonal targets within Matrix 1 were trained (e.g., "elephant reading"). Post-tests were conducted for the Generalization Matrix followed by post-tests for Matrix 1. Both participants showed recombinative generalization with the Generalization matrix after training of diagonal targets in Matrix 1. |
|
|
2. Teaching Verbal Behavior through an Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) Device: A Case Study |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
MOLLY QUINN (BehaviorWorks ABA), Ann M. Baloski (BehaviorWorks ABA) |
Discussant: Andresa De Souza (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University) |
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), is based on B. F. Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behavior and widely used across the field today. (Sundberg, 2008). Many board certified behavior analysts may treat the VB-MAPP as foundation to their verbal behavior programs, yet maximizing its use is further complicated when the learner is non-vocal, has multiple disabilities, and limited fine motor skills rule out sign language as a communication modality. Mindful of the challenge, we set out with the verbal behavior approach to teach a 10-year-old female client with down syndrome and autism spectrum disorder. Prior to treatment that included use of her augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) device, the learner had limited to no functional communication skills. Today, using her AAC device she has a mean length of utterance (MLU) of 4.5 words; communication functional and appropriate to her environment. VB-MAPP domain scores, derived before introduction to the AAC device (January 2016), compared to recent testing in October 2017, demonstrate increases of 60.5 points. Through the merging of AAC application, Language Acquisition through Motor Planning (LAMP) and the VB-MAPP, we were able to give her new access to a voice, one she otherwise did not have. |
|
|
4. Improving Verbal Outputs in Two 6-Year-Old Boys With Autism From Being Non-Vocal to Vocal Using Skinners' Analysis of Verbal Behavior |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Maira Rifat (ABA India), MEERA RAMANI (ABA India) |
Discussant: Andresa De Souza (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University) |
Abstract: The conceptual basis of many language training programs for children with ASD involves Skinners' analysis of verbal behavior. According to Skinner, responses within the same topography can be actually functionally independent. Present study involves teaching Echoic, mand, receptive, tact and tact by function as well as intraverbal skills to two 6 year old boys who were completely non verbal till the age of 6 and who started developing language and intraverbal skills using Skinners' analysis of verbal behaviour. The result showed participants also started to read and acquire more language. |
|
|
5. Using Textual Prompts as a Means to Increase Intra-Verbal Repertoire of Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
AVANTIKA SHARMA (ABA India), Meera Ramani (ABA India) |
Discussant: Andresa De Souza (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University) |
Abstract: 3 children under ASD who often answered incorrectly were participants in this study. The children under the study could not use sentences to answer questions or reciprocate answers. We sub-sequentially taught two responses "I have" and "I see" using objects and pictures. The prompting strategy was progressive prompt delay and auditory prompt was only used during the text-prompt condition. Results showed that after textual prompts were used for all the participants, they could generalize the responses across instructors and materials. The importance of teaching generalized responses that enable the acquisition of novel intraverbals is being worked upon. The results showed that using text prompts and prompt delay techniques was effective. |
|
|
6. Emergence of First Instances of Speech in Non-Vocal Children With Autism: The Effect of Early Versus Later Addition of Intraverbal Training |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast) |
Discussant: Andresa De Souza (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University) |
Abstract: Estimates of non-vocal children with autism lacking in speech ranges from 10-30% (Koegel et al., 2009; Tager-Flusberg et al., 2013). An article review in The Analysis of Verbal Behavior revealed the importance of intraverbal training for inducing first instances of speech in non-vocal CWA is unexplored. Awasthi (2017; Dissertation submitted) examined the role of intraverbal fill-in training in inducing first instances of speech in two separate experiments with 46 and 19 participants respectively and found evidence to indicate that in traverbal fill-in (IFI) training can be a valuable addition to manual sign-mand training with paired vocals (MSMPV) for inducing first instances of speech. In experiment 1, IFI training was added after more than 12 weeks of MSMPV when participants did not acquire any speech. A detailed analysis of weeks to vocal suggested 16%, 35% and 49% children acquired vocals in 12, 24 and more weeks respectively. In experiment 2, IFI was introduced along with MSMPV as a treatment package and 94% children acquired mastery criteria (n=7 vocals) within 12 weeks. The findings suggest that Intraverbal fill in training should be added early on to programs intended to evoke first instances of speech in non-vocal children with autism. |
|
|
8. Teaching Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Respond to Irony: A Clinical Evaluation and Molecular Analysis |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
DANIELE RIZZI (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara (Italy)), Alessandro Dibari (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara (Italy)), Erica Scandurra (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara (Italy)) |
Discussant: Andresa De Souza (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University) |
Abstract: Understanding irony, sarcasm or complex forms of verbal behavior is often a barrier for children with ASD (Filippova et al, 2008). In the present paper we evaluated the clinical efficacy of a teaching package composed by Behavioral Skill Training (BST), in vivo training and multiple exemplar training to teach to recognize and respond to ironic statements in two students with ASD. The intervention has been effective to teach the target behavior and to promote generalization across people. The maintenance of results after one, two and three months from the outset of intervention has been monitored for one student. An analysis, based on Skinner's Verbal Behavior, of the behavior to recognize (as listener) and respond (as speaker) to ironic comments will be proposed. The analysis focuses on the interaction between environmental variables and on the control those variables have on behavior (convergent and divergent stimulus control), identifying the discriminative stimulus for the listener response, produced as result of a past history of reinforcement or punishment, in the presence or absence of joint control between non verbal (surrounding environment) and verbal (comment) stimuli. Different effects of convergent and divergent stimulus control will be discussed. This analysis, based on Radical Behaviorism, offers a tentative explanation of the learning process behind this form of complex verbal behavior. |
|
|
10. The Effects of Varying Verbal Stimuli on Cooperative Responding |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
ELIZABETH GHEZZI (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Andresa De Souza (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University) |
Abstract: The IRAP is an assessment procedure designed to target a history of verbally relating specific classes of stimuli (Dymond & Roche, 2013). Stimuli are regarded as implicit as they are measured with respect to faster response latencies and more accurate responses, or brief and immediate relational responding. This poster addresses the predictive utility of a modified IRAP and the additive effects of motivational stimuli to increase cooperation and conformity in a simulated EKG work task. Various classes of cooperative, and conformity, stimuli were assessed to determine if they had an augmenting function on cooperative and conformity responding, and if there can be a functional distinction drawn between the two classes of stimuli. The alignment between implicit responding, as demonstrated in the modified IRAP, and explicit responding, as demonstrated in the simulated work task, will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
DDA Monday Poster Session |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom |
Chair: M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute) |
|
11. Modifications to Behavioral Interventions for Individuals With Visual Impairment |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEXA CECELIA KALMBACH (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland Baltimore County), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute; The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine; University of Maryland Baltimore County), Molly K. Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Shannon Ward (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Teaching appropriate replacement behaviors is a common intervention for problem behavior maintained by social reinforcers (Carr and Durand, 1985). Multiple schedules are an effective way to teach individuals to request the reinforcer maintaining problem behavior only when the discriminative stimulus is present and to gradually tolerate longer periods in which the discriminative stimulus is absent (Saini et al., 2016). Signaling the availability of the reinforcer typically involves using visual stimuli, which may not be possible when working with individuals with visual impairment. The purpose of this study was to identify a treatment which reduced problem behavior maintained by access to attention in an individual with intellectual disability and visual impairment. A sweatband was placed on the patient's wrist to signal times when attention was available, and removed when attention was no longer available. During times when the sweatband was on, high quality attention was delivered immediately for 30 seconds contingent on appropriate requests for attention. During times when the sweatband was removed, all requests for attention were ignored. With this intervention in place, rates of problem behavior remained low, even when periods where attention was not available increased. |
|
|
13. A Meta-Analysis of Single Case Research Evaluating Functional Assessment-Based Treatments for Individuals With Down Syndrome |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BLAKE HANSEN (Brigham Young University), Kaylee Christensen (Brigham Young University), Christian Sabey (Brigham Young University) |
Discussant: Shannon Ward (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this meta-analysis was to evaluate the effects of functional behavioral assessment-based treatments for behavior challenges of individuals diagnosed with Down syndrome. Studies included in this study were published between 1982 and 2017. Searching online databases, we found 21 published articles met the initial inclusion criteria. These studies included a total of 24 participants with Down syndrome who received function-based treatments. Participants ranged in age from 2 to 53 (mean = 13.4) and 71% were male. Functional analyses were the most common means for identifying the function of the participants' behaviors (n = 16) followed by indirect or direct analyses (n = 8). From the 24 participants in the published articles, treatment effects were evaluated for 37 distinct treatment conditions across 38 behaviors. Effect size estimates were calculated and combined across all individual participant data sets. The combined and weighted effect size indicated a strong effect (r = 0.73). Additional analyses were conducted to evaluate the impact of study variables including effects for separate topographies and functions of behavior. Design standards proposed by the Institute of Education Sciences were applied to the articles included in the meta-analysis. In the final analysis there were 18 articles that met standards, the total number of participants who received effective treatments was 21. All studies were conducted by different research teams in different geographic locations. Overall results indicate that there is sufficient evidence to support the use of functional behavioral assessment with this population. |
|
|
14. A Review on the Application of Functional Analysis Methodology to Tic Behaviors |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KISSEL JOSEPH GOLDMAN (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Shannon Ward (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Tics are responses assumed to be neurobiological in origin and/or maintained often by automatic reinforcement. Still, several studies have shown that tic frequency can be influenced by antecedent environmental events and social consequences. Prior reviews have summarized the effects of these influences but have not examined the relation between tic diagnoses, intellectual or developmental disability, or tic topographies and the consequences observed to maintain tics. These variables might be useful for predicting and identifying maintaining consequences. We reviewed and summarized results from the 13 functional analyses of tic behavior that have been published to date. We examined patterns of functions across tic diagnoses, intellectual and/or developmental diagnoses, and tic topography. Results suggested that developmental diagnosis was not a predictor of function, but that tic diagnosis and topography appeared to have to some relation. These results are discussed in terms of implications for assessment and treatment of tic disorders. |
|
|
15. Exposure-Based Behavioral Intervention for Treatment of Obsessive Compulsive Behaviors in a Preschooler With Intellectual Disability |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY GUERTIN (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Heather Jaksic (Brock University; University of Manitoba), Jan Frijters (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Brock University) |
Discussant: Shannon Ward (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Children with intellectual disabilities of varying aetiologies display unique profiles of repetitive behaviors. A subset of these behaviors, also referred to as obsessive compulsive behaviors, includes insistence on sameness, ritualistic, and compulsive behaviors. Few studies have evaluated treatment options for children with intellectual disability and these behaviors. Recent research has explored the use of exposure and response prevention in combination with behavioral interventions for obsessive compulsive behaviors when there is a hypothesized automatic negative reinforcement function. This study extends research of combined interventions by adapting procedures for a four-year-old boy with mild intellectual disability in an inclusive preschool setting. The intervention consisted of antecedent strategies, exposure and response prevention, and functional behavior assessment and intervention. Treatment was initially delivered by a behavior therapist and then maintenance procedures were transferred to a parent or teacher mediator. A multiple baseline across behaviors design demonstrated that the intervention reduced per-opportunity occurrence of two obsessive compulsive behaviors to zero levels. There was also a corresponding increase in the duration of time the participant engaged with peers. This study provides preliminary support for an intervention combining exposure and response prevention and behavioral interventions to treat young children with intellectual disabilities and obsessive compulsive behaviors. |
|
|
16. A Component Analysis of Behavioural Skills Training for Teaching Motor Skills |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH DAVIS (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Maureen Connolly (Brock University) |
Discussant: Shannon Ward (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: This research investigates the necessary and sufficient components of behavioural skills training (BST) for teaching university student volunteers how to also use BST to teach motor skills to individuals in the Special Needs Activity Program (SNAP). SNAP is a developmentally appropriate movement education-based embedded curriculum, implemented by university student volunteers, to develop motor repertoires of individuals with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities (IDD). Motor milestones are essential for positive growth and child development, however, many children with disabilities fail to meet these motor milestones and/or acquire the fundamental motor skills due to gross and fine motor impairments. This study used an alternating treatment design with an initial baseline, across five student participants to measure the number of BST steps completed accurately while teaching four motor skills based on the SNAP curriculum. In the initial training phase, each motor skill received a different mode of training (i.e., instructions, modeling, rehearsal, or feedback). In subsequent training phases, modes of training were combined for skills that did not reach mastery criterion. Generalization and maintenance were also assessed. These results provide support for determining how to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of training student volunteers to teach motor skills using BST to individuals with IDD. |
|
|
17. Behavioral Assessment and Treatment of Severe Problem Behaviors in an Adolescent With Smith-Lemli-Opitz Syndrome |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY NESS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicholas Ramazon (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Shannon Ward (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Smith-Lemli-Opitz Syndrome (SLOS) is an autosomal recessive genetic condition with comorbidities that often include intellectual disability, autism spectrum disorder, language delays, and aggression, self-injurious behavior, and/or sleep disturbances (Tierney et al., 2001). Medical treatments to address symptoms of SLOS primarily include dietary cholesterol supplementation (Porter, 2008), but to our knowledge, no behavioral interventions have been documented in the literature for individuals with SLOS. The purpose of this case study is to present a behavioral approach to the assessment and treatment of severe problem behaviors in an adolescent with SLOS and to provide information on the social validity of these procedures as reported by parents. The participant, Bradley, was an 18-year-old Caucasian male with SLOS and severe intellectual disability. A functional analysis indicated that Bradley's self-injury, aggression, and disruptions were primarily maintained by caregiver attention. A reversal design was used to demonstrate the effects of functional communication training and extinction procedures on rates of problem behaviors. In addition, Bradley demonstrated maintained low rates of problem behaviors as the reinforcement availability schedule was faded. Parents completed the Intervention Rating Profile (IRP-15) to assess social validity of the intervention. Results of these measures along with limitations, future directions, and implications will be discussed. |
|
|
18. Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior With an Adult With Smith-Magenis Syndrome |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TANYA HOUGH (Elwyn New Jersey; Kaplan University), Edward Cumella (Kaplan University), Jessica Tischner (Kaplan University), Natasha Chung (Kaplan University) |
Discussant: Shannon Ward (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Smith-Magenis Syndrome is a rare genic disorder where individuals diagnosed with this disorder often display severe challenging behaviors that can impact the person's quality of life. However, there is currently a dearth of research using applied behavior analytic techniques to address challenging behavior with individuals with Smith-Magenis Syndrome. The present study evaluated the effectiveness of differential reinforcement of other behavior to address attention-maintained elopement and physical aggression with an adult with Smith-Magenis Syndrome residing in a community based group home. This study is one of the first studies assessing applied behavioral techniques to address challenging behavior maintained by attention. Differential reinforcement of other behavior was demonstrated to be effective in reducing both target behaviors, resulting in a 100% reduction of elopement and physical aggression. The present study reinforces prior research, suggesting that maladaptive behavior was maintained by environmental factors and can be successfully addressed in adults with Smith-Magenis Syndrome. These findings, based on a single subject design, also suggests a need for more behavioral research with Smith-Magenis Syndrome individuals. |
|
|
19. Teaching Money Management Skills to a 65-Year-Old Adult With a Developmental Disability |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
KIMBERLY SALDANHA (Centre for Behaviour Health Sciences, Mackenzie Health), Melissa Sweet (Centre for Behaviour Health Sciences, Mackenzie Health) |
Discussant: Shannon Ward (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: There are limited studies aimed at teaching money management skills to individuals with developmental disabilities. In this study, a 65-year-old adult with a developmental disability was taught via behaviour skills training to implement a comprehensive budgeting program, as a replacement skill to reduce the participant's impulse spending behaviour. At baseline, the participant spent money using her debit card and owed the bank $500 in overdraft. The budgeting program involved teaching the participant to (a) set a monthly budget, (b) remove cash from her bank account and place the cash into monthly spending bags that represented each budget line item, (c) self-monitor her purchases by saving her cash receipts and complete a spending log, and (d) save money using a savings bag. The budgeting program included a differential reinforcement of alternative behaviour (DRA) procedure to reinforce the participant for staying within her monthly budget. Treatment integrity data were collected. Results of this study showed that the participant achieved 100% treatment integrity with her budgeting program across 4 weeks. The participant continuously maintained over $1000 in her bank account once the budgeting program was introduced. The participant maintained 100% treatment integrity with her monthly budget across two maintenance probes. A follow-up social validity interview indicated high rates of satisfaction and benefit from the participant. |
|
|
20. The Gradual Reduction of Problem Behavior of an Adult in a Residential Setting |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JIM HAESEN (Monarch House), Bailey Scherbak (Monarch House) |
Discussant: Shannon Ward (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: A functional behavior assessment determined that a 64 male in a group home displayed self-injurious behavior in the form of head hitting, yelling, and property destruction to escape from demand and/or obtain attention. Training residential staff to implement a DRO+ extinction procedure and to utilize specific antecedent strategies reduced the behavior over time as staff treatment fidelity increased. Randy received points in a DRO for 5 daily intervals in which no problem behaviors were displayed. Each successful interval contributed a point towards an end of day reward as well as earning Randy a smaller reinforcer for that interval. Antecedent strategies included priming before demands, non-contingent attention, staff interacting with Randy at the beginning of their shifts, and staff responding to Randy's attempts to socialize with a thorough social response. The behavioral strategies outlined above resulted in a decreasing trend for all of the behavior topographies and over a six-month period self-injurious behavior went from an average of 105.9 per day over the month of April to 11.7 per day over the month of October. Data improved similarly for yelling from 31.4 (average per day April) to 9.93 (average per day October) and property destruction from 35 to 1.55. |
|
|
21. Alternative Systems of Analysis Toward Identifying Variables Maintaining Problem Behavior in an Adult Residential Setting |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAVID RAHAMAN (Bancroft), Daniel Edward Locke (Bancroft), Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Shannon Ward (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: The utilization of functional analyses to determine variables maintaining problem behavior is an arduous and systematic process. The process becomes more scrutinized when the social significance increases due to the topography of the problem behavior (e.g. intense self-injury). Hanley (2012) suggests methods for conducting effective and efficient functional assessment by reducing risks, overcoming barriers, and dispelling myths. However, additional considerations must be made when selecting assessment procedures, such as medical history and ethical barriers, including social validity. Berg et al. (2007) compares results from functional analyses and paired-choice assessment for socially maintained behavior. Results demonstrated social events identified as preferences in choice assessments and social events functioning as reinforcers identified through functional analyses matched for some of the participants. This procedure, along with previously established methodologies for assessment (e.g. ABC data collection), may provide a system of analysis and an alternative to functional analysis through levels of correspondence. The current study extends that research by utilizing choice procedures to identify preferences which may act as reinforcers for socially maintained problem behavior that presents significant barriers for functional analyses. Furthermore, this study developed correspondence through established procedures to build validity for a system of analysis. |
|
|
22. Self-Management of Vocational Skills for Individuals With Significant Disabilities: A Review of the Literature |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY BARCZAK (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Shannon Ward (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Individuals with significant disabilities often struggle to gain and maintain employment. The ability to self-manage behavior can directly impact employment opportunities for this population. The purpose of this review was to summarize and analyze the literature on using self-management interventions to improve the vocational skills of individuals with significant disabilities. Forty-six articles published between 1978 and 2017 were included. Results indicated that most participants were successful in self-managing their behavior across a variety of vocational skills and settings; however, most studies focused on the use of self-delivered prompts while fewer studies included self-monitoring, self-recording, or self-delivery of consequences as part of the intervention, and these studies tended to show less of an effect. In addition, the review also examined how interventions were applied across participant characteristics. Demographic data indicated that a large majority of the studies included only participants with moderate and severe disabilities, rather than those individuals with profound disabilities. Additionally, a majority of studies focused on older individuals rather than transition-age youth. The implications of the results, as well as potential directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
23. The Effects of Individualized PBS on Classroom Disruptive Behaviors of Students With Intellectual Disabilities in a Special School |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
EUNHEE PAIK (Kongju National University), Sangmin Han (Kongju National University), HyukSang Kwon (Kongju National University), Junggi Kim (Kongju National University), Hyouja Lee (Korea National University of Transportation) |
Discussant: Shannon Ward (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of the individualized positive behavior support on classroom distruptive behaviors of two special school students with multiple disabilities. The participants were students with dual diagnosis, which are intellectual disabilities and visual impairment. They were 3rd grade students in a special school. The study utilized multiple baseline design across subjects, and measured behaviors using partial interval recording. Functional behavior assessment was also conducted using direct observation, interviews with the teacher and the motivational assessment scale (MAS). Student's personal profiles were analyzed to identify the function of the behavior. The dependent variables were the classroom disruptive behaviors demonstrated by students during class: out of seat behavior, making noise verbally, banging the desk, chatting with peers during the instruction, and lying down on the floor. The findings from the study indicated that the individualized positive behavior supports (i.e., antecedent strategies, alternative behavioral strategies, and consequent strategies) were helpful reducing the disruptive behaviors of the two students with multiple disabilities during both intervention and maintenance phase. Effect size of PEM were 100% of student A and 87.5% of student B. The relults of the study suggested the direction of future research. The followings are the table of current research findings mean percentage of occurrence for classroom distruptive behavior using Interval recording unit : % student A M Range baseline: 55.9 (31.7-76.7) intervention: 8.1 (0-24.1) maintenance:10.9 (0-21.7) student B M Range baseline: 42.4 (13.3-58.5) intervention:31.2 (6.7-73.7) maintenance:17.8 (13.3-23.3) |
|
|
24. Writing Interventions for Students With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities: A Meta-Analysis |
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
DEREK B. RODGERS (University of Iowa), Lanqi Wang (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Tobias Britton (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Although individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) struggle to develop adequate writing skills, no meta-analysis quantifying the effects of existing writing interventions for this population of learners has yet been conducted. The purpose of this poster is to present results from a meta-analysis on 20 writing interventions (16 single-case studies and four group studies) for students with IDD. The included studies yielded a total of 35 effect sizes. A random-effects model was used to determine overall effects, and a mixed-effects model was used to evaluate the effects of moderating variables. Group study effects are reported using Hedge's g and single-case study effects are reported using phi coefficients. Results from the main effects indicate that the writing interventions, overall, had a positive impact on participants' writing performance. The following moderators were analyzed: intervention type, SRSD vs. non-SRSD studies, writing modality (i.e., handwriting vs typing), intervention length, and whether spelling was a measured component. Preliminary analyses indicate that strategy interventions produced the largest effect size, and SRSD interventions yielded larger improvements than non-SRSD interventions. Study results will be tied to both recommendations for practice and future research. |
|
|
25. Evaluation of Individualized Levels Systems With Contingent Preferred Outings for the Treatment of Severe Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MOLLY K BEDNAR (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Tobias Britton (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Levels systems for the treatment of severe problem behavior have been evaluated and found to be effective for decreasing severe problem behaviors (Hagopian et al., 2002). The levels system can be used across settings and involves changing the level, specified by type and amount of reinforcement available, contingent on specific behavioral criteria. The purpose of the current study was to extend previous research to evaluate the levels system with an additional reinforcement contingency that included the opportunity for participants to earn a preferred, larger magnitude reinforcer contingent on appropriate behavior (i.e., "superstar" outings or activities). Participants included 6 individuals admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. All participants were verbal and followed complex instructions. Interventions for all participants included a level 3 (differential reinforcement and an enriched environment) and level 2 (response cost); however, 2 participants also had a level 1 contingency (response reduction procedure). Contingent on meeting specific criteria within level 3, participants earned their chosen superstar outing/activity. Results suggest that a levels system with an overarching, larger magnitude reinforcer, such as the "superstar" outing, can effectively reduce the occurrence of severe problem behavior. |
|
|
26. The Effects of a Paragraph-Writing Intervention for Secondary Students With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DEREK RODGERS (University of Iowa), Shawn M. Datchuk (University of Iowa), Lanqi Wang (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Tobias Britton (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Students with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) struggle to write. The present study investigated the effects of a multicomponent intervention on the paragraph-writing skills of three secondary students with IDD. The paragraph instruction (PI) phase included three lessons delivered via the model-lead-test procedures of explicit instruction and focused on the parts of a simple sentence, capitalization and punctuation errors, and paragraph-writing with picture-word prompts. The frequency-building to a performance criterion (FBPC) phase consisted of repeated 3-minute timings on picture-word prompts similar in design to the dependent variable. This phase concluded when students met a pre-determined performance criterion. Participants received immediate and corrective feedback during both phases. The dependent variable was a 3-minute timed paragraph-writing probe administered at the end of each session. Each probe contained four images depicting a series of related events and several words related to the pictures. The probes were evaluated with a rubric that assessed sentence-level elements (e.g., capitalization, punctuation, grammar) of each sentence in the participants' paragraphs. A multiple probe across participants design was used to detect a functional relation between the intervention and the dependent measure. Data anlaysis revealed mixed effects for the first participant and immediate effects for the second and third participants. |
|
|
27. The Effects of Positive Behavior Support on Behaviors and Attitude of Young Children and a Young Child With Developmental Delay in an Inclusive Classroom |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
EUNHEE PAIK (Korean Association of Behavior Analysis (KABA); Kongju National University, Kongju, South Korea), Byoung In Lee (Dankook University, Yong In Ci, Kyung-Ki Do, South Korea), So Young Kwon (Dankook University, Yong In Ci, Kyoung-Ki Do, South Korea), Young Hee Seo (Kongju National University, Kongju, South Korea) |
Discussant: Tobias Britton (Stanford University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of positive behavior support(PBS) on the behaviors and attitude of young children with/without developmental delays in an inclusive early childhood kindergarten classroom. The subjects of this study include 24 young children without disabilities and one child with developmental delays in an inclusive five-year-old age group classroom at S Kindergarten in Gangwon Province in South Korea. The research design of this study was in a one-group pretest-posttest group design to examine the effects of positive behavior support at the class level on the prosocial behavior, peer acceptance for a young child with developmental delay, and problem behaviors of young children with developmental delays. The study also employed a multiple baseline design across settings as a single subject design to examine the effects of positive behavior support at the individualized level either the participation in group activities and problem behavior of a young child with developmental delay. The research question were as follows 1) Does classroom wide positive behavior support influence on behavior and attitude of children with/without disabilities? 2)Does individualized positive behavior support influence on the problem behavior and activity participation behavior of a child with developmental delays? The findings were as follows: first, classroom wide positive behavior support resulted in a significant increase to young children's prosocial behavior and peer acceptance for a young child with developmental delay. Also, their problem behaviors reduced significantly in an inclusive classroom. Secondly, individualized positive behavior support increased the activity participation and reduced problem behavior of a young child with developmental delay. The effects of intervention maintained in generalization phase after the experiment. |
|
|
28. Demonstrating Behavior Plan Effectiveness: Low Treatment Integrity as Treatment Reversal |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL EDWARD LOCKE (Bancroft), Javid Rahaman (Bancroft), Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft), Victor Chin (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Tobias Britton (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Demonstrating functional relationships between behavior and environmental variables is an important tenant within behavior analysis (Delprato & Midgley, 1992). Manipulation of functional variables, in the form of treatment, requires consistent application to produce desired behavior change (Gresham, Gansle, & Noell, 1993). Failures in accurate implementation have led to undesired outcomes, such as sequencing effects, increases in problem behavior, and decrease in desired behaviors (Pipkin, Vollmer, & Sloman, 2010). The analysis of treatment integrity has been introduced as a component of treatment packages (Fryling, Wallace, & Yassine, 2012). However, even with continued application of integrity monitoring procedures, treatment drift persists (Peterson, Homer, & Wonderlich, 1982).
Reversal designs have been utilized to validate treatment procedures through systematic application/re-application of the treatment component (Cooper, Heron, and Heward, 2007). A common issue with this design is the intentional withdrawal of treatment, which contradicts treatment goals. This study examined the effects of treatment drift as natural processes for replication of established interventions. Furthermore, this study observed instances of low integrity as opportunities to further validate established treatment procedures through the application of feedback and retraining. Results indicated that during treatment, increases in problem behavior may be contributed to treatment drift and the reapplication of treatment produced reductions in problem behaviors. |
|
|
29. School-Based Behavioral Interventions Targeting Challenging Behaviors of Adolescents With Developmental Disabilities: A 20-Year Review |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIE DAVID (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), So Yeon Kim (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University) |
Discussant: Tobias Britton (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Challenging behavior is common among individuals with developmental disabilities (DD; Emerson et al., 2001). Challenging behavior is likely to increase over time and can lead to poor educational outcomes (Levy & Perry, 2011). The purpose of this review to (a) summarize the behavioral interventions to reduce challenging behaviors of adolescents (ages 12-18) with DD's implemented in school-based settings and (b) to evaluate the quality of school-based behavioral interventions. Three separate searches in four electronic databases and a search of ancestry were used to identify articles published during the last 20 years (1997–2017). Fifty studies met the criteria for this review. All included studies will be evaluated against the Council for Exceptional Children (CEC) Standards for Evidence-Based Practice in Special Education and summarized descriptively according to: (a) participant characteristics, (b) intervention setting, (c) challenging behavior, (d) function of the challenging behavior, (e) study design, (f) interventionist, (g) intervention, and (h) study outcomes. Interpretation of findings, implications for practice, and areas for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
30. An Analysis of Group Sizes Within Interdependent Group Contingencies on Goal Achievement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Imran Khan (ABA of Illinois), CALEB STANLEY (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Tobias Britton (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Group contingencies have been studied in order to establish useful procedures to reinforce behavior of individuals operating within a larger group.Within the behavioral literature, the effects of various aspects of group contingencies on individual performance have been investigated, such as the different types of group contingencies, contingencies with randomized components, and applications of group contingencies across various settings, populations, and behaviors. This study evaluated the relation between the size of the group and its effect on individual performance within a group context. Fourteen participants across two group homes were exposed to independent and interdependent group contingencies with varying group sizes, and their performance on a self-selected task was examined. Performance data within subjects, comparing the two group sizes will be summarized. In addition, a between subjects analysis, comparing data between the two different types of group contingencies will be presented. Participants' performances across smaller and larger group sizes will be discussed, in addition to future applications of group contingencies in consideration of these results. |
|
|
31. A Review of Different Procedures to Establish Self-Control and Delay Tolerance in Children |
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory |
ALMA LÓPEZ (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Tobias Britton (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Self-control is defined as the choice for a larger delayed reinforcer over a smaller immediate reinforcer (i.e., impulsivity; Ainslie, 1974; Schweitzer & Sulzer-Azaroff, 1988). Children diagnosed with disorders as Attention Deficit Hyperactivity or Autism, often make impulsive choices and have difficulties tolerating delays. Furthermore, in a choice situation, problem behavior could be maintained by smaller immediate reinforcers and appropriate behavior by larger delayed reinforcers, which results in the exhibit of greater problem behavior (Fisher & Mazur, 1997). In applied research, procedures as delay fading, concurrent activity, punish the impulsive choice, signal the delay, choose the duration of delay or use qualitatively different reinforcers, have resulted in the establishment of self-control and delay tolerance and in the decrement of problem behavior in children. A review of the procedures to establish self-control and delay tolerance in children and their theoretical behavior basis (e.g., concurrent activity and conditioned reinforcement) will be discussed. Additionally, future directions in the applied research of self-control will be reviewed, including the generalization of self-control, and the evaluation of commitment, chain-procedures or delay variation (i.e., procedures that have been effective in basic research) to establish self-control in children. |
|
|
32. Choice-Making Interventions to Reduce Challenging Behavior for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities: A Review of the Literature |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
PROVIDENCE GEE (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University) |
Discussant: Tobias Britton (Stanford University) |
Abstract: In order to better understand the possible relationship between choice making and challenging behavior, a systematic review of the literature was conducted. A systematic search of the literature identified fourteen studies that implemented choice making to reduce challenging behavior among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. The articles were analyzed and summarized according to participant characteristics, functional behavior assessment, and choice-making intervention characteristics. Several patterns were identified in the literature. First, most studies evaluated the effects of choice making with participants 12 years or younger. Second, fewer than half of the studies conducted a functional analysis prior to intervention. Finally, most choice making interventions were conducted with academic tasks. Overall, the existing literature represents a variety of choice-making approaches including choices within activities (e.g., choice of materials) and across activities (e.g., selection of activity). The literature further indicates that both choice making within and across activities is a successful intervention to reduce challenging behavior. Areas for future research were identified including a need for more studies to compare effectiveness of within and across activities. |
|
|
33. Making Organic Colours Made From Natural Flowers for Holi Spring Festival |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
SANGEETA JAIN (SOREM, Global Autism Project), Kiran Kaushal (SOREM, Global Autism Project), Jacob Sadavoy (Global Autism Project) |
Discussant: Tobias Britton (Stanford University) |
Abstract: The Society of Rehabilitation of the Mentally Challenged (SOREM) serves 120 students with various cognitive disabilities in Chandigarh, India. The school is committed to supporting the successful transition of SOREM students into mainstream schools or the work force. Some of the vocational programs offered at SOREM include; block printing, candle and jewelry making, needlework, and masala packaging. A recent vocational placement at SOREM is creating organic colourful powders for Holi which is a spring festival of love and colour celebrated throughout India and Nepal. The goal for SOREM's vocational programs is to teach the students to work together in a progressive assembly to complete all the necessary steps from cutting the flowers used for the organic powder to packaging and taking orders. Students are taught to complete as many steps of the chain as possible. A total task forward chain was used and data was collected weekly on the student's performance. Data show that most students are demonstrating independence. Further, a scoring rubric was used to weigh gestural prompts as being a superior (less intrusive) prompt to physical prompts so when the data was graphed, classroom improvement was visually represented. |
|
|
34. How Long is Long Enough? A Quantitative Review of Functional Analysis Duration on Assessment Outcomes |
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory |
PENNY GILLIOTTE (University of Southern California; Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), So Ra Kang (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University) |
Discussant: Tobias Britton (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Experimental functional analyses are by far the most empirically supported methods for assessing the function of challenging behavior and yet they remain the least utilized by practitioners. Practitioners cite several concerns regarding experimental functional analyses as reasons for their poor adoption, one of which is the duration of time required to complete an experimental functional analysis. Very brief functional analyses (i.e., one session of each condition) have been evaluated and have produced mixed results. Much longer analyses (e.g., 5-10 sessions of each condition) highly reliably produce useful results. However, little or no previous research has attempted to identify approximately how many sessions of each condition are generally needed to produce interpretable results. The current study consists of a quantitative review of published functional analysis graphs of varying durations to determine the degree of agreement with final functional analysis outcomes with only two sessions of each condition, three sessions, and so on. The results of the review show that, as analyses are shorter in duration, they generally produce less reliable results, but that analyses as short as three sessions of each condition often produce sound results. Implications for future research will be discussed and recommendations for practitioners will be presented. |
|
|
35. Efficacy of Paraprofessional Implemented Video Prompting to Teach Vocational Skills |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL SEAMAN (Emory University) |
Discussant: Tobias Britton (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Few individuals with severe disabilities have been adequately trained in the vocational skills needed to obtain gainful employment, leading to dismal employment outcomes for these individuals. Video prompting is an evidence-based practice that can be used to quickly and efficiently teach a variety of skills, and offers several advantages when implemented in an employment setting. Video prompting also supports the initiatives set forth by Employment First to provide gainful employment for all individuals with disabilities. Previous studies have shown that given effective training, paraprofessionals can implement video prompting that results in increased vocational skill acquisition for students. In the present study, we trained a paraprofessional to task analyze a vocational skill, create a video, and implement video prompting with error correction. We evaluated the efficacy of his implementation with four students with severe disabilities on the acquisition of a vocational task in their school-based work environment. Each participant’s performance immediately improved after video prompting, and successfully generalized from a training to work environment with minimal paraprofessional effort. These findings extend the literature related to implementation science and practitioner-implemented video prompting in a number of key ways. |
|
|
36. Towards a Technology of Behavioral Intensity: A Systematic Review |
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory |
Leslie Neely (University of Texas at San Antonio), Jessica Emily Graber (The University of Iowa), Laurel Boshoff (University of Texas at San Antonio), Brandi Skrobanek (University of Texas at San Antonio), KYRA HASTINGS (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Discussant: Tobias Britton (Stanford University) |
Abstract: The intensity of a target behavior (or severity/magnitude) may correspond to the social significance and priority of that behavior for intervention. However, the extent to which researchers measure this dimension is unclear. The purpose of this brief review was to determine how researchers publishing in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis over the past five years have discussed and/or measured intensity of behavior. Results showed that, of the 346 articles, 10% referenced the intensity, severity, force, or magnitude of target behaviors; only 17% of those articles (less than 2% of all articles) included a corresponding measurement system. Each measurement system had substantial limitations, such as limited generalizability and high subjectivity. Future research should consider development of a more generalizable, objective system for measuring the intensity of target behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
AUT Monday Poster Session |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
1:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom |
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
|
37. Evaluating the Use of a Stimulus Fading Procedure to Increase Compliance With Personal Grooming Routines in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MAYCEE EARL (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Megan Ashley Levesque (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Claire Turbes (University of Nebraska Omaha; University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often exhibit noncompliance in the form of negative vocalizations, avoidant responses (e.g., pulling away), elopement, and aggression to avoid hygiene and grooming routines (e.g., tooth brushing, hair cutting, nail cutting). Prior research has shown that stimulus fading across a stimulus hierarchy has effectively decreased avoidant responses and increased compliance during oral hygiene routines, such as tooth brushing (Bishop et al., 2013). We attempted to replicate the effects of stimulus fading in the current study. That is, we used a modified stimulus fading hierarchy to increase compliance with hair and nail cutting routines for three children with ASD. Following an escape baseline, we implemented reinforcement for compliance on an FR 1 schedule, which failed to increase compliance for any of the participants. We then added stimulus fading, which effectively increased compliance and decreased avoidant responses for one participant. For the other three participants, we added escape extinction to the stimulus fading hierarchy, which increased compliance and decreased avoidant responses to clinically acceptable levels for these children. In addition, once compliance increased, we observed generalization to novel clinicians and caregivers. |
|
|
38. A Comparison of Findings for Functional Analyses Versus Brief Assessments of Motivation Conducted via Telehealth |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN WITHHART (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston-Clear Lake
), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Functional Analysis (FA) has long been the established best practice for identifying the function maintaining problem behavior and informing treatment decisions for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) (Iwata et al., 1982). Although conducting a rigorous FA may result in reliable findings (Iwata et al., 1994), FA also requires highly controlled contingencies, takes longer to complete, may result in increased risk to the client (Carr & Durrand, 1985), and can be challenging when assessing multiple topographies or functions of problem behavior (Hanley et al., 2003). This study compares two approaches to caregiver-conducted assessment with therapist coaching via telehealth: the FA and the Brief Assessment of Motivation (BAM). The BAM is an open-ended caregiver interview with single exposure to contingencies of a toy play (control), social attention, escape from demands, and tangible conditions in which a caregiver is instructed to respond to problem behavior as they typically would. The BAM is completed within three 1-hour sessions. In contrast, the FA is conducted with client-specific contingencies and control conditions, continuing until differentiation and function are determined. Twenty-one participants were randomly assigned to receive either the BAM only or both BAM and FA. Preliminary data show the average number of sessions to identify function is 30.8 in the FA in comparison to 7.5 sessions for the BAM with significant agreement in identified function across assessments. For participants who received the FA, treatment outcomes (90% reduction in problem behavior) were met in an average of 33.6 sessions. Participants who received the BAM met treatment outcomes in an average of 31.7 sessions. The discussion presents questions as to the efficiency and necessity of the FA. |
|
|
39. Using Conditional Compound Schedules for Teaching Discriminated Manding to Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NATASHA CHAMBERLAIN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Adam M. Briggs (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Billie Retzlaff (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Akers, Retzlaff, Fisher, Greer, Kaminiski, and DeSouza (under review) demonstrated that a conditional multiple schedule could be used to teach discriminated manding of correct functional communication responses (FCRs) across several reinforcement (i.e., SD) and extinction (i.e., S?) conditions. Specifically, three reinforcement conditions (i.e., attention, tangible, and both) were signaled and alternated with an extinction condition. Discriminated manding was observed for two out of the three participants. The current study extended the procedures described by Keevy et al. by requiring compliance with a fixed number of instructions during the S? (i.e., chained schedule) before a reinforcement condition (i.e., SD's) was made available for one participant diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. We used a multiple-baseline-across-conditions design to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching procedures. In addition, results of pre- and post-training probes of the conditional compound schedule indicated that the participant demonstrated discriminative responding when all were combined in a conditional compound schedule once discriminations were acquired under separate teaching conditions. This study demonstrated the utility of a conditional compound schedule to teach one participant to discriminate the availability and unavailability of reinforcement for multiple FCRs. Clinical implications regarding the efficiency of the procedures and generality of the findings are discussed. |
|
|
41. Assessment and Treatment of Idiosyncratic and Automatically Maintained Bruxism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY BAGWELL (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Ramirez-Cristoforo (The University of Texas at Austin), Fabiola Vargas Londoño (The University of Texas at Austin), Cayenne Shpall (The University of Texas at Austin), Raechal Ferguson (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Bruxism, typified by excessive teeth grinding, is a form of self-injurious behavior that has garnered relatively little attention in the behavioral literature. Automatically maintained behavior can be difficult to treat because it often precludes the manipulation of socially mediated maintaining stimuli. The inability to block bruxism exacerbates this challenge and poses unique barriers to treatment. The present study examined bruxism exhibited by a 13-year-old girl with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Results of a functional analysis indicated that the behavior occurred independent of programmed establishing operations and occurred almost exclusively while the participant was engaged with preferred leisure items. The first intervention examined was a 5-s response cost procedure. This proved ineffective when implemented in isolation. However, when paired with a competing edible item, identified via a competing items assessment, the response cost proved effective at reducing the rate of bruxism. The social validity of existing bruxism interventions and the present intervention are discussed. Directions for future research in both bruxism and other idiosyncratic challenging behaviors are explored. |
|
|
42. Teaching Children With Autism to Abstract Opposing Tactile Properties |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AYLA SCHMICK (Southern Illinois University), Quincy Huff (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to teach three children with developmental disabilities the opposing properties of rough/smooth and hard/soft using tactile and nonvisual stimuli. Participants were presented a sample object with a tactile quality then taught to select the opposite tactile object from an array without looking. All of the comparison tactile objects were placed within a stimulus box so that the participants were unable to see the stimuli for that trial. Participants were told to, "feel this," then reach into the stimulus box and told to, "find the opposite," correct answers were trained through discrete trial training. Novel stimuli were utilized as test probes in order to assess the generalization of the skills. All three participants acquired the skill through discrimination training and were able to demonstrate generalization to the novel stimuli sets. Two-week maintenance probes were conducted for all participants. Following maintenance, all three participants were able to continue to discriminate the tactile objects and demonstrate generalization of the skill. The results of the study support the use of discrete trial training for teaching abstraction of opposing tactile properties. |
|
|
43. An Evaluation of Auditory-Visual Conditional Discrimination Teaching Procedures and the Emergence of Tacts |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TIEARRA JOHNSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Billie Retzlaff (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Ami J. Kaminski (Butterfly Effects), Andresa De Souza (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Abstract Auditory-visual conditional discriminations are often difficult for children with autism spectrum disorder or another developmental disability to develop naturally (see Grow & LeBlanc, 2013 for a review). This type of listener behavior requires an individual to select a correct comparison picture following the presentation of an auditory discriminative stimulus. Certain teaching approaches has proven effective in the acquisition of auditory-visual conditional discrimination for learners who do not acquire the skill from the natural environment. For example, the conditional-only method aided by the addition of an (a) an observing response, or a differential observing response and (b) prompting procedures that promote attending to relevant stimulus features (Grow & LeBlanc, 2013). The purpose of the current study was to (a) evaluate the effectiveness of using an echoic response as the differential observing response during the auditory-visual conditional discrimination trials that included an identity match prompt within the least-to-most prompting hierarchy and (b) assess for the emergence of a tact repertoire, following training on auditory-visual conditional discriminations. Results for one child suggested that the inclusion of an echoic differential observing response (DOR) may have facilitated the emergence of untrained tacts acquisition. |
|
|
44. A Comparison of Video Modeling and Least-to-Most Prompting for Establishing Play Sequences |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KARA LACROIX (The Autism Community Therapists, LLC), Monica Fuller (The Autism Community Therapists, LLC), Rachelle de Saint Phalle (The Autism Community Therapists, LLC) |
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Imaginary play is a critical social and leisure skill that children develop wherein they act out the world around them using a combination of play actions and vocalizations (MacDonald, Clark, Garrigan, & Vangala, 2005). Within the behavior analytic literature, video modeling (VM) has been proven an effective procedure for teaching play skills. Previously, Murzynski and Bourret (2007) evaluated the effects of VM and least-to-most (L-M) prompting on acquisition of activities of daily living (ADL). Results indicated chains taught via VM and L-M physical prompting required fewer trials to criterion and fewer physical prompts than chains taught via L-M prompting alone. This study replicates procedures of Murzynski and Bourret (2007) with imaginary play sequences. Further, collateral effects of the procedures on vocalizations were simultaneously measured. Participants were two children diagnosed with Autism between the ages of 2 and 3. A parallel treatments design with a multiple baseline across participants and play schemes was employed. Preliminary results indicate that VM and L-M prompting produced more rapid acquisition of play actions in four of four play schemes and VM has produced more frequent vocalizations in three of four play schemes. This replication provides further evidence for the efficacy of V-M procedures. |
|
|
45. Evaluating the Applicability of the Avoidance and Fusion Questionnaire for Youth to Children and Adolescents With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CALEB STANLEY (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University), Ayla Schmick (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The Avoidance and Fusion Questionnaire for Youth (AFQ-Y) is a 17-item self-report measure that can be implemented with children and adolescents to provide a measure of inflexible and avoidance driven responding. Previous research has examined the applicability and validity of the AFQ-Y with typically developed individuals, however, limited research exists in terms of its applicability to individuals with autism. The purpose of the present study was to extend previous literature by determining the applicability of the AFQ-Y to children and adolescents with autism, as a function of their abilities to derive mutually entailed relations. The AFQ-Y was conducted across 54 participants, followed by the PEAK-E pre-assessment, an assessment designed to provide a measure of an individual's ability to form equivalence relations. Several analyses were conducted with the data to determine the extent to which mutual entailment relates to psychological flexibility. Overall, the results suggest that the AFQ-Y may have greater utility for individuals that demonstrate mutually entailed responses, than those who do not demonstrate mutually entailed responses. The findings yield significant implications in terms of the applicability of the AFQ-Y and contextual behavior analytic treatment approaches to individuals with autism. |
|
|
46. An Analysis of Toilet-Training Procedures Recommended for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRANDON C. PEREZ (University of Florida), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (Florida Autism Center), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts working with children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and other intellectual disabilities are commonly asked for assistance with toilet training. To date, we have recommended evidence-based toilet training procedures. However, we do not know whether the procedures are best for children with ASD. Greer et al. (2016) evaluated the effectiveness of three typical components presented within a toilet training package: sit schedule, underwear vs. diapers (or pull ups), and differential reinforcement. These components were evaluated with 19 typically-developing children and one child diagnosed with ASD. The aim of the current study is to 1) evaluate the generality of the procedures implemented by Greer et al. with children with ASD. 2) to empirically evaluate elimination patterns to allow researchers to identify modifications necessary for individualized toilet training. It is hypothesized that the treatment package proposed by Greer et al. (2016) will be effective for only some subjects. For those that the treatment package is ineffective, elimination patterns will assist in determining potential modifications (i.e., increasing fluid intake, increasing scheduled sits, increasing sit duration, etc.). The proposed study will create a tool for caregivers and professionals to effectively toilet train children with ASD and related disabilities. |
|
|
47. An Extension of Multiple Schedules to Proloquo2Go™ on the iPad® |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Brandon C. Perez (University of Florida), JANELLE KIRSTIE BACOTTI (Florida Autism Center), Eliana Maria Pizarro (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Decades of research in behavior analysis have demonstrated that discrimination between schedules of reinforcement occurs more quickly and efficiently when multiple schedules are used compared to mixed schedules. The use of multiple schedules has been shown to be effective at reducing high rates of manding for individuals who use picture exchange cards. However, with the rise in technology, many children and adolescents with intellectual disabilities are learning communication skills (i.e., manding) using new augmentative and alternative communication devices such as the Proloquo2go™ application on the iPad®. To date, no studies have extended multiple schedules in order to signal periods of reinforcement availability and extinction using these forms of technology. The current study will extend the literature of multiple schedules as a proof of concept to current technology. |
|
|
49. Assessing Food Selectivity and Mealtime Problem Behavior in Children With Autism Using Caregiver Input |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIANA MARCUS (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Holly Gover (Western New England University), Kelsey Ruppel (Western New England University), Kyle Sears (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Christine Ann Warner (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Discussant: Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Interventions for food selectivity in children with autism often lack direct assessment of feeding or inappropriate mealtime behavior prior to treatment implementation (Silbaugh et al., 2016). When a pre-treatment assessment is completed, a technological description of inclusion criteria and assessment methods are not always included, and caregiver input is not necessarily utilized. The present study describes an assessment process modeled after the interview informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; Hanley et al., 2014). Caregivers of children who are described as picky or selective were asked to complete the Selective Eating Screening Tool, a food preference survey, and a brief interview. These tools provided information about the child's mealtime behavior and food preferences, foods that the caregiver would like the child to eat, and reinforcement contingencies that may influence mealtime behavior. This information was used to populate a single stimulus preference analysis and, for some participants, a functional analysis. Interobserver agreement averaged 98% (range, 80% to 100%) for all variables measured. The outcomes of this assessment process were used to inform a function- and skill-based treatment of food selectivity. |
|
|
50. The Effect of Picture Cues on Transitioning Compliance From High-P to Low-P With a 10-Year-Old Vocal-Verbal Boy With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India) |
Discussant: Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Difficulty in transitioning from high to low preferred activity is a challenge with some children with developmental disabilities (Sainato, Strain, Lefebvre, & Rapp, 1987). Compliance training for parents included using behavior momentum (Mace et al., 1988); errorless compliance (Ducharme & Popynick, 1993); and prompting with a 10-sec delay and physical guidance (Miles & Wilder, 2009). In the current study, a 10-year old boy complied with 13% parent delivered verbal instructions, to transition from high-p to low-p instructions in baseline conditions. Parents were trained to use picture cues without verbal instructions for transitioning from trampoline (high-p) to swings, see-saw, table-top, and computer (low-p). Minimal physical prompts such as nudges, gestural prompts and body blocks for attempts to run to a non-targeted activity were used. A brief reversal to verbal instructions on day 9, 15 and 16 indicated a gradual improvement in compliance to 55%, 71% and 92% respectively for transitioning on parent verbal instructions. This suggested picture cues can play an effective role in the transfer of stimulus control to verbal instructions during compliance training. Yes/No data was taken and IOA was 100%. Parents reported high degree of social validity in implementing the process. |
|
|
51. The Effects of Presenting Video-Based Instructional Antecedents on the Acquisition and Generalization of Discrimination Skills by a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CARLY EBY (The New England Center for Children), Elizabeth Demarchi (Vinfen) |
Discussant: Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Many children with autism have difficulty learning skills such as visual-visual matching, motor imitation, and social responses such as greetings. For some children with autism, this problem in learning may be related to the degree to which the child attends to antecedent stimuli (e.g., instructions from a teacher, a model from a teacher or peer, or the presentation of academic materials such as pictures and objects). On the other hand, many children with autism appear to have strong preferences for technology such as computers and tablets and can be observed to visually attend at high rates when engaging with technology. The current study evaluated and compared the effects of presenting instructional antecedents using traditional presentation methods (i.e., teacher-presented) with technology-based methods (i.e., video presented on an iPad) for one child with autism. Experimental control was demonstrated in a multiple-baseline across behaviors design. The results showed that the video-based antecedent presentation resulted in acquisition of visual-visual non-conditional matching, generalized imitation, and social greetings, while there was no effect for identifying body parts. Following the video intervention, generalization of acquired responses was observed in the traditional presentation condition (i.e., teacher-presented antecedents). Interobserver agreement was collected in 36% of sessions and there was a mean agreement of 98%. |
|
|
52. Increasing Young Children's Compliance With Essential-Routine Procedures |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
REGHANN MUNNO (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Adam Carter (Brock University), Jacqueline Pachis (Brock University), Talia Maria Ennett (Brock University), Nancy Leathen (Brock University), Catherine McHugh (Brock University) |
Discussant: Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Child noncompliance during dental exams and haircuts can prevent the successful completion of these procedures (e.g., Allen, Stanley, & McPherson, 1990; Cuvo, Godard, Huckfeldt, & DeMattei; Shumacher & Rapp, 2011). This problem is exacerbated when the procedure involves the use of sharp objects (e.g., dental scrapper, scissors) that can cause physical injury to children who exhibit noncompliance, problem behavior, or other avoidant behaviors during the procedure. We examined the effectiveness of a treatment package consisting of demand fading, synchronous reinforcement, and escape on the acquisition and generalization of compliance of 2 young children with autism spectrum disorder during a dental exam (participant 1) and a haircut (participant 2). Results showed that the treatment package was effective for increasing compliance in an analogue setting for both children and generalization to the natural setting was achieved for one child. Results are discussed in terms of treatment implications and the importance of programming for generalization. |
|
|
54. Teaching Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder Concept of Cause and Effect |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KAREN NOHELTY (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Jennifer Lewis (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Discussant: Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Cause and effect is a concept that involves an understanding of why events occur, specifically, the relationship between an action and the outcome. Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are often deficient in this skill, which is necessary for a greater understanding of their surrounding world, including the actions of others. This poster details a case study examining the use of direct instruction to teach a child with ASD the concept of cause and effect by systematically teaching the child appropriate responses to cause and effect questions that gradually increased in complexity. By breaking down the concept of cause and effect into four types of questions (e.g. "What happened when (explanation of cause)," "What will you do/what will happen if (explanation of cause)," "Why shouldn't you/wouldn't you (action)," "Why (explanation of effect)"), the concept was presented to the child in a manner that systematically increased in difficulty. The child demonstrated mastery of all four types of questions, providing preliminary evidence that children with ASD can be taught the complex skill of cause and effect. |
|
|
55. A Comparison of Treatment Duration Following Brief Versus Extended Functional Assessment in a Randomized Clinical Trial |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH JACQUELINE FRANTZ (The University of Iowa; Stead Family Children's Hospital), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa; Stead Family Children's Hospital), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics; Stead Family Children's Hospital), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University School of Medicine), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Lauren Withhart (Marcus Autism Center), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Discussant: Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: According to Roscoe and colleagues (2015), about one-third of behavioral analysts employ functional analysis procedures to determine a behavioral treatment plan and greater than half of all behavior analysts believe descriptive assessments are sufficient for determining function of problem behavior. Although there is great importance in efficiently determining behavioral function (i.e., less likelihood of behavioral strengthening, more rapid initiation of treatment), the ability to implement an efficient treatment (i.e., rapid reductions in problem behavior) based on the outcome of such an assessment is also of great importance. To determine the value of a standard functional analysis, a randomized clinical trial of functional analysis procedures using telehealth is currently underway across three research sites. In this study, young children with autism were randomly assigned to either a brief structural assessment group or an extended functional analysis group and treatment matching the assessment outcome continued until problem behavior was reduced by 80% over baseline and manding was independent. This poster will provide preliminary data on the length of treatment required to reach criteria for both groups and the implications of any differences. |
|
|
56. Training Parents to Effectively Implement the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System: Parent Fidelity and Child Progress |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KAITLYN LEEANN MASTON (Southern Illinois University), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Language and cognitive intervention using ABA therapy can be sometimes difficult to come by in certain regions of the country or for parents that may not have insurance. By teaching parents how to utilize intervention techniques, more children may receive adequate treatment. Two parents and their children with autism were participants in the current study using the PEAK Relational Training System- Direct Training module (PEAK-DT). The procedure first required the parents to read information on how to implement the programs found in the introduction of the PEAK-DT module. Following this step, the parents observed their child's therapy sessions conducted at an ABA clinic by student therapists. Next, parents were instructed to implement three programs and received feedback from the child's therapist.. Implementation fidelity was collected based on the parent performance and child progress was recorded based on percent correct responding within the actual program. Each parent was able to successfully implement programs within the PEAK-DT module within their child's therapy sessions and the children were accurately responding and mastering skills taught to them by their parents. This study implies that parents may be able to utilize the PEAK Relational Training System with their children when provided training by ABA therapists. Additionally, future research should assess these procedures with the other three PEAK modules. |
|
|
57. How are Robots Used in Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder? |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
VICTOR RAMIREZ (California State University, Northridge), Christina Melanie Saez (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
Discussant: Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The prospect of using robots to mediate therapy is exciting because specific skills can be taught in the absence of a therapist, thus extending teaching time for clients. However, systematic literature reviews have reported a lack of concurrence in the effectiveness of robot-mediated therapy. Despite current empirical evidence supporting the effectiveness of behavioral interventions for remediation of symptoms associated with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), the research in robot-mediated interventions for this population is published outside of behavior analysis. Therefore, the purpose of this poster is to provide behavior analysts with information regarding the current literature base and how robots are being used. We reviewed 15 studies examined by Begum, Serna, and Yanco (2016) and extended their analyses to include information about the dependent measures as well as the specifications of the robots. We found that the most common dependent variables were imitation (40%), attending (20%), prompt level required to evoke target behaviors (20%), and social skills (20%; e.g., greetings). The robot was most often human operated (60%) and served as a therapist (67%; i.e., delivered instructions, models, and/or praise). We will discuss the implications of our findings with respect to how behavior analysts can contribute to this line of research. |
|
|
58. Teaching Complex Skills of Opposition Using Arbitrary Stimuli and Emojis to Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BECKY BARRON (Southern Illinois University), Victoria Booth (Southern Illinois University), Kaitlyn LeeAnn Maston (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Sacha T. Pence (Drake University) |
Abstract: Relational Training promotes the development of derived language and cognitive skills for children with autism or related disabilities, which is theoretically based out of Relational Frame Theory (RFT). RFT is an account of human language and cognition that focuses on derivations of language through relational frame families such as sameness, difference, and opposition. The present study evaluated the efficacy of a training procedure teaching the relational frame of opposition as well as promoting derivations of untrained relations for children with autism using arbitrary symbols. A multiple baseline design was utilized across three participants to teach oppositional properties of culturally relevant stimuli for Emojis. Additionally, arbitrary symbols were taught to represent the emotions corresponding with the Emojis. Furthermore, probes were conducted across baseline and treatment conditions to test for the transformation of stimulus function for each participant. The results of the initial analysis indicated that the participants acquired the skill and support the efficacy and usefulness of relational training for teaching arbitrary and culturally relevant frames of opposition. Finally, these results have implications surrounding the advancement of technologies for teaching complex language and cognitive skills to children with autism. |
|
|
59. The Emergence of Secondary Targets and Equivalence Classes During Group Instruction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER A. TULLIS (Georgia State University), Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc.), Kayla Greene (Marcus Autism Center; Georgia State University), Caitlin H. Delfs (Village Autism Center) |
Discussant: Sacha T. Pence (Drake University) |
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a neurodevelopmental disorder that greatly impacts social, communication, and educational outcomes (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). One-to-one instruction (e.g., Discrete-Trial-Instruction) is one of the most widespread and heavily researched interventions for learners with ASD (Smith, 2001; Stahmer et al., 2005). Although effective, intensive one-to-one teaching methodologies may be costly and difficult to implement in many non-clinical educational settings (Collins, 2012; Smith, 2001). Alternatively, group instruction may be a more efficient method of delivering programming. Instructive feedback (IF), and stimulus equivalence are two methods that have been implemented in group instructional formats (e.g., Ledford & Wolery, 2013; Rehfeldt et al., 2003). Individually, each has been effective in increasing the emergence of skills that were not directly taught, but there has not been an investigation of the effects of combining these two strategies. In the current study investigated combing IF and stimulus equivalence procedures with six participants with ASD to determine if equivalence classes emerged both through direct teaching, and through observational learning. |
|
|
60. Teaching Conditional Discrimination Using Novel Stimuli |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHUSHMA VASHIST (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India) |
Discussant: Sacha T. Pence (Drake University) |
Abstract: Learners with developmental disabilities need specially engineered environments to acquire listener responding skills (Drash & Tudor, 1993; Lovaas, 1977). Ash an 11-year old boy with autism had profound difficulties in audio-visual-conditional discrimination of stimuli from same class. He also failed to acquire discrimination training involving matching to sample (Saunders & Spradlin, 1989), or differential observing response using sign, and avoiding targets with a history of errors (Grow & LeBlanc, 1998). This experiment used novel stimuli with and without signs with 4 fruit stimuli and 4 animal stimuli. Results showed rapid acquisition of conditional discrimination within 4-16 days on a 5-Y mastery criteria. A detailed counterbalanced assessment showed 95% correct identification in 3 fruits and 78% correct responding with 3 animals. These are significantly higher than chance levels confirming the acquisition of discrimination. The results suggest that using novel stimuli, using block of trials and teaching targets with no prior history of failures and was effective in learning discrimination within class however acquisition for targets taught rates with and without signs remained unaltered. |
|
|
61. Measurement of Responsive and Initiated Joint Attention for Two Children With Autism via Telehealth |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JACLYN GUNDERSON (University of Minnesota), Jessica J. Simacek (University of Minnesota), Adele F. Dimian (University of Minnesota), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota) |
Discussant: Sacha T. Pence (Drake University) |
Abstract: Joint attention (JA) is a cluster of prelinguistic behaviors (i.e., eye gaze alternation between partner and referent and gestures) to communicate nonverbally and is an important component of early social-communicative skills (Bruinsma, Koegel, & Koegel, 2004). Responsive JA occurs when the adult gazes and or points to a referent and the child shifts gaze to the referent and back to the parent. Initiated JA occurs when the child establishes a gaze shift between a partner and the referent to direct the partners attention. The purpose of this study was to measure child initiated and responsive JA (Whalen & Schreibman, 2003) and the proportion of child responses to parent initiated opportunities during parent-implemented free play sessions in the family homes and delivered via telehealth for two young girls with autism. Visual analysis results indicated that parents provided a moderately high and stable range of JA opportunities for children to respond to JA, with child JA responses covaried with parent initiated opportunities. Overall, children engaged in more JA responses than JA initiations. Future implications from this study include viable codes to measure JA either because of JA intervention or as a potential collateral gain during early communication intervention. |
|
|
62. Prompt Dependency in Group Learning: Transferring Stimulus Control From Therapist to Teacher |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KELLY BOYLAN (Play Connections Autism Intervention Center), Leah Renee Lefever (Play Connections Autism Intervention Center), Kiel Rotarius (Play Connections Autism Intervention Center), Amber I. Crane (Private Practice), Emilie Jane Erickson (Play Connections Autism Intervention Center) |
Discussant: Sacha T. Pence (Drake University) |
Abstract: Prompt dependency is the overreliance of a cue meant to induce a person to perform a desired behavior. This can be a significant problem in children receiving services for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and can prevent generalization and further skill acquisition. Group learning is the ability to acquire new skills in an environment with one instructor and more than one learner. The present study investigated one treatment method to overcome prompt dependency for 3 children with ASD who had already mastered a skill in an individual instruction setting, but inconsistently demonstrated the skill in a group setting without a prompt from support staff. The goal of this study was to demonstrate that stimulus control could be transferred from the controlling prompt to the instructor by systematically increasing the number of peers present when instruction is delivered and decreasing the reinforcement ratio. Our results showed that this procedure was effective in maintaining responding, and all students were able to achieve a markedly improved level of responding in a group. Limitations and implications for practice are discussed. |
|
|
63. A Pilot Model for Increasing Access to Services: Embedding Autism Spectrum Disorder Diagnosis and Applied Behavior Analysis Within the Medical Home |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
LAUREN A. WEAVER (Vanderbilt University Medical Center TRIAD), Jeffrey Hine (Vanderbilt University Medical Center TRIAD), Alacia Stainbrook (Vanderbilt University Medical Center TRIAD), A. Pablo Juàrez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center TRIAD), Ashley Vogel (Vanderbilt University Medical Center TRIAD) |
Discussant: Sacha T. Pence (Drake University) |
Abstract: Despite the wide-scale availability of effective screening tools for young children, waits for diagnostic assessment are still quite lengthy and impede access to early intervention services. Early accurate diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and access to Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services currently represents a challenging public health and clinical practice issue. Lack of access to autism screening and/or ABA services contributes to substantial family stress. We tested the impact of embedding a behavioral health provider within the primary care setting with an explicit focus on rapid ASD identification and access to ABA services. Patients were seen in pediatric primary care clinics, which increased coordination and continuity in the medical home. Based on this model, several significant advantages were noted related to the latency to evaluation and diagnosis as well as the median age at diagnosis. Three pilot models with varying levels of ABA consultation were provided to children with an ASD diagnosis to address needs such as challenging behavior, communication, self-help, and social skills. This model potentially represents a more realistic and efficient model for advancing ASD identification and initiation of services. |
|
|
64. Simultaneous Presentation to Decrease Packing |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER WHIPPLE (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Southern Mississippi), Ryan Scherr (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Sacha T. Pence (Drake University) |
Abstract: Children with feeding disorders may exhibit packing, which is defined as holding food in the mouth for a prolonged period of time. There are various treatment approaches to address packing, including redistribution, offering a chaser, texture manipulations, and reinforcement contingencies; however, these treatments are not always effective. Buckley and Newchok (2005) found that simultaneous presentation, a treatment previously identified to increase acceptance, reduced packing in one child; however, they did not fade out simultaneous presentation. The current study aimed to expand Buckley and Newchok's study by using simultaneous presentation to decrease packing, and then systematically fading out simultaneous presentation while maintaining high levels of mouth cleans (swallowing within 30 seconds). The study included one 4-year-old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and severe food selectivity who packed 100% of nonpreferred bites. A reversal design was conducted to demonstrate experimental control of simultaneous presentation, and the ratio of preferred to nonpreferred bites was systematically faded during treatment until generalization occurred during a final reversal to baseline. Packing decreased to 0%, and mouth cleans increased to 100%, when preferred foods were presented simultaneously. Packing remained at 0%, and mouth cleans at 100%, in the absence of preferred foods following systematic fading. |
|
|
65. An Evaluation of a Token Economy to Increase the Duration of Prosthetic Compliance |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA GILL (Melmark, PA), Jennifer Quigley (Melmark, PA) |
Discussant: Sacha T. Pence (Drake University) |
Abstract: A token is an object that is provided contingent on appropriate behavior and is later exchanged for back up reinforcers (Cooper, Heron, Heward, 2007). Token economies have become one of the most successful, behaviorally-based applications within the field of applied behavior analysis (Hackenberg, 2009). There have been minimal published studies which evaluated ways to increase the duration for wearing prescription prosthetics and no known studies which employed the use of a token economy to increase wearing. Previous research evaluated increasing prosthetic compliance and duration of wearing a prescribed prosthetic has employed the use of non-contingent reinforcement (Richling et al., 2011), response cost, and response blocking (DeLeon et al., 2008;). This study expanded current research to increase prosthetic wearing using tokens. Prior to treatment, a functional analysis was conducted to evaluate the participant's hearing aid refusal behavior and a subsequent treatment package was assessed. The skill did not generalize to the natural environment and due to medical necessity a new treatment was examined. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of a token economy to increase the duration an individual wore their hearing aids. A token was delivered contingent upon hearing aid wearing for a prescribed interval. Once the terminal number of tokens were earned, the individual was provided with enthusiastic attention and an extended enriched break. Our findings suggest that the use of a token economy may have been successful at increasing the duration that an individual wears their hearing aids. However, it should be noted that a limitation of this study is that the removal of the intervention did not lead to a subsequent decrease in duration of hearing aid wearing. This limitation could be attributed to session therapist's attention having control over the behavior. This will be addressed in an upcoming component analysis. |
|
|
67. Examining Social Communication of Children With Autism Across Race and Ethnicity |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIE MARTINEZ (Vanderbilt University Medical Center; Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Alacia Stainbrook (Vanderbilt University Medical Center; Vanderbilt Kennedy Center; Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Mary Fleck (Vanderbilt University Medical Center; Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), McKenzie Leigh Woods (Vanderbilt University Medical Center; Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), A. Pablo Juàrez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center; Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Zachary Warren (Vanderbilt University Medical Center; Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders) |
Discussant: Sacha T. Pence (Drake University) |
Abstract: One of the key findings from the Autism and Developmental Disabilities Monitoring Report by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention demonstrated lower prevalence rates of an Autism Spectrum Disorder in non-Hispanic Black and Hispanic groups compared with non-Hispanic White children (Community Report on Autism, 2016). Suggesting, mild-moderate cases of Autism might be under-diagnosed in these groups as well as cultural differences in seeking psychological and medical diagnoses. In order to provide high quality interventions to all toddlers with or at risk for ASD, there is a need to conduct further research, which includes diversity across race, ethnicity and cultures to assess the impact of services across these groups. In this pilot study, we compare the outcomes/impact of a brief caregiver training series on development of social communication skills across three ethnic groups (non-Hispanic White, non-Hispanic Black and Hispanic) in two regions of the state of Tennessee. Preliminary data suggests comparable increases in social communication skills. Caregiver's of non-Hispanic White children reported a decreased ability to help their children and take them on routine errands following six intervention sessions. Data collection will continue through January 2018, for service delivery. We predict all three ethnic groups will report similar outcomes with higher outcomes reported in one of the two state regions. |
|
|
68. Establishing Foundational Non-Arbitrary Frames of Distinction in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN MICHELE LANG (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale), Tanya Stoeklen (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale), Nola Schultz (ABA of Illinois), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Karen R. Harper (ABA of Illinois), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Imran Kahn (ABA of Illinois) |
Discussant: Sacha T. Pence (Drake University) |
Abstract: Three children with autism who could not demonstrate correct responding in terms of the contextual cue "different" were taught through multiple exemplar discrete trial training to responding distinctively to a subset of stimuli. Baseline results show that the participants could not demonstrate correct responding above baseline levels for non-arbitrary stimuli that were either the same or different. Following direct reinforcement and prompting for a subset of stimuli, the participants could not only demonstrate correct responding in terms of the first set of relational stimuli, but could also demonstrate correct responding in terms of a second, untrained set of stimuli. This result further suggests that relational responding in terms of frames of distinction may be a higher-order operant that can be established in children with autism. Training and testing procedures were taken from the PEAK-Transformation curriculum to aid in clinical replication and in research. |
|
|
69. Between Group Evaluation of Comprehensive Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training of Children With Autism: Comparison to Low-Dosage Verbal Behavior Instruction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TANYA STOEKLEN (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale), Lauren Michele Lang (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale), Nola Schultz (ABA of Illinois), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Karen R. Harper (ABA of Illinois), Imran Kahn (ABA of Illinois), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: Twenty children with autism or a related disability participated in the present study, evaluating the efficacy of medium-dosage, comprehensive PEAK relational training on target skill acquisition of relational (i.e., equivalence and RFT-based) and non-relational (e.g., tacts and mands) skills. A subset of the participants served as a quasi-experimental control group and received low-dosage (1-3 hours per week) verbal behavior training guided exclusively by the PEAK-Direct Training module, approximately replicating conditions from results reported by McKeel et al. (2014). Skill acquisition was then compared to participants who received medium-dosage (4 to 12 hours per week) comprehensive relational language training guided by each of the four PEAK modules (Direct Training, Generalization, Equivalence, Transformation). The results showed a significant difference between the two groups in terms of skill acquisition, and differences in terms of the different training modules were compared. A third group of subjects were instructed in both groups in a pre-post format, and results showed that skill acquisition improved once the low-dosage comprehensive training was introduced. Implications for systems level analysis is compared. |
|
|
70. Legal Institutions, the Law, and Applied Behavior Analysis: The Lessons of Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
DANIEL UNUMB (National Autism Law Center; Autism Legal Resource Center LLC) |
Discussant: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: Although the science of behavior analysis is well-established, the broad integration of ABA into the fields of healthcare, education, housing and employment is still very much a work on progress. Among the forces mediating this process, laws and legal institutions may either be strong allies or powerful hindrances. The poster will address some of the key laws and concepts of which behavior analysts performing research or working in the field should be aware. |
|
|
72. Assessing Barriers for Families of Children With Autism Receiving ABA Treatment Using the Behavior Analysis Training System Checklist |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KAITLYN LEEANN MASTON (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Lauren Michele Lang (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale), Karen R. Harper (ABA of Illinois), Imran Kahn (ABA of Illinois), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: We developed a checklist modelled from existing OBM procedural barriers measures to determine knowledge (rule-governance), access (antecedent), and consequence (reinforcement) variables that may preclude families from accessing ABA services. The checklist was then used to evaluate barriers to treatment for 30 families in the Southern Illinois region to determine if the items could isolate specific barriers to each family in order to tailor services to ensure that families can access ABA. Results from our sample elucidated both knowledge and access variables, where families identified that, although they are aware that ABA is an option, they largely failed to provide a correct description of ABA. In addition, although all families indicated that they would like to receive ABA services for their child with autism, these services were largely unavailable, or they did not know where to locate treatment options. All parents indicated that ABA treatment would be beneficial for their child. Results have implications for assessing for access barriers using ABA techniques, as well as in evaluating common barriers local to an area, such as Southern Illinois in the current study. |
|
|
73. Promoting School Readiness Skills Through Video Modeling Intervention Using iPad in Preschool Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
YUKA ISHIZUKA (University of Tsukuba), Natsumi Ishikawa (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Discussant: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine whether children with autism acquired school readiness skills such as social skills and school rules through video modeling intervention using iPad. Two children with autism participated in this study. We used multiple baseline design across stimulus sets to evaluate the treatment effect. Children received a 30-minute intervention at laboratory once in a week, and 10-minute intervention using iPad at home from the parent every day for 4 weeks at home. In the intervention phase at laboratory, children watched the 9 videos on iPad. The content of the video was to speak to, praise, and comfort a friend. Participants were required to say the correct phrase and do a role play about the video. They also watched the video on the iPad with parents every day at home. In the baseline, probe, and follow up phase, experimenter showed video to children halfway and asked what we should say at such times. The results showed that the proportion of correct phrase increased in a short period of time. In the follow-up, it was possible to answer by thinking about the phrase themselves, not the predetermined serifs. |
|
|
74. Derived Relational Responding Throughout the Course of Early Intensive Behavior Intervention Treatment: A Preliminary Investigation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY DANIELLE SPURLOCK (University of Nevada, Reno), Staheli Meyer (University of Nevada, Reno), Vanessa Willmoth (University of Nevada, Reno), Stephanie Harootunian (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: Derived relational responding has been of increasing interest is the field at large, and in the applied domain. Specifically, derived relational responding is seeing increased attention in its relevance to autism treatment. Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) is the behavioral treatment of choice for autism. While it is acknowledged that behavioral interventions are effective, a critique of this approach is that empirically, little attention is given to training, evaluating, and promoting generalized responding. Such generalized responding is critical to the emergence of novel behavior. Children with autism are often substantially delayed when compared to age matched peers. Teaching technologies that rely solely on teaching isolated and discrete responses divorced from functionally related relations will be insufficient in efficiently ameliorating language deficits in children with autism. Some have suggested that and understanding of derived relational responding is what has been absent from a behavioral account, and teaching technology of language. Therefore, ongoing assessments and teaching technologies informed by the derived relational responding literature could be useful to this end. The present study is a preliminary investigation of derived relational responding throughout the courses of EIBI treatment. |
|
|
75. Teaching Discriminated-Use of a Tablet Device for Leisure and Educational Activities With Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Audrey N. Hoffmann (Johnson State College), Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University), Jason Lee (Utah State University), Stephanie Mattson (Utah State University), SETH WALKER (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism are increasingly using tablet devices for a range of activities including accessing highly preferred content. Many individuals with autism may also use tablets for less preferred yet important uses such as educational or communicative purposes. When tablets are used for multiple purposes varying in preference, it may be difficult for some individuals to transition between highly preferred activities and less preferred uses of the device. The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of teaching discriminated use of a tablet device used for multiple purposes. Participants included three children with autism, ages 5-9. We measured percentage of compliance and latency to compliance with instructions to access a high- and low-preferred app within a reversal design. All participants engaged in low levels of compliance with high latency to compliance during baseline sessions. Once the discrimination training procedure was implemented latency to compliance decreased and percentage compliance increased. The procedures were effective in increasing appropriate use of the tablet device for multiple uses in all participants. This study has implications for individuals working with children with autism who engage in problematic behavior when using tablet computers for multiple uses. |
|
|
76. The Effects of Adult Contingent Vocal Imitation on the Vocal and Imitative Behavior of a Young Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Staheli Meyer (University of Nevada, Reno), TAYLOR SEIDLER (University of Nevada, Reno), Vanessa Willmoth (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: Adult contingent vocal imitation (ACVI) is a practice whereby an adult imitates the vocal behavior of a child. This procedure has been associated with increases in vocal responding, and imitative vocal responding of the child. This procedure was implemented with a young boy with autism who, at the start of the study, made very few vocal and very fewer imitative responses. After the implementation of the ACVI procedure an increase in vocal and imitative vocal respo nding was observed. Additionally, typical echoic training was successfully implemented after the ACVI procedure. Increasing vocal and imitative vocal responding is paramount to the development of verbal behavior. While additional research is needed, ACVI may be an effective strategy increasing vocal and imitative vocal responding for those who make few vocal and fewer imitative vocal responses. |
|
|
77. A Parametric Analysis of the Percentile Schedule: Increasing Frequencies of Pre-Academic Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEX NIETO (University of Nevada, Reno), Vanessa Willmoth (University of Nevada, Reno), Staheli Meyer (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: The percentile schedule is a mathematical equation, which offers a systematic and objective procedure for shaping. The equation for percentile reinforcement is k=(m+1)(1-w) where m is the distribution of observations, w is the probability of reinforcement, and k is the rank the current response must exceed to contact reinforcement. The present study is a parametric analysis of the w variable as used in frequency building of letter sound identification by a child with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). A multi-element design across responses is utilized, and a multi-element design across participants is utilized. This analysis evaluates the differential effects of a range of w values on rates of responding to academic stimuli. Performance data are displayed on a Standard Celeration Chart. The Standard Celeration Chart is a graphical display tool, which affords the quantification of behavior change. Changes in rates of responding over time are quantified as celeration values, and variability in responding is quantified as bounce. By comparing celeration and bounce of correct responses during training, as well as celeration and bounce of incorrect responses during training response differentiation observed in the various w value conditions is evaluated. By comparing bounce on retention, endurance, and stability probes the differential effects of the w value observed on functional assessments of mastery are evaluated. |
|
|
78. Identifying Factors Contributing to Poor Accuracy and Reliability in Data Collection of Verbal Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JACQUELINE LOGAN (Rowan University), Victor Chin (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University) |
Discussant: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: Among the interventions developed for children with autism spectrum disorder, many focus on increasing rates and diversity of verbal behavior. Verbal behavior presents a unique challenge for data collection because differences between categories can be nuanced and challenging to identify while observing in real time. Video recording sessions has become a common and affordable solution to studying complex behavior. Observers can rewatch video to verify data or ensure that instances of behavior were not missed during previous passes. Though this solves many logistical issues in data collection of complex behavior, challenges remain. University settings often utilize inexperienced undergraduate data collectors who may produce inaccurate or unreliable data. The present study seeks to shed light on what components of data collection are the most responsible for poor accuracy and reliability. During baseline, participants were instructed to identify occurrences of verbal behavior and identify categorical features of each utterance (e.g., modality, function, content) with no aid. During the test condition, participants were given a list of timestamps when the verbal utterances occured in a given video, and were only responsible for identifying the categorical features of the behavior. Results suggest that poor data collection of complex verbal behavior may be due to inability to identify when a verbal utterance has occurred. Implications toward training and data collection systems will be discussed. |
|
|
80. Improving the Fluency of Parents of Children With Autism While Conducting Discrete Trials |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ADRIANO A. BARBOZA (Federal University of Pará; National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition and Teaching), Danielle Gemaque (Amazon University), Jade Rodrigues (Federal University of Pará), Romariz Barros (Federal University of Pará; National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition and Teaching) |
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Training parents have been used as a cost-effective alternative to disseminate the intervention based on applied behavior analysis in Brazil, while also promoting more generalization of the acquired skills. It has been already demonstrated that parents are able to implement teaching procedures with high integrity. However, high fluency while implementing these procedures—which is also a characteristic discussed as important by the current literature—hasn't been widely approached with this public. Therefore, this research aims to implement a procedure to increase fluency with parents of children with autism. The study has been already conducted with 2 participants, and a third one is in progress. All of the participants should have presented at least 80% of accuracy while implementing discrete trials in order to participate in this study. A changing criterion design was used to assess the effects of verbal instructions and feedback (independent variable) on the participants' fluency (trials per minute—dependent variable) while implementing discrete trials with their children. Beth's fluency had an increase of 3 trials per minute (2.4 on the last baseline session vs. 5.4 on the last post treatment session). Vanessa's fluency had an increase of 4.3 trials per minute (1.3 on the last baseline session vs. 5.6 on the last post treatment session). Until this point, this research presents data that qualifies the procedures used here as promising to better increase the efficiency of parents when implementing teaching programs. Future researchers could replicate this procedure with more participants and assess the effects of increasing fluency on the children's behavior. |
|
|
82. Club '57: Applied Behavior Analysis and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JESSICA M. HINMAN (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Sebastian Garcia Zambrano (Southern Illinois University), William Root (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Natalia Baires (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Daniel Ray Grisham (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Victoria Diane Hutchinson (Southern Illinois University), Molly Ann Lamb (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Many adolescents and young adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often engage in rigid behavioral routines, including rigid self-rules. These routines may make it difficult for them to effectively adapt and respond to unforeseen changes in life, which may result in ill-adaptive avoidance behaviors in the future, all characteristics of psychological inflexibility (Pahnke, Lundgren, Hursti & Hirvikoski, 2013). The purpose of Club 57 is to provide an environment where adolescents and young adults with ASD are able to socialize, develop friendships with peers, and acquire new social skills, all while receiving Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) services that promote engagement in behavioral repertoires consistent with valued living. Between February and December 2017, Club 57 has served more than 30 individuals ranging in age from 13 to 28 years old. Pre- and post-test assessments were administered to 14 participants Assessments indirectly measured levels of psychological inflexibility, experiential avoidance, social anxiety, and cognitive fusion. Overall, analyses of the assessment results found a statistically significant difference responses for three of the four assessments, suggesting an overall improvement in psychological flexibility. Given the number of adolescents and young adults with ASD that experience anxiety, depression, and social isolation, programming that directly addresses these experiences will be discussed along with the clinical significance of the results. |
|
|
83. Teaching Chaining Procedures Effectively: A Literature Review |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
VAHE ESMAEILI (California State University, Northridge), Lance Dayandayan (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge), Ernesto Beltran (California State University, Northridge) |
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Chaining procedures have been used successfully to teach complex skills (e.g., tying shoes) and there is research evidence that chaining procedures implemented with high procedural fidelity result in quicker skill acquisition for the learner. Although researchers and clinicians have reported successes in teaching novice individuals to implement chaining with high fidelity, it is unclear which training methods are most efficient and effective. Therefore, the purpose of this systematic literature review was to identify the training methods that researchers used to train individuals to implement chaining procedures and identify characteristics of trainings that were effective in bringing trainees to high fidelity. Articles included in this review were those in which researchers trained other individuals to implement chaining procedures (N = 15). We categorized information regarding the type of chaining procedures taught, training components, and total training time. We found that Behavior Skills Training (BST), which involves instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback, was the most commonly used method (60%) to train individuals. Researchers reported an average of 2 hours to train individuals to implement forward, backward, and total task chaining procedures with high fidelity. We provide recommendations in light of our results to aid individuals interested in developing trainings. |
|
|
84. An Analysis and Treatment of Pica in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Brandon C. Perez (University of Florida), ARLEEN M. RUIZCALDERON (Florida Autism Center), Sarah Slocum Freeman (Rollins College), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Pica, or the ingestion of inedible items, is a relatively uncommon problematic behavior, however, among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, the prevalence is higher. Pica poses significant threat to health and can even result in death. Applied research has examined many different treatments to reduce instances of pica, including but not limited to: differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), functional communication training (FCT), increasing response effort, blocking, and overcorrection. The current study will evaluate multiple treatments for pica as well examine DRA as a treatment for individuals with autism spectrum disorder as well as assess generalization across multiple items and settings. |
|
|
85. An Evaluation of Variables Affecting Group Responding in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), SANDHYA RAJAGOPAL (Florida Institute of Technology), Kristin M. Albert (Florida Institute of Technology), Ashley Felde (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Often, practitioners face the issue that stimulus control does not transfer from a 1:1 therapist-to-child instructional arrangement to a group setting, i.e., children may not respond correctly to instructions presented in a group format that they would otherwise respond correctly to. One purpose of this study was to compare individuals' compliance with instructions during group instruction versus 1:1 instruction. Another purpose was to identify variables that influenced whether children responded correctly and independently to group instructions (e.g., "Everybody, clap your hands") versus individual instructions (e.g., "Bobby, stand up") during group activities. This evaluation was conducted with four participants with autism using a reversal design. In every session, the same 5 mastered gross motor imitation and 5 listener response tasks were presented. The dependent variables measured were percentage of independent, correct individual responses, percentage of independent, correct group responses, and the percentage of each session engaged in hypothesized "competing behaviors" (e.g., turning the body away from the instructor, engaging with peers, etc., operationally defined for each individual). Initially, an ABAB reversal was conducted to evaluate individual differences in responding between 1:1 instruction (Phase A) and 4:1 group instruction (Phase B). During Phase A, all 10 instructions were presented in random order with praise delivered following correct responses. During Phase B, group and individual instructions were randomly presented to each child, and praise was delivered following correct responses. During this initial evaluation, all children responded correctly during nearly 100% of opportunities during 1:1 instructional sessions (A). However, during the group instruction baseline (B), percentage of overall correct responding decreased across participants. Further, all children consistently erred or failed to respond more frequently when presented with group instructions (e.g., "Everybody, do this") than individual instructions (e.g., "Bobby, touch your head"). Following the second group baseline phase (B), interventions (e.g., individualized applications of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), a fixed-ratio 1 (FR 1) schedule of reinforcement for correct, independent responses, etc.) were tested and altered as appropriate for each participant within the reversal framework. Results of this study emphasized the importance of evaluating responding under various circumstances, specifically, during group instruction. |
|
|
86. Issues on Online Research of the App-Based Intervention Program |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SIYUNG CHIN (Yonsei University), Eun Sun Chung (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University) |
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Currently, interventions for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder(ASD), which usually focus on improving social skills and cognitive function, are costly both in terms of time and monetary funds. In order to create a more cost-effective method, the authors developed two mobile application based training programs, ?Yface, a social skills training program, and ?Ycog?, a cognitive function training program for children with ASD. In order to investigate the effectiveness of the training programs, social skills and cognitive function was assessed for each participant before the start and after the completion of the training program Based on the results, the two training programs were effective in improving each targeted area?social skills or cognitive function. In order to generalize the effectiveness of the programs, the ?Yface? and ?Ycog? training program was distributed on the mobile application market. The training program is currently downloadable for anyone who is interested in the program under the condition that the participant consents to the study and completes a pre-assessment prior to training. 2 months after the distribution of the training program, 106 participants for ?Yface? and 102 participants for ?Ycog? were recruited, and from these participants, 37 participants for ?Yface? and 40 participants for ?Ycog? dropped out of the program due to the age criteria of the program. Thus, 69 participants for ?Yface? and 62 participants for ?Ycog? started training through the program. In order to investigate the consistent usage of the program, the authors calculated the percentage of the people who trained through program more than 3 times a week. Currently, 56% of the participants for ?Yface? and 54% participants for ?Ycog? are training through the program at least 3 times a week, which shows a very low participation rate in the program. This can be explained through several possible reasons Firstly, possible participants may feel uncomfortable consenting and completing a pre-assessment prior to the training program. Secondly, the program does not remind participants of the training which may cause problems in promoting continuous participation for ASD children, which results in parents having to prompt their child to keep using the training program. Lastly, difficulty with technical problems are hard to improve due to outsourcing of the actual development of the program. Thus, to further investigate and develop more cost-effective programs, further studies are needed to verify the effectiveness of consistent training. |
|
|
87. Decreasing Aberrant Behavior and Increasing Functional Skills in a Young Girl Impacted by Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
PAIGE BOYDSTON (Integrated Behavioral Technologies, Inc.), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (Integrated Behavioral Technologies, Inc.; The University of Kansas Medical Center) |
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Research has well established the benefits of early, intensive behavioral interventions in regards to positive behavioral, social, and cognitive changes (e.g., Virues-Ortega, 2010; Warren et al., 2011; Remington et al., 2007; etc.). This single case presentation displays the benefits of early and ongoing intervention services in a home and community based setting to significantly impact children and families affected by autism. Structured and systematic behavioral interventions were used to decrease the level of aberrant behavior displayed by a young, non-vocal girl with autism after initiating early, intensive, in-home intervention services. In addition, teaching procedures were implemented to increase a variety of early learner, communication, social, and functional skills to compete with and replace aberrant behaviors. Aberrant behaviors included aggression, severe self-injury (in the form of hand biting and hair pulling), dropping, and a variety of noncompliant behaviors (e.g., growling, swiping, etc.). Continued intervention allowed for long-term maintenance and follow up data, indicating overall low and stable levels of observed aberrant behaviors in the home environment. Data acquired from other environments (e.g., school) also suggest the occurrence of behavioral contrast. Data in this single case presentation span a period of four years, with consistent and comparable data collection over time. |
|
|
88. Evaluation of an Intervention to Teach Children With Autism to Answer Yes-No Preferential Questions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SERINA ANDO (Building Blocks Behavior Consulting/University of British Columbia), Yearin Kim (Simon Fraser University), Parbinder Bains (Building Blocks Behavior Consulting) |
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Being able to answer yes-no preferential questions (that is, "Do you want...?) is a critical skill for young children with autism. Failure to correctly answer such questions can bring outcomes different from their true intentions, sometimes causing the children to engage in problem behaviors. To date, only a few studies have been published to examine procedures designed to teach children with autism to answer yes-no preferential questions. The purpose of this study is to address limitations in the literature and examine effectiveness of a procedure based on the previous studies to teach young children with autism to answer yes-no preferential questions. Three 4- to 10-year old children with autism who did not meet predetermined criteria during incidental teaching participated in the study. A delayed multiple baseline design across participants was used. Intervention procedure implemented by behaviour interventionists include: (a) use of two or three highly preferred and highly aversive items; (b) use of prompts; (c) access to desired items or withdrawal of aversive items upon correct responses; and (d) removal of preferred items or presentation of aversive items upon incorrect responses. The result documented a clear pattern of improvement in the children's responses to yes-no preferential questions following the intervention. |
|
|
89. Wait, Do That Again!: Increasing Social Skills in Adults With Autism via Observational Learning |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NATALIA BAIRES (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Jessica M. Hinman (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Sebastian Garcia Zambrano (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), India Pauly Hertel (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Social skills are a commonly identified deficit in repertoires of individuals with autism. However, the vast majority of literature on social skills concentrates on strengthening said skills in children with autism. These children eventually proceed through adolescence and adulthood. Thus, it is important to expand upon the research regarding social skills in adolescents and young adults with autism, which is currently limited. Participants of the current study will be taught three different social skills by a peer using observational learning. The model will be trained by experimenters using behavioral skills training until demonstrating mastery of the skill. They will then be taught how to model the skill for the participant. The three social skills chosen for each participant have been identified as deficits in their daily lives and include initiating and ending conversations, using appropriate humor, and making a phone call. Progress regarding mastery of skills will be measured via a multiple-probe across skills design for three participants. Implications regarding results of using observation learning with adults with autism will be further discussed. |
|
|
90. Wisconsin Promise Tele-Behavioral Consultation to Decrease Challenging Behavior in Adolescents With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE DREW (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Qi Wei (University of Oregon), Ellie C. Hartman (University of Wisconsin-Stout) |
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities face worsened post-secondary outcomes. In an effort to mitigate barriers, Wisconsin Promise has provided additional services to Social Security recipients, including tele-behavioral consultation where shortages of BCBAs exist in collaboration with University of Oregon. A 17-year-old with autism and her father were referred to address vocal stereotypy (VS) and aggression occasioned by interruption of VS. Consultation procedures were implemented at a distance using telehealth equipment. Following indirect functional behavior assessment, the parent implemented a multielement and alternating treatment functional analysis (FA). Results of the FA suggested that VS was automatically maintained. The effects of matched stimuli (auditory input) was assessed; rate of VS was minimally affected by the addition of matched stimuli. The parent implemented each strategy (response interruption and redirection (RIRD), differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), control condition) with his daughter with coaching from the researcher to evaluate comparative effectiveness of interventions using a multicomponent treatment comparison design. Both RIRD and DRO resulted in decreased VS and other challenging behavior when compared to control condition, with DRO resulting in largest decrease. DRO and subsequent reinforcement fading was used to decrease VS and systematically increase DRO intervals. Implications and directions for future research are presented. |
|
|
91. The Treatment of Vocal Stereotypy and Parental Adherence |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Sabrina Kelly (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center, Inc.), Melissa Engasser (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center, Inc.), ANA ESCALANTE (BehaviorMe) |
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Stereotypic behavior, specifically vocal stereotypy, is a common sensory consequence that hinders social communication for many individuals diagnosed with autism. Previous research has found that the use of response interruption and redirection (RIRD) successful decreases vocal stereotypy for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (Ahearn, Clark, MacDonald, & Chung, 2007; Schumacher, Rapp, 2011). However, no research has studied the use of RIRD procedure in the home setting with caregivers delivering treatment. A 6-year old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and his parents were used to test the effects of RIRD procedures in the home. Results indicated that parental adherence with RIRD protocol saw an overall reduction in vocal stereotypy in the home. |
|
|
92. Teacher and Parent Choice in Autism Interventions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KARA DURGIN (Pennsylvania State University Harrisburg), Morgan Zymnis (Pennsylvania State University Harrisburg), Mia Daniels (Pennsylvania State University Harrisburg), Emis Hande Hakkoymaz (Pennsylvania State University Harrisburg), Kimberly A. Schreck (Pennsylvania State University Harrisburg) |
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Private and public schools claiming to specialize in the education of those with Autism Spectrum Disorders offer different types of services for their students. We recruited parents and teachers from approximately 800 schools indicating they specialized in education for children with autism across the nation. Parents (n=200) and teachers (n=180) responded to which types of autism treatments and therapies they preferred for their students and children with autism spectrum disorder. Results indicated a variety of both evidence-based and unsupported autism treatments were preferred by teachers and parents alike. Additionally, a variety of factors (e.g., colleague recommendations, media, etc) were reported to influence both autism school teachers and parents of children with autism spectrum disorder for what treatments and educational interventions to use for children with autism. These results have implications for dissemination of evidence based treatments according to the factors related to treatment choice and treatment preference. |
|
|
93. Effects of Peer Mediated Reinforcement on Social Interactions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER HILGER (Play Connections), Janean Jarvis (Play Connections) |
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display social deficits and avoid eye contact with peers. This study examined the effects of a typically-developing peer delivering reinforcement on the frequency of social interactions made by a five-year-old boy with autism. Peers were taught to reinforce certain social behaviors of the participant that typically-developing children frequently exhibit. These behaviors were approaching the peer, responding to his name, making eye contact, orienting towards the peer, and accepting items from the peer. Social interactions towards the typically-developing peer trained to deliver reinforcement was measured. In addition, generalization to other peers was assessed. Baseline data revealed that the participant exhibited low rates of all target behaviors. A single subject AB design will be used to evaluate the intervention with this participant and methods will be replicated with another participant using a multiple baseline across behaviors design. Limitations and implications for practice will be discussed. Results data are in progress. |
|
|
94. Using Sufficient Exemplar Training to Facilitate Generalized Responding of Two-Term Labeling |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTINE SAFARYAN (Lovaas Institute), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Children with autism have challenges with generalization and therefore it is critical for clinicians to plan for generalization at the onset of teaching skills. The purpose of this study was to investigate a procedure for sufficient exemplar training that can potentially lead to generalized responding with untrained exemplars. The number of sufficient exemplars to lead to generalized responding was evaluated with one participant; an 8-year-old boy with autism. His principle mode of communication was typing and therefore all responses for this study were typed. This participant was taught subject/action labeling (e.g., "Daddy is drinking"). A matrix was created in order to identify all possible subject/action label exemplars. Generalization was defined as the correct use of subject/action labels for five consecutive untrained exemplars. During baseline, all exemplars were probed to ensure the participant did not demonstrate this skill. Then the first objective was taught systematically using discrete trial training. Untrained objectives were probed after teaching each exemplar. Exemplars were taught until the participant responded correctly for five untrained exemplars. The participant required systematic teaching of 56 exemplars before generalized responding was established. The matrix allowed the researchers to organize the exemplars and to pinpoint when the participant did not require formal training. |
|
|
95. Increasing Direct Care Staff Trial Counts: A Comparison of Group Versus Individual Graphical Feedback |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SABRINA D. DANESHVAR (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Michele Stone (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Amanda Johnstone (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Tiffany Hays (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Providing an appropriate number of trials is an important part of treating children with autism. Low trial counts can be caused by a variety of factors including low motivation to run trials or a lack of skills or understanding of how to run certain trials. If too few trials of a given goal are presented, client progress will be adversely affected (e.g., Smith, 2001, Cummings & Carr, 2009). The present study utilized graphical feedback to increase trial counts in 11 direct care staff working with clients with autism. Graphical feedback has been previously used to improve various behaviors such as increasing social worker's billable hours (Clayton & Hayes, 2014) and improving performance of direct care staff in residential settings (Reedy, Luiselli, & Thibadeau 2001). In this study, during baseline, client programs were reviewed to assess the average number of trials being delivered per hour. During intervention, the participants were split into 2 groups; one group received individualized weekly graphical data depicting only their trial counts, while the second group received weekly graphical data representing the group's average trial counts. Results found that graphical feedback was an effective, non-intrusive way to increase trial counts across all participants. Increased trial counts also generalized to other programs and other clients. Results will be discussed in terms of why graphical feedback is so effective, the differences between individual and group feedback, and the impact on children's learning. |
|
|
96. An Analysis of Parent-Child Interactions in Children With Autism, Children With Down Syndrome, and Typically Developing Children |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Ashley Cameron (Northeastern University), Emanuel Mason (Northeastern University), Karin Lifter (Northeastern University), LAURA L. DUDLEY (Northeastern University) |
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Abstract: The current study investigated parent-child interactions in children with autism, children with Down syndrome, and typically developing children. Thirty-six parent-child dyads were observed during seven-minute play sessions, and the following behaviors were measured using partial interval recording: commands, comments, social engagement, attention bids, requests for assistance, eye contact, andF manipulation of objects. Results suggested that children with autism produced more nonverbal comments than typically developing children and fewer nonverbal comments than children with Down syndrome. Children with autism produced fewer bids for social engagement than typically developing children. Finally, children with autism responded more to parents' commands than children in other groups. Transactional relationships among parents' and children's behaviors were also investigated, and the following patterns were observed: (a) increases in parents' social engagement bids were associated with increases in children's comments and decreases in children's manipulation of objects; (b) as parents' commands increased, children's bids for social engagement decreased; (c) as parents' responses to children's comments increased, children's responses to parents' comments also increased; and (d) higher levels of children manipulating objects were associated with lower parental response to children's comments. Clinical implications of these results are discussed. |
|
|
97. Teaching Children With Autism to Recall Short Stories: A Replication and Extension |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CINDY CAHILL (Florida Autism Center), Daniel E. Conine (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Lisa Guerrero (University of Florida), Erica Jones (Florida Autism Center), Tina Smith-Bonahue (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Reading comprehension is an important early academic skill that may pose challenges for some children with autism. Previous research (Valentino, Conine, Delfs, & Furlow, 2015) has reported effective methods for teaching children with autism to retell short stories that were previously read to them, as a possible first step in establishing a reading comprehension repertoire. We replicated and extended this prior work with three school-aged children with autism using a multiple baseline across stories and a non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants. Participants were exposed to an initial baseline, a reading with reinforcement condition (treatment 1), and a backward chaining with textual prompts condition (treatment 2). All three participants emitted mastery-level recall of stories more rapidly and under less complex intervention procedures than in prior research. Improvements in story recall were associated with increases in correct answers to basic comprehension questions, and generalized improvements in recall were observed across multiple stories. We also conducted standardized reading assessments with all participants before and after the study. These data have important implications for behavior analysts and educators providing reading intervention to children with autism, and suggest several possible avenues for future research on reading comprehension and recall. |
|
|
98. Response Interruption and Redirection of Vocal Stereotypy: A Home-Based Replication |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Caitlin Shea Fichtner (ABA of Wisconsin, LLC), Lauren Marie Speckin (ABA of Wisconsin) |
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Abstract: This case study replicated and extended previous research on response interruption and redirection (RIRD) within an in-home service delivery model. These data are an important demonstration of successful implementation of RIRD interventions by parents in a home-based environment. Ivan, a 12-year-old male diagnosed with autism, engaged in high rates of vocal stereotypy across home, school, and community environments. It was determined that vocal stereotypy was automatically maintained and caregivers agreed to the implementation of RIRD. A board certified behavior analyst (BCBA) conducted RIRD sessions in home and community settings until vocal stereotypy reduced to 80% of baseline levels. Parents were trained in RIRD protocols and implemented the intervention in the home for 1 hour sessions with little change in vocal stereotypy. Then, parents increased to 2 hour sessions which lead to a reduction in vocal stereotypy from baseline. Next, the parents implemented RIRD for full days and the results show that parent directed response interruption and redirection sessions maintained near 0 levels of vocal stereotypy. These data demonstrate that caregivers can successfully decrease vocal stereotypy utilizing response interruption and redirection procedures in a home-based setting. |
|
|
99. Caregiver Implemented Toilet Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
YUNYI TSAI (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University School of Medicine), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University School of Medicine), Jennifer M. Hodnett (University of South Florida), Clarissa Martin (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta) |
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Toilet training is a key developmental step and crucial daily living skill for any child. However, children with developmental disabilities are often delayed in achieving or never achieve toileting independence. For example, up to 25% of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) were reported to suffer from daytime enuresis (Simonoff, Pickles, Charman, Chandler, Loucas, & Baird, 2008; von Gontard, Pirrung, Miemczyk, & Equit, 2015) and more than 50% of a sample of preschool children with severe intellectual disabilities were classified as not toilet trained (Smith, Eikeseth, Klevstrand, Lovaas, 1997). Behavioral treatments for incontinence have been studied and shown to result in successful outcomes (e.g., Chung, 2007; Foxx & Azrin, 1971; Kroger & Sorensen-Burnworth, 2009; Leblanc, Carr, Crossett, Bennett, & Detweiler, 2005; Post & Kirkpatrick, 2004). However, many of the described procedures incorporate extensive therapist or caregiver time until success is achieved. The current study evaluated a caregiver implemented intervention package across six children diagnosed with developmental disabilities. The toilet training protocol incorporated a 2 hour initial meeting, a 6 hour on-site training, and a 1 hour follow-up appointment. Intervention components included: (a) differential reinforcement for continence, (b) use of a progressive sit schedule, (c) communication training, and (d) urine sensor. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across subjects design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention package. Results indicate that the frequency of continent voids increased across all participants Incontinent voids also decreased for half of the participants. |
|
|
100. An Evaluation of Differential Reinforcement Without Extinction to Decrease Severe Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALYSSA JEAN CLARK (Elms College), Laura A. Hanratty (Elms College), Miranda Fogg (Elms College), Christopher Tamburrino (Elms College) |
Discussant: Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is a common behavior change procedure used to increase a desirable behavior and simultaneously decrease a problematic behavior. This study expands on previous research by using differential reinforcement without extinction to teach communication responses, while decreasing severe problem behavior. In this study, Joey a four-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder was exposed to functional communication and tolerance response conditions. Contingent on communication responses longer, higher-quality reinforcement intervals were delivered, while problem behavior resulted in the delivery of shorter, lower-quality reinforcement intervals. Reinforcement intervals were faded in a response chaining condition in which the number and difficulty of demands were increased. Communication responses, as well as compliance with adult lead instruction resulted in higher quality and longer reinforcement intervals, while problem behavior including noncompliance resulted in shorter, lower quality reinforcement intervals. The results showed that differential reinforcement without extinction was successful in decreasing severe problem behavior of aggression and disruptive behaviors, while increasing communication skills and compliance. |
|
|
101. Parent and Therapist Perceptions of Brief Versus Extended Behavior Assessments for Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KENZIE MARIE MILLER (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Lauren Withhart (Marcus Autism Center), Pei Huang (The University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute) |
Abstract: Research on current behavior analytic practices indicates that functional analyses are not commonly utilized outside of research and clinic contexts (Oliver, Pratt, & Normand, 2015; Roscoe et al., 2015). Rather, most behavior analysts deem descriptive assessments as sufficient for guiding treatment choice. Our research team, consisting of the University of Iowa, Marcus Autism Center, and the University of Houston-Clear Lake, is currently conducting an NIH-funded randomized controlled trial of functional analysis (FA) procedures to investigate whether FA procedures provide more effective or more efficient outcomes over current practice. Young children with autism are randomized to either a brief assessment model, which includes a one-hour antecedent analysis or a standard functional analysis, followed by treatment tailored to the assessment outcomes. As part of this study, we are interested in the social validity of FAs according to the parents of children being assessed and the therapists providing the assessments. This poster will provide data on the perception and acceptability of FA versus brief assessment methods for parents and therapists from our study. Additionally, we will discuss the implications for behavior analytic practice. |
|
|
102. Habit Reversal Training to Treat Skin Picking of an Individual With Autism and Intellectual Disability |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GEORGE MILLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Anna Ryan (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute) |
Abstract: Traditional habit reversal training (HRT) consisting of awareness training, competing response training, social motivational support, and generalization has been used to treat various motor tics and habit behaviors, such as trichotillomania, in typically developing populations (Azrin & Nunn, 1973). Simplified habit reversal (SHR), using fewer HRT components has been used for individuals with autism and intellectual or developmental disabilities (IDD) (e.g., Cavalari, DuBard, & Luiselli, 2014; Miltenberger, Fuqua, & Woods, 1998) out of concern that persons with autism or IDD may not respond to some components; most notably awareness training and social motivational support. The current study expands on the limited habit reversal literature in individuals with disabilities by utilizing all four components of HRT in the treatment of severe skin picking for a 17 year old male diagnosed with autism and mild intellectual disability. By modifying the awareness training and social motivational support procedures, in addition to programming treatment generalization across settings, significant reductions in the participant's skin picking were obtained. These reductions were maintained at 1 and 3-month follow-up. Results are discussed in terms of adapting HRT for individuals with autism and IDD. |
|
|
103. A Descriptive Assessment of Functional Analysis Methodology at a Behavior Analytic School for Individuals With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JACQUELYN LANPHEAR (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Discussant: Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute) |
Abstract: The functional analysis (FA) described by Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) defined methodology for experimentally identifying problem behavior response classes. Since the time of that publication, hundreds of research articles on functional analysis have been published and a large variety of methodological variations have been developed. To add to the literature describing current behavior analytic practice with regard to functional analyses, we conducted a descriptive assessment of the functional analysis methods at a large, behavior analytic school for children diagnosed with autism. Out of the 344 functional analyses conducted, the most common behavior topographies examined were self-injurious behavior (27%) and aggression (24%). Examination of these functional analyses will also add to the literature surrounding the common maintaining variable(s) for these response topographies, as was previously summarized by Iwata et al (1994). On average, 4 functional analyses were conducted for each student with 18 sessions per functional analysis. The most common dependent variable was response rate and the most common variables tested were attention and escape from demands. |
|
|
104. Evaluating the Efficacy of Reinforcer Variation and Choice to Teach Academic Skills Without the Use of Extinction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MIRANDA FOGG (Elms College), Laura A. Hanratty (Elms College), Alyssa Jean Clark (Elms College), Christopher Tamburrino (Elms College) |
Discussant: Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the use of reinforcer variation and choice in teaching academic skills to mastery, without the use of extinction. Participants included three children between the ages of three and 18, all diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders and receiving behavior analytic services. Academic skills were identified by each participant's service team. Participants were exposed to four differential reinforcement conditions. In the varied/constant condition, correct responses resulted in the delivery of one of three high-preference reinforcers, while prompted responses resulted in the delivery of the same high-preference reinforcer. In the choice/varied condition, correct responses resulted in the participant choice from three high-preference reinforcers, while prompted responses resulted in the delivery of one of the three high-preference reinforcers. In the choice/constant condition, correct responses resulted in the participant choice from three high-preference reinforcers, while prompted responses resulted in the delivery of one high-preference reinforcer. In the constant/constant condition, correct or prompted responses resulted in the delivery of one high-preference reinforcer. The results showed that two participants reached mastery in fewer sessions in the choice/constant condition, while the other reached mastery in fewer sessions with the constant/constant condition. These results show that skills can be taught utilizing choice and reinforcer variation. |
|
|
105. Assessing Visual Acuity to Determine the Size of Academic and Communication Stimuli |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JASMEEN KAUR (Kennedy Krieger institute), Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Lindsey Gilbert (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mary Hughes (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Allen Porter (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute) |
Abstract: A visual acuity test is typically conducted by an ophthalmologist to determine one's ability to discriminate between shapes, details, and objects. These tests are difficult to execute with children with intellectual disabilities, particularly if they lack verbal behavior. There is little research on visual acuity in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The purpose of the current study was to assess the visual acuity of Hunter, a 13-year old male admitted to an inpatient unit for the treatment of severe self-injurious behavior that led to detached retinas in both eyes and partially successful retinal reattachment. The ophthalmologist was unable to provide an exact estimate of Hunter's visual acuity without an intrusive exam, thus making it difficult to prepare academic and communication stimuli. In order to evaluate his visual acuity, Hunter was presented a choice between two high-preferred stimuli represented on picture cards of gradually decreasing size. A correspondence check was used to determine if Hunter made an accurate choice. Results indicated there was no decrement in accuracy as we decreased picture size to 0.5 x 1.5. Additionally, an eye exam under anesthesia was conducted to check Hunter's visual acuity, intraocular pressure, and to test his refraction, which confirmed the results of this assessment. |
|
|
106. Assessment and Treatment of Bruxism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA RILL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Aaron D. Lesser (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute) |
Abstract: Bruxism is defined as forcefully grinding or clenching teeth together and can result in physical damage including, abnormal wear on the teeth, damaged gum and bone structures, facial pain, and tooth sensitivity (Glaros & Rao, 1977). In this study, we compared parent- and therapist-conducted functional analyses (FA) to identify reinforcers for bruxism in a four-year-old boy admitted to an intensive feeding program for food and texture selectivity. We compared an ignore condition during which the therapist or caregiver did not interact with the child while preferred toys were available to a control condition during which preferred items were available and noncontingent social attention was provided approximately every 30 s. Results of the FA were undifferentiated, and suggested that the bruxism was automatically reinforced. A subsequent component analysis was used to evaluate the effectiveness of treatment packages described by Armstrong, Knapp, and McAdam (2014). We evaluated three treatment conditions with the therapist: (1) Vocal Prompt to open the mouth (i.e., physically incompatible response) contingent on grinding , (2) Physical Prompt (i.e., jaw prompt to slightly open the jaw) and (3) Vocal + Physical Prompts. The Vocal Prompt condition resulted in the largest decrease in the percentage of bruxism per session with the therapist. The intervention was then generalized to the parent and the Vocal Prompt condition remained effective. |
|
|
107. Idiosyncratic Functions of Problem Behavior: Dropping and Elopement Maintained by Access to Pica |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
BO KIM (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Usai Bah (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute) |
Abstract: Research on idiosyncratic functions for problem behaviors identified more than 30 idiosyncratic variables that influence responding during functional analyses, including social positive or negative relations and automatic reinforcement relations (Schlichenmeyer, Roscoe, Rooker, Wheeler, & Dube, 2013). In one study with an automatic reinforcement relation, aggressive behaviors were found to be maintained by access to ritualistic behavior (Hausman, Kahng, Farrell, Camille & Mongeon, 2009). In the current study, problem behavior was determined to be maintained by the opportunity to engage in pica. The participant was a 16-year-old boy diagnosed with Cri-du-chat, autism, and severe intellectual disability admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. A functional analysis of pica showed it was maintained by automatic reinforcement. An initial functional analysis was inconclusive for elopement and dropping behaviors. Subsequent functional assessments, in which tests conditions were enhanced with baited pica items, found that dropping and elopement served to gain access to pica items. Treatment consisted of functional communication with signaled availability, response blocking, and redirection for pica. Across all assessments, reliability data were collected for 66.26% of sessions. Reliability data averaged 95.54% for dropping, 98.11% for eloping, and 98.28% for pica. |
|
|
108. Assessing Client Acceptability of Interventions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
LINDSEY GILBERT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly K. Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Theodore (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute) |
Abstract: Bannerman et al. (1990) emphasized the importance of incorporating client input into treatment. Often, social acceptability scales are administered to caregivers; however, it is also important to consider client preferences (Wolf, 1978). The current study focuses on extending previous literature regarding client's social acceptability of treatment components. The study included a 15-year-old female diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder and mild Intellectual Disability who was admitted to an inpatient hospital for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. After conducting a functional analysis, a treatment plan was developed to target her severe problem behaviors. The participant independently rated her treatment on a 5-point Likert scale including 11-14 questions (e.g., "I like having treatment everyday") on a weekly basis. Data suggest that the intervention was generally acceptable; however, it is unclear whether acceptability and subsequent changes to treatment based on participant feedback alone resulted in positive treatment outcomes. Regardless, we should determine methods to measure client acceptability and incorporate their feedback, when possible. This was designed as a pilot study to develop and modify acceptability questionnaires for use with individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Future research should evaluate acceptability scales with these individuals and more closely evaluate corresponding treatment effects. |
|
|
109. The Effects of Behavior Skills Training on Staff Implementation of a Chaining Procedure to Teach Meal Preparation Skills |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Jenna Berenson (Quality Services for the Autism Community), Taisiya Lozanov (Quality Services for the Autism Community), ANYA SILVER (Quality Services for the Autism Community), Clare Penny (Quality Services for the Autism Community) |
Discussant: Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute) |
Abstract: A behavioral skills training package was utilized to teach a direct support professional working in a day program to implement a chaining procedure to teach meal preparation skills. A case study was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the training package, which consisted of written and verbal instructions, instructor and video modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. Results indicated that the behavior skills training package produced improvements in the direct support professionals implementation of the chaining procedure to teach meal preparation skills to an adult with autism. |
|
|
110. Michigan Medicaid Applied Behavior Analysis Services and Systems: Building Infrastructure and Overcoming Challenges in a Managed Care System |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
BRIANNA ELSASSER (State of Michigan), Morgan VanDenBerg (State of Michigan) |
Discussant: Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute) |
Abstract: In 2012, insurance reform legislation was passed in Michigan to cover Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services, and on April 1, 2013, Michigan Medicaid began providing ABA services for eligible children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) diagnosis. On January 1, 2016, a new and expanded Michigan Medicaid policy related to ABA services was implemented which now covers ABA for individuals with an ASD diagnosis from birth until age 21. Michigan continues to be innovative in ABA service delivery including the signing of behavior analyst licensure laws in January 2017, the inclusion of Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts and master's-prepared professionals training to become certified as part of the Medicaid ABA qualified provider network, the addition of telepractice into Michigan Medicaid policy, and the partnerships between the Michigan Medicaid system and ABA university programs across the state. Due in part to the rapid increase over the past two years in both qualified providers and eligible individuals enrolling for services, the Michigan Medicaid system continues to focus strongly on issues related to improving access to quality ABA services for all eligible beneficiaries. |
|
|
111. Use of Curriculum Assessments and Skill Acquisition Programs in Public Schools for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MEAGHEN SHAVER (Centre for Behavioural Studies, St. Lawrence College), Kim Trudeau-Craig (Centre for Behavioural Studies, St. Lawrence College) |
Discussant: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: In this project, curriculum assessments were conducted for 20 participants with Autism Spectrum Disorder in the school setting. The assessments were completed by students of the Autism and Behavioural Science Graduate Certificate Program at St. Lawrence College who were completing a field placement requirement under the supervision of a behaviour analyst. For each participant, a report with recommendations was provided to school staff and parents outlining areas of strength and those for development. Participants also received skills based instruction based on the identified goals resulting from the assessment. Eight participants were reassessed after 6 months. Social validity was also assessed via an open ended questionnaire given to educational staff involved in the project. Results indicated that 6/8 participants who were reassessed showed an increase in their score after 6 months and on average, the percentage change in score was 19%. In addition, 13/16 participants who received skills based instruction were able to learn the targeted skill within the field placement time frame. School staff supported the social validity of the project, and requested it be replicated in future years. |
|
|
112. Decreasing Problem Behavior During Haircuts Using Graduated Exposure and Differential Reinforcement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARISA E. MCKEE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Dayna Costello (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Lauren Marie Speckin (ABA of Wisconsin), Miranda May Olsen (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jessi Reidy (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Some individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may engage in problem behavior (e.g., noncompliance, aggression, self-injurious behavior) during hygiene-related tasks, such as haircuts. Refusal to comply can make regular maintenance of the individual?s hair nearly impossible for caregivers and professionals. Components of haircuts that often evoked problem behavior (e.g., negative vocalizations, blocking brush or scissors with hands) for a 6-year old male with ASD were identified, and duration of these components were systematically increased while he had access to an iPad. The steps included brushing dry hair, opening and closing scissors near head, donning a cape, dropping hair trimmings on and near body, and trimming hair. Duration of sessions increased from 10 s to 15 min. Praise and access to preferred items were provided contingent on compliance throughout the session. Graduated exposure and differential reinforcement reduced problem behavior and increased compliance with the introduction of more intrusive activities and longer duration of sessions with the client?s therapists and parents. Considerations for implementation and additional steps to prepare for a haircut by a professional stylist will be discussed. |
|
|
113. Enhancing Reinforcer Competition: An Analysis of the Effects of Competing Stimuli and Blocking Procedures on Stereotypy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN A. J. WRIGHT (The Faison Center), Jennifer Graboyes Camblin (The Faison Center), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center) |
Discussant: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: A series of assessments were conducted with a 14 year old male, diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder, who engages in high rates of stereotypy. Swatting at small specks of debris, such as dirt, and repetitive rocking behaviors by the participant directly impacted his access to instruction and appropriate leisure activities during his school day. A functional analysis was conducted to confirm the hypothesis that the behavior was automatically reinforcing. Standard as well as non-standard functional analysis sessions were conducted and data indicated that swatting occurred at the highest rates when the environment was rich with debris and when the behavior was not blocked. Swatting occurred at the lowest rates when the environment was cleared of all debris and the behavior was physically blocked by the teacher. A standard Competing Stimulus Assessments was conducted during which a variety of stimuli were made available to the participant. Subsequent competing stimulus assessment sessions were conducted wherein a redirection procedure and response blocking were implemented when the participant did not engage with the target items or engaged in stereotypy. Three items were identified as possible competing stimuli. These results were validated within the classroom setting through access to the three competing items as well as implementation of blocking and redirection procedures when stereotypy was observed. IOA data were collected across 38% of assessment sessions and agreement was calculated at 91.3% |
|
|
114. Shaping of Complete Eating Behaviors in Children With Autism: Considering the Effect of the "Half-Full Method" in Home and School Facilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
YUMIKO SASADA (Academy of Behavioral Coaching), Kenji Okuda (Academy of Behavioral Coaching) |
Discussant: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: [Study Objective] The child with autism left the table in the middle of the meal. She also during training with therapist wouldn't approach even when using snack as a reinforcer. Therefore "Half-Full Method" was applied to her, which was that the child was served small portion that can be eaten without leaving the seat. After then, she can have another portion upon completion if she requests it. The purpose of this study examined the effect of "Half-Full Method" to shape a behavior of meal completion with errorless. ?Method? Subject: the girl with autism and severe mental retardation, non-speaking, 5 years old at the start of study, in year-round facilities. Setting: home and school facilities Target: To finish all food placed on dish. Intervention: the girl's whole meal is divided into 10 equal parts, of which 2 parts (20%) are placed on her dish. If the girl requests a second helping of food, another 10% is placed on the plate. That is then repeated until the whole meal is completed. When the girl leaves the seat or signals completion, the meal ends. Even if the child returns or asks for food again, no more will be given until the next meal. Success Criterion: If the girl maintains a positive reaction for one month, the initial serving amount is increased by 10%. ?Result? The intervention was started at the girl's home. When during the second meal after the program started the girl left the seat, the meal was ended and she started crying hard. After that, both leaving food uneaten on the plate and getting up from the seat completely ended. Due to those problems continuing to be an issue at the school facility, the intervention moved on to being practiced there as well. The girl responded to the intervention positively at school as well as at home. Also, approaching the therapist during training sessions increased to over 80%. ?Discussion? The food presentation was changed from the previous method of simply placing a whole meal's worth of food on her plate to allotting a small portion and giving a more helpings if the girl finished what was on her plate until meal completion was achieved. In the future we will consider increasing the number of cases using this "Half-Full Method." |
|
|
115. Feasibility and Usability of Brief Telehealth Parent-Directed Treatment Training Package |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHELSEA HARDT (University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (University of Texas at San Antonio), Katherine Cantrell (University of Texas at San Antonio), Kyra Hastings (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Discussant: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: The field of telehealth has emerged as a potential means of disseminating applied behavior analytic services to rural communities and underserved areas. The purpose of this project was to provide parent-directed treatment for individuals with autism spectrum disorder with supervision and training provided by a Board Certified Behavior Analyst—Doctoral Level via telehealth. The two-year project aims to train 550 parents of children with autism in ABA techniques to address a priority problem for their family. The project is now in the second year and initial data collected regarding the feasibility and usability of the program from both parent report and in-service BCBA reports will be be presented. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed. |
|
|
116. The Effects of a Lag 5 Schedule of Reinforcement on Response Variability in Toy Play of Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SADIE L. LOVETT (Central Washington University), Holly L. Sutton (Catholic Charities) |
Discussant: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often lack response variability in their behavioral repertoires, which can lead to difficulty with problem solving and adaptive skills. A lack of response variability in young children with autism is often observed as rigid toy play behavior. Lag schedules of reinforcement have been used to increase variability in vocal behavior (Susa & Schlinger, 2012) and simple toy play behaviors in children with autism (Napolitano et al., 2010). The maximum schedule criterion in most previous studies is a Lag 3. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of a Lag 5 schedule on variability in toy play responses using complex toys that provide the opportunity for greater response variability. A changing criterion design was used to evaluate the Lag 5 schedule in two children with autism, and a prompting procedure was implemented if the criterion was not met for three sessions. One participant met criterion for the Lag 5 schedule, and the second participant met criterion for a Lag 4 schedule before the intervention was discontinued due to services ending. Generalization probes revealed variability in responding with novel toys at slightly lower rates than trained toys. |
|
|
117. Comparing Preference For and Skill Acquisition In Competitive and Cooperative Teaching Conditions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CARISSA BASILE (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), Elizabeth Hernandez (California State University, Northridge), Sean Vincent Christensen (California State University, Northridge), Allison Rose Bickelman (Autism Behavior Intervention; Endicott College), Roxanna Diaz (California State University, Northridge) |
Discussant: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: Group contingencies and behavior skills training are common and successful procedures used to teach social skills to children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. However, little research exists on whether competitive or cooperative components of group contingencies effect skill acquisition and if students have a preference for either of these components. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to compare skill acquisition and preference for competitive and cooperative group teaching arrangements for a small-group of 7-year olds with Autism Spectrum Disorder. We used a multielement and multiple baseline design to compare acquisition rates and a concurrent chains arrangement to assess preference. In two teaching conditions, experimenters used behavioral skills training embedded in various activities to teach social skills. The conditions differed in that one involved teams competing for a goal while the other involved the entire group participating to reach the goal. Additional collection of data during free play sessions that followed both the competitive and cooperative conditions of our study provided information on unprompted social interactions. Results showed that teaching was effective in both conditions for all children, preference was idiosyncratic across children, and the type of group contingency may have influenced some features of free play. |
|
|
118. Improvement in Communication Skills of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders Comparing Communication Versus Social Play Focused Caregiver Training Curricula |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ASHLEY VOGEL (Vanderbilt University Medical Center's Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders (TRIAD)), Mary Morton (Vanderbilt University Medical Center's Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders (TRIAD)), Alacia Stainbrook (Vanderbilt University Medical Center's Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders (TRIAD)), A. Pablo Juàrez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center's Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders (TRIAD)), Zachary Warren (Vanderbilt University Medical Center's Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders (TRIAD)) |
Discussant: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: This program evaluation study compares results from two communication assessments following the implementation of two different caregiver training curricula. The MacArthur-Bates Short Form Vocabulary Checklist (MCDI) and Communication Skills Behavior Scales Caregiver Questionnaire (CSBS) were administered before and after caregiver training intervention. Currently, 21 families of young children (18-34 months) have completed services and data in this ongoing study. Intervention includes six 60-minute caregiver training sessions and curriculum is selected based on caregiver interview, family early interventionist interview, consultant observation and understanding of family priorities. Previous research has shown increasing play and social skills is a foundational skill for increasing communication skills. Overall, children who received the social play intervention scored higher on the communication assessments and generally showed more emerging communication skills prior to intervention. Preliminary data suggests that they also have increased scores in the number of words used as well as slightly higher increases in the number of words understood according to the MCDI. Children receiving the communication curriculum show slightly higher results on the CSBS, likely due to the emphasis on nonverbal and symbolic communication for children who generally had lower communication skills prior to intervention. Both curricula resulted in increases across all assessments following intervention. |
|
|
119. A Comparison of Group and One-to-One Instructional Arrangements With Students With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLY VOORDE (Sonya Ansari Center for Autism), Britany Melton (Endicott College; Sonya Ansari Center for Autism) |
Discussant: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: This current project is a replication and extension of previous research where group instruction was superior in 5 out of 9 students with Autism (Autism (Melton, Hansen, & McGrale, 2013). Research generally indicates students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) learn best 1:1, with teaching practices based on the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis. However, this may not continue to be functional for all students across settings and time. There is a growing body of literature to support group instruction as an effective teaching format; however, research comparing 1:1 and group instructional arrangements is minimal, as well as the guides to properly conduct group instruction. The current project uses an alternating treatments design to compare 1:1 vs. small group instructional formats. The project took place in a center for students with Autism and included 2 male students, ages 10 and 12. The dependent measures are skill acquisition and observational learning and the independent measures include an errorless teaching procedure and individualized reinforcement systems. Inter-observer agreement and procedural fidelity measures will be collected. The results of skill acquisition of materials will be discussed. |
|
|
120. Skill Acquisition and Preference of Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder Across Two Video Modeling Procedures |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANLARA MCKENZIE (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jolene R. Sy (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Phillip Orchowitz (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: Video modeling is a common method to teach skills to adolescents with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Video modeling, similar to in-person instruction, uses observational learning to promote response acquisition, but instead uses pre-recorded footage of a model completing the targeted task correctly. Research suggests that video modeling is more efficient in producing acquisition and generalization of various functional skills relative to in-vivo instruction (Charlop-Christy, Le, & Freeman, 2000). However, few studies have directly compared the effects of different methods of video modeling, such as traditional video modeling (i.e., with a model fully in frame filmed as if the person watching was watching in-vivo instruction; TVM) or point-of-view video modeling (i.e., with only the hands of a model in the frame filmed as if the person watching were completing the task themselves; POV). The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend previous literature by comparing the efficacy of TVM and POV video prompting for teaching a variety of tasks using a combined multielement and multiple baseline design with three participants with ASD. We also assessed preference for POV and TVM using a concurrent-chains procedure. Results indicated that POV produced the fastest skill acquisition and was generally more preferred. |
|
|
121. Teaching Auditory Conditional Discrimination to Children With Autism With Limited Repertoires |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA NIEMEIER (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amber R. Paden (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: Children with autism may require remedial strategies to develop conditional discrimination repertoires. For example, Slocum, Miller, and Tiger (2012) used a blocked-trials procedure to teach identity matching to a child with autism. Unlike previous studies (Saunders & Spradlin 1989 & 1990, Perez-Gonzalez & Williams, 2002, Williams, Perez-Gonzalez & Queiroz, 2005), Slocum et al. did not require fading of the block size to obtain discriminated performance. We attempted to replicate and extend Slocum et al. to the teaching of auditory conditional discriminations. Our participants included four children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder with little to no auditory conditional discriminations prior to the start of our study. We began by replicating the sequence of intervention phases used by Slocum et al., including the use of a blocking procedure when a mixed-trial format was ineffective. However, we only replicated the effects of Slocum et al.'s blocking procedure for one participant. Thus, we evaluated a series of supplementary interventions such as removing reinforcement for prompted responses, using partial physical prompts, and incorporating modified blocking procedures (e.g., mass trialing one target until mastery followed by fading the block size). Data collection is ongoing. |
|
|
122. Toilet Training Through Doll Simulation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMBER JOHNSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jessica Niemeier (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN) |
Abstract: Buzz, a 5-year-old boy diagnosed with autism was engaging in zero continent voids per day. In order to prepare Buzz for school in the fall, we evaluated procedures outline by Greer et al. (2016) and Azrin and Foxx (1973). We first replicated baseline procedures outlined by Greer et al., which included scheduled sits and isolated reinforcers while wearing a diaper. After 11 visits with no treatment effect, we introduced training outlined by Azrin and Foxx. During the first condition of doll simulation, the therapist manipulated and modeled appropriate toileting behaviors with the doll (i.e., having the doll void in the toilet, flush the toilet, and wash her hands). When no effect was observed, we moved to the second condition, in which we used least-to-most prompting to teach Buzz to independently manipulate the doll to complete the steps of toilet training. Buzz met mastery criteria, but there was no increase in his continent voids. Next, we referenced Azrin and Foxx (1971) and followed their rapid method of toileting procedures. Currently, Buzz attends clinic from 9:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m. and has increased his continent voids to two per clinic visit and decreased incontinent voids to one per clinic visit. |
|
|
123. A Comparison of Functional Analyses Used in an Applied Setting in a Young Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ASHLEY AHLERS (Bierman ABA Autism Center), Christina Gallagher (Bierman ABA Autism Center) |
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN) |
Abstract: A functional analysis is an experiment designed to determine the maintaining variables of operant behavior. In applied settings it is crucial to accurately determine the maintaining variables of challenging behavior in order to design and implement effective interventions (Lang, et al. 2009). This study used both an analogue and a trial-based functional analysis with a 4-year-old boy diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Challenging behavior was not evoked in any of the conditions in the analogue functional analysis, while challenging behavior was evoked under both the denied access and demand conditions in the trial-based functional analysis. When conducting a functional analysis in applied practice, it is important to consider the type of functional analysis which will yield the most accurate results with the resources available. Examining the setting in which the behavior of interest occurs and which environmental variables may have the greatest impact on the behavior are crucial components to determining the most appropriate functional analysis format to use. |
|
|
124. Further Comparisons of Synthesized and Individual Reinforcement Contingencies During Functional Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TODD M. OWEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Adam M. Briggs (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Andrew Sodawasser (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN) |
Abstract: Functional-analysis (FA) methodology (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994) has become the prominent assessment procedure for determining the function of problem behavior (Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman, 2013). The interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) is a modification in which indirect and descriptive assessments inform the reinforcement contingency used during a control condition and a single test condition. However, Fisher, Greer, Romani, Zangrillo, and Owen (2016) found that the IISCA included irrelevant contingencies for 80% (4 of 5) of the applications. We replicated the procedures used by Fisher et al. (2016) by comparing the IISCA to a standard FA for 12 participants. We also extended the procedures by including a standard-synthesized contingency analysis (SSCA) which included all of the typical putative reinforcers reported in the literature (i.e., attention, tangible items, and escape). When comparing results to the standard FA, the IISCA included irrelevant contingencies for 83.3% (10 of 12) and excluded relevant contingencies for 8.3% (1 of 12) of applications while the SSCA included irrelevant contingencies, but did not exclude relevant contingencies, for all applications. |
|
|
125. Multiple Schedules and Thinning With One S-Delta Period |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA BETH TUNG (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN) |
Abstract: Multiple schedules are commonly used to thin schedules of reinforcement once functional communication (FC) is in place (Hagopian et al., 2011). The most common way to alternate between periods of SD and S-Delta in the multiple schedule is to alternate between each schedule multiple times in one session (e.g., 45s SD and 15s S-Delta; Hanley, Iwata & Thompson, 2001). An alternative way to schedule thin is to have a single S-delta interval during the middle of the session with longer duration SD intervals at the beginning and end of session. The S-delta interval is then gradually increased over time. This method for introducing schedule thinning could be more effective due to the long duration of SD and short duration of S-delta that minimizes extinction bursts and more gradually introduces the S-delta period. The current study includes at least 1 participant, a 14 year old male diagnosed with Autism. Following the successful introduction of FC, one S-delta period within a multiple schedule was introduced and gradually increased over time until the terminal goal was achieved. With one S-delta period, low rates of problem behavior were observed throughout the schedule thinning process and maintained during generalization to the home environment. |
|
|
126. A Comparison of Trial Arrangement Procedures in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMELIA DRESSEL (Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Kristin M. Albert (Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Ashley Felde (Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Michael Passage (Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Tamara L. Pawich (Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN) |
Abstract: Improving the rate of acquisition and maintenance of skills taught to children with autism through discrete trial instruction is an important focus for behavior analytic researchers. Mass trialing (i.e., several back-to-back repetitions of acquisition targets) has been shown to be more efficient than task interspersal (i.e., presenting previously mastered skills between acquisition targets). However, little research has been conducted on a commonly recommended procedure known as task variation, sometimes called mixing and varying across the operants. The current study combined and extended these lines of research by comparing the efficiency of two commonly used trial arrangement procedures for skill acquisition. In the single operant arrangement, all targets from a single program (e.g., tacting class) were taught during block 1, then all targets from another program (e.g., listener identification in scenes) were taught in block 2, and finally all targets from a third program (e.g., intraverbal answers to "wh" questions) were taught during block 3. In the multiple operant arrangement, acquisition targets across the 3 programs were interspersed within each of the 3 blocks (e.g., tact, listener, and intraverbal mixed together). A combined adapted alternating treatment and multiple probe design was used with multiple participants with autism to compare these arrangements using percentage of correct responses, duration to criterion, and cumulative number of targets mastered. |
|
|
127. Evaluation of a Self-Initiation Toileting Protocol |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA SUZANNA COLEMAN (Marcus Autism Center), Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN) |
Abstract: Urinary incontinence can be a significant obstacle to self-sufficiency for children with autism spectrum disorder. This condition is often accompanied by social stigma and reduced quality of life. The successful training of independent toileting skills increases the child's independence and reduces the burden placed on caregivers. Implementation of behavioral treatment for enuresis, consisting of scheduled sits and reinforcement for continent voids, has been effective in reducing incontinence and increasing self-initiations to go to the bathroom. However, little attention has been paid to how to promote self-initiations for children who depend on a sit schedule. The establishing operation to self-initiate for the bathroom takes time to build, and thus it can be difficult to know when it is at strength. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate a protocol that did not control for the establishing operation and assessed the transfer of stimulus control of self-initiations following the completion of the protocol. Training consisted of progressive time delay, proximity fading, and reinforcement for self-initiations. The protocol was evaluated with four children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder following successful enuresis training on a 60-minute sit schedule. The results were inconsistent across participants, warranting further research in this area. |
|
|
128. An Evaluation of Prevalence for Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Pediatric Food Refusal |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CAITLYN BROOKE MALONE (University of Maryland Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have feeding problems, specifically food selectivity. Pediatric feeding disorders have been identified in as high as 90% of children diagnosed with ASD (Kodak & Piazza, 2008). The purpose of this project was to evaluate the prevalence of pediatric food refusal and food selectivity of children with ASD in an intensive pediatric feeding program to assess and treat children with severe food refusal. We reviewed charts from 2016 admissions (N=78) to assess the demographics of each patient with ASD. Nearly 40% of patients admitted to an intensive feeding program were diagnosed with ASD. The review also indicated that of these children, almost all patients met goals to decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior and increase food variety when behavior-analytic procedures were implemented. Finally, for nearly 45% of the children, all admission goals were met, suggesting that an intensive behavior-analytic approach to treat food refusal was successful. |
|
|
129. A Clinical Evaluation of Instructional Efficiency to Guide Programming Decisions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN M. ALBERT (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Tanja Ramirez-Schwartz (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Amelia Dressel (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Kayce Nagel (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Katherine Haggerty (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN) |
Abstract: Two challenges that applied behavior analysts regularly have to tackle are using efficient teaching procedures and experimentally validating the effectiveness of instructional procedures. The purpose of this study was to provide an example of how these challenges can be addressed in the context of providing clinically appropriate services. The participant was a 3-year-old boy diagnosed with autism who attended a university-based autism treatment center. The first 2 language acquisition programs introduced during discrete trial instruction were tacting parts and features of objects/pictures and listener identification of (pointing to) parts and features of objects/pictures. Implementation of these two programs was carefully arranged to experimentally investigate which instructional arrangements might be most efficient for this learner using a multiple probe with embedded alternating treatments design. The specific areas investigated were transfer across the operants, from tact to listener and listener to tact, and the minimum number of exemplars that needed to be taught to obtain generalized responding. Eighteen items that the participant could tact were selected. For each item, 2, 3, or 4 unknown parts and features were identified as acquisition targets. This yielded 54 targets to be taught. In addition, for each item, 6 exemplars were used. Tacting and pointing to the parts and features of each item, using all 6 exemplars, was tested using pre- and post-training probes. During teaching, 9 items (27 part/feature targets) were taught as tacts and 9 items (27 part/feature targets) were taught as listener responses. In addition, for both tact and listener targets, 3 items were taught using only 1 exemplar (with 5 to test for generalization), 3 items were taught rotating across 2 exemplars (with 4 to test for generalization), and 3 items were taught rotating across 3 exemplars (with 3 to test for generalization). The results of this study were evaluated in terms of their implications for which operant, tact or listener, is more efficient to teach because it is likely to result in transfer to the other and in terms of the minimum number of exemplars necessary to teach in order to obtain generalized responding. |
|
|
130. Adapting a Multiple-Schedule Reinforcer Assessment to Test Effects of Potential Punishers |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLISON HAWKINS (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Catherine Kishel (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Jasmine Grey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN) |
Abstract: The introduction of consequences that function as punishers may be necessary to effectively reduce problem behavior to clinically significant levels. However, response to difference consequences may be idiosyncratic. To date there have been no preliminary assessments to determine effects of potential punishers on responding. The purpose of this study was to adapt a multiple-schedule reinforcer assessment (Smaby et al., 2007) in order to assess the function of various consequences. Two learners diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and who engaged in automatically reinforced problem behavior participated. Data were collected in a multielement design during which reinforcers were applied contingently to strengthen an arbitrary response. Between each reinforcement condition a different consequence (e.g., extinction, blocking, timeout, response cost, vocal demands) was put in a contingent relationship with the same response in order to determine if and how much each reduced the rate of responding. For Participant 2, all consequences reduced behavior compared to the reinforcement condition. For Participant 1, two consequences produced response rates similar to reinforcement and only one (time out) reduced response rates. Future research will examine whether this assessment generalizes to target behaviors by using the most effective consequence as a component in a treatment analysis. |
|
|
131. The Effects of Frequency of Reinforcer Access on
Preference for Response-Reinforcer Arrangements |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Smily Kumar (Evergreen Center), ERIN CONANT (Evergreen Center), John Claude Ward-Horner (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center) |
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN) |
Abstract: Abstract
The purpose of this experiment was to examine the effects of frequency of reinforcer access on preference for response-reinforcer arrangements. A 14-year-old boy with autism participated in the study. Within each experimental phase, the participant was provided a choice among different response-reinforcer arrangements. The continuous arrangement consisted of completing an entire academic task followed by continuous reinforcer access, the discontinuous arrangement consisted of dividing the academic task and reinforcer access into several smaller units, and the control condition consisted of completing an academic task without accessing reinforcement. The frequency of reinforcer access in the discontinuous arrangement was manipulated across experimental phases, such that reinforcer access occurred after every two instructional trials or following each instructional trial. When reinforcer access occurred after each instructional trial in the discontinuous arrangement, the participant preferred the continuous arrangement. However, when reinforcer access occurred after each set of two instructional trials in the discontinuous arrangement, the participant preferred either the discontinuous arrangement or displayed indifference between the continuous and discontinuous arrangements. |
|
|
133. A Quality Review of Interventions for Vocal Stereotypy of Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DANNI WANG (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University) |
Discussant: Brittany Marie DiSanti (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often engage in repetitive and stereotyped vocalizations that persist in the absence of social consequences, also known as vocal stereotypy. Persistent vocal stereotypy, due to its physical characteristics, greatly interferes with other people and decreases the chance of inclusion of the individuals with this behavior. Previous reviews (Lanovaz, et al. 2012; DiGennaro Reed, et al. 2012) have synthesized the literature on vocal stereotypy interventions, however, there has been no attempt to evaluate the quality of research. The purpose of this review is to summarize and evaluate the quality of vocal stereotypy intervention for individuals with ASD by using What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) Procedures and Standards (2016). There were 61 studies that resulted from an electric search of three databases and a search of ancestry. 5 randomly selected articles out of 61 are planned to be used as code training articles. 85% of agreement is needed before the first and second raters can move into independent inter-rater agreement coding for 100% of the articles. Quality indicators mentioned in the standards will be used as coding criteria. Summary of research findings and implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
134. The Effects of Functional Communication Training on Teaching Denial Tolerance for Attention Maintained Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
PAOLA ROMERO (Continuum Behavioral Health) |
Discussant: Brittany Marie DiSanti (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: The need for alternatives to extinction based treatments is great, but scarce. Extinction procedures often result in various forms of increased problem behavior that may not be ethical or safe to implement in an applied setting. This case looked to examine the effects of functional communication training (FCT) on teaching denial tolerance for attention maintained problem behavior in a 13 year-old, non-vocal, male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The FCT involved teaching one mand to access attention in the form of adult interaction, as well as a tolerance response (replacement behavior) for denied access to attention. Communicative responses were taught in the form of modified sign language. A combination of shaping and a variable schedule of reinforcement were used for increasing denial tolerance. Results of this case are on-going, however the current data will contribute to the much needed literature of variables to consider when seeking alternatives to extinction procedures. |
|
|
135. Decreasing Food Selectivity in Children Diagnosed With Autism Using Video Modeling and Role Play |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
LAUREN MCALLEN (Florida Institute of Technology; B.E.S.T Services Inc.), Chris Krebs (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Brittany Marie DiSanti (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have patterns of restrictive and repetitive behaviors and interests such as food selectivity. Video modeling can be used to decrease food selectivity in children diagnosed with ASD (Dotson et al., 2017). Effects of video modeling and role-playing on food selectivity (acceptance of non-preferred food) in five different children diagnosed with ASD were evaluated in the current study. Video modeling and role playing decreased food selectivity in all five children and these effects were maintained during a follow-up phase. These results add to a growing body of literature showing conditions under which video modeling can be used to decrease food selectivity in children diagnosed with ASD. |
|
|
136. Utilizing Delayed Response Cost to Decrease Automatic Vocal Stereotypy in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRETT JONES (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Mackenzie Boon (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Kathleen Blackburn Franke (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Steven Lindauer (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Brittany Marie DiSanti (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often engage in high rates of stereotypic and repetitive vocalizations. These behaviors may be socially stigmatizing, interfere with opportunities to learn, and impact daily functioning. Consequence-based interventions, such as differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), response interruption and redirection (RIRD), contingent demands, and immediate response cost, have been shown to decrease vocal stereotypy; however, these interventions can be time-consuming and challenging to consistently implement. The purpose of the current study was to examine the effects of a delayed response cost protocol with a paired discriminative stimulus on the frequency of vocal stereotypy in outpatient behavioral therapy sessions for two male children with autism. The response cost procedure was implemented at the conclusion of a toy play session, which ranged from 5-15 minutes, if vocal stereotypy occurred at a threshold level. Results of the multielement study design showed that vocal stereotypy maintained by automatic reinforcement decreased when the delayed response cost was implemented as compared to toy play without response cost. |
|
|
137. Random Sampling Affects Background Probability Calculations in Descriptive Assessments |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RANDI LAYNE MAHONEY (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Brittany Marie DiSanti (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Vollmer et al. (2001) used random selection to calculate background probabilities for comparison with conditional probabilities of events and behavior. This method of random selection of 50 samples of windows between 5 and 20 s in duration across variable session lengths may result in random error in background probability estimates obtained. In this study, we conducted a Monte Carlo simulation in which we examined the amount of variability in the background probability calculations as a function of the number of samples, the amount of events in the data streams, and the size of the calculation windows. We found that sampling may result in random error that can affect identification of positive or negative contingencies between behavior and subsequent environmental events. These errors in identifying functional relations have the possibility of affecting treatment selection and outcome. Our analysis suggests that researchers should consider the possibility of sampling error when using this sampling method. |
|
|
138. Utilizing Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior and Extinction to Reducing Tantrums and Repetitive Manding in a 3-Year-Old With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BAHIJAH D. SHEIBANEE (Bedrock Clinic & Research Center) |
Discussant: Brittany Marie DiSanti (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: A 3-year-old male (twin) who is diagnosed with ASD is currently receiving 1:1 ABA intensive and social skills group therapy at bedrock clinic and research center. He is currently engaging in an interfering behavior, which is hindering skill acquisition. The purpose of the project is to conduct a behavior change in an individual. The target behavior is perseverating over dinosaur toy, which is enabling problem behavior. To conduct the behavior change, extinction and DRA (Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior) procedures are incorporated both at the clinic and in the home settings. Baseline data on the repetitive mands and how long the tantrum occurs in a day at the clinic is taken for three days before the implementation of the intervention. During the baseline the tantrum lasted between 128 to 130 minutes and 68 and 75 for the repetitive mands for time he is at the clinic in a day and a reduction of zero for tantrums and near zero levels for repetitive manding. |
|
|
139. Developing Self-Evaluation Method for Speech Rate of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NOZOMI YOSHIDA (Meisei University), Koji Takeuchi (Meisei University) |
Discussant: Brittany Marie DiSanti (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: The present study examined the development of a self-evaluation method of own speech rate by using video with two children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. By editing the speed of the video that shot the conversation scene of the participant, 31 videos of different speeds were created. With the original speed as 100%, videos with speeds (from 50% to 200%) were created every 5%.These videos were presented to the participants in random order and asked to degree of favorable Impression (0 to 100) for each ones. As a result, the participants evaluated that most favorable speed was the extent from 75% to 90%. That is, children with Autism Spectrum Disorder like speech rate a little slower than usual speech rate, and degree of favorable Impression of original speech rate was 75. After conducting the self-evaluation, the mean number of clause per minute of participants in conversation decreased and approached their desired speech rate. |
|
|
140. The Effect of Discrimination Training on Clothes Suitable for Room Temperature in Autism Spectrum Disorder Children With Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MAKO ITO (Meisei University), Koji Takeuchi (Meisei University) |
Discussant: Brittany Marie DiSanti (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Study objective: The purpose of this study was to allow ASD children with intellectual disabilities to be able to classify their own clothes into thin and thick by discrimination training based on stimulus equivalence. Setting: This experiment was conducted individually in a laboratory of university. Participant: A 13 years old child diagnosed with ASD and intellectual disabilities participated. Procedures: The multipurpose Matching to Sample Task (MMTS) that was an application for PC was used to train the distinction of clothes between "thin" or "thick" (4 different photo pictures). Results: By teaching child the discrimination of the 4 kinds of clothes, the other 4 kinds of clothes were also discriminated. Furthermore, the participant became possible to choose a suitable clothes for room temperature after being trained to choose thin clothes in the case of more than 25 degrees room temperature. |
|
|
141. Quantifying Synchronization During Early Behavioral Intervention Program: Preliminary Study With Inter-Trial Interval and Inter-Response Time |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
SATORU SEKINE (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Discussant: Brittany Marie DiSanti (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Recent research suggested that synchronization is important for the early behavioral intervention (Sekine & Yamamoto, 2017; Srinivasan et al., 2016). Though behavior analysts have not interpreted synchronization using their terms, we should incorporate synchronization into the early behavioral intervention to increase the outcome. A child diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder participated in this study. The experimental procedure is as follows: The experimenter presented his hand while saying "touch me" after getting the eye contact. Immediately after the child touched, the experimenter presented the model again. The dependent variables and data collection are as follows: We defined one turn as the participant's response that sequentially occurred within 3s after the experimenter presented a model. We defined unit as the turns sequentially occurred within 3s. We measured intervals of each model presented by the experimenter (Inter-Trial-Interval; ITI) and intervals of response of the participant (Inter-Response-Time; IRT). We also measured the duration of each unit. Fig.1 shows ITI and IRT of each turn. The difference between ITI and IRT of the last 30 turns decreased than the first 30 turns. Fig.2 shows the duration of each unit. As IRT and ITI matched, the duration increased. We could define synchronization using behavioral terms. |
|
|
142. Online to Offline Services for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder in China |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
FRANK YU (CCABA), Shu-Hwei (Sue) Ke (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Brittany Marie DiSanti (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Two of the key missions for WeKair Institute of Technology for Autism Rehabilitation are to spread the knowledge of behavior analysis to professionals and parents, and to offer online to offline (O2O) services to children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in China. In order to dissimilate the practical use of ABA principles in the education and treatment of children with special needs, WeKair has been working closely with China Association of Persons with Psychiatric Disability and their Relatives (CAPPDR) to provide free ABA training classes in 2017 which included online training videos, seminars for up to 11,000 individuals, and full-day training in five major cities for over 1,300 ASD parents and professionals. As WeKair develops and matures, we offer innovative telehealth solutions such as mobile Apps and a series of ABA training courses in 2018 and beyond to meet the increasing demands on how to systematically apply ABA techniques in training, intervention and inclusive education. In addition, we plan to open our state-of-art intervention center in a brand-new 21,500-squre feet facility in Nanjing in second quarter of 2018. The goal is to empower the parents and teachers with ABA expertise to work more effectively for the long term wellbeing of ASD children. |
|
|
143. Effects of Pressession Tangible Access on Subsequent Tangible Conditions in a Functional Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY MCDERMOTT (Endicott College), Art Glenn Dowdy (Temple University) |
Discussant: Brittany Marie DiSanti (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: We completed a systematic replication of O'Reilly et al. (2007). O'Reilly et al. compared the delivery of attention to the delivery of no attention, to subsequent alone and attention-extinction conditions. Different than O'Reilly et al., our method compared 10-minute presessions, with and without tangible items, that occurred prior to completing the tangible condition in a functional analysis (Iwata et al., 1984/1992). In one presession, highly preferred tangible items were presented and in the second presession, tangible items were absent. The tangible session condition was set at 5-minutes. This research was significant and relevant because O'Reilly et al. (2007) found that presession access to attention influenced responding observed in the immediately following attention conditions, and thus was a direct effect of the MO on the behavior. Our study expanded upon O'Reilly et al. which allows us to further refine functional analyses to avoid Type I or Type II errors. |
|
|
|
|
Outside the Box: Novel Approaches to Reducing Challenging Behavior in Children With Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer L. Beers (The Chicago School, Los Angeles) |
Discussant: Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Beers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Ample research has demonstrated the effectiveness of applied behavior analytic procedures for decreasing challenging behaviors in individuals with autism and other developmental disorders. However, some challenges in the area of behavior reduction remain relatively vexing. Reducing automatically reinforced or habitual behaviors can be particularly challenging. It is not surprising, then, that many of the empirically validated treatments available for these behaviors are consequence manipulations that likely involve punishment. This symposium contains two talks that evaluate novel antecedent-based interventions for challenging behaviors; one consisting of music and the other consisting of a habit reversal treatment package. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): habit reversal, habitual behavior, matched stimulation, vocal stereotypy |
Target Audience: BCBAs, Program Supervisors |
|
Comparing the Effects of a Single, Repeated Song and Varied, Repeating and Nonrepeating Songs on Vocal Stereotypy |
KAYLA WELLS (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Jennifer L. Beers (The Chicago School, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy can negatively impact an individual’s ability to learn and to form social relationships with peers. Previous studies have shown that noncontingent access to music is effective in reducing vocal stereotypy; however, these studies have used either one, repeated song, or a select few, repeating songs for all sessions. While this has been shown to be beneficial, it is more common for the songs played while listening to music to vary. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of noncontingent access to music in the form of a single, repeated song, varied, repeating songs, and varied, nonrepeating songs on vocal stereotypy. The results suggest that noncontingent access to music decreased vocal stereotypy for all participants, and varied, nonrepeating songs were found to reduce vocal stereotypy to the lowest levels. |
|
The Effects of a Habit Reversal Treatment Package to Treat Stuttering and Motor Tics Across Children With Autism |
VALERIE R. ROGERS (The ABRITE Organization), Hannah Prados (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: Significant empirical evidence supports the utility of behavioral treatments for habitual behaviors such as stuttering and repetitive movements (e.g., motor tics) in children and adults, however, less empirical support is available for the treatment of such behaviors with children with autism. Behavioral treatment packages for habit reversal are often employed; yet involve multiple components that may prove unnecessary. The current paper utilizes a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design to demonstrate the effect of two components of the habit reversal treatment package, namely, awareness training and social support for children with autism. Moreover, various procedural modifications are described and evaluated in relation to challenges with the acquisition of response detection and the generalization of treatment gains. Results indicate decreases in the targeted behavioral excess and are discussed in terms of the utility and implications of these components and subsequent modifications within treatment sessions. Considerations related to inclusion of such treatment packages in an overall treatment plan for insurance funded Applied Behavior Analysis services as well as suggestions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Preparing for Adulthood: What Can be Done to Best Prepare Individuals and Their Families on the Autism Spectrum Disorder for the Adult World? |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D |
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Marianne L. Bernaldo (Xcite Steps, LLC) |
Discussant: Bonnie Kraemer (San Diego State University) |
Abstract: Much of the discussion in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis has been, what will happen to individuals diagnosed on the Autism Spectrum Disorder, when they become adults? What services are available to adults on the Autism Spectrum? What jobs are available to them? Are they prepared for the job world? How can we best prepare the individual and the family for the transition into adulthood? In this symposium, we will discuss how to best prepare individuals diagnosed on the Autism Spectrum Disorder and other developmental disabilities, on their path to adulthood and independence. The first symposium will examine Applied Behavior Analysis programming by an insurance-funded private agency and will compare those programming goals with domains listed on a life-skills preparedness inventory. The second symposium will focus primarily on parent/guardian education and preparing parents/guardians for the adolescence and adulthood stage, including the "services cliff." More importantly, a discussion of what to do when the "services cliff" occurs and how to manage a family's expectations with this change will be reviewed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Adult services |
|
Insurance-Funded Applied Behavior Analysis Services for Adolescents: How Can We Prepare Them for Adulthood? |
Marianne L. Bernaldo (Xcite Steps, LLC), MEGAN LEDOUX (Xcite Steps, LLC) |
Abstract: With an increase in insurance coverage for Applied Behavior Analysis services, many agencies are providing Applied Behavior Analysis services to clients ranging from early intervention through adolescence. While much of the field has dedicated research to early intervention, a large proportion of individuals diagnosed with Autism will reach adulthood and may lack the skills necessary to live independently. Further investigation could identify how Applied Behavior Analysis agencies can prepare individuals with autism for adulthood during adolescence. This might include providing programming focused on health, money management, safety, community skills, etc. Many of the more advanced life skills necessary to function independently require prerequisite skills that should be addressed within Applied Behavior Analysis programming. This study examined the various goals of Applied Behavior Analysis programming (e.g., interpersonal skills, job maintenance skills, health, housing, and money management); in addition, the study examined the results of a life skills inventory to identify patterns in the various developmental domains, as well as their relationship to the Applied Behavior Analysis goals. Results from this examination are discussed in terms of guidelines for Applied Behavior Analysis program development and adult services, as well as potential directions for future research. |
|
Preparing for the Fall: Educating Parents on Transition and Adult Services for Individuals on the Autism Spectrum |
MARIANNE L. BERNALDO (Xcite Steps, LLC), Darryn Robinson (Xcite Steps, LLC), Stephanie Lopez (Xcite Steps, LLC) |
Abstract: It is a known fact that services for individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder often dissipate once the individual becomes an adult. Many parents are not prepared for this reality and are often left with more questions than answers in terms of what to do with their adult son/daughter once they are an adult. It is important that parents are educated on what to do with their child once he/she becomes an adult, at a much earlier point in their child’s life. This presentation will focus on how one in-home private Applied Behavior Analysis agency prepares and educates parents for future adult services by using parent education modules along with quizzes, to obtain mastery on various parent education topics. An overview of the following parent education topics will be discussed in the presentation: 1) Self-Management/Advocacy; 2) Academic Planning; 3) Service Options in the Adult world; and 4) Sexuality/Dating and Relationships. Further discussion of exactly when to introduce these topics will be discussed, along with future implications for preparing parents for adulthood for their child. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysts Do That? Using ABA to Address Relationship Issues in Couples, Colleagues, and Collaborators |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Steven Merahn (Centria Healthcare, Child Insights, LLC) |
|
Yes We Can! Using ABA to Treat Couples |
Domain: Service Delivery |
SHARON ESTILL OLDER (Adapt Behavioral Services) |
|
Abstract: When working in a client's home, we often observe parents whose negative relationship has a damaging effect on our client. Most behavior analysts would refer them for couples counseling by a mental health professional, since couples therapy is considered "outside the scope" of ABA. What that couple needs is to change their patterns of behavior toward each other, which is what ABA does. This presentation will explain a structured approach to creating improved relationships through ABA-based motivation and behavior-change strategies with "typical" adults. |
|
ABA in the Healthcare Ecosystem: Relationships With the Pediatric Community |
Domain: Service Delivery |
STEVEN MERAHN (Centria Autism Services), James Macon (Centria Healthcare) |
|
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis is a discipline that has evolved a professional identity independent from the primary communities where it is practiced: Healthcare and Education. In these communities of practice, the primary association with ABA in is in the context of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) but there is little understanding of the underlying principles of ABA, ABA as differentiated from other non-medical therapies for ASD, nor the full scope of potential indications for ABA in those communities. This paper explores the cultural, disciplinary, regulatory, research and sustainability challenges that behavior analysis faces in its professional lifecycle, with particular focus on the interface between behavior analysis and pediatrics. The paper will integrate pediatric, educational, and behavior analytic literature with real-world examples to illustrate the potential challenges to integrated care, and make specific programmatic and policy recommendations to improve the understanding of the value of ABA in the evolution of the healthcare and educational systems in the United States. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: Interdisciplinary Collaboration in Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D |
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal, M.A. |
Chair: Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno) |
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno) |
MELISSA PATRICIA PIASECKI (University of Nevada, Reno Med) |
LAURA CROSSWELL (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The 21st century is said to be the century of interdisciplinarity. With a plethora of social and cultural issues in dire need of reform, it is critical that we recognize the call for interprofessional collaboration. While a number of academics and professionals talk about interdisciplinary work, few effectively practice what they preach in terms of training and application. Skinner viewed behavior analysis as a science with far-reaching potential. He claimed that behavior scientists could extend our application of behavior science to broader social issues (e.g., climate change, overpopulation, obesity, etc.), but even his ideas have yet to come to fruition. While various suggestions can be put forth as to why, most can agree that we as behavior scientists have a great potential to disseminate our science. As a way to foster a discussion about interdisciplinary work, this panel will focus on collaborations that have the ability to achieve remarkable scientific, cultural, and societal progress. Panelists will use several examples and nonexamples to guide our discussion so that attendees are better equipped to work collaboratively with researchers or practitioners in other disciplines. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Practitioners, Researchers, and Student Members |
Learning Objectives: 1. To understand the importance of interdisciplinary collaboration in training students 2. To understand the importance of interdisciplinary collaboration in the application of behavior analysis 3. To use examples of how scientists in different disciplines can achieve scientific, technological, cultural, and societal progress through interdisciplinary work |
Keyword(s): Collaboration, Dissemination, Interdisciplinary work, Partnerships |
|
|
|
|
The Bidirectional Operant as Behavioral Metamorphosis |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9 |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D. |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
PETER POHL (Child Psychology Practice Garmisch, Germany) |
Born in post-war Germany, Peter Pohl spent ten very formative years (from 5 to 15) growing up in Long Beach, CA, then returned to Germany and received his Ph.D. in clinical child psychology from the University of Munich. Subsequent clinical research (acquired aphasia in children) at the Children’s Center in Munich and comparative experimental research (functional asymmetry of the auditory system in baboons) at the University of Washington’s Regional Primate Research Center in Seattle followed. A position as assistant professor of clinical neuropsychology was carried out at the University of Bielefeld, Germany. Experimental and clinical publications on various aspects of language acquisition in international journals document a longstanding professional interest in this field. A combination of child psychology practitioner and English teacher in a gymnasium in bicultural Brixen (South Tyrol), Italy were followed by a business occupation in organizational psychology for international corporations in Vienna, Austria. Peter founded the Child Psychology Practice Garmisch in the Bavarian Alps in 1997, and maintains collaborative R&D primarily in the field of verbal behavior development with various universities and enterprises in Europe, China, and the US. |
Abstract: Despite the excellent work carried out on the subject, from an outsider’s perspective one could argue that the bidirectional operant has not been explicitly appreciated for what would seem to be its most valuable asset, namely as a manifestation of a new class of operant behavior. What distinguishes this higher-order operant, as it is called, from simple operant behavior and what constitutes its bi-directionality? These questions are addressed in an attempt to understand verbal behavior acquisition from a developmental and evolutionary perspective. Comparative data are reported which support the view that the bidirectional operant is an exemplar of extreme life-stage modularity during acquisition of verbal behavior and may be functionally homologous to the biological phenomenon of complete metamorphosis. The presentation concludes with a consideration of the potential relevance of operant bi-directionality as a behavioral phenotype which underlies the accelerated transformation of learning in a world unhinged. |
Target Audience: Both researchers and practitioners. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) comprehend the distinction between simple and bidirectional operants; (2) understand the difference between morphological and functional metamorphosis; (3) envision automatized real-time measurement of the bidirectional operants for experimental and applied verbal behavior analysis; (4) discern the interdisciplinary synergies between verbal behavior analysis and developmental evolutionary biology. |
|
|
|
|
Stimulus Control in Humans |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom C |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria) |
|
Conditional Discrimination and Aversive Control |
Domain: Basic Research |
CAMILO HURTADO-PARRADO (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Julian Cifuentes (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Lucia Medina (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Mónica Arias-Higuera (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria) |
|
Abstract: Matching-to-sample (MTS) tasks entailing positive reinforcement contingencies have been the most common procedures implemented to study conditional discrimination and a wide range of related behavioral processes (e.g., memory, categorization, and stimulus equivalence). Aware of the lack of studies that have demonstrated conditional discrimination phenomena primarily via aversive contingencies (punishment or negative reinforcement), we designed an MTS task in which stimulus control is established and maintained via a negative reinforcement contingency. On a given trial, participant chooses one of three comparison stimuli (trigrams) in the presence of a sample stimulus that consists of an image with violent content. Correct sample-comparison matching produces immediate removal of all stimuli and that a progress bar decreases one step. Consistent correct matching for a given sample across trials prevents future presentation of this stimulus during an ongoing phase. Incorrect responses produce that the aversive sample remains on the screen for a 5-s forced period. Study 1 tested the effects of using two different types of aversive images as samples: Images from the International Affective Picture System (IAPS; Lang et al., 2008), and images related to the Colombian armed conflict. Study 2 explored differences in acquisition of conditional discriminations via positive reinforcement, punishment, and negative reinforcement. |
|
How to Become a Better Learner? A Study of Learning Transfer Across Different Visual Properties of Stimuli |
Domain: Basic Research |
MARGOT BERTOLINO (University of Lille), Vinca Riviere (University of Lille) |
|
Abstract: Learning transfer plays an important role for acquisition of new behavior. It could also be seen as a form of generalization. Previous studies have shown that errorless learning seems to enhance learning transfer on subsequent trial-and-error discrimination learning. Errorless learning is a discrimination procedure in which errors made on S- are diminished or avoided. Nonetheless, learning transfer has not been studied across different kind of discrimination learning set. It is not known how errorless learning seems to facilitate subsequent learning. The aim of our study was to evaluate whether learning transfer would operate across different stimuli visual properties and learning procedures. Three groups of twenty participants were designed. The first group did two trial-and-error learning procedure. The second group started with a trial-and-error procedure and then did an errorless learning procedure. Finally, the third group did two errorless learning procedures. In the first condition, S+ and S- were different according to hue. In the second condition, S+ and S- differed in saturation. The task was designed in order to be difficult, thus the S+ and S- were closed across a physical continuum. This study has implication in educational settings in which failure in learning is generally seen as intrinsic to the learner. Moreover, it could enhanced our knowledge about learning failure but also learning facilitation for people with autistic spectrum disorder and learning disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Expanding Behavioral Skills Training: Application With Adolescents With Autism, Care Partners of Individuals With Cognitive Loss, and College Professors |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G |
Area: EDC/CBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Nicole Domonchuk (Lambton College) |
CE Instructor: Nicole Domonchuk, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) procedures are one approach to teaching complex skills based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. Clinicians and researchers have successfully implemented BST across a wide range of skills while working with children, adolescents, care providers, and paid staff. Extension of BST to fields of burgeoning interest to behavior analysts, such as behavioral gerontology and higher education remains limited. In this symposium, we will describe how BST can be applied in three diverse settings. The first presentation will describe how BST was applied to teach adaptive living skills for individuals with ASD transitioning to adulthood in a community setting using college students as instructors. The second presentation will share the results of a BST intervention designed to support college faculty members to adopt new teaching techniques over the course of an academic semester. The final presentation will provide a comparison of interventions commonly used to support care providers of older adults with cognitive loss, then make a case for the utility of BST as an intervention appropriate to this growing population. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Alzheimer’s Disease/Dementia, BST, College Teaching, Functional Skills |
Target Audience: Clinicians working within diverse settings, designing behavior change programs. |
|
Transitioning Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Life Prep Course |
(Service Delivery) |
MEAGHEN SHAVER (St. Lawrence College), Andrea Roblin-Hanson (Hotel Dieu Hospital, Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry) |
Abstract: In this study, community service gaps were identified in relation to the development of adaptive living skills for individuals with ASD transitioning from adolescence to adulthood. A scan of the literature was conducted to identify evidence based practices for this population and target skill area. In the initial phases of research, the Assessment of Functional Living SkillsCommunity Participation Protocol was used to identify target skills in 8 participants diagnosed with ASD, and subsequently these skills were taught in a five-week skills group format called the "Life Prep Course." A treatment package that included Behavioral Skills Training, Video Modelling and In-Vivo Generalization opportunities was implemented. Assessment scores, probe data and social validity scores were collected to demonstrate the effectiveness and acceptability of the intervention. Results showed that the participants acquired the targeted skills. Specifically, 6/8 participants increased their assessment score by over 10% upon reassessment. Generalization of skills was moderate, and was demonstrated to be at 80% success by week 5 of the program. Participants and caregivers reported high levels of satisfaction with the intervention. In upcoming phases of research, maintenance will be assessed, and a replication of the "Life Prep Course" will be conducted. |
|
Supporting College Faculty to Adopt New Teaching Practices With Behavioral Skills Training |
(Applied Research) |
NICOLE DOMONCHUK (Lambton College) |
Abstract: The landscape of higher education is evolving. Students are accustomed to almost continuous use of their mobile devices. As a result, professors may feel pressure to incorporate technologically savvy instruction into their practice with the goal of leveraging those devices to improve learning outcomes. While professors often have expert content knowledge and/or research expertise they may not have well developed pedagogical or technological skills. This may leave faculty members who are motivated to adopt new teaching techniques uncertain how to proceed. In addition, attempts to incorporate technology in the classroom may not have the desired effect further discouraging experimentation with new techniques. Behavioral skills training (BST) has been demonstrated to be effective in numerous settings with varied participants. The purpose of this presentation is to describe the effect of a modified BST procedure on faculty adoption of technology-enhanced teaching practices. The intervention spanned one academic semester, used a changing criterion design, and incorporated instructions, modeling, rehearsal, performance feedback, and goal setting. The results of the intervention were positive, with participants endorsing the approach. |
|
Training Family Care Partners of Older Adults With Cognitive Loss: What Happened to Skills? |
(Service Delivery) |
RACHEL VANPUTTEN (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Most older adults with cognitive loss live at home and are cared for by family members. Family care partners require skills to effectively assist their loved ones with basic and instrumental activities of daily living, with managing co-occurring chronic illnesses, and with the emotional and behavioral changes associated with cognitive decline. Family care partners predominantly receive interventions addressing caregiver stress, burden, and depression. These interventions neglect skills-based approaches that would otherwise equip care partners to implement behavioral interventions targeting their loved one's presenting problems. Additionally, increased skills might alleviate stress, burden, and depressed behavior related to overwhelming task demand. Despite care partner need for skills, the application of evidence-based training practices such as Behavioral Skills Training (BST) remains unevaluated. Both prevalence of use and potential efficacy of in-home BST for care partners of adults with cognitive loss are unexamined. A detailed comparison of interventions for family care partners of adults with cognitive loss will be provided, and aspects related to the implementation of behavior analytic methods assessing for and informing skill-based interventions will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Worldwide Application of The Pyramid Approach to Education: A FUNctional Approach to ABA in Classrooms |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Anne Overcash (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.) |
Discussant: Robert D. Holdsambeck (Calaba) |
CE Instructor: Catherine Horton, M.S. |
Abstract: Classrooms worldwide report difficulties with implementing systematic, manageable approaches to creating effective educational environments. The Pyramid Approach to Education (Bondy, 2011) provides a systematic and manageable framework for creating effective environments using elements of applied behavior analysis. This model and it's systematic and functional approach have achieved worldwide appeal while achieving meaningful outcomes for learners. Structural elements of the Pyramid target the creation of functional activities, use of powerful reinforcement systems, teaching a range of critical communication skills, and the functional assessment of contextually inappropriate behavior. Instructional elements include planning for generalization, matching each skill to a lesson format, carefully choosing teaching and error correction strategies. Data collection and most importantly, analysis are central to the overall functioning of a Pyramid Classroom. A key distinction from other approaches involving the application of applied behavior analysis is that classroom teachers and all other support staff are empowered to teach - within the parameters of good science, but it is not a "one size" fits all approach. Teaching staff are involved in the decision making process and lesson development for all students with an emphasis on individual needs while maintaining both group and individual learning. This symposium will present an overview and implementation from several perspectives. Data will be presented from a school program where several classrooms have achieved Pyramid Certified Classroom Status. Within that program, leadership teams have been created to foster the maintenance of implementation. Programs in a variety of countries using the Pyramid Approach to Education will be described and attendant results discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Bondy, effective classrooms, Pyramid, Pyramid Approach |
Target Audience: Members of multi-disciplinary teams including teachers, speech-language pathologists, behavior analysts. Anyone who actively participates in the supervision and direct service delivery required to set up and maintain classrooms. |
|
Pyramid Certified Classrooms – Overview and Outcomes of The Pyramid Approach and Certification Model |
(Service Delivery) |
CATHERINE HORTON (Pyramid Educational Consultants) |
Abstract: The Pyramid Approach to Education is an effective model of teaching that establishes meaningful educational environments for all learners. This model is based upon broad spectrum applied behavior analysis and includes two types of learning elements: structural and instructional. The structural elements form the base of the Pyramid, creating an environment within which to teach. The base elements include: Functional Activities, Reinforcement Systems, Functional Communication and Identification and Replacement of Contextually Inappropriate Behaviors (CIBs). The instructional elements form the top of the Pyramid and include information relevant to the creation of effective lessons. The top elements include: Generalization, Lesson Formats, Teaching/Prompting Strategies and Error Correction. All elements involve data-based decision making. Following an overview of this model, an intensive certification process, known as Pyramid Certified Classrooms, will be explored. This model includes training and consultation regarding implementation of all elements. Data from several classrooms will be reported, via review of the nearly 100 items included on the Pyramid Checklist. In addition, the Pyramid Leadership Model, created to ensure that positive changes will be maintained over time, will be discussed. |
|
International Applications of the Pyramid Approach to Education |
(Service Delivery) |
DONNA MARIE BANZHOF (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.; Pyramid Group Management Services Corporation) |
Abstract: Pyramid Educational Consultants has offices in 14 countries with nearly 40 Pyramid Consultants who provide both training and consultation services. All training and consultation involves a description of or direct application of The Pyramid Approach to Education, a systematic framework for designing effective educational environments. One example of the direct application of the Pyramid Approach is a Pyramid Certified Classroom, a process that involves training and consultative guidance on implementing the nine elements of the Pyramid Approach to Education. The Pyramid elements are implemented in a specific sequence as the sequence is an essential component of this approach. Upon successful demonstration of the items listed on the Pyramid Classroom Checklist in one element, consultation begins in the next. Throughout this process teams design/build their own effective environment, one is not prescribed. This consultation and certification approach has been successfully implemented in classrooms worldwide. How teams across the globe implement the Pyramid Approach as well as the similarities and differences will be highlighted in this presentation. |
|
|
|
|
PDS: Women in OBM |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno) |
ALICIA M. ALVERO (Queens College, CUNY) |
DARNELL LATTAL (Context Management) |
LORI H. LUDWIG (Performance Blueprints, Inc.) |
Abstract: According to the American Psychological Association (APA), women made up 20% of Ph.D. recipients in psychology in 1970. Since then, the gender gap has reversed, with the APA reporting that over 68% of psychologists in the workforce in 2013 were female. Compare these statistics to the fact that only 6.4% of Fortune 500 companies had female CEOs in 2017 (fortune.com), women-owned businesses accounted for 19.4% of US operations in 2015 (Census Bureau), and women comprise only 12% of senior management at the top 200 power and utility companies worldwide (Price, 2015). Thus, female behavior scientists who work in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) are likely to be working in male-dominated industries. Despite this discrepancy, the three women making up this panel are examples of behavior scientists who are thriving in the field of OBM. The esteemed members of this panel will describe their experiences early in their OBM careers, breaking into the field of OBM academia and practice, sustaining and innovating in their careers, and challenges that have arisen along the way. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): OBM, professional development |
|
|
|
|
Breaking Away From Basic: Practical Approaches to Staff Training |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Heidi Eilers (Easter Seals Southern California) |
Discussant: Heidi Eilers (Easter Seals Southern California) |
CE Instructor: Meghan Herron, M.S. |
Abstract: In-situ staff training often involves verbal feedback, which tends to be delayed and may be distracting to staff. In this study, we evaluated the efficacy of an auditory clicker sound as a conditioned reinforcer to train behavior interventionists' relevant clinical skills during in-situ training. A multiple-baseline across behaviors design indicated that the intervention was effective in increasing all target behaviors for all three participants. For two of the participants, we conducted maintenance probes one to five weeks after the final training session and performance continued to occur at a high level. Although the participants ranked the contingent clicker presentation as less disruptive and fairer than typical feedback methods, they ranked it as slightly less helpful, slightly less worthwhile, and slightly less pleasant than typical feedback methods. Two of the three participants asked for this procedure to be used for other clinical skills outside the scope of the study. Findings of this study can offer a different and perhaps more practical approach to in-situ staff training. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Conditioned Reinforcer, Group Contingency, Staff Supervision, Staff Training |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts, Behavior Analysts in training, para-professionals, ABA masters students |
Learning Objectives: 1. To become familiar with established methods of ABA staff supervision and training 2. To explore the efficacy of novel application of supervision strategies derived from the principles of Behavior Analysis 3. To discuss the practical application of novel staff supervision and training methods. |
|
The Use of a Conditioned Reinforcer to Increase Accuracy of Clinical Skills |
(Applied Research) |
MEGHAN HERRON (Easter Seals Southern California), Amin Duff Lotfizadeh (Easterseals Southern California), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In-situ staff training often involves verbal feedback, which tends to be delayed and may be distracting to staff. In this study, we evaluated the efficacy of an auditory clicker sound as a conditioned reinforcer to train behavior interventionists’ relevant clinical skills during in-situ training. A multiple-baseline across behaviors design indicated that the intervention was effective in increasing all target behaviors for all three participants. For two of the participants, we conducted maintenance probes one to five weeks after the final training session and performance continued to occur at a high level. Although the participants ranked the contingent clicker presentation as less disruptive and fairer than typical feedback methods, they ranked it as slightly less helpful, slightly less worthwhile, and slightly less pleasant than typical feedback methods. Two of the three participants asked for this procedure to be used for other clinical skills outside the scope of the study. Findings of this study can offer a different and perhaps more practical approach to in-situ staff training. |
|
Effects of Lottery-Based Incentive Versus Feedback on Submission of Daily Session Data on Web-Based Data System |
(Applied Research) |
AGUSTIN JIMENEZ (TOTAL Programs), Joshua Trevino (TOTAL Programs) |
Abstract: Successful intervention requires ongoing evaluation in the form of objective data to determine the effects of treatment. The importance of ongoing data collection with the ability to make changes to treatment plans based on immediate information is essential to the treatment of individuals requiring behavioral interventions. However, if those implementing behavior intervention fail to submit this information, data-based decisions cannot be made. Support for the effectiveness of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) procedures for improving and or maintaining staff performance in the human services field has been well documented. The use of group contingencies have been used in an organizational setting to decrease staff problem behavior and a variation of a group contingency has used to decrease staff absenteeism. However, previous studies have not determined the most effective components to Group Oriented Contingency based procedures to change staff behavior. A group multiple baseline will be used to evaluate the effectiveness of a single intervention (e.g., lottery-based group contingency) procedure with the addition of the remaining intervention (e.g., performance feedback) across 4 groupings of staff providing behavior intervention services. |
|
|
|
|
Transfer and Transformation of Stimulus Functions in Cultural Phenomena: Attitudes, Values, and Aesthetic Responses |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
CE Instructor: Julio C. De Rose, Ph.D. |
Chair: David C. Palmer (Smith College) |
JULIO C. DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Julio de Rose received his Ph.D. at the University of S?o Paulo, Brazil, in 1981, and was a postdoctoral Fulbright fellow at the Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center for Mental Retardation. He is now Professor of Psychology at the Federal University of S?o Carlos, Brazil, and Research Director of the Brazilian National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition and Teaching, of which he is one of the founders. He is the author and co-author of more than 130 articles and chapters on experimental, applied, and conceptual Behavior Analysis, and has served in the editorial boards of several international journals in the field of Behavior Analysis. |
Abstract: Stimulus functions are transferred or transformed across relational networks. Studies in our laboratory, for instance, have shown that evaluative functions of meaningful stimuli, such as facial emotional expressions, transfer to abstract stimuli equivalent to them. These abstract stimuli become symbols of the emotional expressions. However, stimuli related by opposition to happy facial expressions are subsequently rated as sad. This has been confirmed with several measurement procedures, such as Semantic Differential ratings, IRAP, Semantic Priming, and Event-Related Potentials. The influential cultural anthropologist Clifford Geertz has characterized cultures as sets of symbolic devices that control behavior. Transfer and transformation of stimulus functions across relational networks may be the foundation of a behavioral account of how symbolic devices control behavior. In this presentation we will focus on cultural phenomena such as attitudes, values, and aesthetic responses, interpreting them on the basis of transformation of evaluative, consequential and discriminative functions in complex stimulus networks. Thus, the concept of attitude, in mainstream Psychology, although not precisely defined, points toward evaluative responses to stimuli. These evaluations may often originate in direct conditioning experiences with the stimuli. They may also be based on experience with stimuli related by equivalence or other types of relations. Similar analyses will be advanced for values and aesthetic responses. Skinner defined values in terms of reinforcers, and studies have confirmed that reinforcing (and punishing) functions are also transformed in relational networks, so that humans may value stimuli based on their experience with related stimuli. Works of art constitute complex packages of stimuli that participate in complex relational networks. Although responses to art may, to some extent, involve phylogenic dispositions, personal histories will shape individual responses to a work of art. |
Target Audience: Researchers or students interested in basic and translational research on stimulus equivalence and transfer of functions and social and cultural implications. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify trained and derived relations in diagrams of relational networks; (2) describe transfer and transformation of functions across relational networks; (3) define symbols and how they can control behavior by transformation of discriminative, eliciting, and consequential functions; (4) explain how the traditional concepts of attitudes and values may be recast in terms of transfer and transformation of evaluative functions; (5) explain how works of art may be conceived as packages of stimuli that control aesthetic responses. |
|
|
|
|
Current Issues in Evidence-Based Practices for Adults with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Matthew Tincani, Ph.D. |
Chair: Terence G. Blackwell (Chimes International Limited) |
MATTHEW TINCANI (Temple University) |
LOIS MESZAROS (Chimes) |
VIVIAN A. ATTANASIO (Services for the Underserved) |
Abstract: Abundant research highlights the importance of early detection and intervention for children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). As a result, regulations and funding have primarily targeted services and research to support identification and skill acquisition of children. However, a large proportion of children with IDD who age out of the public school system continue to exhibit significant skill deficits throughout adulthood. Without appropriate supports and services, these adults experience limited employment prospects, fewer opportunities for independent living, poor community integration, and diminished quality of life. There is a large body of ABA intervention research documenting evidence-based practices for children with IDD in the domains of communication, socialization, and prosocial behavior; however, only a handful of studies have examined ABA strategies targeting adults with IDD. In this session, the expert panelists will address issues in the delivery of evidence-based ABA services for adults with IDD. Panelists will discuss their successes and challenges in implementing evidence-based services in the context of scarce financial resources within complex adult service delivery systems. Specifically, issues of sexuality, appropriate use of psychotropic medications, and opportunities for new research will be discussed. Finally, the panelists will open the floor for discussion of next steps to improve service delivery for adults with IDD. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBA/ BCaBA |
Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will name evidence-based practices, 2) Participants will describe the barriers to service delivery for adults with IDD, 3) Participants will participate in discussion of the next steps to improve services |
Keyword(s): adults, Evidence-based practice, Service |
|
|
|
|
It's Not Just Kids With Autism: What About the Adult Population of Individuals With Developmental Disabilities Who Engage in Severe Problem Behavior? |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A |
Area: PRA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Lynn Hammond, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
RACHEL TAYLOR (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
TRAVIS BLEVINS (Behavior Services of the Rockies) |
MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Over the past several decades, the field of applied behavior analysis has made significant contributions to improving the success and quality of life of individuals with autism and related disorders. The social significance of this influence has shifted public opinion and consequently informed policy and legislative decisions across the country. Currently, considerable resources are allocated to providing evidence-based services to bridge the functional and chronological age gap for toddlers and school-age children diagnosed with autism. The availability of evidence-based services for these individuals, however, tends to diminish as they mature into adulthood. The assembled panel consists of scientist-practitioners, each who have contributed to the peer-reviewed literature in applied behavior analysis and � through their clinical work � have significantly impacted the lives of adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities who engage in severe problem behavior, as well as their families. The panelists are an invaluable resource for behavior analysts who wish to support this largely underserved population. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts, Policy Makers, and Community Partners |
Learning Objectives: To better understand: the state of behavioral services for adults with developmental disabilities, the policy and climate and available resources, and the current best practices for supporting this population. |
Keyword(s): Adult Services, Development Disabilities, Problem Behavior |
|
|
|
|
Sexual Behavior Assessments and Sex Education |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Shane Spiker (New Architects) |
Abstract: Historically sex education has been a delicate topic, and both education on healthy sexual behaviors and attitudes, as well as interventions for dangerous or problematic sexual behaviors, are often overlooked. This symposium presents social validity research on parent preferences and needs for sex education, recommendations for conducting functional assessments and functional analyses for sexual behaviors, and data on the effects of creative and interactive sex education on relationship satisfaction. Presenters will discuss resulting data and their implications as applicable, as well as directions for future research, instruction, and applied projects. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): functional analysis, functional assessment, sexual behavior, social validity |
|
The Importance of Sexuality Education for Children With and Without Intellectual Disabilities: What Parents Think |
(Applied Research) |
SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) experience much
higher rates of forced sexual interactions than non-disabled individuals, with incidence ranges from 44% in children (Briggs, 2006; Kvamm, 2004; van der Put, Asscher, Wissink, & Stams, 2013) to 83% in adults (Johnson & Sigler, 2000). These incidents may be perpetrated by others with disabilities (Langeven & Curnoe, 2007; van der Put et al., 2013) or, more frequently, by caregivers or others known to the individual (Morano, 2001; Wissink, van Vugt, Mooned, Stams, & Hendricks, 2015).
This may be the case because individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD)—especially those with very low IQs—tend to receive little by way of sex education. This study assessed parental beliefs of sexuality education needs of children with and without disabilities through an online survey comprised of questions about the parents, their child, and their attitudes about their child's sexuality. Findings are discussed in the context of implications for intervention
and increasing options for sexuality education for learners with IDD. |
|
Relationship Satisfaction Among Adults With Developmental and Intellectual Disabilities: Effects of Sexual Education |
(Applied Research) |
ALLISON HERBERT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (Upswing Advocates) |
Abstract: Due to the lack of formal sex education and misconceptions regarding their abilities, rights, and level of functioning, adults with various developmental disabilities (DD) and intellectual disabilities (ID) face a unique situation when navigating sexual and intimate relationships. In the presented study participants and their romantic partners (ages 36-55 years old) completed a pre-and post-test Scale of Intimacy Assessment to measure the overall satisfaction of their relationship. Then participants participated in social/sexual skills training in the context of a board game, Sorry!, and skills were evaluated based on their correct and incorrect responses. Results showed that all of the players who participated in the social skills training by playing the Sorry! Board game increased their correct responses over the course of the study. However, there was not a significant increase following the implementation of training relative to the baseline probes. Findings of the study will be discussed in the context of sex education and efficacy. |
|
Using Functional Assessments to Promote Healthy Sexual Behavior |
(Service Delivery) |
BARBARA GROSS (Empowered: A Center for Sexuality) |
Abstract: Sexual stimulation is a primary reinforcer, yet often education and behavior analytic services fail to address sexual behavior. Effective interventions must be developed to resolve sexual behaviors which put the client's health or safety at risk, while promoting healthy sexual behaviors and attitudes. Functional assessment or functional analysis should be conducted, but behavior analysts may not have expertise or feel comfortable with addressing sexual behavior. Further, research on functional assessment for sexual behaviors may be hard to find. This presentation will offer recommendations for how to objectively define a variety of maladaptive sexual behaviors, examples of design and implementation of functional assessment or functional analysis for sexual behaviors, suggestions for how to handle staff and/or family training for implementation of behavior change plans, and, finally, will offer examples of outcomes based on functional assessment for sexual behaviors. References to research on functional assessment of sexual behavior will also be included. |
|
|
|
|
Childhood Traumatic Stress: Collaboration and Training Opportunities for Behavior Analysts |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: According to the National Child Traumatic Stress Network, individuals with a developmental disability are over four times as likely to be victims of crime and 2-to-10 times more likely to be abused or neglected. Therefore, it is likely that behavior analysts working with this population will encounter clients who have experienced trauma; especially children. Exposure to trauma can impact treatment implementation and outcomes. Therefore, it is important to understand the role of these experiences when treating a child who has been exposed to a traumatic event. The purpose of this two-paper symposium is to encourage increased awareness of the impact of childhood traumatic stress within the field of behavior analysis, and encourage conversations about this topic in research and practice. This will be accomplished by first presenting data on training opportunities available childhood traumatic stress within ABAI- accredited programs. Second, an in depth description of a successful collaboration between a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and Psychologist with specialty in Trauma will be provided. Specifically, we will describe ways in which trauma-related issues were addressed in the treatment of a child with autism spectrum disorder whose family had experienced a traumatic event. |
Keyword(s): Collaboration, Developmental Disability, Training, Traumatic Stress |
|
Integrating ABA Service With Trauma-Informed Family Therapy: A Case Presentation and Discussion of Strategies |
KIMBERLY SHAMOUN (Behavioral Intervention Psychological Services PC), Juliet Vogel (Zucker School of Medicine at Hofstra/Northwell) |
Abstract: The National Child Traumatic Stress Network (NCTSN) has recently directed efforts to increase the presence of experts from allied fields within the network. Behavior analysts are among those practitioners being sought out for membership, especially those with knowledge of autism and developmental disabilities. Children with autism have at least as high risk as others for experiencing trauma and are at a heightened risk for peer victimization (Hoover, 2015). The aim of this descriptive presentation is to encourage important conversations within the field of behavior analysis about childhood traumatic stress. It is crucial that we begin to identify gaps in training and literature, and ways to address those gaps. While not focused on child treatment outcomes specifically, this presentation will describe ways traumatic events were addressed in the treatment of a young child with autism, facilitated by coordination of two types of treatment: (a) ABA programming primarily targeting skill development with parent and provider-implemented intervention and (b) family therapy by a psychologist with both developmental disabilities and trauma treatment training. We will discuss general issues in the coordination, and specific strategies employed for helping the child through experiences such as a parent's cancer treatment. |
|
Childhood Trauma Training Opportunities for Behavior Analysts |
Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), JESSICA CALIXTO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Krystle Lee Curley (The Chicago School for Professional Psychology), Michael Gomez (Center for Superheroes
Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center) |
Abstract: According to the National Child Traumatic Stress Network, individuals with a developmental disability are over four times as likely to be victims of crime and 2-to-10 times more likely to be abused or neglected. Therefore, it is likely that behavior analysts working with this population will encounter clients who have experienced trauma; especially children. Exposure to trauma is an important consideration during the assessment process, and can also have an impact on treatment implementation and outcomes. Therefore, it is important to understand the role of these experiences when treating a child who has been exposed to a traumatic event. The purpose of this paper will be to discuss the ways that trauma may influence behavior analytic practice and the need for training opportunities that specifically identify the role that trauma may play within the behavioral contingency. |
|
|
|
|
Using Randomized Controlled Trials in Behavior Analytic Research |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute) |
CE Instructor: Cynthia M. Anderson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Randomized controlled trials (RCTs) are widely considered the standard for demonstrating the efficacy of treatment. While the use of single case designs common in behavior analysis is vital, the use of other methodologies such as RCTs allow behavior analysts to combine procedures into a package and evaluate on a large scale (Smith, 2013). This symposium will present the results of four RCTs investigating behavioral interventions. Argumedes, Lanovaz, & Larivee conducted a RCT that compared the effectiveness of the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce model to a three-hour parent training session. Martin, Anderson, Smith, & Iovannone developed a comprehensive intervention in schools for subsequent validation using a RCT. Mruzek and colleagues conducted a RCT of an iOS-based app for toilet training. Finally, Lomas Mevers and colleagues conducted a RCT that evaluated a multidisciplinary treatment for encopresis. Together, these studies provide potential methods for RCTs for researchers to conduct RCTs in order to evaluate behavioral interventions. Additionally, challenges associated with conducting RCTs will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Controlled Trial, RCT |
Target Audience: The target audience is behavior analysts and researchers interested in conducting or conducting randomized controlled trials of behavioral interventions. |
|
Prevent-Teach-Reinforce: A Randomized Control Trial in Family Settings |
MALENA ARGUMEDES (University of Sherbrooke), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal), Serge Larivée (Université de Montréal) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often engage in high levels of challenging behaviors, which can be difficult to reduce for parents in home settings. The purpose of our study was to examine the effects of adapting the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce model (PTR) model to support parents in reducing challenging behaviors in children with ASD. We conducted a randomized controlled trial to compare the effect of the PTR to a less intensive intervention (i.e., 3-hr training) on challenging and desirable behaviors. In total, 25 families participated in the study. Participants were 12 years old or younger, had a diagnosis of ASD and presented at least one serious and frequent challenging behavior at home. We conducted mixed between-within design analysis of variance (3 x 2 ANOVA), combining the repeated measures (three assessments) and the treatment groups (PTR-F vs. Training). The PTR and the 3-hr parental training both reduced challenging behaviors and increased desirable behaviors. Moreover, parents implemented the PTR model with high fidelity and rated it highly for social acceptability. Overall, our results indicate that the PTR model may serve as a relevant intensive intervention for families struggling with serious behavioral issues at home for children with ASD. |
|
Randomized Controlled Trial of a Comprehensive School-Based Intervention for Autism Spectrum Disorder |
RYAN J. MARTIN (May Institute), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute), Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida; Florida Mental Health) |
Abstract: Across social science and health fields, randomized controlled trails (RCTs) are generally considered the "gold standard" of demonstrating the efficacy of treatments by drawing comparisons between treatment and control groups. While single-case designs (SCDs) tend to be the preferred method in applied behavior analysis for documenting a functional relation between a response and environmental variables, randomized controlled trials (RCTs) may be more appropriate for demonstrating the scalability of a standardized treatment. This presentation will review the process of developing and validating Students with Autism Accessing General Education (SAAGE), a comprehensive, modular intervention for students with autism spectrum disorder using targeted focus groups, a feasibility study, and a subsequent randomized controlled trial in schools. Preliminary data from the RCT will be presented, and we will illustrate ways in which RCT and SCD methods were employed simultaneously to evaluate the initial effectiveness of the SAAGE model. Additionally, challenges associated with conducting RCTs in complex applied settings such as schools will be discussed. |
|
A Randomized Controlled Trial of an iOS-Based App for Toilet Training Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Daniel W. Mruzek (University of Rochester Medical Center), Stephen McAleavey (University of Rochester), Whitney Loring (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Eric Butter (Nationwide Children's Hospital), Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center), Erin McDonnell (Massachusetts General Hospital), LYNNE LEVATO (University of Rochester Medical Center), Courtney A. Aponte (University of Rochester) |
Abstract: Teaching children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) toileting skills can be a burdensome and time-consuming task for all persons involved; therefore, we developed an iOS-based app with a transmitter/disposable sensor and corresponding manualized intervention. The app signaled the onset of urination, time-stamped accidents for analysis, reminded parents to reinforce intervals of continence, provided a visual outlet for parents to communicate reinforcement, and afforded opportunity for timely feedback from clinicians. We compared this intervention with an intervention that employs standard behavioral treatment in a pilot randomized controlled trial of 33 children with ASD aged 3–6 years with urinary incontinence. Parents in both groups received initial training and 4 booster consultations over three months. Results support the feasibility of parent-mediated toilet training studies (e.g., 84% retention rate, 92% fidelity of parent-implemented intervention). Parents employed the app and related technology with few difficulties or malfunctions. There were no statistically significant group differences for rate of urine accidents, toilet usage or satisfaction at close of intervention or 3-month follow-up; however, the alarm group trended toward greater rate of skill acquisition with significantly less day-to-day intervention. Further development of alarm and related technology and future comparative studies with a greater number of participants are warranted. |
|
A Pilot Randomized Controlled Trial of a Multidisciplinary Treatment for Encopresis in Children With Austin Spectrum Disorders |
JOANNA LOMAS MEVERS (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Miller (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Shannon Kennedy Hewett (Marcus Autism Center), Courtney McCracken (Emory School of Medicine) |
Abstract: A large percentage of individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are delayed in achieving bowel continence or never achieve it at all. This problem has tremendous ramifications for these individuals and their families (can limit access to educational opportunities, and carries significant social stigma). Previous interventions for encopresis have either been unsuccessful or required implementation over very long periods. The current study is a small randomized controlled trial (RCT) evaluating an interdisciplinary approach to treatment. The study uses over-the-counter medications to elicit predictable bowel movements, which are then reinforced. Independence is increased by fading out medications and training caregivers to implement all procedures. This study demonstrated the efficacy of this approach with 20 individuals with ASD and encopresis within a RCT using a waitlist control. We found children that were randomized to the treatment group achieved significant increases in continence when compared to children randomized to the waitlist control group. |
|
|
|
|
International Perspectives on Educational Interventions for Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
Discussant: Rachel Kittenbrink (University of Pittsburgh) |
CE Instructor: Michael Miklos, M.S. |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis has strongly been associated with American theorists and practitioners. The spread of ABA outside of the United States has seen consistent growth in the past few decades, although it is likely that the application of behavior analysis to school programs for children with autism in many nations is not meeting the needs of children and their families. Efforts have been initiated in multiple nations to begin filling that gap. Included in this session will be descriptions of educational services guided by the principles of ABA in the United Kingdom, Italy, Poland, The Czech Republic and the Republic of China. Each presentation will provide a review of the status of efforts to spread behavior analysis to schools in each nation. Francesca degli Espinosa will provide a comparison of educational practices derived from behavior analysis in the United Kingdom with those provided in Italy. Marta Sierocka will discuss recent efforts to expand school based services in both the private segment and in public schools in Poland. Also included will be a discussion of an expansion of training opportunities in ABA. Recent work to establish a public school program in the Czech Republic will be reviewed by Amiris Dipuglia. That review will discuss details of the process of establishing a first public school class and the efforts of advocate parents in conjunction with international support to expand the effort. Finally, Mike Miklos will review a recent raining effort completed in Beijing Province to train a large number of educators on the basics of programming verbal skills for students with autism. Data from that training will be compared with the results of similar competency-based trainings completed with educators in the United States. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts Board Certified Associate Behavior Analysts School Psychologists Educators |
Learning Objectives: Participants will: 1. compare the structure and delivery of autism services across Poland, China, Italy, the United Kingdom and the Czech Republic. 2. list challenges to the delivery of evidence based educational programs common across the countries used as examples in this presentation. 3. discuss the integration of political, advocacy, training, and certification variables in promoting evidence based practices in school based programs for students with autism. |
|
Development of a Public School Program for Students With Autism in the Czech Republic |
AMIRIS DIPUGLIA (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network; Autism Initiative), Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
Abstract: Over the past four years an effort to develop a public school program based on the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis has been in progress in the Czech Republic. The first classroom opened it's doors to students in September of 2017 in the city of Prague. That classroom organization adopted in that class is based on a training model developed through the Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network. This session will describe the political and behavioral training process which has resulted in a greater acceptance of ABA in public school programs in the Czech Republic. The necessary collaboration between parent advocacy, governmental agencies, various university programs, and the Behavior Analysis Certification Board has occurred. While the advent of single classroom is a milestone, the general goal is to develop a range of services in Czech public schools for students with autism across the country. A review of the initiative toward that end will be presented. |
|
Progress in Poland: Expanding Behavioral Interventions for Autism in School-Based Programs |
MARTA SIEROCKA-ROGALA (Warsaw) |
Abstract: An increasing advocacy for evidence based interventions for students with autism has occurred in Poland. While there exists a clear right to education for students with disabilities, only recently has Applied Behavior Analysis begun to be incorporated into schools. At the current time, ABA services for children with autism are provided primarily by private schools and agencies. The base of support for ABA in Poland is through non-profit agencies. The movement to expand ABA as a standard for instructional design will be described. Recent legislation regarding the staffing of schools may have significant implications for behavior analysis in school settings. While across Poland, school-based autism interventions continue to be derived from an eclectic menu of intervention models, a dedicated group of professionals are forming coalitions to promote evidence-based practices in the schools. Further refinement of educational regulations and increasing the cohort of Board Certified Behavior Analysts are priorities for the development of behavior analysis in Poland. |
|
ABA and School-Based Autism Intervention: A Brief Comparison Between Two European Countries |
FRANCESCA DEGLI ESPINOSA (Private Practice) |
Abstract: In the past fifteen years, several countries in Europe have witnessed an increase in the application of behavioural analytic approaches to education. Although united in a common market, with regards to mainstream and specialist education, great differences exist among the various European countries. For example, in Italy, mainstream education is compulsory, regardless of disability and level of functioning. In the UK, mainstream or specialist school attendance is largely based on parental preference. Irrespective of key differences in the educational systems, in both countries, children with autism and their families face similar challenges in accessing state-funded evidence-based practice. The overwhelming use of TEACCH based approaches, Sensory Integration Therapy and, in some contexts, Facilitated Communication represents a daily challenge for behaviour analysts and the dissemination of scientific approaches to the education of children with autism. Despite such difficulties, particularly in Italy, the certification and practice of ABA have grown significantly in the past 10 years leading to increasing acceptance of behavioural interventions in schools and rehabilitation centres. This presentation will focus on key similarities and differences in the delivery of ABA-based intervention for autism between Italy and the UK and will illustrate some examples of best practice in Italy. |
|
Training Staff to Deliver Effective Autism Services in the Republic of China: A Comparative Review |
MICHAEL MIKLOS (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Rachel Kittenbrink (University of Pittsburgh) |
Abstract: The results of a competency-based training completed with over 100 participants in the Beijing Province will be reviewed and compared to performance outcomes for similar groups provided the same training in Pennsylvania. Effective practice is reliant on effective staff training. Large scale training in the skills needed to deliver effective behavioral interventions is developing within the People's Republic of China. Participants at the training in China included mostly teachers, but also various providers of medical services. Access to school based ABA services is often the result of collaboration between medical providers and school services. Included will be a review of training outcome data in relation to participant acquisition of key conceptual skills and the practice of instructional protocols. The session will provide examples of training methodologies including choral responding, guided notes, and guided practice of instructional protocols. Training efforts will be discussed in relation to the overall movement to increase the availability of interventions derived from a behavior analysis for children with autism in China. |
|
|
|
|
Parent Participation and Training in Services for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (The University of Kansas Medical Center) |
|
Increasing Language Use in Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE FLORENTINO HONSBERGER (Els for Autism Foundation), Michael Brady (Florida Atlantic University), Rangasamy Ramasamy (Florida Atlantic University) |
|
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that higher levels of parent language use is correlated with later language use and intellectual development of their children. Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) display deficits in social and communication skills. They also demonstrate repetitive and restrictive behaviors or interests. These behavioral deficits and excesses may contribute negatively to language development, as well as parent and child social interactions, and communication exchanges. Interventions targeting parent education and training for parents of typically developing children, have been successful in increasing parent language use. Participants in this study were four parent-child dyads. The children were all five years of age or younger at the start of the study and all had a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. The current study used a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline design to evaluate the effectiveness of behavior skills training (BST) and on-going graphical and verbal feedback on increasing parent language use and child words and utterances. Results of this study demonstrated that BST with on-going feedback was effective in increasing parent language use and child words and utterances above baseline levels for all four parent-child dyads. The presentation will conclude with recommendations for practice and for future research. |
|
Evaluation of the Online and Applied System for Intervention Skills Training Program for Parents of Children With Autism |
Domain: Service Delivery |
LINDA S. HEITZMAN-POWELL (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Jay Furman Buzhardt (University of Kansas - Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
|
Abstract: Training parents of children with autism in strategies for implementation of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) interventions can result in positive and sustainable outcomes for both parents and their children. The Online and Applied System for Intervention Skills (OASIS) provides parents of children with autism training on the use of evidence based ABA strategies with their children, allowing access to the most up-to-date intervention techniques, regardless of geographical constraints. Using a combination of web-based instructional tutorials and live video coaching of parents interacting with their children, trained OASIS coaches teach parents how to utilize ABA strategies in order to develop and increase their child's social and communication skills, as well as to reduce their child's aberrant behavior by increasing alternative appropriate behaviors. Results of a study involving three cohorts of families demonstrate significant gains in parent knowledge and application of ABA techniques from pre to post test as well as a decrease in child aberrant behavior and an increase in compliance with parent requests. |
|
The Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention Parental Self-Efficacy Scale: A New Tool for Parents and Practitioners |
Domain: Service Delivery |
AARON BLOCHER-RUBIN (Arizona Autism United) |
|
Abstract: The Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention Parental Self-Efficacy (EPSE) Scale was recently published in the peer-reviewed journal Autism Research and Treatment (Blocher-Rubin & Krabill, 2017). This tool helps supervising BCBAs better understand any challenges parents are experiencing related to EIBI implementation in the home, so that solutions can be identified to improve the overall treatment experience. This presentation will discuss the research conducted to develop the scale, and provide instructions for BCBAs on how to use it in their practice or contribute to further research. Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) is widely regarded as one of the most effective treatments available for young children with autism. A critical component is parent involvement, and participating in EIBI typically requires extensive commitment from parents that affect the whole family on a daily basis for several years. Unfortunately, some families struggle with some aspects and sometimes discontinue treatment. The EPSE Scale identifies areas in which parents may need additional support to successfully receive EIBI for their child. Reliability, validity, and other key properties will be discussed. The EPSE Scale includes 29 items and 5-factors. It is available at no cost for researchers and practitioners. The assessment involves completing the brief questionnaire in which parents are asked how confident they feel in carrying out a number of common tasks related to running a home-based EIBI program. The results are designed to open up a constructive dialogue between the BCBA and parents to talk about challenges identified, and work together to develop solutions, such as modifying the program or identifying other community resources. The presentation will review the major literature (autism, parenting, EIBI) and theory (self-efficacy) guiding the study. The methodology will be discussed to demonstrate the scale's established psychometric properties. Key findings will be discussed, including five key areas that should be assessed for a family-centered EIBI program. Finally, participants will learn how to use the tool in their practice or in research. |
|
Guide to Implementing Parent Directed Treatment as an Intervention Technique for Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Madhu Sundarrajan (The University of Texas at Austin), JESSICA FRANCO (The University of Texas at Austin) |
|
Abstract: Parent directed treatment is often used to increase the number of intervention hours received by a child with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) in order to improve communication and behavior outcomes (Drew et al., 2002, Kaiser, Hancock & Nietfeld, 2000, Rogers & Vismara, 2008). Project Skills and Knowledge of Intervention for Language Learning Success (SKILLS) is a parent training program for parents and caregivers of children with ASD and incorporates strategies to encourage both positive behavior outcomes and communication development. The primary goal of Project SKILLS is to train parents on intervention techniques. Project goal for parents include an increase competency in implementing treatment strategies to promote social communication, language and play skills in their child with ASD. The secondary goal of project SKILLS is to chart not only parent knowledge and skills but also to document changes in behavior and communication outcomes in children with ASD. Outcomes for the parents in this project showed an increase in knowledge and skills in implementing behavior and language intervention strategies, indicating that Project SKILLS was successful in teaching parents various intervention strategies. In addition, child related outcomes such as increase in communicative initiations, utterance length, increased turn taking, and joint attention were observed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Translational and Clinical Research on Relapse and Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB |
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Vivian F Ibanez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Vivian F Ibanez, M.A. |
Abstract: Previous literature supports the use of a functional analysis to identify reinforcers maintaining inappropriate mealtime behavior and to indicate necessary treatment components for children with feeding disorders (Bachmeyer et al., 2009; Piazza et al., 2003). However, additional research is necessary to further refine function-based assessment that will result in the development of enhanced function-based interventions. The majority of research has shown that children's inappropriate mealtime behavior is maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape from bites or drinks (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Therefore, escape extinction is often warranted. However, less is known about the generalization and maintenance of these effects over time. Basic and translational research presents an opportunity to understand the variables that influence long-term outcomes of behavioral interventions. Saini and colleagues will present a meta-analysis of functional analysis procedures and outcomes in pediatric feeding disorders. Kirkwood and colleagues will present results of a comparison of a function-based treatment to a nonindicated treatment of inappropriate mealtime behavior. Ibañez and colleagues will present a translational evaluation of renewal of inappropriate mealtime behavior. Finally, Wathen and colleagues will present the results of multiple-context training to mitigate resurgence in children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): feeding disorders, functional analysis, translational research |
Target Audience: Researchers and clinicians who are interested in learning about the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders and those who wish to gain an understanding of resurgence and renewal. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will gain information regarding functional analysis methodology in the area of pediatric feeding disorders. 2. Participants will be able to identify future directions for research involving children with autism spectrum disorder and feeding disorders. 3. Participants will be able to describe how translational examinations of renewal and resurgence provide a method to evaluate techniques to enhance the generality and durability of behavioral interventions. |
|
A Meta-Analysis of Functional Analysis Procedures and Outcomes in Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
HENRY S. ROANE (Upstate Medical University), Valdeep Saini (Upstate Medical University), Heather Kadey (The Kelberman Center; State University of New York Upstate Medical University), Joshua Jessel (Queens College), Julia Iannaccone (Queens College), Charlene Agnew (Queens College), Katherine Paszek (Syracuse University) |
Abstract: Functional analysis methodology was refined and adapted for children who engaged in refusal behavior during mealtime situations over a decade ago. In Study 1, we evaluated 86 functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior across a variety of dimensions. We highlight procedural differences across studies that could affect functional analysis outcomes and describe the state of the literature on functional analysis in pediatric feeding disorders. In Study 2, we conducted effect-size analyses to determine whether treatments based on a prior functional analysis led to more robust and efficacious treatment effects (i.e., reductions in inappropriate mealtime behavior) than those not based on the results of a functional analysis. We discuss the implications of our results with respect to (a) the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders, (b) functional analysis methodology as applied to inappropriate behavior that occurs during the mealtime context, and (c) areas of future investigation that could potentially resolve existing gaps in the literature. |
|
A Comparison of a Function-Based Treatment to a Nonindicated Treatment in the Treatment of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior |
CAITLIN A. KIRKWOOD (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Previous literature supports the use of a functional analysis to identify reinforcers maintaining inappropriate mealtime behavior and to indicate the necessary treatment components for children diagnosed with feeding disorders (Bachmeyer et al., 2009; Piazza et al., 2003). However, within the field of behavior analysis, clinicians often train caregivers on treatment components that may not be function-based or indicated. Training caregivers on nonindicated treatments may be unnecessary and can result in additional time and effort for both caregivers and clinicians. In the current study, we assessed the potential effects (e.g., no decrease in inappropriate mealtime behavior, low levels of acceptance, and poor treatment integrity) of including an additional, nonindicated treatment component (i.e., attention extinction) and compared it to a function-based, indicated treatment with two children whose functional analysis of inappropriate mealtime behavior indicated only an escape function. So far, results indicated that inappropriate mealtime behavior decreased, acceptance increased, and treatment integrity increased across both the indicated and nonindicated treatments for both children. Implications of implementing nonindicated treatment components are discussed further. |
|
A Translational Evaluation of Renewal of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior |
VIVIAN F IBANEZ (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Basic and translational researchers have shown that context influences generalization and maintenance of intervention outcomes (Podlesnik & Kelley, 2015). Specifically, results demonstrated that transitioning away from an intervention setting could result in a return of undesirable behavior, a phenomenon referred to as renewal. We determined it would be critical to conduct a translational evaluation of renewal during feeding interventions because feeding occurs in many different contexts across a child’s day (e.g., home, school). Contextual changes do not impact feeding routines for children who are typical eaters, given that eating is likely an automatically reinforced behavior. We do not know, however, whether children with feeding disorders will respond similarly to contextual changes. Therefore, we tested for renewal using an ABA arrangement during feeding interventions with three children. The A phase was functional reinforcement of inappropriate mealtime behavior in a simulated home setting with the child’s caregiver as feeder, B was function-based extinction in a standard clinic setting with therapist as feeder, and a return to the A phase was function-based extinction in a simulated home setting with caregiver as feeder. For all children, returning to Context A resulted in a return of inappropriate mealtime behavior despite extinction remaining in effect. |
|
Assessing Multiple-Context Training to Mitigate Resurgence in Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
STEPHANIE WATHEN (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Ronald Clark (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Melinda Galbato (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Cassie Maureen Vergason (Florida Institute of Technology), Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology; The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Resurgence is a form of treatment relapse observed when a previously extinguished response returns following the discontinuation or reduction in rate of reinforcement of a more recently reinforced response. This study used a translational approach to examine multiple-context training as a potential method to mitigate resurgence in three children with ASD. In Phase 1, we reinforced target responding with edibles on a variable-ratio schedule in Context A. In Phase 2, we reinforced alternative responding on a continuous schedule and discontinued reinforcement for the target response across either Context B only or Context B, C and D. In Phase 3, we returned Context A while discontinuing reinforcement for the alternative response and continuing to withhold reinforcement for the target response. Each participant experienced all three phases twice: Once with one context in Phase 2 and once with three contexts in Phase 2. We compared resurgence of target responding in Phase 3 following one context or multiple contexts in Phase 2. Multiple-context training did not significantly mitigate resurgence of the target response observed in the third phase. The current study and other translational examinations of treatment relapse provide a method to evaluate techniques to enhance the generality and durability of behavioral interventions. |
|
|
|
|
Translational and Applied Studies on Schedules and Parameters of Reinforcement |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB |
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy) |
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Iser Guillermo DeLeon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In the current symposium, the authors will present a series translational and applied studies related to reinforcement schedules and reinforcement parameters. In the first presentation, Harman and colleagues will present two studies that demonstrate the interaction between delays to reinforcement and different parameters of reinforcement with typically developing adults. In the second presentation, Falligant and colleagues will present a three-part study evaluating the relationship between response force and conjugate schedules of reinforcement with typically developing adults. In the third presentation, Donovan and colleagues will present a study evaluating the effectiveness, efficiency, and preference for different magnitudes of reinforcement for teaching an arbitrary and novel skill. In the fourth presentation, Frewing and colleagues will present a study evaluating the effectiveness, efficiency, and preference for different reinforcement schedules during skill acquisition programs for children with autism spectrum disorder. Finally, DeLeon will discuss the four studies in terms of future research directions and possible clinical implications. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): reinforcement parameters, reinforcement schedule, response magnitude |
Target Audience: Researchers and practitioners |
|
Effects of the Parameter of Reinforcement on Two Measures of Delay Discounting: A Comparison Between Hypothetical and Response-Based Procedures |
(Basic Research) |
MIKE HARMAN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the extent to which common parameters of reinforcement (quantity, quality, magnitude, and duration of reinforcement) interact with delays to reinforcement in hypothetical and response-based measures of delay discounting. In Experiment 1, 42 participants responded to a series of hypothetical scenarios in four different conditions involving different sums of money and delays to reinforcement. Each condition manipulated the sum of money across one of the four parameters of reinforcement. Area under curve measurements (AUC) demonstrated idiosyncratic differences in discounting patterns across conditions. Participants with similar discounting patterns were grouped for further comparisons. In Experiment 2, participants responded in a progressive-ratio procedure in which the completion of each successive step resulted in a successive increase in an actual sum of money available to the participant. The sum of money was manipulated according to the reinforcement parameters in the four conditions. Data from two participants showed that the condition that yielded the highest AUC measure in the hypothetical delay discounting procedure also yielded the highest break point in the progressive-ratio procedure. The findings from this study may inform basic and applied scientists seeking to manipulate a parameter of reinforcement during assessments. |
|
An Analysis of Conjugate Schedules of Reinforcement and Response Force |
(Basic Research) |
JOHN FALLIGANT (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Kristen Brogan (Auburn University), Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University) |
Abstract: In conjugate schedules of reinforcement, the amplitude or intensity of a reinforcing event is proportional to an aspect of the target behavior or response (e.g., MacAleese, Ghezzi, & Rapp, 2015; Rapp, 2008). In a novel series of experiments, MacAleese et al. demonstrated that changes in clarity of a visual stimulus conjugately reinforced an arbitrary target response in a sample of undergraduates. In Experiment 1, we extended the results from MacAleese et al. (2015) by evaluating whether different parameters of response-contingent volume change in audiovisual stimuli conjugately reinforced responses on a force transducer in a sample of undergraduates. In Experiment 2, we evaluated the degree to which responding was maintained when conjugate changes in the volume of audiovisual stimuli (either high-preferred or low-preferred) were provided as a consequence for exerting force on the manipulandum, in addition to assessing the degree to which responding maintained when it did not produce changes in auditory stimuli (i.e., extinction). In Experiment 3, we evaluated the degree to which responding was maintained across multiple extinction components. Results from these experiments indicate response force covaries with changes to the amount of force required to produce conjugate changes in audiovisual stimulation. Furthermore, results suggest force may be an important index of response effort and preference across low-and-high preferred stimuli within this conjugate schedule framework. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Reinforcement Magnitude Using a Token Economy |
(Applied Research) |
KAITLYN DONOVAN (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Although a number of studies have examined the effects of reinforcement magnitude (e.g., the quality, intensity, or duration of the reinforcer) on skill acquisition, none have evaluated the effects of reinforcement magnitude within a token economy. The purpose of this study was to extend previous research by evaluating the effectiveness and efficiency of different magnitudes of reinforcement (large, small, and a control condition) delivered via a token economy on responding with an arbitrary task and on a novel skill. Participant preference for a specific magnitude was assessed prior to and following skill acquisition. Participants demonstrated a preference for the large magnitude condition with both an arbitrary task and a novel skill. Contrary to previous research, participants acquired the novel skill in fewer sessions and less total training time during the large magnitude condition as compared to the small magnitude and control condition. Social validity of the procedures and outcomes was also assessed. |
|
A Comparison of Differential Reinforcement, Nondifferential Reinforcement, and Extinction During Skill Acquisition |
(Applied Research) |
TYLA M. FREWING (University of British Columbia), Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy), Jennifer Vellenoweth (Semiahmoo Behaviour Analysts Inc.; St. Cloud State University), Maria Turner (Private Practice) |
Abstract: Previous comparisons of differential reinforcement and nondifferential reinforcement in skill acquisition programs have often produced participant-specific results. Further investigation of factors that influence the effectiveness and efficiency of differential reinforcement and nondifferential reinforcement may help practitioners arrange reinforcement contingencies that maximize instructional efficiency. Specifically, given the variability in results of comparisons of differential and nondifferential reinforcement across participants, it may be valuable to conduct within-participant replications of comparisons of differential and nondifferential reinforcement. In the present study, we used an adapted alternating treatments design embedded within a concurrent multiple-probe design to evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of differential reinforcement, nondifferential reinforcement, and extinction when teaching language skills to two children with autism spectrum disorder. We conducted three evaluations, across a minimum of two different skills for each participant (i.e., tacts, intraverbals). We used a concurrent chains arrangement to evaluate learner preference for differential reinforcement, nondifferential reinforcement, and extinction when teaching language skills to two children with autism spectrum disorder. We will discuss the results in terms of clinical implications and directions for future research. |
|
|
|
|
Experimental Analyses of Resistance to Change and Relapse |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Carlos Cançado (Universidade de Brasília, Brazil) |
Discussant: Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Experimental analyses of resistance to change and relapse with rats, zebrafish and pigeons will be presented. Teixeira and Cançado studied, with rats, how baseline-response rates modulate the effects of the response-reinforcer dependency on resistance to extinction. Resistance to extinction was greater in the lower-dependency multiple-schedule component only when baseline-response rates were lower in this component. Kuroda et al. studied the effects of baseline reinforcement rates on resistance to extinction and resurgence with zebrafish. Resistance to extinction and the magnitude of resurgence were directly related to baseline reinforcement rates. Calmon-Rodegheri and Abreu-Rodrigues studied, with pigeons, a procedure to assess resurgence within sessions. That is, target and alternative responding were reinforced in the first and second parts of a session. Resurgence occurred reliably whether test sessions alternated or not with reinforcement of target and alternative responses. Similarly, Bai et al. studied resurgence on local time-scale with pigeons by using a procedure in which target and alternative responses were reinforced in the first and second parts of a trial. In extended extinction trials, the onset and magnitude of resurgence were greater when signaling extinction of the alternative response. These experiments inform, theoretically and methodologically, future experimental analyses of resistance to change and relapse. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): persistance, relapse |
|
Baseline Response Rates, Response-Reinforcer Dependency, and Resistance to Change |
ÍTALO TEIXEIRA (Universidade de Brasília, Brazil), Carlos Cançado (Universidade de Brasília, Brazil) |
Abstract: An experiment with rats assessed how baseline-response rates modulate the effects of the response-reinforcer dependency on resistance to change. In baseline, reinforcers occurred at the same rate after variable interreinforcer intervals in each component of a two-component multiple schedule. The dependency was 10%, in one component (i.e., a concomitant VI-VT schedule), and 100%, in the other. In one condition, baseline-response rates were equated between components (a tandem VI DRL was in effect in the 100% component); the response-rate difference between components was not controlled in a second condition (i.e., VI in effect in the 100% component). In two subsequent conditions, response rates in the 100% component (i.e., tandem VI DRL) were, respectively, 40-60% and 70-90% higher than those in the 10% component. Resistance to extinction was not differential when baseline-response rates were equated between components, but was greater in the 10% than in the 100% component when baseline-response rates were higher in the latter. Additionally, the magnitude of this differential resistance was related to the difference in baseline-response rates between components. These results replicate previous findings (i.e., greater resistance of lower response rates) and suggest that the dependency affected resistance to change as one procedure that alters baseline-response rates. |
|
Baseline Reinforcement Rate Increases Both Resistance to Extinction and Resurgence of Operant Behavior in Zebrafish |
Toshikazu Kuroda (Aichi Bunkyo University), Yuto Mizutani (Aichi Gakuin University), Carlos Cançado (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil), CHRISTOPHER A. PODLESNIK (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Zebrafish (Danio rerio) is a promising animal model for studying how genes interact with environmental factors in determining behavior. In operant research with this species, a major question relates to whether their behavior follows the same principles as other model species (e.g., rats and pigeons). Previous studies showed that resurgence occurs in zebrafish after their behavior was reinforced and then extinguished. The present study investigated whether the magnitude of resurgence is a function of baseline reinforcement rate with zebrafish, as previously shown with rats, pigeons, and humans. In Phase 1, a multiple schedule delivered food reinforcers according to variable-interval 10 s and 60 s schedules for approaching a target sensor. In Phase 2, the target response was extinguished while reinforcing approach to an alternative sensor with a variable-interval 10-s schedule in both components. Resistance to disruption of target responding in Phase 2 was greater in the richer Phase-1 component. Finally, Phase 3 extinguished both responses in both components and also revealed greater resurgence in the richer Phase-1 component. These results are consistent with previous findings with other species, suggesting the processes underlying persistence and relapse are conserved across a diverse range of species. |
|
Within-Session Resurgence Procedures |
AMANDA CALMON NOGUEIRA DA GAMA RODEGHERI (Universidade de Brasília, Brazil), Josele Abreu Rodrigues (Universidade de Brasília, Brazil) |
Abstract: Resurgence is the reappearance of an extinguished response when the reinforcer for an alternative response is no longer delivered. The standard procedure to investigate resurgence includes three successive conditions. In the Training Condition, a target response (R1) is reinforced; in the Elimination Condition, R1 is extinguished while an alternative response (R2) is reinforced; finally, in the Test Condition, both responses do not produce reinforcers. In this last condition, resurgence of R1 is often observed. In the present study, this procedure was modified in two different ways. The Training (mult tand VI FR tand VI DRL) and Elimination (mult conc EXT VI conc EXT VI) conditions occurred in the first and second parts, respectively, of a session. When stable behavior was observed in both conditions, Training+Elimination sessions were alternated with Test sessions (Alternating Phase) or were discontinued and only Test sessions occurred for five or seven consecutive days (Successive Phase). Response rates were higher in the tand VI FR component, but reinforcement rates were similar between components in Training. Resurgence was greater in the component correlated with the tand VI FR, despite the procedure used (Alternating or Successive Phase). |
|
Local Resurgence in a Free-Operant Psychophysical Procedure Following Repeated Exposure to Extended Probe Trials |
JOHN BAI (University of Auckland), Sarah Cowie (University of Auckland), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Resurgence refers to relapse of extinguished behaviors following extinction of an alternative source of reinforcement, and has been found in both clinical settings and animal models of relapse. In laboratory models, resurgence is typically studied across three successive phases: (1) reinforcement of a target response, (2) extinction of the target and concurrent reinforcement of an alternative response, and (3) re-emergence of the target response when the alternative is extinguished. Each phase typically spans multiple sessions, however resurgence can also occur on smaller time-scales. The present study assessed resurgence using pigeons in a within-trial procedure. In each trial, target (left-key) responding was reinforced and alternative (right-key) responding was extinguished in the first half, before the contingencies reversed in the second half. Pigeons reliably switched from target to alternative responding within baseline trials. Target responding then resurged in extended probe trials, which arranged extinction for both responses. The onset and magnitude of resurgence was greater when signaling extinction of the alternative. Furthermore, resurgence sustained across two cycles of baseline and probe conditions, despite decreases in the magnitude of resurgence within and across cycles. Therefore, the within-trial procedure produces durable resurgence effects and could be used to assess factors across repeated resurgence tests. |
|
|
|
|
Cooperation, Altruism, and Social Reinforcement: Current Trends in the Experimental Analysis of Social Behavior |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Rancho Santa Fe 1-3 |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
Discussant: Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Hackenberg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Social behavior is a topic of enormous scientific importance that spans disciplines from neuroscience to anthropology. While the topic has received a good deal of empirical and theoretical attention outside behavior analysis, it has largely been neglected within the field. This is unfortunate because behavior analysis has much to contribute to this field, both methodologically and conceptually. This session brings together recent work from several labs, exploring different facets of social behavior: Franceschini and colleagues on research with rats in a social foraging paradigm based on public goods games; Borges and colleagues on research with humans on coordinated responding in a gaming context; Avila and colleagues on research with humans on social discounting and altruism; and Browning and Shahan on research with rats on resurgence and relapse following extinction of social reinforcement. Together, the work illustrates some trends in the experimental analysis of behavior, showing more broadly how behavior-analytic methods and concepts might contribute to the burgeoning area of social behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Students, researchers, practitioners |
|
Social Coordination in a Public Goods Game Setting With Rats |
Ana Carolina Trousdell Franceschini (Reed College), Lauren Vanderhooft (Reed College), Rachel Schulingkamp (Reed College), Christina Heumann (Reed College), Katelyn Gutowsky (Reed College), TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College) |
Abstract: The Public Goods Game (PGG) is an experimental procedure typically used with 2+ humans to study economic interactions. Subjects share a limited environmental resource to which all have access to. To avoid overexploitation, they must establish some form of social regulation ("equilibrium"). A common finding is that some subjects "free ride", by accessing more resources than their peers. Over the past years, we've been searching for functional PGG parallels with rats. In our current model, two rats work in adjacent operant chambers separated by a transparent wall. Each chamber offers a CONC (PR FR) schedule. The PR is a geometric progressive ratio (PR) that increases with each reinforcement delivery. It resets back to its lowest value every time the subject earns a reinforcement on the FR. In the baseline phase, each subject works independently; in the social phase, reinforcements from the FR schedule resets the PR in both chambers. In the social phase, one rat tends to work exclusively on the PR ("free ride"), while the other switches and resets the PR for both chambers. We are currently exploring experimental interventions to reduce or prevent free-riding, which may potentially orient future policies for human situations. |
|
Cooperative Behavior as an Integrated Behavioral Unit: Differentiation of Temporal Patterns |
MARCELO BORGES HENRIQUES (Universidade Federal de Goiás, Regional Jataí), Lucas Codina Souza (Universidade Federal de Goiás), João Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasília) |
Abstract: When two or more people behave in concert with respect to a common environment, the conjoint behavior could be selected similar to individual operant behavior (discrete responses). Consequently, a coordinated sequence of responses could be considered an integrated behavioral unit, liable to have properties differentiated by consequences. Two experiments were performed to explore the processes and patterns of temporal differentiation of the integrated behavioral unit. A chessboard with only two pieces was presented to pairs of undergraduate students, on a notebook screen. Each piece could only be moved alternately, as the knight's movement. The pieces meeting in the center of the chessboard was defined as the integrated behavioral effect. In experiment 1, two pairs of participants worked on schedules of differential reinforcement of low rates and differential reinforcement of high rates, in an ABABC design. In experiment 2, three pairs participated on a schedule of differential reinforcement of response duration with different values (7 s; 13 s; 16 s; 19 s; and 22 s). In general, the results indicated similarities among the operant literature and data obtained. It suggested that mutual cooperative groups could be studied as an integrated behavioral unit, which could be considered more than the sum of its parts. |
|
Parameters of Social Discounting as a Metric of Altruistic Behavior |
RAUL AVILA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), ALDO TOLEDO (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Jorge Fernandez (National Autonomous University of Mexico
) |
Abstract: To ask somebody to imagine a list of people, from a closest relative or friend to a mere acquaintance, and then ask this person how much of a reward he/she would share with different persons of the list, is a common metric to study altruistic behavior. In this presentation two extensions of this metric were evaluated. First, the relation among social discounting rates of 60 participants and their sociometric-status known as social impact and social preference was determined. The area under the curve of the discounting task was a U-function of social impact (upper panel) and it slightly increased as the social preference increased (lower panel). The second extension evaluated was to give somebody the option to share the reward with one of two individuals who are at different social distances from him/her. Specifically, 117 participants had to choose between a smaller reward for the closer person to them and a larger reward for the farther one. The participants showed lower social discounting rates, or more "altruistic" behavior, as their distance from the closest individuals increased. These two extensions of the social discounting metric contribute to its generality as a measure of altruistic behavior. |
|
Social Stimuli and Relapse of Operant Behavior in Rats |
KAITLYN BROWNING (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Social stimuli are often used in behavioral treatment interventions for reducing problem behavior in clinical populations. Importantly, there is some evidence that changes in social contexts or loss of social reinforcement may produce relapse of problem behaviors following otherwise successful treatment. Basic research with nonhuman animals has been useful for examining the factors related to relapse in humans, but the role of social reinforcement and social stimuli are largely under-examined in these models. The purpose of the present set of experiments was to examine the role of social stimuli in two models of relapse. First, we examined resurgence of target responding following extinction of alternative responding previously maintained by access to social interaction. Next, we examined renewal of target responding in an ABA renewal preparation in which contexts were varied using social stimuli. There was no systematic evidence for resurgence following removal of social reinforcement, but renewal following a change in social contextual stimuli occurred under some conditions. Overall, these findings suggest that changes in social contextual stimuli may produce renewal of previously extinguished behavior. However, potentially due to procedural limitations, the effects of removing social reinforcement on relapse are less clear. |
|
|
|
|
A Complete Behavior Analyst: Remembering the Life and Work of Maria R. Ruiz (1950–2017) |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 10-13 |
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Discussant: Cristina M. Whitehouse (Florida Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Chata A. Dickson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, we celebrate the work of our mentor, Dr. Maria R. Ruiz. Maria's work balanced her commitment to the experimental analysis of behavior, to radical behaviorism, and to the application of behavior analysis in service to individual consumers and humanity at large. Sharing the science, philosophy, and practice of behavior analysis with others was one of the great joys of her life. Presentations will focus on (a) her graduate training and early translational research; (b) her study of social prejudice and discrimination through the lens of derived relational responding; (c) her theoretical and conceptual contributions, particularly with respect to contextualism, radical behaviorism, and feminist theory; and (d) her commitment to empowering her students not only by teaching them about behavior analysis, but also by encouraging perspective taking and critical thinking. In the last minutes of the symposium, an opportunity will be provided for attendees who choose to do so to share their memories of Maria. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Feminism, IRAP, Mentorship, Pragmatic Values |
Target Audience: College graduates and above with training in behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: Following their attendance at this symposium, if asked to do so, attendees would accurately: 1. Describe pragmatism as a philosophical assumption underlying the science of behavior analysis 2. Describe the problem of stimulus control that is characterized by the term, stimulus overselectivity 3. Describe and provide an example of derived stimulus relations |
|
Pragmatic and Humanistic Values in the Education and Treatment of Individuals With Developmental Disabilities: Contributions and Lessons From Maria Ruiz |
(Applied Research) |
CHATA A. DICKSON (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Maria Ruiz was mentored by Hank Pennypacker at the University of Florida and trained in the experimental analysis of behavior. During her time in graduate school, she conducted translational research addressing problems of learning and behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities. She continued to apply behavior analysis in her work to improve the lives of individuals with developmental disabilities and their families throughout her career. This presentation will include a description of Dr. Ruiz's research in self-injury and stimulus overselectivity, and a discussion of the pragmatic and humanistic values that were the basis of Dr. Ruiz's approach to educating children with autism. |
|
Maria Ruiz's Contributions to the Science of Prejudice and Discrimination |
(Basic Research) |
CHRISTEINE M. TERRY (Private Practice) |
Abstract: Maria Ruiz was a tireless advocate for groups who experience prejudice and discrimination. Her dedication in this area is reflected in her work on a behaviorist conceptualization of the development of implicit prejudice and discrimination. Working in collaboration with Bryan Roche and his colleagues, she demonstrated that implicit prejudice (i.e., verbal relations that may not be readily tacted by individuals) could be created in the laboratory using a derived relational responding task involving arbitrary stimuli (Gavin, Roche, & Ruiz, 2008). Expanding on their work, Maria and her colleagues developed the Function Acquisition Speed Test (FAST) as a behavioral alternative to implicit measures (e.g., the Implicit Association Test). The FAST is both a method of training stimulus equivalence classes and a tool for assessing the emergence of non-reinforced (i.e., derived) relations among stimuli. Providing a behavioral measure and understanding of implicit prejudice and discrimination avoids the difficulties inherent in mentalistic ontologies and points toward possible methods of changing discriminatory behaviors. This talk will examine Marias work in implicit prejudice and discrimination, as well as potential future directions and implications. |
|
Revisiting the Alliance Between Feminism and Behavior Analysis: The Conceptual Work of Maria R. Ruiz |
(Theory) |
MICHELLE ENNIS SORETH (Rowan University) |
Abstract: In this presentation, the evolution of Maria Ruiz's (1950–2017) conceptual writings on the alliance between feminist epistemology and radical behaviorism will be revisited. Over 20 years ago, Ruiz's (1995) groundbreaking paper on the points of contact in feminist and behavior analytic theories appeared in Psychology of Women Quarterly. Written primarily for a feminist audience, Ruiz argued that radical behaviorism's appeal to a contextual understanding of human behavior was similar in kind to a feminist epistemology grounded in the experiences of women and other marginalized groups. Behavior analysis also offers feminism an understanding of human behavior that rejects the personal pathologization of behavior that feminists agree have environmental determinants in oppressive sociopolitical systems. Further, behavior analytic principles have the potential to enhance acts of resistance, the means by which we increase the likelihood that cultural practices are designed for the good of all. While the alliance between feminism and behavior analysis has long had the potential to strengthen both disciplines, it has yet to be fully realized by either community. As behavior analysts look to broaden their impact on social issues, Ruiz's call to action has taken on renewed urgency during this particularly volatile time in our cultural history. |
|
Maria Ruiz and Her Legacy of Feminist Pedagogy at Rollins College |
(Theory) |
KIMBERLY NIX BERENS (Fit Learning: New York) |
Abstract: Maria Ruiz will be remembered for many contributions to our field—theory, philosophy, science, application. However, her pedagogical contributions may prove to be paramount. Over her 36 years as a professor in the psychology department at Rollins College, Dr. Ruiz created distinctions for her students that allowed them to find their own voices and question traditional cultural practices—within and outside of psychology. Her feminist pedagogy led to the development of sophisticated critical thinking skills and empowerment for the many students she mentored. The current paper will illustrate the importance of Dr. Ruiz's unique pedagogical practices with respect to the advancement of our science and our ability to impact the world. |
|
|
|
|
Efficient, Cost-Effective Approaches for Disseminating ABA Methodologies Into Public School Classrooms Serving Students With Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
CE Instructor: Dorothea C. Lerman, Ph.D. |
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Dorothea Lerman is currently a Professor of Psychology at the University of Houston - Clear Lake, where she directs a master's program in behavior analysis and serves as Director of the UHCL Center for Autism and Developmental Disabilities. She received her doctoral degree in Psychology from the University of Florida in 1995, specializing in the experimental analysis of behavior. Her areas of expertise include autism, developmental disabilities, early intervention, functional analysis, teacher and parent training, and treatment of severe behavior disorders (e.g., aggression, self-injury). Dr. Lerman has published more than 80 research articles and chapters, served as Editor-in-Chief for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Behavior Analysis in Practice and has secured more than $2 million in grants and contracts to support her work. She was the recipient of the 2007 Distinguished Contribution to Applied Behavioral Research Award and the 2001 B.F. Skinner Award for New Researchers, awarded by Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. She also was named a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis-International in 2008. Dr. Lerman is a Licensed Psychologist and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. |
Abstract: The successful dissemination of ABA methodologies into public school classrooms requires efficient, low-cost staff training models. In this presentation, I will describe a line of research on an intensive, five-day training program for public school teachers and paraprofessionals that covers foundational skills in ABA. Highlights from a line of research spanning more than 20 years will be described, along with the implications of working with teachers and paraprofessionals in public school settings. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the essential elements of effective behavioral skills training; (2) identify foundational skills in ABA that are beneficial for public teachers and paraprofessionals; (3) state the benefits and limitations of pyramidal training; (4) describe the outcomes and benefits of a computer-based training program for teaching school personnel to detect antecedents and consequences of problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Fighting Climate Change Together: Successes and Opportunities for Behavior Analysis Principles in the Mainstream |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G |
Area: CSS/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (Root Solutions) |
CE Instructor: Susan M. Schneider, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis principles have been exhaustively replicated and applied, as we're well aware. The sustainability community, however, is frequently not aware of the full scope of our science. Climate change exemplifies the tragedy of the commons with its delay discounting: rampant greenhouse gas emissions for short-term reinforcers, externalizing and delaying the mammoth aversive consequences. Similarly, "choice architecture" and other portions of behavioral economics - a significant part of the sustainability effort - are built on learning principles. In this symposium, we'll examine where our principles have successfully been incorporated - and where they are overlooked, misused, or ignored. Through more interdisciplinary collaboration, behavior analysis has the opportunity to build significantly on its existing contributions to the critical challenge of climate change mitigation. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Bachelor's or master's level |
|
Behavior Analysis Principles in Mainstream Sustainability: Getting There (Slowly) |
(Theory) |
SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (Root Solutions) |
Abstract: Experts in mainstream sustainability and climate change initiatives obviously know something about incentive systems, and that means some familiarity with the rudiments of our field. However, the level of knowledge sometimes doesn’t go very far. Cognitive concepts have been incorporated more often than even basic behavioral functions like shaping and schedules of reinforcement. Other concepts like generalization have been renamed ("spillover"), with little recognition of the decades of solid research available under a different terminology. Even delay discounting, one of our more widely recognized contributions, gets mentioned through behavioral economics more often than through our research. One of the few behavior analysts who’s frequently cited in mainstream sustainability is Scott Geller, and he’s made the effort to be fully involved in mainstream conferences and journals. This presentation will summarize the progress of behavior analysis in mainstream sustainability, noting where we’ve succeeded and where we have a long way to go - and suggesting a few ways and means. |
|
Bringing Behavior Analysis Principles to Energy and Transportation Research |
(Applied Research) |
ANGELA SANGUINETTI (University of California, Davis) |
Abstract: The speaker is a behavior analyst working as a research psychologist at the UC Davis Institute of Transportation Studies and Energy & Efficiency Institute. She will share her experience working on issues related to sustainability in an interdisciplinary research environment. In particular, she will discuss opportunities for (and progress toward) integrating behavior analysis principles in two areas of energy and transportation research: eco-feedback and eco-driving. Eco-feedback--providing people with information about their resource consumption with the aim of promoting sustainable behavior--is a strategy pioneered by behavior analysts in the late 70s-early 80s, but since then largely abandoned by behavior analysts and left to the more cognitive-oriented fields of environmental psychology and human-computer interaction. This talk will introduce a theory of eco-feedback that builds on behavior analysis principles and suggest opportunities for behavior analysts to get involved in eco-feedback research and initiatives. Another area discussed will be eco-driving--driver behaviors that increase vehicle fuel efficiency. This is an area of research that has been dominated by engineers and transportation researchers, with more attention to vehicle behavior than human behavior. Additional examples of integrating behavior analysis principles, theories, and methodologies will be reviewed briefly. |
|
Interdisciplinary Sustainability at Fresno State |
(Service Delivery) |
CRISS WILHITE (California State University, Fresno), Beth Weinman (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: B. F. Skinner's 1981 Selection by Consequences was a call for us to use the science of behavior to meliorate world problems. With emerging research, models, and practices of the last 20 years, more behavior analysts are directing applied programs toward cultural problems such as poverty, education, organizational safety, and climate change. For five years, the work of interdisciplinary, cooperative groups at Fresno State has led to administrative support for an Institute of Water and Sustainability. The function of this institute is to coordinate research across colleges, ensure best practices on campus through Facilities, coordinate student and facility projects, develop a sustainability minor, and to educate and interact with the greater community. The use of behavior analytic principles is seen as integral to our work, has been well accepted by group members from a wide variety of backgrounds, and has enhanced our outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
Disabilities, Advocacy, and International Development |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D |
Area: CSS |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Carmen R. Britton (UConn) |
|
Institutionalized Youth With Disabilities in the Philippines: Responsible Conduct and Sustainable Practice |
Domain: Service Delivery |
CARMEN R. BRITTON (University of Connecticut) |
|
Abstract: In light of significant constraints related to direct behavioral analytic service delivery in low-resource settings, this paper discusses the process and utility of aggregating 34 individual skill assessments of children with developmental disabilities in an orphanage in the Philippines from 2010-2012. Objectives within the Developmental Teaching Objectives Rating Form - Revised were translated and culturally adapted by staff at the center. Over the course of six months, three staff learned to conduct the assessments. Results identified the developmental level of each child as well as numerous milestones in need of mastery. Environmental conditions within the center meant individual interventions were not feasible or ethically sound, therefore, aggregated data was used to develop small group instruction; identify significant environmental constraints limiting skill development; and improve staff and organizational capacity. This paper highlights recommendations for sustainable practice, ethical issues with service delivery in international and low-resource settings, and methods that may be used to identify pervasive environmental contingencies within a particular treatment setting in an effort to improve service delivery for groups of individuals. These methods can be ethical, cost-effective, time efficient, and lead to improved and sustainable service delivery in settings with very limited resources. |
|
An Evaluation of an Advocacy Training Tool for People With Disabilities |
Domain: Applied Research |
E. ZHANG (University of Kansas), Glen W. White (University of Kansas) |
|
Abstract: Self-advocacy skills can help people with disabilities protect their rights against discrimination. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of the Advanced Advocacy Training Package (AATP) in teaching advocacy skills through writing letters, emails and making phone calls. We used a multiple baseline across three groups of participants design. The training included participants learning the AATP, followed by feedback sessions provided by the researcher when participants did not achieve the mastery criterion (scoring = 80% for two letters consecutively). We also developed an advocacy template using Microsoft Word to assist participants' writing. We obtained social validity data by asking participants to write and send advocacy letters addressing personal disability rights concerns. Email writing and making phone calls were probed before and after the letter writing training. Results indicated that self-learning of the AATP had modest to large effects on improving participants' letter writing skills. Four of the five participants required feedback training to achieve the mastery criterion. Several personal disability rights concerns, used as a generalization probe (e.g., obtaining permission to own an emotional support animal from landlord) were addressed and resolved. The results showed that the intervention helped participants develop more effective communication to advocate for personal and community change. |
|
|
|
|
|
Graphic Display and Analysis of Acquisition and Performance Behaviors |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE |
Area: DEV |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Sal Ruiz (The Pennsylvania State University) |
|
BCBA Decision Making Using a Standardized Graphing Display to Determine Function of Challenging Behavior |
Domain: Applied Research |
SAL RUIZ (The Pennsylvania State University) |
|
Abstract: Behavior Analysis relies on the use of visual to displays to guide decision making. Specifically, Functional Analysis (FA) relies on the use of multi element designs and research has shown that structured criteria assists in increasing agreement. Other researchers have demonstrated that some visual aids (e.g. trend lines) and quantification of values can further support increased agreement. The Functional Analysis Celeration Chart (FACC) provides a standardized graphical display, that includes visual supports in one view, and the quantification of level. An experiment that included recharted FA data from well referenced manuscripts and distributed to Board Certified Behavior Analysts with varying levels of experience demonstrated that participants can determine the correct maintaining variables approximately 53% of possible responses across types of results. Additionally, without the use of structured criteria, quantification appeared to assist in decision making. With further development of structured criteria the FACC may provide assistance in determining function of challenging behavior. |
|
Skill Learning and Expert Performance |
Domain: Theory |
PARSLA VINTERE (CHE Senior Psycholgical Services; Elaine Kaufman Cultural Center) |
|
Abstract: The goal of the skill learning research is to produce knowledge and understanding how skills, especially motor skills, are acquired and performed and find out what sets expert performers apart from other performers. Research on the development of expertise by means of deliberate practice is receiving much attention and having potential implications not only for education and training of athletes and performers but also for such fields as rehabilitation, study movement disorders, elderly populations and people with disabilities. What are the practice characteristics in terms of its quantity and quality? Does practice make perfect? Many of the studies conducted in this area represent cognitive and neurocognitive perspectives and relatively few studies represent a behavioral analytic perspective. The purpose of this paper is to examine the components of deliberate practice in motor-skill learning from the behavioral analytic perspective. A particular attention will be given to the conceptualization of a given motor skill and variable contingency analysis in practice situations. Possible research directions will be discussed for developing optimal motor-skill performance. |
|
|
|
|
|
How Behavior Analysis Can Save America's Failing Education System |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College) |
Abstract: The American education system is failing our students. Skinner stated this in 1984 and the state of affairs is no better today. This is not for the lack of evidence-based interventions and methods available, though. Behavior analysis has much to offer education, however, most of these empirical techniques are not currently being implemented. This symposium will discuss various evidence-based interventions (i.e., mastery-based learning, fluency training, and self-paced instruction), how clarifying expectations can improve success in the classroom, and an applied example of fluency-based instruction. This symposium will present a foundation of research that supports these practices, in addition to addressing potential barriers to the acceptance and implementation of these behavior analytic procedures in mainstream education. Finally, the symposium will end with recommendations for future research and what, we as behavior analysts, can do to aid in the acquisition of these methods into the public school system. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): education, evidence-based practices, mainstream education, school |
|
The Effective Use of Mastery Learning, Fluency Training, and Self-Paced Learning |
Allison Rose Bickelman (Autism Behavior Intervention; Endicott College), LORRAINE OTTE (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has much to offer the American education system, including mastery-based learning, fluency training, and self-paced instruction. This paper will discuss various behavior analytic teaching procedures, and address potential barriers to the acquisition of these behavior analytic procedures and methods in mainstream education, despite the years of evidence and research backing them up. The paper will conclude with recommendations for what we as behavior analysts can do to aid in the acquisition of these methods into the public school system. |
|
Clear Expectations as the Steps to Success |
JESSLYN N. FARROS (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA); Endicott College) |
Abstract: Educational success should always be the first goal of education. Currently, the U.S. is experiencing inconsistent educational success and there seems to be uncertainty as to why. This has resulted in both students and teachers being overworked yet learning outcomes have not necessarily improved. Overtime students have shown minimal gains and even decreases in standardized scores (Martin, Mullis, Foy, & Hooper, 2016; Mullis, Martin, Foy, & Hooper, 2016). The education system should set students up to succeed throughout their education and throughout their lives. This success would require educational gains overtime and maintenance of learning. How can we set our students up for success? One incredibly effective way to do this is by clarifying expectations for students throughout their educational careers, beginning with elementary school. |
|
The Use of a Multi-Component Treatment Package to Increase Reading Fluency in Young Children |
JENNIFER LYNN HILTON (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The use of a Multi-Component Treatment Package to Increase Reading Fluency in Young Children Reading is an important cusp skill for students that affects their ability to participate in a variety of other academic activities. When students demonstrate difficulties in reading, they are often referred for intervention, which may sometimes lead to the implementation of special education services. Some evidence-based, behavior analytic teaching practices, such as the use of Precision Teaching, have demonstrated the ability to quickly remediate academic skills in areas of deficit. This study focused on the use of a multicomponent treatment package that included some elements of Precision Teaching. Specifically, priming and fluency based instruction were used to teach young learners early reading skills in a public school setting. |
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis in Higher Education |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Robert Shapiro (Fitchburg State University; Shapiro Educational & Behavioral Consultants) |
Discussant: Emily White (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis can and should play a significant role in the realm of higher education. This symposium takes two looks at this interface. The first presentation looks at the course redesign of an undergraduate education course, Classroom Behavior Supports, and how this course changed from being primarily didactic with project-based assignments to taking on a civic engagement/civic learning focus. The second presentation looks at using interventions designed to reduce procrastination on the completion of long-term projects in an undergraduate psychological science class, and the effect that this intervention had on individual and overall class grade point average, task completion, and subjective stress measures. Together, these presentations provide a window into the teaching and use of Applied Behavior Analysis at the University level in an ethical, socially valid manner that enhances student learning, performance, and generalization. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Civic Engagement, College, Course Redesign, Procrastination |
|
Service Learning: Redesigning a University Course in Classroom Behavior Supports to Benefit Students and the Community |
(Service Delivery) |
ROBERT SHAPIRO (Fitchburg State University; Shapiro Educational & Behavioral Consultants) |
Abstract: According to Campus Compact, Service Learning involves combining community service with academic instructions, and focuses on critical, reflective thinking and civic responsibility. Programs involve students in community service that addresses local needs while at the same time developing academic skills, sense of civic responsibility, and community commitment. This presentation highlights the course redesign of an undergraduate Classroom Behavior Supports class. Rather than teaching relevant course content in a classroom-based, didactic format, the instructor partnered with a local middle school, and university students formed a partnership with a sixth-grade team of teachers. Together, this team designed a system of positive behavior supports, implemented the system, evaluated the effectiveness of the system, and designed and implemented tier 2 and 3 interventions. In doing so, the university students were able to gain hands-on experience in the implementation of these interventions, while at the same time lending needed resources to a local school district and improving the behavioral and learning outcomes of sixth-grade students. Implications of this implementation, including areas of success and areas of challenge, as well as plans for future iterations of this classroom experience, are discussed. |
|
Executive Functioning Strategies to Reduce Procrastination in University Students |
(Service Delivery) |
Laura Garofoli (Fitchburg State University), ROBERT SHAPIRO (Fitchburg State University; Shapiro Educational & Behavioral Consultants) |
Abstract: Procrastination, which can be defined as delaying or avoiding engagement in high-effort activities, is a frequent problem for many people, and occurs with regularity in university students. It has been associated with poor learning outcomes, lower grades, and increased subjective stress reporting. Ultimately, degree of procrastination can play a role in whether a student is successful in graduating. There are components of procrastination, such as planning/prioritization, time management, and goal-directed persistence, that can be viewed through the lens of executive functioning. Executive functioning deficits have been addressed in a variety of ways, including the use of a coaching model that focuses on providing short-term goals and checkpoints paired with frequent feedback. This study uses an executive functioning model to reduce procrastination in long-term projects through the use of short-term feedback, checkpoints, and reinforcement for meeting these checkpoints. Implications for assignment completion, overall grade point average, and measures of subjective stress are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Life as a Behavior Analytic Entrepreneur: Experiences of Founding Females |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F |
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Todd A. Ward, Ph.D. |
Chair: Todd A. Ward (bSci21Media; Divergent Startups; ENSO Group) |
ANGELA JOYCE CATHEY (ENSO Group; bSci21Media) |
BARBARA R. BUCKLIN (OBM Consultant) |
LEAH MARIE FENNEMA (Collaborative ABA) |
Abstract: Life as a self-sustaining behavior analytic entrepreneur is an experiential roller coaster ride. At times, you feel like your business is succeeding while other times you may feel like everything is crashing down. This panel brings that discussion into the public eye with three behavior analytic business women. They share their stories of what it is really like to live each day trying to make it on their own. In doing so, we forego technical discussions pertaining to how to start a business, write a business plan, or secure funding. Instead, we will discuss what it is like to "cut the cord" as an employee transitioning to self-employement, how to find your entrepreneurial passions, and best practices to help ensure that you will make it on your own. We will also discuss the role of entrepreneurship as a vehicle for furthering Skinner's original vision of a technology of behavior for the world. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Graduate students and professionals. |
Learning Objectives: optional for BACB |
Keyword(s): business, company, entrepreneur, startup |
|
|
|
|
Research on Organizational Behavior Management in Human Service Settings |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kristin M. Albert (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment) |
CE Instructor: Kristin M. Albert, M.Ed. |
Abstract: The need for Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) applications in human service settings has become more and more apparent. The first paper in this symposium will present a quantitative literature review of research on OBM in human service settings, discussing trends, strengths, and opportunities, including the need to conduct more preintervention assessments before implementing OBM interventions. This second paper will highlight survey research that demonstrates the need for clinical behavior analysts to obtain training in OBM and compares clinicians' concerns with the current research trends highlighted in the first paper. The last paper will describe an OBM intervention in an early intervention center, where the effects of scorecards on typically high and typically low performers was evaluated. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): human-service settings, OBM applications, performance management, scorecards |
Target Audience: Supervising behavior analysts working in human service settings that serve clinical populations; supervisors can be at a manager or director level |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe whey OBM research should incorporate increased used of pre-intervention assessments. 2. List the most commonly faced OBM-related challenges for clinical supervisors in human service settings. 3. Describe the differences scorecards can have upon high versus low performers. |
|
Literature Review: The Use of OBM Interventions to Improve Staff Performance in Human Service Settings |
Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology), Jamie Villacorta (Florida Institute of Technology), KRISTIN M. ALBERT (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Scott Michael Curry (Florida Institute of Technology), Ronald Joseph Clark (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: One approach that can be used to improve effectiveness and efficiency in human service settings (HSS) is organizational behavior management (OBM). However, OBM has not been widely adopted in HSS and more research is needed to improve organization-wide adoption and application. In addition, although several quantitative reviews of various aspects of OBM have been conducted, none to date has specifically looked at the role of OBM specific to HSS. Thus, the present review was conducted to look at the literature on OBM in HSS that was published in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM), the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), and Behavior Analysis in Practice (BAP) from 1990–2016. Trends across client populations served, settings for conducting research, employee populations targeted, the use of pre-intervention assessments, the specific dependent variables measured, and the types of independent variables used will be described. Recommendations for future research will also be provided. |
|
Organizational Behavior Management in Human Service Settings: A Survey of Clinical Behavior Analysts |
Kristin M. Albert (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology), Daniel B. Sundberg (ABA Technologies), SCOTT MICHAEL CURRY (Florida Institute of Technology), Noell Jankowski (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysts working in human service settings (HSS) train and supervise staff, design systems, and do other tasks related to organizational behavior management (OBM). Consistent with these practices, the Fifth Edition Task List from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board has placed additional emphasis on the need for supervision and OBM training for all clinical behavior analysts. To better understand the role of OBM in HSS, we created a survey for clinical behavior analysts. Respondents were 164 individuals who worked in clinical or human service settings as behavior analysts and who supervised at least one other person. We also coded ten director-level and ten manager-level job descriptions for behavior analysts in HSS to see what kinds of OBM training employers ask for and what kind of OBM job duties employers advertise. Data obtained are discussed in terms of how they can illuminate the links between what clinical behavior analysts are trained to do, what companies advertise they want their clinicians to do, and what those clinicians actually do once they enter the workforce. |
|
The Effect of Performance Scorecards in an Early Intervention Clinic |
DANIEL J. CYMBAL (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology), Kavita Ramsahai (Florida Institute of Technology; JKP Analysts), Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University; JKP Analysts) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the impact of scorecards on behavior technicians' performance in an early intervention center. Eight technicians participated in the study, each receiving a weekly scorecard. Baseline measures determined the performance level of participants, with four of the highest performers and four of the lowest performers being selected as the participants for this study. The scorecards included measures drawn from an employee survey which sought to identify essential job duties. From the survey results, four measures were selected that corresponded with pre-existing data collection methods. These included: timeliness, programs ran, data entry, and provision of feedback. Initially, there was a modest increase in performance for four of the technicians when scorecard delivery was introduced. Scorecard dimensions were further altered to assess the impact of the modifications on typically high and low performers. Implications and areas of future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
How is it Possible That in Peru People With Autism and Other Developmental Disorders Not Only Work, but Help to Reduce Poverty |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9 |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Maria E. Malott, Ph.D. |
Chair: Maria E. Malott (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
LILIANA MAYO (Centro Ann Sullivan del Peru) |
Dr. Liliana Mayo received her doctoral training in the Department of Applied Behavior Science at the University of Kansas. She is the founder and executive director of Centro Ann Sullivan del Peru (CASP), in Lima, Peru, which serves more than 400 students with different abilities (especially those with the most severe limitations) and their families. Dr. Mayo is a professor of special education at the Universidad Peruana Cayetano Heredia and the Universidad Catolica, in Peru, and an Adjunct Faculty Member in the Department of Applied Behavior Sciences at the University of Kansas. Also she is a member of the National Council of Education in Peru. She is the representative of CASP in the formal cooperative agreement between CASP and the Schiefelbusch Institute for Research in Life Span Studies at the University of Kansas, in the United States. Dr. Mayo has received numerous awards and recognitions due to her contributions to the development of successful practices that promote progress and full inclusion of people with different abilities in society through the high participation of parents in the School of Families, and the implementation of effective educational programs following a Functional Natural Curriculum. Among them are the Queen Sofia of Spain 1999, Award for Rehabilitation and Integration, the International Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis award in 2000, the Peruvian Government that is the Order 'El Sol del Peru' in the Commander Grade in 2007. She was honored by the government of Panama with the Order 'Maria Ossa de Amador' in the Grade of Grand Medal in 2012 and for the government of Domenican Republic, with 'Christopher Columbus' Heraldic Order' in 2014. |
Abstract: How is it that the best businesses in Peru and even the Congress hire people with autism and developmental disorders, some who have worked for 22 years continuously? Because they have found that they are good workers, don't gossip, ask for more work, and are loyal to the business where they work. Centro Ann Sullivan del Peru (CASP) has more than 100 students working in 46 businesses; 60% of them have autism. All receive the same pay and benefits as other employees and are included in all social activities in their work places. Many help their families economically by paying for utilities like water and electricity, paying for the medication of their parents, or even starting the construction of their own home. CASP students/workers receive the same social benefits as all Peruvian workers. It is important that persons with developmental disorders, especially those from extreme poverty, work in a supported employment program because it leads to including them in all aspects of society and because it leads to poverty reduction. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: Pending |
|
|
|
|
PDS: Trouble With Technology |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Cody Morris, M.A. |
Chair: Cody Morris (Western Michigan University ) |
CODY MORRIS (Western Michigan University) |
DENICE RIOS (Western Michigan University) |
REBECCA KOLB (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Technology is a tool that can be used to provide access to or improve behavior analytic services. As advancements in technology occur, the technological resources for behavior analysts improve and open new doors. Teleconsultation, electronic data collection, and simulations are just a few of the technological avenues that are available to behavior analysts. While this growth is exciting, there are occasionally growing pains when implementing new technologies. Clinicians beginning or looking to begin the use of new technology to assist in behavior analytic services often encounter unplanned issues such as connectivity problems, privacy concerns, low-quality resources, and many more. Although difficulties in technology can sometimes be discouraging for clinicians trying to provide high quality services, planning for these difficulties can drastically minimize the setbacks. The purpose of this panel is to discuss issues encountered when beginning to use technology and the remedies for resolving them. The presenters will specifically discuss their experiences with telecommunication, electronic data collection, and Teachlive simulation technologies. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify common issues that occur when establishing technological resources for their practice; (2) implement appropriate strategies for preventing issues with technology; (3) implement strategies for remediating common issues with technology. |
Keyword(s): Technology, Teleconsultation |
|
|
|
|
Ethics and Professionalism: She Said What?! |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A |
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Thomas R. Freeman (ABA Technologies; Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Thomas R. Freeman, M.S. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts face dilemmas everyday without obvious professional or ethical solutions. Practitioners have a science to help change behavior, but this isn't enough. Surrounding ethical contingencies must be considered when selecting the best course of action. The BACB's Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior AnalystsTM provides an excellent resource. The Code should guide decisions so that the best interest and well- being of the client is always prioritized. Application of the Compliance Code is not always clear-cut or easy, however, the Code elements provide a backdrop for ethical decision making. Practice using the Code will assist the practitioner in exploring appropriate options. This presentation will highlight a variety of real-life examples with identification of applicable Code elements and options for resolution. Scenarios will include the areas of child welfare, developmental disabilities, Autism Spectrum Disorder, Applied Behavior Analysis clinics, supervision, and academic settings. Participants will have the opportunity to interact and apply Code elements to existing scenarios and possible solutions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Code, Ethics, Professionalism, Supervision |
Target Audience: Students in ABA graduate programs, BCaBAs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds |
Learning Objectives: Given a scenario, participants will identify ethical violations. Participants will identify the applicable Code element(s) from the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts related to the scenario. Participants will be able to identify possible solutions or actions given an applied scenario. |
|
Does the Golden Rule Apply to Our Field? |
CHRISTI A. REED (ABA Technologies Inc.) |
Abstract: Having the letters behind our name isn’t enough- it matters how we practice, how we treat others and how we share our science. Are we applying the Code and professionalism to all we do? This talk will link code elements and possible solutions to real life events in dealing with other professionals in providing services to individuals with ASD, DD as well as issues regarding professional development and teaching. |
|
Ethics and Professionalism in Teaching and Disseminating |
APRIL ROWLAND (ABA Technologies Inc) |
Abstract: As behavior analysts we are tasked not only with behaving ethically ourselves, but often with conferring those standards to others, both within and outside our field. This presentation will encourage discussion on scenarios applicable to those teaching new professionals as well as the role of ethics and professionalism when disseminating behavior analysis to individuals outside of our field. |
|
The Final Frontier: Ethics and the Internet |
COREY L. ROBERTSON (ABA Tech; Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Social media and increasingly accessible telecommunication technologies have helped ABA reach remote areas of the globe, bringing experts in touch with those who would otherwise not have access. But just who are these experts, and how much can they help? The Code applies to our digital behavior as well, so examples will be provided of ethical dilemmas, relevant code elements, and the appropriate course of action. |
|
|
|
|
Towards Prevention of Chronic Challenging Behaviors in Neurodevelopmental Conditions |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B |
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Jennifer R. Zarcone, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
JAMES W. BODFISH (Vanderbilt University School of Medicine) |
Dr. Bodfish is a Professor at the Vanderbilt University School of Medicine. He has devoted his career exclusively to research, teaching, and clinical activities in the field of autism and developmental disabilities. His research has focused on the pathogenesis and treatment of autism and related conditions and has been published in a variety of journals including The New England Journal of Medicine, Science, PLoS One, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, Autism Research, the American Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disabilities, the Journal of Pediatrics, Brain Behavior Research, and Social Cognitive Affective Neuroscience. His research has been continuously funded by NIH since 1992. His service activities have included: standing member of the NIH Childhood Psychopathology and Developmental Disabilities Study Section; Associate Editor of the American Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities, Editor of Autism: The International Journal; of Research and Practice, Co-Chair of the NC Institute of Medicine Developmental Disabilities Task Force, Governor-appointed member of the Council on Developmental Disabilities; NC Senate Appointee of the Legislative Study Commission on Autism Spectrum Disorders; expert consultant for the US Department of Justice Civil Rights Division, and faculty member of the International Congress on Movement Disorders. |
Abstract: A subset of children with autism and related neurodevelopmental conditions develop persistent and clinically significant challenging behaviors like aggression and self-injury. Addressing this significant public health concern in an effective, practical, and scale-able manner has been one of the clear success stories of applied behavior analysis. Evidenced-based behavioral assessments and interventions effectively manage and treat a variety of challenging behaviors once they develop. However, this approach typically requires continued application of the intervention across a significant portion of the lifespan and as a result can be costly and resource-intensive. These potential limitations have motivated the start of a paradigm shift away from intervention and towards prevention. The search is on for malleable risk factors that occur early and that are associated with the persistence of challenging behaviors. In my talk I will describe our on-going program of research-to-practice activities in this area. First, I will discuss what is often taken as an overly simplistic “biology versus environment” dichotomy in this area. Instead of some form of subtyping, one could explore how behavior and underlying biology may change over time if the aberrant behavior persists. I will describe findings from our research that indicate that the persistence of challenging behaviors into adulthood can engender both behavioral and physiological changes - suggesting a potential interplay of biology and behavior that could conceivably drive treatment resistance over time. Next, I will describe on-going research focusing on isolating a set of pivotal child behaviors and parent-child interaction patterns early in development that are associated with emerging challenging behaviors in children with autism. These studies have focused on how language develops and interacts with early forms of aberrant behavior. Finally, I will describe our on-going research-to-practice work in this area that is focusing on developing and testing both home-based and a preschool-based approaches for preventing the development of challenging behaviors. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list some limitations of evidenced-based approaches for treating challenging behaviors once they have developed and become persistent; (2) identify observable characteristics of play and social-communication that occur early in development and are associated with an increased risk for the emergence of challenging behaviors in children with neurodevelopmental conditions; 3) describe how early risk markers for the development of challenging behaviors can be targeted in home and preschool based approaches designed to prevent the occurrence of persistent challenging behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
Using Behavior Analytic Interventions to Address the Needs of Individuals With Autism Across the Lifespan |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Emily Gregori (Purdue University) |
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a lifelong disorder and the needs of this population persist and change throughout the lifespan. The purpose of the current symposium is to explore the use of behavior analytic interventions to address the dynamic and complex needs of individuals with ASD across the lifespan. This symposium will explore the use of behavioral interventions to treat deficits across academic, social, and behavioral domains. Paper one describes the results of a study that investigated the effects of a shared reading intervention on reading comprehension and task engagement for three elementary school aged children in a clinical setting. Paper two describes the effects of a peer-mediated intervention on appropriate conversation skills for three high-school students. The third paper evaluated the impact of covert audio coaching with prompting to increase the question asking of four college females with autism during lunch with their peers. Finally, paper four evaluated the effects of an electronic self-monitoring program on the vocal stereotypy of a young woman in an employment setting Together, these papers provide robust evidence for the utility and efficacy of behavioral interventions across the lifespan. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
The Effects of a Shared Reading Intervention on Narrative Story Comprehension and Task Engagement of Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
SO YEON KIM (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Students with ASD often have difficulties in acquiring reading comprehension skills. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of a shared reading intervention designed to improve narrative story comprehension and task engagement of students with ASD. The intervention was evaluated with a single-case multiple baseline design across participants. Three male students with ASD between six to nine years old participated in this study. The multicomponent shared reading intervention included before, during, and after reading strategies (i.e., topic anticipation, dynamic reading, story retelling). The results of this study indicated that all participants with ASD demonstrated noticeable improvements in narrative reading comprehension, and despite the longer duration of intervention sessions, participants showed similar or better task engagement than baseline sessions. Improved reading outcomes were maintained overtime for all participants. The inter-observer agreement (IOA), procedure fidelity, and social validity were measured, and implications for practical implementation and future research will be discussed. |
|
Peer-Mediated Intervention for Adolescents With Autism: Reducing Inappropriate Communication Acts in "Dominant Talkers" |
AMANDA THOMAS (Lehigh University), Linda Bambara (Lehigh University) |
Abstract: One of the defining characteristics of students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a social communication deficit. For some students with ASD, who are dominant talkers or verbal noncommunicators, they are assertive but nonresponsive to their partner and display a number of interfering behaviors. As a result, high school students with ASD are often socially isolated and misunderstood by peers, impacting their ability to form friendships. Using a multiple baseline design across participants, this study evaluated the effects of a peer-mediated intervention (PMI) on improving the social conversation of three high school students with ASD who engaged in high rates of inappropriate communication acts. The PMI incorporated peer training, graphic/text cues, and direct instruction for the students to support appropriate initiations and on topic responses. Results revealed substantial improvements. Inappropriate communication acts decreased for all three students, while appropriate acts increased or remained at baseline levels. Social validity outcome measures were highly positive. The findings of this study provides additional evidence that PMI can be individualized to address the unique pragmatic language needs of high school students with ASD. This presentation illustrates the peer-mediated strategies through video examples |
|
Increasing Question Asking Skills of College Females With Autism During Lunch Conversations With Peers: Impact of Covert Audio Coaching |
ROSE A. MASON (Purdue University), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Debra M. Kamps (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Raia Rosenbloom (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Impairments in social-communication for individuals with autism limits the ability to engage in meaningful and socially reinforcing social interactions leading to social isolation and loneliness. The impact of which often leads to comorbid anxiety and depression particularly for females with autism. Unfortunately, research on effective social interventions for females with autism is limited. Further, typical interventions aimed at supporting social skill acquisition and maintenance while also fostering independence for adolescents and young adults with autism can be challenging and stigmatizing, particularly given the need for the close proximity of the interventionist. Yet, few studies have capitalized on the use of covert audio coaching (CAC) to deliver evidence-based practices within a natural setting. This study employed a multiple-baseline design across participants to evaluate the impact of CAC with prompting to increase the question asking of four college females with autism during lunch with their peers. Implementation of CAC resulted in increases in question- asking for all four participants, yet the addition of feedback yielded further increases. Additionally, social validity measures indicate the intervention was viewed favorably by participants. Challenges as well as implications for practice and future research will be discussed. |
|
Using Technology-Enabled Self-Monitoring to Improve the Work Performance of an Adult With Autism |
Leslie Ann Bross (University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), DANNI WANG (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) experience barriers to obtaining and maintaining competitive employment in their local communities. Employees with ASD will most likely need workplace accommodations and on-going job support and training. In addition, employers will benefit from education and support for hiring an individual with ASD. One cost-effective intervention to support employees with ASD is self-monitoring. A withdrawal design was implemented to determine if there was a functional relationship between implementation of a self-monitoring intervention and decreases in verbal stereotypy for a female adult with ASD employed at a medical office. An iPad with an application titled ASD On The Go delivered questions at set intervals about engagement and on-task work performance. Visual analysis indicated a functional relationship between the implementation of the ASD On The Go application and decreases in the young adult's vocal stereotypy. Implications for utilizing self-monitoring in community-based employment settings and collaborating with employers of individuals with ASD will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Operant Learning Procedures to Train Eye Contact, Vocalizations, Joint Attention, and Social Referencing in Young Children With Autism |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C |
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Kat Monlux (Stanford University) |
Discussant: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
CE Instructor: Martha Pelaez, M.S. |
Abstract: We present a series of studies that evaluate operant learning procedures for early acquisition of social behaviors in three populations: infants at risk of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), children with ASD, and children with neurotypical development. This symposium extends the findings of Pelaez and colleagues (1996, 2011, 2012) by showcasing parent-training procedures where the caregivers implement the operant-learning principles of reinforcement. The first presenter highlights early behavioral markers for autism and the use of socially-mediated reinforcement procedures such as synchronized reinforcement to sustain infant eye contact (i.e., attention). The second presentation discusses procedures for increasing infant vocalizations and extends those findings to infants at risk of ASD. The third study compares two forms of social reinforcement on the acquisition of vocalizations as well as joint attention procedures with neurotypical infants. The fourth presentation reports on the acquisition of joint attention responses to three different types of caregiver bids in children with ASD. The discussant highlights the developmental sequencing of these social skills as well as prerequisite repertoires for early learning of communication and other more complex social skills like perspective taking. The operant procedures and the data reported have significant implications for future research and for effective interventions with children with ASD. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): at-risk, early intervention, social skills |
Target Audience: Masters & PhD Level Students, Practitioners, and Researchers |
Learning Objectives: 1. Understand and discuss studies that have investigated the role of operant reinforcement procedures in facilitating early social skills (e.g., eye contact, vocalizations, joint-attention, and social reinforcement) in typical, at-risk, and infants & children diagnosed with autism. 2. Understand and discuss the role of synchronized reinforcement in the acquisition and maintenance of eye contact in typical, at-risk, and infants and children diagnosed with autism. 3. Understand and discuss the differences between Motherese speech and vocal imitation in their roles in facilitating the acquisition and maintenance of early vocalization in typical, at-risk, and infants and children diagnosed with autism. 4. Understand and discuss the different types of joint-attention (e.g., initiated vs. responding), and the various "bids" that are targeted within operant reinforcement procedures to facilitate this skills in typical, at-risk, and infants and children diagnosed with autism. 5. Understand the difference between joint-attention and social referencing, and how these skills contribute to the development of more complex social skills in typical, at-risk, and infants and children diagnosed with autism. |
|
A Parent Training Model for Increasing Eye Contact Among Infants at Risk of Autism |
(Applied Research) |
JACQUELINE CARROW (Caldwell University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Hayley Neimy (Shabani Institute; Endicott College), Kat Monlux (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Lower incidences of eye contact marks one of the first indicators of social disability in infancy. Parents are important contributors to infants' early social development and can successfully increase engagement behaviors such as eye contact and positive affect with young children at risk of autism. This presentation reviews the at-risk literature indicating early behavioral markers, and discusses the use of socially-mediated reinforcement procedures to strengthen infant eye contact. The current study replicate and extends the findings of Pelaez and colleagues (1996), evaluating a parent training model where caregivers are taught an operant-learning procedure consisting of contingent smiling, verbal praise, and rhythmic touch to establish eye contact in the natural environment. The assumption is that teaching early social behaviors such as eye contact in young children can promote learning of other—prerequisite—skills required to develop complex social and communicative behaviors. Further, the importance of establishing contingencies of reinforcement during mother-child interactions are stressed. |
|
Promoting Vocalizations in Infants at Risk of Autism via Parent Training and Social Reinforcement Procedures |
(Applied Research) |
HAYLEY NEIMY (Shabani Institute; Endicott College), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jacqueline Carrow (Caldwell University), Kat Monlux (Stanford University) |
Abstract: The emission of vocalizations during early infancy serves as the preverbal foundation for the development of subsequent complex language skills later in childhood. Research on interventions that facilitate the acquisition of these preverbal skills during infancy, and the subsequent extension of this methodology to at risk populations is discussed and conceptualized. The present research illustrates the use of two forms of contingent social reinforcement (vocal imitation and Motherese speech) delivered in a parent-training model, and their effects on increasing the overall rate of vocalizations in infants at risk of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The presenter concludes that establishing and increasing the rates of pre-verbal vocalizations during early infancy among infants at risk may help facilitate the development of more complex language and potentially mitigate the severity of language delays in later childhood. |
|
Vocalizations and Joint Attention as a Function of Operant Learning Procedures in Neurotypical Infants |
(Applied Research) |
SUDHA RAMASWAMY (Mercy College), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Kat Monlux (Stanford University), Hayley Neimy (Shabani Institute; Endicott College), Jacqueline Carrow (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The present study examines the effectiveness of operant learning procedures on the emission of social responses, specifically the effectiveness of two forms of contingent social reinforcement (vocal imitation and Motherese speech) on increasing the overall rate of vocalizations and joint attention in neurotypical infants using an alternating treatments design across participants. The findings extend previously published efficacy of these two procedures in the training of vocalizations, joint attention and social referencing modeled after Pelaez and colleagues’ (2012) operant learning paradigm. Additionally, the study tests the effectiveness of operant learning procedures on the acquisition of joint attention responses in a multiple baseline design across participants. Further, a model for expanding the previous findings to the natural environment is proposed where vocalizations are taught first to aid in the acquisition of joint attention without the need for direct training of joint attention responses. Further, social referencing will also be discussed as a skill that can be taught using operant learning procedures. The results of the study provide valuable information about identifying reinforcers for social responses as well as the sequencing of behavior chains as they relate to the development of more complex social responses. |
|
Increasing the Occurrence of Joint Attention Responses to Therapist-Initiated Bids Using Operant Learning Procedures in Children With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
NICOLE LUKE (Surrey Place Centre), Hanan Kulmiye (Surrey Place Centre), Cherisse Chin (Surrey Place Centre), Molly Slater (Surrey Place Centre) |
Abstract: Replicating Neimy et al., (2017), five children diagnosed with autism ranging in age from 3-5 years old participated in a joint attention operant learning procedure. Using an ABAB reversal in a multiple baseline across participants' design, three of the five children met mastery criterion for independent, correct responding. Joint attention responses were defined as first making eye contact with a therapist, switching their gaze to a novel object, and then returning their gaze to the therapist. In baseline conditions, children were exposed to different types of interactions with the therapist and the objects but were not provided any reinforcement nor any correction, regardless of their responses. In Treatment 1, three different bid types were used by the therapists: show, point, or engage. Responses were either reinforced or corrected. In Treatment 2, only one type of bid was used, the "show" bid. Responses were either reinforced or corrected. All five children showed evidence of differential responding during treatment conditions when compared to baseline conditions. Results are discussed in terms of the theory of joint attention and its importance as a prerequisite skill which is thought to be significant in terms of social and communicative development for all children. |
|
|
|
|
Stimulus Equivalence and Transfer of Functions: Basic and Translational Research |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom C |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: When a class of equivalent stimuli is demonstrated, functions attributed to one class member may transfer to the other members, an effect usually named transfer of functions. The present symposium comprises basic and translational papers related to equivalence class formation and transfer of functions. The first study presents data on eye movements when a class of equivalent stimuli is being expanded. Data show alterations in, particularly, fixation times and fixation rates. The second study investigated equivalence classes that contained "aesthetic" stimuli, images of Degas' statues of ballerinas, showing transfer of judgments about movement to abstract equivalent stimuli. On the same vein, classes investigated in the third study included stimuli related to pain: pictures of needle injections on a human hand. Results show that pain judgments transferred to abstract equivalent stimuli. The final paper reports a translational study that explored the use of transfer of functions to reduce racial bias. Results showed that using a respondent-type procedure to establish equivalence classes is less effective than the standard matching to sample procedure in the reduction of racial bias. These results show the potential of the equivalence paradigm for investigations and interventions on relevant and diverse aspects of human behavior. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): functional transfer, human behavior, stimulus equivalence |
|
Class-Size Matters inMatching-to-Sample Performance But What About Eye-Movements? |
STEFFEN HANSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: In matching-to-sample research, fixation measures as time, rate, number, and sequence have substantial implications because they reveal important information about eye-movement behavior during the response delay. Previous explorations on ocular observing response topography, during establishment of conditional discriminations and test of five potential 3-member stimulus equivalence classes, with the MTO, OTM, and LS training structures, respectively, suggest that fixation times and fixation number follow a certain pattern, that is, in general, 1) longer fixation times to sample stimuli during training and 2) longer fixation times and fixation rates to correct comparison stimuli, regardless of demonstrating equivalence class formation. In our ongoing investigation, we seek to answer a question raised in a previous study: In the LS-structure, how will an increase in class-size, from three to four members, affect eye-movement measures during testing, especially concerning test-trials that pertain no common class-member? Initial results suggest that equivalence relations are more affected than transitivity relations are (see Figures 1 thru 4). |
|
Stimulus Equivalence and Transfer of Functions as Possible Bases of Aesthetic Experience |
Alceu Regaçao (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), MARCELO VITOR SILVEIRA (Universidade Federal do ABC), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: This experiment verified whether abstract stimuli assume aesthetic significance based on equivalence classes. Sixteen participants learned MTS relations involving imagens of ballerinas (A1, A2 and A3), and abstract forms (B1, B2, B3, C1, C2, C3, D1, D2, D3, E1, E2 e E3). To eight participants (Group Class), the MTS procedures established three ABCD classes. To the remaining participants (Group No Class), training precluded the class memberships of A with D. Upon completion of MTS all participants rated the D stimuli with four likert scales to evaluate their perception of motion. A Control Group evaluated the A and D stimuli. Results showed that the evaluations of D by participants that formed the ABCD classes (Group Class) were similar to the evaluations of A and differed from the evaluations of D by the Control Group. The evaluations of D by the Group No Class differed from the evaluations of A by the Control Group. We observed that stimuli D assumed the functions of A when they shared common class membership. These data are consistent with the notion that aesthetic experiences may involve derived relations and untrained acquisition of behavioral functions. |
|
Transfer of Pain-Rating in a Five Point Likert Scale |
JON MAGNUS EILERTSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Stimuli in equivalence classes can acquire functions that are added to the other members of the class. Furthermore, if stimuli with a pre-experimental meaning are added to already established equivalence classes, the remaining members might acquire the functions of the added member. Five participants were trained six conditional discriminations (AB/BC) and tested for formation of three 3-member classes before training D stimuli to the A stimuli (D-A). The participants rated six pictures of needle injections towards different places on a human hand. The pictures are rated on a 5-point Likert scale. The picture rated as most painful is used as stimulus D1 and the picture rated as least painful is used as stimulus D2. A picture where the needle is replaced with a Q-tips is used as D3. The final test for emergent relations included a test for formation of three 4-member classes. Then, the participants are asked to rate the B-stimuli on a similar 5-point Likert scale. The main findings show a correspondence in pain-ratings towards the injection images (D-stimuli) and the B-stimuli. |
|
Use of a Respondent-Type Training Procedure to Reduce Negative Racial Bias in Children |
TÁHCITA MEDRADO MIZAEL (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), João Henrique de Almeida (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: A recent study showed that it is possible to reverse pre-experimental relations between Black faces and a negative attribute using Matching-To-Sample (MTS). However, this has not yet been done with Respondent-type Training (ReT) and was, thus, the purpose of this study. Fourteen children, aged between 9 and 10, who showed, in a screening pretest, negative racial bias towards faces of Black people were exposed to pairings of a positive symbol and an abstract one, and of the abstract symbol with faces of Black people. The same procedure was used to relate a negative symbol with two abstract ones. Finally, participants were tested for the formation of equivalence relations, using MTS, and then, with a modified MTS test which included a White face as a third comparison-stimulus. No programmed consequences were delivered throughout the study. Six children formed the equivalence classes, but selected the White face given the positive symbol in the modified MTS test. The absence of positive consequences, the nature of the stimuli used (socially loaded stimuli) and the number of pairings could account for the results and should be addressed in future research. |
|
|
|
|
Implementing Evidence-Based Practices for Autism in Public Schools: Barriers and Recommendations |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Melanie Pellecchia (University of Pennsylvania) |
Discussant: David Mandell (University of Pensylvania) |
CE Instructor: Melanie Pellecchia, Ph.D. |
Abstract: School-aged children with autism receive most of their treatment in public schools. This is especially true for children from low-resourced communities, who are much less likely to receive supplemental treatments aside from their educational program. However, evidence-based practices for students with autism are often implemented with low fidelity in schools. Efforts to improve the implementation of evidence-based practices in schools often comprise training and consultation to improve teacher's skills and use of these practices. However, barriers unrelated to teacher skill may also impede the implementation of evidence-based practice in schools. This symposium includes a series of presentations describing large-scale efforts to improve implementation of evidence-based practice in schools. The first will present a summary of qualitative interviews with autism support teachers describing their challenges with implementing evidence-based practice in their classrooms. The second will present data regarding implementation fidelity and barriers to implementation in a randomized trial of Classroom Pivotal Response Training. The third will present data regarding teachers' intentions to use discrete trial training and pivotal response training and actual use of these interventions throughout the school year. The final presentation will provide recommendations for behavior analysts consulting in schools targeted toward addressing organizational and systemic barriers to implementation through effective consultation. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Consultation, School-based Implementation, Treatment Fidelity |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts consulting in schools |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Learn about teachers' perspectives regarding barriers to implementation of evidence-based practices for their students with autism; 2) Identify barriers to implementation of evidence-based practices for students with autism in public schools; 3) Discuss consultation strategies to overcome organizational barriers to implementation in schools. |
|
Examining Barriers to Implementation of Evidence-Based Practices in Schools Through the Eyes of Autism Support Teachers |
(Service Delivery) |
DIANA COONEY (University of Pennsylvania), Zinnia Piotrowski (University of Pennsylvania), Max Seidman (University of Pennsylvania), Carolyn Cannuscio (University of Pennsylvania), David Mandell (University of Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: Teachers of students with autism working in public schools face many challenges while implementing evidence-based practices with their students. These challenges may be especially evident in low-resourced public schools; however, little research has examined barriers to use of evidence-based practices in these settings from teachers’ perspectives. We conducted qualitative interviews with 25 teachers of students with autism to learn about their perceived barriers to implementation of evidence-based practices in their classrooms. Themes related to implementation barriers from the interviews included a lack of self-confidence in their skills, lack of time during the school day to accomplish all that is required of them, competing priorities, difficulty with staff dynamics, challenging student behavior, and lack of administrative support. These interviews identified critical barriers to implementation that often are not addressed through traditional behavioral consultation. Recommendations for changing consultative practices to improve implementation of evidence-based practices for students with autism based on these findings will be discussed. |
|
Treatment Fidelity in a Randomized Clinical Trial of Classroom Pivotal Response Training |
(Applied Research) |
JANICE CHAN (University of California, San Diego), Allison B. Jobin (Rady Children's Hospital San Diego), Jessica Suhrheinrich (University of California, San Diego), Sarah Reith (San Diego State University), Aubyn Stahmer (University of California, Davis) |
Abstract: Teacher implementation of Classroom Pivotal Response Teaching was evaluated using a large-scale, randomized waitlist-control design. Classroom Pivotal Response Training is an evidence-based, naturalistic behavioral intervention adapted from Pivotal Response Training to be delivered by teachers in classroom settings. Teachers (n=109) and students (n=256) from 17 school districts participated. Training procedures included 12 hours of small group didactic instruction, goal setting, supervised exercises and role-playing. Individual coaching followed at weekly, then monthly intervals. Teacher fidelity of Classroom Pivotal Response Training was measured throughout the school year by coaches in vivo while teachers implemented Classroom Pivotal Response Training with their students during regular classroom activities. Fidelity was also coded by trained observers naïve to the training condition via video. Multilevel models indicated significantly higher fidelity, as coded by naïve observers, for teachers who completed training as compared to control teachers (B=0.27, p=.001). Seventy-three percent of teachers met trainer-rated fidelity after an average of 7.6 coaching sessions. Sustainment of Classroom Pivotal Response Training fidelity during the school year following training was challenging. Potential enhancements to intervention adoption and implementation may involve increased teacher engagement and organizational leadership support. Future directions include a current randomized trial testing methods of facilitating increased engagement and leadership support to promote greater teacher fidelity and subsequent positive child-level outcomes. |
|
Paved With Good Intentions: The Challenges of Changing Teacher Behavior in Under-Resourced Schools |
(Applied Research) |
MELANIE PELLECCHIA (University of Pennsylvania), Jessica Fishman (University of Pennsylvania), David Mandell (University of Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: Evidence-based practices for students with autism often are implemented with low fidelity in public schools. Poor implementation may relate to characteristics of teachers or characteristics of the schools in which they work. The Theory of Planned Behavior posits that an individual's intention to perform a certain behavior is the most proximal determinant of that behavior, when individuals have the ability to act on their intentions. If teachers' intentions are low, efforts should focus on improving intentions. If teachers' intentions are high but implementation is poor, efforts should focus on removing barriers to acting on intentions. To determine the association between intentions and evidence-based practice implementation, we surveyed 64 autism support teachers at the beginning of the school year in one school district about their intentions to use discrete trial training and pivotal response training using a validated 7-point likert scale (1 = low intentions, 7 = high intentions). Use of each intervention was assessed monthly throughout the school year and rated on a 5 point likert scale (0 = no use, 4 = daily use). Teachers received training and consultation in discrete trial training and pivotal response training throughout the school year. On average teachers reported high intentions to use pivotal response training (mean = 5.8) and discrete trial training (mean = 5.9), while use of both was low (pivotal response training mean use = .48, discrete trial mean use = .69). Intentions were not correlated with use. These findings suggest that while teachers have high intentions to implement evidence-based practices, they often face barriers not addressed through traditional models of training and consultation that prevent use. |
|
Recommendations for Behavior Analysts to Improve Consultation in Public Schools |
(Service Delivery) |
Zinnia Piotrowski (University of Pennsylvania), MEGHAN KANE (University of Pennsylvania), Briana Bronstein (University of Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: Traditional behavioral consultation focuses on changing teachers’ behavior to improve implementation of evidence-based practices for students with autism in schools. When behavior change is limited, consultants often rely on the behavioral consultation literature to identify effective consultation strategies, including collaborative problem solving, rapport building, training, and in-vivo coaching. However, there are many organizational and systemic barriers to implementation of evidence-based practices for students with autism in public schools that are not addressed through traditional models of behavioral consultation. While a traditional model of behavioral consultation may improve teachers’ skill and motivation to implement evidence-based practices in their classrooms, failure to address systemic barriers can limit the success and sustainability of these interventions. By addressing systems-level variables that affect individual performance, behavior analysts can broaden their focus to strategies that more meaningfully modify teachers’ implementation of evidence-based practices. Here we present an overview of the system-based action plan currently implemented through consultation to teachers of students with autism in a large, under-resourced, urban school district. Recommendations for behavior analysts providing consultation to teachers in under-resourced school settings will be offered, with a focus on consultation strategies intended to overcome barriers to implementation of evidence-based practices in these settings. |
|
|
|
|
Face the Strange: The Role of Behavior Analysis in Promoting Civil Rights in Americas Current Political Climate |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Malika N. Pritchett, M.S. |
Chair: Rebecca Copell (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
SAMANTHA BUTLER (Visions ABA) |
REBECCA COPELL (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
MALIKA N. PRITCHETT (Positive Enlightenment) |
Abstract: United States politics are currently more divisive than they have been in decades, with individuals across the political spectrum expressing fear and uncertainty about the future. Amongst these fears is the perception of a real and present threat to the rights many see as defining the U.S. as a country. Indeed, lay people and experts alike express significant concern about the protection of basic human rights like safety, security, and health care. And these concerns extend beyond our borders. And these concerns are not without good reason. With this in mind, what role might we have as scientists and professionals committed to affecting behavior change for the better of humanity? Behavior Analysis, as a whole, is no stranger to advocacy. Behavior analysts have mobilized and organized to protect consumers from harm and ensure the survival of our profession. What, then, could be if we poured that same effort into creating cultural change to promote civil rights on a local, national, or even global scale? This panel will focus on (1) the analysis of the current political climate from a behavioral perspective and (2) the role of behavior analysis in protecting civil rights with a specific emphasis on immediately accessible and effective actions. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and behavior therapists with an interest in behavior regarding politics, behavior regarding civil rights, and ways to intervene in the community. |
Learning Objectives: Learning objectives: 1) Discuss Behavior Analysiss role in politics. 2) Discuss behavior change regarding civil rights. 3) Brainstorm ideas on ways to intervene in the community. |
Keyword(s): Civil Rights, Cultural Change, Human Rights, Political Climate |
|
|
|
|
Sexual Behavior Delay Discounting Tasks and What They Can Teach Us |
Monday, May 28, 2018 |
5:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D |
Area: CSS/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer Klapatch Totsch (National Louis University) |
Discussant: Jamine Dettmering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Delay discounting is ?the decline in the present value of a reward with delay to its receipt,? (Odum, 2011). When competing contingencies are involved, Sexual Delay Discounting Tasks can provide insight to the impact of time delay or reward value magnitude on choice related behavior. This symposium presents data on the effects of time delay and probability discounting on decision making involving variable sexual preference, as well as on the effect of delay on preference for both monetary and sexual outcomes in adults with ADHD and without ADHD. Presenters will discuss resulting data and their implications as applicable, and will discuss recommendations for future research, instruction, and applied projects. |